{"1": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4815", "width": "3290", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "a~", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "GRAMMAR OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE.\\nPART I.\\nFOR BEGINNERS.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "GRAMMAR\\nFRENCH LANGUAGE.\\nby\\ntip\\nMf SCHELE DE YEEE, LL.D.,\\nOP THE FNTVEESITY OP VIRGINIA.\\nNEW YORK\\nRICHARDSON COMPANY,\\n14 BOND STREET.\\n1807.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": ".51-\\nEntered According to Act of Congress, in t lie yeai 6 7,\\nBt RICHARDSON COMPANY,\\nla the Clerk s Office of the District Court of the United States for the\\nSouthern District of New York.\\n48 65 5 5\\nJUL I 4 1942", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS.\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nPAGH\\nI. Pronunciation 9\\nThe Alphabet 9\\nVowels 10\\nSounds of the Vowels 10\\nAccents 10\\nForm of Accents 10\\nPurposes of Accents 11\\nEffect of Accents 11\\nNasal Sounds 12\\nDiphthongs 14\\nCompound Sounds 14\\nThree Vowels 16\\nFour Vowels 17\\nY 17\\nConsonants 18\\nFinal Consonants 18\\nSounds of the Consonants 18\\nPronunciation in Reading and Speaking 29\\nChanges of Sounds 29\\nIL\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Elision 32\\nIII. Syllabication 34\\nIV. Quantity 35\\nWords with double meaning 36\\nV. Punctuation 37\\nVI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 List of Abbreviations 38", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "4\\nCONTENTS.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nNOUNS.\\nPAOX\\nI) I d ition o f No uns 39\\nProper Names 39\\nCommon Nouns 39\\nCollective Nouns 40\\nGender of Nouns 40\\nDetermined by Signification 40\\nDetermined by Termination 42\\nList of Masculine Nouns in mute e 43\\nNumber of Nouns 52\\nRules on Formation of the Plural 52\\nIrregular Plurals 53\\nExercise 54\\nCHAPTER II.\\nARTICLES.\\nThe Three Articles 54\\n1. Definite Article 54\\nDeclension of Definite Article 55\\n2. Indefinite Article 56\\nDeclension of Indefinite Article 56\\nExercise 56\\nDeclension of Proper Names 57\\nPossessive Case. 57\\nExercise 57\\n3. Partitive Article 58\\nExercise 59\\nChanges of Partitive Article 59\\nExercise 59\\nCHAPTER III.\\nADJECTIVES.\\nAdjectives agree with their Nouns (k\\nParticiples 60\\nFormation of the Feminine 60\\nExercise 62", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS. 5\\nPAGE\\nAdjectives in evr 62\\nIrregular F\u00c3\u00a9minines 63\\nDouble forms for Masculine 68\\nExercise 64\\nFormation of the Plural 64\\nExercise 64\\nFormation of the Comparative Degrees 65\\nComparative of Superiority 65\\nInferiority 65\\nEquality 65\\nIrregular Comparative forms, 66\\nExercise 66\\nKelative Superlative 66\\nAbsolute 67\\nExercise 67\\nPlace of Adjectives 67\\nExercise 68\\nNumeral Adjectives 69\\nCardinal Numbers 69\\nRules on use of Cardinal Numbers 70\\nExercise 71\\nOrdinal Numbers 72\\nRules on the use of Ordinal Numbers 73\\nExercise 73\\nCHAPTER IV.\\nPRONOUNS.\\nClasses of Pronouns 74\\nPersonal Pronouns. 74\\nConjunctive Personal Pronouns 74\\nRelation to Verbs 75\\nRules of ascertaining it.. 76\\nElision of Pronouns 77\\nPlace of Conjunctive Personal Pronouns 78\\nExercise 78\\nAbsolute Personal Pronouns 79\\nExercise 80\\nPossessive Pronouns 80", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "6 CONTENTS.\\nPAGH\\nConjunctive Possessive Pronouns 80\\nAgreement with Noun 81\\nDeclension 81\\nExercise 82\\nAbsolute Possessive Pronouns 82\\nExercise 83\\nDemonstrative Pronouns 83\\nConjunctive Demonstrative Pronouns 83\\nAgreement with Noun 84\\nExercise 84\\nAbsolute Demonstrative Pronouns 84\\nExercise 85\\nRelative Pronouns 85\\nQui 86\\nLequel 87\\nExercise 87\\nInterrogative Pronouns 88\\nPrepositions belonging to them 88\\nExercise 89\\nIndefinite Pronouns 89\\nOn 89\\nHow translated 89\\nExercise 90\\nCHAPTER V.\\nVERBS.\\nPurposes of the Verb 90\\nAuxiliary Verbs 91\\nAvoir, to have 91\\nExercise 94\\nAvoir, negatively 94\\nAvoir, interrogatively 98\\nAvoir, interrogatively and negatively 100\\nY avoir 102\\nY avoir, negatively 103\\nY avoir, interrogatively 105\\nY avoir, interrogatively and negatively 106\\nExercise 106\\nExercise 107", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS. 7\\nPAGE\\nEtre, to be 107\\nEtre, negatively 110\\nEtre, interrogatively 114\\nEtre, interrogatively and negatively 116\\nExercise 118\\nExercise 118\\nExercise 119\\nRules on use of Verbs 119\\nFom Conjugations 120\\nFormation of Tenses and Persons, that are uniform 120\\nModes of Verbs 121\\nTenses of Verbs 122\\nSimple Tenses 122\\nCompound Tenses 123\\nTable of terminations of Verbs 124\\nFirst Conjugation, parler 128\\nRemarks on Verbs of First Conjugation 139\\nSecond Conj xgation, finir 144\\nThird Conjugation, recevoir 156\\nRemarks on th\u00c2\u00ab Verbs of Third Conjugation 167\\nFourth Conjugation, vendre 169\\nDifferent kinds of Verbs 180\\nActive Verbs 180\\nNeuter Verbs 180\\nList of Neuier Verbs, conjugated with \u00c3\u00aatre 181\\nPassive Ver)s 182\\nPronominal Verbs 183\\nReflexi\\\\e 183\\nReciprocal 183\\nPronomhal Proper 184\\nImpersonal Verbs 184\\nReflexive Ve4 se lever 184\\nS en aller 196\\nIrregular Verb 203\\nOf First Conjugation 204\\nOf Second Conjugation 205\\nOf Third Conjugation 220\\nOf Fourth Conjugation 230\\nExercies on Verbs, [13] 258", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "8\\nCONTENTS.\\nP\u00c3\u0080GB\\nParticiples 264\\nUse of Participles 264\\nExercise 205\\nCHAPTER VI.\\nADVERBS.\\nFormation of Adverbs \u00c2\u00a366\\nSimple Adverbs 266\\nDerivative Adverbs 266\\nExercise 266\\nCompound Adverbs 267\\nAdverbs of Quantity 267\\nExercise 267\\nNegative Adverbs 267\\nExercise 267\\nComparative Degrees of Adverbs 268\\nExercise 268\\nCHAPTER VII.\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\nForm of Prepositions 269\\nSimple Prepositions 269\\nCompound Prepositions 269\\nDe, and par 269\\nUse of Prepositions 270\\nExercise 270\\nCHAPTER VIII.\\nCONJUNCTIONS.\\nUse of Conjunctions 271\\nExercise 272\\nCHAPTER IX. I\\nINTERJECTIONS.\\nUse of Interjections 272", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "FRENCH GRAMMAR.\\n01 LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nL\u00e2\u0080\u0094 PRONUNCIATION.\\nThe pronunciation of a foreign language cannot be satisfac-\\ntorily learned by comparing it with that of our own. Such\\ncomparisons lead invariably to incorrectness. The teacher\\nought, therefore, in all cases to begin by pronouncing himself,\\nclearly and distinctly, the sound of each letter and combination\\nof letters, and then make his pupils repeat them one by one.\\nThe latter cannot be expected to be able to pronounce well,\\nuntil their ear has, by practice, been accustomed to the sound\\nonly when they are perfectly familiar with it, will they succeed\\nin repeating it correctly by themselves. When the sound is\\nonce acquired, then the teacher may suggest the resemblance\\nto some similar sound in the pupils native tongue, in order to\\nassist their memory.\\nThe French Alphabet contains the following letters\\nA, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S,\\nT, U, V, X, Y, Z.\\nThe majority of these letters are taken from the Roman Alphabet.\\nK is only found in foreign words. Q is always accompanied by u, and\\nhas the same sound as hard c and k. W is not used in French except\\nin writing fo\u00c3\u00afe\u00c3\u00afgn words, like whig, and then pronounced like v. X\\nis a compound letter, consisting of c and 8, or g and s. Y is called\\ni grec, because it was taken from the Greek.\\n1*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "10 ON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nVOWELS.\\nFive of these letters are called Vowels, from a word which\\noriginally suggested that they were produced by a simple utter-\\nance of the voice, without the aid of other letters; whilst Con-\\nsonants were so called, because they cannot be sounded without\\nthe assistance of another sound (con-sono).\\nA has but one sound, which resembles that of a in father,\\nEx. la, the; ma, my; ta, thy; sa, her; annales, annals; carte,\\ncard.\\nE has the sound of e in ell, but accents change it slightly,\\nas will be explained under the head of Accents.\\nEx. mortelle, mortal href, brief sept, seven.\\nhas the sound of ee in eel.\\nEx. file, file; minime, smallest; ciel, heaven vie, life.\\nhas the two sounds which we give to o in the word post-\\noffice, the former close, the latter open.\\nEx. (close) ap\u00c3\u00b4tre, apostle; repos, repose sit\u00c3\u00b4t, so soon,\\n(open) choc, shock social soldat, soldier.\\nU has no corresponding sound in English. It is pronounced\\nby pointing the lips as if preparing for a whistle. It must be\\nheard to be imitated, and then requires, like all the sounds, prac-\\ntice to become perfectly correct.\\nEx. vu, seen flute, flute minute, minute uni, plain.\\nThese Vowels, however, suffer certain changes under the\\ninfluence of three causes the addition of Accents, their com-\\nbination with m and n, and their combination with other\\nvowels. Y. as a vowel, will be mentioned hereafter.\\n1. When they are accented\\nThe French has three accents, viz. the three signs\\nand which are placed over the vowels for different pur-\\nposes", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "PRONUNCIATION.\\n11\\nThe Acute Accent, [accent aigu) is placed over the let-\\nter e only, and gives it an acute or sharp sound.\\nEx. caf\u00c3\u00a9, coffee c\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9br\u00c3\u00a9, celebrated n\u00c3\u00a9cessit\u00c3\u00a9.\\nThe Grave Accent, (accent grave) is placed over the\\nvowels a and e and the diphthong ou, and gives them not dif-\\nferent sounds but makes them long or broad.\\nEx. la, there p\u00c3\u00a8re, father o\u00c3\u00b9, where.\\nThe Circumflex Accent, A (accent circonflexe) is placed over\\nftll five vowels and gives them a very long or broad sound.\\nIt generally indicates the loss of a letter next to the accented\\ntowel.\\nEx. h\u00c3\u00a2te, haste; h\u00c3\u00b4te, host; m\u00c3\u00aame, self; s\u00c3\u00bbr, sure.\\nThe purposes for which the accents are used, are\\nTo mark certain inflections, as e. g., the participles past of\\nv^rbs\\nEx. \u00c3\u00a9lev\u00c3\u00a9, elevated ferm\u00c3\u00a9, closed.\\nTo distinguish two similar words of different meanings\\nEx. la, the, and l\u00c3\u00a0, there ou, or, and o\u00c3\u00b9, where des, of the,\\nand des, since a, has, and to notre, our, and le n\u00c3\u00b4tre, ours\\nsur, upon, and s\u00c3\u00bbr, sure du, of the, and d\u00c3\u00bb, due.\\nTo indicate the loss of a letter\\nEx. mere, from mater p\u00c3\u00a2tre, from pastor h\u00c3\u00b4te, from hostis\\ns\u00c3\u00bbr, from securus; \u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00aetre, from epistola.\\nThe effect of the accents on the vowel e is shown in five dif-\\nferent ways. The Acute Accent gives it a sharp sound\\nEx. c\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9br\u00c3\u00a9, celebrated s\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9, severity.\\nThe vowel e has the same sound as if it were thus accented, when,\\nin final syllables, it is followed by a silent consonant\\nEx. nez, nose placet, petition parler, to speak,\\nexcept in tu es, thou art, and U est, he is, where it has a grave or\\nbroad sound.\\nThe Grave Accent gives it a broad sound\\nEx. fr\u00c3\u00a8re, brother proc\u00c3\u00a8s, process d\u00c3\u00a8s, since.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "13\\nOS LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nThe Circumflex Accent gives it a very broad sound.\\nEx. t\u00c3\u00aate, head m\u00c3\u00aame, same.\\nThe absence of any accent produces in monosyllables the so-\\ncalled indefinite sound of e.\\nEx. me, me te, thee se, one s self; que, that le, it ne, not.\\nThe absence of any accent on final e in other words, not\\nmonosyllables, leaves it perfectly silent.\\nEx. vie, life terre, earth lune, moon.\\nIt retains its silent character even, when in the pural an 8 is added.\\nEx. vie, vies, lives; lunes, moons a\u00c3\u00ae mes, arms.\\nThe letters es and ent, in the final syllables of verbs, are always silent.\\nEx. vous dites, you say U disent, they said.\\nj\u00c3\u00887is also mute in dessus, above dessous, below ressort, spring, and\\nall words beginning with ress in degr\u00c3\u00a9, degree denier, farthing\\ndangereux, dangerous aboiement, barking paiement, payment\\ntutoiement, calling others thou, and reniement, abjuration.\\nA mute e can never begin a word but it can be found in the first\\nsyllable, in the middle and at the end of a word.\\nEx. tenir, to hold; Samedi, Saturday; table, table.\\nIn the very rare cases, when two or three syllables, each having a\\nmute e, follow each other, the first one, when there are two such s,\\nand the first two, when there are three, are given the so-called indefi-\\nnite sound as in monosyllables.\\nEx. retenir, to detain; recevoir, to receive; redevenir, to become\\nagain.\\nIn all other words the rule prevails that no two mute e s can follow\\neach other in succession at the end of a word and when this should\\nhappen as the effect of inflection, e. g., in conjugating verbs, certain\\northographical remedies are prescribed, which will be mentioned in\\ntheir appropriate place.\\nVowels suffer certain changes of pronunciation,\\n2. WTieyi they are followed by n or m, in which case they have\\na nasal sound, inherited by the French from the Latin.\\nIt is well-known that the Romans gave to the final syllables vm,\\nam, em and others, a nasal sound, which led to their frequent sup-", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "PRONUiN-CIATION.\\n13\\npression, as was the case always in poetry, where these syllables\\nremained altogether silent, when they were followed by a vowel.\\nThis nasal sound is the same before n and m. so that am is\\npronounced like an, and is produced in the following combina-\\ntions\\nam ambre, amber. em empire, empire,\\nan roman, novel. en encre, ink.\\nim impoli, impolite. om ombre, shade,\\nin enfin, at last. on salon, parlor.\\nuni parfum, perfume.\\nun brun, brown.\\nThe nasal sound is not given to these syllables:\\na. When they are followed by a vowel or a second m or n.\\nEx. imiter, to imitate; inutile, useless; amener, to bring;\\nomettre, to omit; uni, united; flamme, flame; dilemme, dilem-\\nma; ennemi, enemy immobile, immovable; inn\u00c3\u00a9, innate dom-\\nmage, damage bonne, good.\\nExcept when emm and enn begin a word.\\nEx. emmener, to carry off (pronounced as if spelt an-mener) ennui,\\nweariness ennoblir, to ennoble.\\nb. When they are found in words taken from foreign\\nlanguages.\\nEx. Ammon, Emmanuel, commotidi, J\u00c3\u00a9rusalem, amen, Am-\\nsterdam,\\nExcept in the words Adam, Joachim, Quidam, Ch\u00c3\u00a9rubin and S\u00c3\u00a9ra-\\nphin, which have the nasal sounl, being thoroughly naturalized.\\nc. When in precedes the letter h, which, is always silent.\\nEx. inhumain, inhuman.\\nThe syllable en, on the contrary, remains nasal before h, because it\\nonly occurs before an aspirate h.\\nEx. enhardir, to embolden.\\nd. When ent forms the last syllable of the third person\\nplural of the verb, when it is altogether silent.\\nEx. ils parlent, they speak ils viennent, they come.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "14 ON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nThe following words are irregular in their pronunciation\\nenivrer, to intoxicate, pronounced an-ivrer.\\nenorgueillir, to make proud, pronounced an-orgueillir.\\nennemi, enemy, en-nemi (not nasal).\\nnenni, nay, nan-ni.\\nhennir, to neigh, an-nir.\\nsolennel, solemn, solanel.\\nfemme, woman, fam (not nasal).\\nfaon, fawn, fan (nasal).\\npaon, peacock, pan (nasal).\\nLaon (city of), Lan (nasal).\\nCaen (city of), Can (nasal).\\nSa\u00c3\u00b4ne (river of), Sone.\\nmonsieur, sir, or Mr. mosieur.\\nVowels suffer certain changes of pronunciation.\\n3. When they are joined to other voiuels.\\nIn French, when two vowels are combined, they may eithei\\nproduce together a simple sound, different from that which they\\nproduce separately, or they may form one syllable, in which,\\nhowever, each vowel preserves its proper sound. The latter\\ncombination alone produces diphthongs.\\na. The following vowels, when joined, produce compound\\nsounds\\nai\\nei\\nEx. fai, I have affaire, affair paire, pair peine, pain\\nSeine (river) veine, vein.\\nr have the sound of French e, sharp or broad, like or\\n11 j\\nAi and ei, followed by m or n, have the sound of in. Hence pain t\\nbread, and pin, pine-tree, sound alike; so do faim, hunger, and fin,\\nend dessein, design, and dessin, drawing.\\nAi is pronounced like a (i being silent) in Montaigne, a proper\\nAu has the sound of o.\\nEx. mauve, mallow pauvre, poor audace, boldness.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "PKONUNCIATION.\\n15\\nOu has the sound of oo.\\nEx. clou, nail; sou, cent; outil, tool; boule, bowl.\\nEa has a sound resembling that of u in spur, but it is always\\nlong.\\nEx. peu, little seul, alone meunier, miller.\\nIt has the sound of u (e being silent) in certain forms of the verb\\navoir.\\nEx. eu, had j eus, I ha d que j eusse, that I might have.\\nThe same is the case in jeun, fasting.\\n(Eu. has the same sound as eu.\\nEx. \u00c5\u0093uf, egg v\u00c5\u0093u, vow.\\n0/, has the sound of French oua.\\nEx. moi, me roi, king gloire, glory oie, goose.\\nOi before n is sounded as if it were spelt ouin.\\nEx. foin, hay loin, far soin, care.\\nOi is somewhat like o {i being silent) in oignon, onion encoignure,\\ncorner angle poignard, poniard poign\u00c3\u00a9e, handful, and a few others.\\nIf these combinations of vowels have a circumflex accent over the\\nsecond vowel, the sound is lengthened considerably.\\nEx. ma\u00c3\u00aetre, master vo\u00c3\u00bbte, vault cro\u00c3\u00aetre, to grow.\\nIf it is desirable, for etymological purposes, to preserve the original\\nsound of each vowel separately, a diaeresis is placed over the second\\nvowel.\\nEx. Saul, Saul naif artless Mo\u00c3\u00afse, Moses ba\u00c3\u00afonnette, bayonet.\\nThe same effect is produced when the first vowel of ei and eu is\\naccented.\\nEx. ob\u00c3\u00a9ir, to obey r\u00c3\u00a9ussir, to succeed.\\nN. B. Oi was formerly used in many nouns, and always in the im-\\nperfect and conditional tenses of verbs, instead of the modern form ai,\\nintroduced by Voltaire. It had the same sound as ai, which requires\\nattention, as many works still retain the former spelling.\\nb. All other combinations of vowels produce diphthongs,\\nforming cither one or two syllables.\\nIf e should be the first of two such vowels and unaccented, it is\\nsilent.\\nEx. Jean, John flageolet, flageolet ge\u00c3\u00b4lier, jailer.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "16\\nOX LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nIf u be the first, it is also silent, when it follows g and q merely\\nfor the purposes of pronunciation, and does not form part of the sub-\\nstance of the word.\\nEx. bague, ring; gu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to cure; guide, guide; qui, who; quand,\\nwhen.\\nThe pronunciation of diphthongs and the division into syl-\\nlables may be practised in the following words\\na\u00c3\u00a9rien, a-\u00c3\u00a9-ri-en, ethereal. miel, mi-el, honey.\\nIsmael, Is-ma-\u00c3\u00abl, Ishmael. client, cli-ent, client.\\ncliaos, cha-os, chaos. orient, o-ri-ent, orient.\\nPliaraon, Pha-ra-on, Pharaoh. union, u-ni-on, union.\\nboreal, bo-re al, northern. violon, vi-o-lon, violin.\\nb\u00c3\u00a9atitude, b\u00c3\u00a9-a-ti-tu-de, beatitude, relier, re-li-er, bind.\\n\u00c3\u00a9olien, \u00c3\u00a9-o-li-en, eolian. sciure, sci-ure, sawdust.\\nm\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9ore, m\u00c3\u00a9-t\u00c3\u00a9-ore, meteor. tuant, tu-ant, killing.\\nfianc\u00c3\u00a9e, fi-an-c\u00c3\u00a9e, betrothed. saluer, sa-lu-er, salute.\\npoite, po-\u00c3\u00a8te, poet. bruit, bru-it, noise.\\nruade, ru-ade, kick. sinuosit\u00c3\u00a9, si-nu-o-si-te, sinuosity.\\npuis, pu-is, then. confiance, con-fi-an-ce, confidence.\\nimp\u00c3\u00a9tuosit\u00c3\u00a9, im-p\u00c3\u00a9-tu-o-si-t\u00c3\u00a9, impet- s\u00c3\u00a9rieux, s\u00c3\u00a9-ri-eux, serious,\\nuosity.\\nWhen three vowels are combined, two of these will always\\nform a compound vowel, such as ai, ei, ou, eu, and on the\\nthird vowel, which either precedes or follows this combination,\\nis tln-n pronounced by itself. If all three form but one syllable,\\nthe combina ion is again called a diphthong.\\nIf e be the first of three vowels, or tlie last, and unaccented, it re-\\nmains silent.\\nEx. beau, handsome geai, jackdaw raie, stripe soie, silk.\\nThe pronunciation of three vowels, thus combined, and the\\ndivision in syllables may be practised in the following words:\\nlin\u00c3\u00a9aire, li-n\u00c3\u00a9-aire, linear. nou\u00c3\u00a9, nou-\u00c3\u00a9, knotted.\\nbiais, bi-ais, slope. babouin, ba-bou-in, baboon.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "PRONUNCIATION. 17\\nDieu, Di-eu, God. Cornouaille, Cor-nou-aille, Corn-\\nlueur, lu-eur, light. walhs.\\nmiauler, mi-au-ler, mew. fouetter, fou-et-ter, to whip.\\nrouage, rou-age, carriage.\\nThe following words containing respectively two and three vowels,\\nare pronounced anomalously\\nao\u00c3\u00bbt, pronounced ou, August.\\nlingual,\\nlin-gou-al, lingual.\\njoaillier,\\njou-a-lier, jeweller.\\n\u00c5\u0093il, with liquid I pronounced euil, eye.\\n\u00c5\u0093illet,\\neuil-let, pink.\\necueil,\\na\\n\u00c3\u00a9-ceuil, shoal.\\naccueil,\\nac-ceuil, reception.\\ncercueil,\\ncer-ceuil, coffin.\\ncueillir,\\nceuil-lir, gather.\\norgueil,\\nt\\nor-geuil, pride.\\nWhen four vowels are combined, two form one compound\\nvowel, and two, another, which two succeed each other; they\\nare pronounced separately in two syllables.\\nEx. je jouai, jou-ai, I played.\\nnoueux, nou-eux, knotty.\\njoueur, jou-eur, gambler.\\nbou\u00c3\u00a9e, bou-\u00c3\u00a9, buoy.\\nThe letter y, which in English serves sometimes as a vowel,\\nas in paijmaster, and at other times as a consonant, as in yes, is\\nin French always a vowel, but its pronunciation changes some-\\nwhat, according to its position in a word.\\nWhen it begins a word, or when it is placed between two\\nconsonants, it has the sound of i.\\nEx. yeux, eyes syst\u00c3\u00a8me, system sybarite, sybarite.\\nIt becomes nasal, like before m and n.\\nEx. symbole, symbol syntaxe, syntax.\\nWhen it succeeds another vowel, it it pronounced like two\\nsuccessive i s, the former combining with the vowel that pre-\\ncedes it, and the second pronounced by itself unless it also", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "18\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nshould combine with a following vowel, to form a compound\\nvowel.\\nEx. pays, pai i, country.\\nmoyen, moi-ien, means.\\nroyal, roi-ial, royal.\\njoyeux, joi-ieux, joyeux.\\nIn the following proper names, y is pronounced like i\\nBayard, Bayonne, Cayenne, Mayence and Mayenne.\\nCONSONANTS.\\nFinal consonants are silent, except r, I and r, which are\\nsometimes sounded and n and m are nasal, as has been fully\\nexplained.\\nEx. chez, at; brevet, brevet; toit, roof; fois, time; avocat,\\nadvocat mais, but; avec, with chef, chief; canal, canal servir,\\nto serve.\\nOf two final consonants, the first is sounded, but the second\\nis silent.\\nEx. canard, duck sort, fate saint, saint.\\nOf three final consonants, the first is sounded, and the last\\ntwo are silent.\\nEx. remords, remorse; prompt, prompt; temps, time.\\nB has the same sound as in English.\\nEx. Babylone, Babylon; boule, ball; cabale, cabal.\\nFinal b is pronounced in the proper names Moab, Joab, Job, Jacob,\\nand in club; runib, point of the compass, and radoub, refitting.\\nDouhle b is pronounced like a single b.\\nEx. sabbat, sabbath rabbin rabbi abb\u00c3\u00a9, abbot.\\nC has two sounds, according to the letter that immediately\\nfollows.\\nIt is hard, like the English k, before the vowels a, o and u,\\nand before consonants.\\nEx. cabane, cabin; Cologne, Cologne; cure, pastor; climat,\\nclimate actif active cravate, cravat.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "CONSONANTS.\\n19\\nWhen it is desirable, for etymological purposes, to give to c a soft\\nsound (that of s in English) before a, o and u, a ced\u00c3\u00aella is added.\\nEx. face, fa\u00c3\u00a7ade; house-front; le\u00c3\u00a7on, lesson; recevoir; re\u00c3\u00a7u, re-\\nceived.\\nIt is soft, like the English s, before the vowels e, i and y.\\nEx. c\u00c3\u00a8dre, cedar C\u00c3\u00a9cile, Caecilia cypr\u00c3\u00a8s, cypress.\\nWhen it is desirable, for etymological purposes, to give the hard\\nsound of Jc to c before these vowels, c is changed into qu, but u re-\\nmains silent.\\nEx. vaincre vous minquez, you conquer public, publique, public.\\nC, before a, o and u, and before qu has the sound of Jc.\\nEx. accabler, to overwhelm accomplir, to accomplish ac-\\ncuser, to accuse acqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to acquire.\\nBoth c s are heard mpeccavi, repentance, and the derivatives of the\\nLatin verb peccare.\\nC, before e, i and y, is pronounced as in English.\\nEx. succ\u00c3\u00a8s, success occident, west acc\u00c3\u00a8s, attack.\\nC is commonly pronounced at the end of words.\\nEx. bee, beak aqueduc, acqueduct Turc, Turk.\\nC is silent, however, although final, in these words estomac,\\nstomach \u00c3\u00a9checs, chess jonc, reed banc, bench tronc, trunk accroc,\\nrent pore, pork tabac, tobacco, and a few others. C has the sound\\nof g in second, second, and its derivatives. G has the sound of ch in\\nthe Italian words violoncelle, vermicelle.\\nCh has the sound of English s h.\\nEx. chat, cat cher, dear chose, thing chute, fall.\\nIi is sounded like Jc, however, in words of Greek or Oriental\\norigin.\\nEx. archange, archangel \u00c3\u00a9cho, echo chaos, chaos ch\u00c5\u0093ur,\\nchorus; orchestre, orchestra; patriarchat.\\nWhen these words have become perfectly naturalized, the sound\\nof sh is substituted for that of Jc.\\nEx. patriarche; a/rcheveque, archbishop; hacJiique, bacchic.\\nHence the difference between arch\u00c3\u00a9ologique (Jc sound) and cliirurgien", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "20 ON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\n(sh sound) ChaUUe (k sound) and Achille (sh sound). Macliiavelli is\\npronounced soft, as Machiavel, but Mich\u00c3\u00a8le Angelo hard, as Michel-\\nAnge.\\nIt is sounded like k also, wherever it precedes a consonant\\nEx. Chr\u00c3\u00a9tien, Christian; technique, technical; Utrecht.\\nIt is silent in almanack.\\nIn words ending in ct, both consonants are commonly sounded.\\nEx. exact, correct, direct.\\nC only is sounded in aspect, respect, and circonspect and c and t are\\nboth silent in instinct and amict, amice.\\nD has the same sound as in English.\\nEx. David Adam redoubler, to redouble admirable.\\nFinal d is silent, except in some proper names, as David,\\nJoad, Talmud, snd in sud, south.\\nIt takes the sound of t, when it ends a word connected in meaning\\nwith the next word, and this begins with a vowel.\\nEx. grand homme, great man profond ab\u00c3\u00aeme, deep abyss entend-il,\\ndoes he hear\\nDd is sounded like single d, except in addition and its de-\\nrivatives, and in reddition, where both d J s are heard.\\nF has the same sound as in English.\\nEx. fini, finished afin, in order bref, in short.\\nFinal is generally pronounced.\\nEx. chef, chief; vif, lively; b\u00c5\u0093uf, beef.\\nBut it is silent in clef, key in neuf, nine \u00c5\u0093uf egg b\u00c5\u0093uf, beef\\n(when followed by a consonant), and in the three plurals, nerfs,\\nnerves; \u00c5\u0093ufs and b\u00c5\u0093ufs, and in the compounds of cerf as cerf-wlant,\\nkite. In nerf -de-b\u00c5\u0093uf cow T skin, the last only is heard.\\nG, like c, has two sounds, according to the letter that imme-\\ndiately follows it.\\nIt is hard, like the English g in good, before the vowels a, o,\\nand u, and before consonants.\\nEx. garde, guard; gonfler, to swell guttural; gloire, glory;\\nagr\u00c3\u00a9able, agreeable.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "CONSONANTS.\\n21\\nWhen it is desirable, for etymological purposes, to give to g a soft\\nsound before a, o and u, a silent e is inserted between g and the next\\nvowel.\\nEx. obligeant, obliging ge\u00c3\u00b4le, jail gageure, bet.\\nIt is soft, like the English s in pleasure, before the vowels e,\\ni and y.\\nEx. g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral gingembre, ginger gymnaste.\\nWhen it is desirable, for etymological purposes, to give the hard\\nsound to g before the vowels e and i, a silent u is inserted between g\\nand the vowel.\\nEx. guerre, war guide, guide vague, wave gueux, beggarly.\\nIn the following words, however, u and i are pronounced separately\\nas a genuine diphthong aiguille, needle aiguiser, to sharpen aiguil-\\nlon, sting; linguiste, linguist; inextinguible, inextinguishable, and\\nthe proper names, Guise, le Guide (Guido Beni), and Guizot.\\nWhen it is desirable to pronounce this u, on account of its import-\\nance as part of the word, the following e is written with a diaeresis.\\nEx. cigu\u00c3\u00ab, ci-gue, hemlock aigu\u00c3\u00ab, ai-gue, acute.\\nIn the words ambigu\u00c3\u00aft\u00c3\u00a9, arguer, u is pronounced distinctly.\\nFinal g is silent, except in joitg, yoke, zig-zig, and in a few\\nforeign names, as Agag. It has a hard sound in bourg, borough,\\nand in bourgmestre, burgomaster.\\nGl is pronounced like the 11 in brilliant, by pronouncing the\\nI first, and giving to g the sound of English y in yes.\\nEx. imbroglio, im-brol-yee-o Broglie, Brol-yee.\\nGg is pronounced like a single g, except before e, when the\\nfirst g is hard and the second soft.\\nEx. sugg\u00c3\u00a8re? to suggest suggestion.\\nGn, like gl, is pronounced as if n was written first and fol-\\nlowed by a y, with the sound of the English y in yes.\\nEx, ignorant, in-yo-ran signal, sin-yal digne, worthy;\\nagneau, lamb gagner, to gain compagnie, company.\\nIn the beginning of words, and when the syllables divide between\\ng and n, gn has the same sound as in English.\\nEx. gnome gnostique, gnostic; agnation, stagnation, etc.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "22\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nGs and gt are silent in legs, legacy doigt, and vingt,\\ntwenty.\\nG itself is silent in signet, tassel, and the proper names Qlugny,\\nBegnaud, Regnard, whilst the first g in gangr\u00c3\u00a8ne has the sound of k.\\nH is either aspirate or silent.\\nWhen it is aspirate, it has not the sound of an English\\nbut produces simply the effect of a slight pause, or a hiatus.\\nAs it cannot be seen when h is aspirate and when mute, the\\nformer is always marked by some sign in dictionaries. The\\nrules, however, by which to distinguish the two, are easy to\\nthose who are familiar with other languages. It is this (a).\\nWords, beginning with which are derived from Latin, have a\\nsilent it being preserved only for etymological purposes.\\nEx. honneur, honor homme, homo histoire, historia.\\nThe words h\u00c3\u00a9ros, hero harpie, harpy hennir, to neigh, and han-\\nter, to haunt, are exceptions to this rule, having an aspirated A.\\nb. In all other words h is aspirated, viz.\\nIn words derived from the German.\\nEx. hache, axe; h\u00c3\u00a9raut, herald; hibou, owl houx, holly;\\nhurler, to howl.\\nIn words where h is placed between two vowels.\\nEx. cohue, crowd ahan.\\nIn the names of countries and cities.\\nEx. la Hongrie, Hungary la Hollande, Hambourg.\\nFrequent use has, however, removed the aspiration in some of these\\nnames, where they are used as adjectives.\\nEx. Toile d Hollande, Dutch linen f romage d Hollande, Dutch\\ncheese eau de lu reine d Hongrie, Hun^ try water.\\nIt will be seen, hereafter, that the ei\u00c3\u00aeect of the aspirated h is to\\nprevent elision hence, le homard, the lobster la houille, the coal.\\nJ has the sound of 5 in pleasure, corresponding to the soft\\nBound of g.\\nEx. jamais, ever; J\u00c3\u00a9sus; joujou, plaything; jurer, to swear.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "CONSONANTS.\\n23\\nK, which occurs only in words of foreign origin, has the\\nsound of the English k.\\nEx. kermesse, a festival kiosque, kiosk kilom\u00c3\u00a8tre, a measure.\\nL simple is pronounced as in English.\\nEx. laurier, laurel livre, book loge, box lune, moon.\\nFinal is ordinarily pronounced.\\nEx. mal, ill ciel, heaven fol, mad.\\nBut it is silent in baril, barrel chenil, kennel coutil, ticking cul,\\nseat fournil, bakehouse fusil, gun gril, gridiron gentil, gentle\\nnombril outil, tool persil, parsley saoul, drunk sourcil, eyebrow.\\nIn pouls, pulse, both final consonants are silent, as also in aulx,\\ngarlic. Fils, son, is pronounced without the I, but the s is heard, to\\ndistinguish it from fil, thread, in which the I is heard.\\nL preceded by i has a liquid sound, which has to be learned\\nfrom the teacher s lips it approaches that of the English word\\nbrilliant.\\nEx. travail, labor orgueil, pride sommeil, sleep.\\nFrom this rule are excepted il, he or it fil, thread mil, thousand\\nall adjectives in il, and those words above mentioned, in which\\nI is silent.\\nLI, preceded by i, has generally the same liquid sound.\\nEx. fille, daughter; oreille, ear; feuille, sheet; tailleur,\\ntailor.\\nFrom this rule are excepted ville, town mille, thousand and its\\nderivatives, and all words beginning with ill, as illustre, illustrious,\\nill\u00c3\u00a9gitime, illegitimate illusion, etc. Excepted are also the cities of\\nLille and Seville, the name of Achille and few others.\\nBoth l s in 11 are heard in all\u00c3\u00a9ger, to allege all\u00c3\u00a9gorie, allusion, belli-\\ng\u00c3\u00a9rant, collaborateur; colloque, colloquy constellation, ell\u00c3\u00a9bore, gallican,\\ngallicanisme, hell\u00c3\u00a9nisme, intelligent; libeller, to libel rebellion, solliciter,\\nvell\u00c3\u00a9it\u00c3\u00a9, and some of their derivatives.\\nLI is pronounced like single I in coll\u00c3\u00a8ge and collation.\\nLh is pronounced like single except in proper names, as\\nMilhaud and Sardailhac^ where it is liquid.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "24\\nON LETTEKS AND SYLLABLES.\\nM has the same sound as in English, except when final, in\\nwhich case it has a nasal sound, as mentioned above, and does\\nnot differ from n.\\nIt has also the sound of n, when it precedes m, b or p.\\nEx. emmener, to carry off combler, to overwhelm comparer.\\nMm is generally pronounced like single m.\\nEx. grammaire commis, clerk dilemme, dilemma.\\nN has the same sound as in English, except when final, in\\nwhich case it has a nasal sound, as mentioned above.\\nAfter both m and n, final consonants become silent.\\nEx. temps, time prompt.\\nExcept in the following words, in which all consonants are sounded\\ncens, census sens, sense (when not followed by commun) distinct,\\nsuccinct, larynx, lynx, sphynx; and zinc, zinc, n is silent in the proper\\nname of Beams.\\nP has the same sound as in English.\\nEx. p\u00c3\u00a9ril, danger pigeon pommade, pomatum.\\nIt is silent in bapt\u00c3\u00aame, baptism, and several of its derivatives domp-\\nter, to subdue compte, account scidpter, to carve sept, seven, and\\nits derivatives.\\nIt is pronounced in baptismal, septembre, sept\u00c3\u00a9naire and exemption,\\nand generally in the middle of a word.\\nFinal p is silent, except in cap, cape jalap, jalap julep,\\njulap salep, and in proper names. Both of the final consonants\\nare heard in laps, interval relaps, relapse, and rapt, rape.\\nPh is pronounced like\\nEx. phare, lighthouse phosphore, phosphorus philosophe.\\nPp is sounded like single p.\\nEx. appeler, a-pe-ler, to call frapp zr, fra-per, to strike.\\nQ is always followed by u and pronounced like k.\\nEx. quart, fourth; qui, who; quotidien, daily queue, tail.\\nIt has no u after it in coq, cock cinq, five nor in piq\u00c3\u00bbre, pricking,\\nto avoid two u s succeeding each other.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "CONSONANTS.\\n25\\nIt is pronounced like kou before a in the following words\\naqua tile, aquarelle, aquatique; \u00c3\u00a9quateur, equator liquation, loqua-\\ncit\u00c3\u00a9, quadruple, and words of the same root, except quadrille,\\nwhere it has the sound of k, quartz and quaere, quaker.\\nBoth letters q and u are heard distinctly, like qu in \u00c3\u00a9questre,\\nequestrian; equilateral and all mathematical words beginning\\nwith \u00c3\u00a9qui liqu\u00c3\u00a9faction; questeur, questor; quiet, and its deriv-\\natives quiproquo, quolibet, quinconce and all words in which\\nquin stands for five, except quincailler, ironmonger, and its\\nderivatives.\\nIt has the sound of k in Quinte-Ource, Quintus-Curtius, and Quin-\\ntilien.\\nBoth sounds of k and of kou are heard in succession in words like\\nquinquag\u00c3\u00aasime and quinquag\u00c3\u00a9naire, a man of fifty.\\nR has the same sound as in English, but it is more strongly\\nmarked and rolled, as it is commonly called.\\nEx. rago\u00c3\u00bbt r\u00c3\u00a8gle, rule rivage, bank rouge, red ordre,\\norder; trace vendre, to sell.\\nFinal r is silent after e, which is pronounced like\\nEx. dernier, last parler, to speak officier, officer.\\nExcept in cher, dear mer, sea amer, bitter Mer, yesterday\\navant-hier, before yesterday cuiller, spoon ether, ether fer, iron\\nenfer, hell hiver, winter lucifer, magister outremer, ultramarine\\npater, Lord s prayer ver, worm, and some proper names, as Jupiter,\\nEsther, Niger.\\nFinal r is pronounced after the vowels a, i, o and u.\\nEx. char, car or, gold servir, to serve erreur, error.\\nExcept in monsieur, sir, where it is always silent.\\nIt is silent in notre, our, and votre, your, before a consonant.\\nEx. notre maison not maison) votre s\u00c5\u0093ur (vof s\u00c5\u0093ur), your sister.\\nRr is pronounced like a single r.\\nEx* parrain, godfather carrosse, carriage guerre, war.\\n2", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "26\\nON LETTEES AND SYLLABLES.\\nExcept in aberration concurrence abhorrer, to abhor; errata;\\nerrer, to err, and its derivatives; horreur, horror horrible inter-\\nregne s interregnum; narration; terreur, terror torrent; terrifier;\\nin most words beginning with ir, as irr\u00c3\u00a9gulier, and in the future and\\nconditional of verbs, like acqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to acquire mourir, to die, and\\ncourir, to run, as will be seen in the chapter of verbs.\\nRh is pronounced like r alone.\\nEx. rhume, cold rythme, rhythmus\\nAll final consonants are silent after r.\\nEx. mort, death sort, fate regard, glance.\\nExcept mars, March ours, bear pare, park, where both are heard.\\nS has a sharp sound like ss in English and a soft sound like\\nEnglish z.\\nIt is hard at the beginning of words, when followed by a\\nvowel or a consonant.\\nEx. sage, wise s\u00c3\u00a9jour, stay son, sound sucre, sugar scan-\\ndale scorpion; estomac, stomach squelette, skeleton.\\nWhen in the middle of a word it is preceded or followed by\\na consonant.\\nEx. absolu, absolute converser, to converse lorsque, when.\\nAnd when it is double.\\nEx. coussin, cushion basse, base rosse, jade Russe, Rus-\\nsian pm O\u00c3\u00aei, fish.\\nThese words must be carefully distinguished from cousin, cousin\\nbase, base rose, rose poison, poison, and ruse, cunning, where the s\\nis soft.\\nIt is soft, when single and standing between two vowels or\\nfollowed by h mute.\\nEx. maison, house raser, to shave d\u00c3\u00a9shonneur, dishonor.\\nExcept that it is hard in compound words, where s was originally\\nInitial, as in parasol, sunshade vraisemblable, likely in a few words\\nof foreign origin, as in d\u00c3\u00a9su\u00c3\u00a9tude and resorption, and in the tenses of\\nthe verb g\u00c3\u00a9sir, to lie.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "CONSONANTS.\\n27\\nIt is soft in Jersey, Alsace balsamine, balsam presbyt\u00c3\u00a8re, and like\\nderivatives, when followed by 5, and in the syllable trans, as in trans-\\naction but not in transir, to chill.\\nIt is silent in the proper name Duguesclin.\\nSee and sci are pronounced like ce and ci.\\nEx. sc\u00c3\u00a8ne, stage science sc\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9rat, rascal.\\nSt is sounded in est, east; ouest, west; lest, ballast; Christ\\n(except in J\u00c3\u00a9sus-Christ, when it is silent); in antichrist, test,\\nand the name of the city of Brest.\\nFinal s is generally silent, as in the plural of nouns and the\\nverbs; but is is pronounced in Jils, son; aloes as, ace; atlas;\\nblocus, blockade cens, census dervis, dervish en sus, beside\\niris jadis, formerly Us, lily mais, maize mars, March\\nm\u00c3\u00a9tis, mongrel m\u00c5\u0093urs, manners tous, all (when a pronoun)\\nours, bear plus, more (when final) vis, screw in foreign\\nwords, as gratis, t\u00c3\u00a9tanos, etc., and in some proper names, as in\\nHheims, Brutus, Gil Bias, etc., although it is silent in Mathias,\\nJudas, Thomas,\\nT has two sounds: one like the English t in to; the other\\nlike the French sound of c before i.\\nIt is hard at the beginning and in the middle of words.\\nEx. tabac, tobacco t\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a8bres, darkness torrent, tumulte, ana*\\ntomie entamer, to touch; b\u00c3\u00a2ton, stick.\\nIt is soft in the final syllable tion.\\nEx. satisfaction; p\u00c3\u00a9tition, p\u00c3\u00a9-ti-ci-on patience, pa-ci-ence.\\nAnd in the following words argutie, cavil initier, to ini-\\ntiate balbutier, to stammer; calvitie, baldness; fac\u00c3\u00a9tie, jest;\\ninertie, inertness; imp\u00c3\u00a9ritie, want of experience; patient and\\npatience minutie, trifle p\u00c3\u00a9rip\u00c3\u00a9tie, change of fortune pro-\\nph\u00c3\u00a9tie sati\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, satiety aristocratie, and all words ending in\\natie and their derivations, and in some proper names, as Dio-\\ncl\u00c3\u00a9tien, and V\u00c3\u00a9nitien.\\nIt retains its hard sound in all combinations of tie.\\nEx. tien, thine; tiers, third; amiti\u00c3\u00a9, friendship; entier, entire.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "28\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nTt is somewhat like a single t, except in attiqne, attic; atti-\\nckme, guttural and pittoresque, picturesque, where both are heard.\\nFinal t is generally silent.\\nEx. mot, word; rat, rat; est (pronounced e), is.\\nExcept in aconit, aconite brut, rough chut, hush cobalt,\\ncoiuput, accessit dot, dowry; d\u00c3\u00a9ficit fat, coxcomb; fret,\\nfreight; granit in sept, seven, and huit, eight (when they are\\nnot followed by a consonant); in induit; lut, lute; malt;\\nmat, impolished net, neat; opiat occiput; pat, stale mate;\\npr\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9rit rapt, rape rit, rite, and in all Latin words.\\nIt is always silent in et, and in eut, the termination of the third per-\\nson plural of verbs, which is altogether silent.\\nTh is pronounced like a single t, it being a mere etymo-\\nlogical sign of Greek, Hebrew, and foreign words generally.\\nEx. th\u00c3\u00a9, tea; th\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tre; absinthe; thon, tunny fish.\\nIt is altogether silent in asthme, pronounced asme.\\nV has the same sound as in English.\\nEx. valeur, valor; vide, empty; voleur, thief; veuve, widow.\\nW, which occurs only in foreign words, with the educated\\nretains the sound it has at home.\\nEx. Newton, whist, Washington, Westphalie.\\nWith the mass of the people, it is apt to be sounded like s,\\nand the name of the Scotchman Law is pronounced Lasse.\\nX, which also occurs principally in foreign words only, has\\ndifferent sounds.\\nIt is pronounced like ks in the middle of words.\\nEx. sexe, paradoxe luxe, luxury Alexandre, fluxion.\\nIt is pronounced like gs at the beginning of proper names.\\nEx. Xavier, Xantippe, Xerx\u00c3\u00a8s, X\u00c3\u00a9nophon.\\nAnd in the words beginning with ex, followed by a vowel.\\nEx. exil, examen exaucer, to hear favorably.\\nIt is pronounced like ss in six, six dix, ten soixante, sixty,\\nai.d in the proper names Aix, Auxerre, Auxonne, and Bruxelles.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "PRONUNCIATION IN READING AND SPEAKING. 29\\nIt is pronounced like z in the derivatives of deux, two as\\ndeuxi\u00c3\u00a8me, second of six, as sixi\u00c3\u00a8me, sixth of dix, as dixi\u00c3\u00a8me,\\ntenth and their compounds, as dix-sept, seventeen.\\nFinal x is silent, except in proper names, where it is sounded\\nlike ks.\\nEx. Ajax, Ph\u00c3\u00a9nix.\\nIn cocatrix, cochatrice prefix, and Aix -la- Chapelle, and in\\nwords derived from Latin or Greek, as in lynx, sphynx, index\\netc.\\nZ is pronounced as the English z in zest.\\nEx. zone, Zacharie, z\u00c3\u00a9phyr.\\nFinal z is sounded only in foreign names, as Suez, Cortez, and\\nin Metz.\\nPRONUNCIATION IN READING AND SPEAKING.\\nThe consonants have besides the sound which is given to them\\nin the word to which they belong, often another or an ad-\\nditional sound, when they occur in connected sentences, which\\nare read or spoken. The two principal rules on this subjet are\\n1. Final consonants, preceding a word that begins with a\\nvowel or h mute, are generally pronounced as if they were the\\ninitial letter of the second word, provided the two words, thus\\nto be connected in sound, are also connected in meaning, as\\nadjectives before nouns or pronouns before verbs.\\nEx. mon ami, mo-nami petit enfant, peti-tenfant nous\\navons, nou-zavons ils ont, il-zont.\\n2. When a word ending in e mute is followed by one begin-\\nning with a vowel or h mute, the last consonant of the first is\\nin the same manner pronounced as if it formed the initial of the\\nsecond word.\\nEx. la France enti\u00c3\u00a8re, la Fran-cen-ti-\u00c3\u00a8re Vhonn\u00c3\u00a9te homme,\\nPhonn\u00c3\u00aa-tomme.\\nThe following words are excepted from this rule, and treated", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "ao\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nas if they began with a consonant, so that no connection takes\\nplace between them and the preceding word\\nEt, and oui, yes; onze, eleven, with its derivatives; uni\u00c3\u00a8me,\\nfirst; yacht, yatagan; yole, yawl; ouest, west, and the interjec-\\ntions beginning with a vowel, as ah! oh! ouf! etc.\\nFinal consonants, when thus transferred, as it were, to the\\nnext word, change their sounds slightly. This is done in the\\nfollowing manner\\nC becomes k.\\nEx. franc-arbitre, free will; porc-\u00c3\u00a9pic, porcupine.\\nD becomes t.\\nEx. un grand-homme, a great man pied -h terre, a place to\\nalight; une grande-\u00c3\u00a2me, a great heart.\\nThe following words ending in d, do not unite with the next word:\\nchaud, warm froid, cold bord, edge; gland, a corn gond, hinge;\\nnid, nest n\u00c5\u0093ud, knot pied, foot, except in compounds.\\nF becomes v.\\nEx. neuf ans, ne u- van s, nine years vif amour, vi-vamour,\\nwarm love.\\nG becomes k.\\nJlx. de rang en rang, from rank to rank un long acc\u00c3\u00a8s, a\\nlong attack.\\nL is never connected with the next word, except when it is\\nsounded already in a single word. Otherwise, it retains its\\nsound.\\nEx. il est, he his il y eut, there was.\\nThe word gentil changes the I into a liquid sound before vowels, as\\nin un gentil enfant, a pretty child. This does not apply, however, to\\nthe plural!\\nN, when nasal, changes into the sound of nn, of which the\\nfirst is nasal and the second united with the next word.\\nEx. men ami, my friend; son honneur, his honor.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "PKONUNCIATION IIST BEADING AND SPEAKING. 31\\nIf nasal n should end a noun, it retains its original sound and is not\\nconnected with the next word.\\nEx. une passion aveugle, a blind passion.\\nIf n should be followed by a final consonant, the latter alone\\nis transferred to the next word, unless it be c or p, which remain\\nsilent.\\nEx. un savant artiste, a learned artist. But un champ ensemenc\u00c3\u00a9,\\na sowed field.\\nThe letter t of the syllable ent in verbs, which is silent, is\\nnevertheless connected with the next word.\\nEx. Ils parlaient ensemble, they spoke together ils sont ici,\\nthey are here.\\nP is connected with the next word only in the words coup,\\nblow trop, too much, and beaucoup, much.\\nEx. Il a trop aim\u00c3\u00a9, he has loved too much un coup atroce^\\na fearful blow.\\nQ becomes k.\\nEx. cinq ans, five years coq-\u00c3\u00a0-V \u00c3\u00a2ne, cock and bull story.\\nR remains silent in the infinitives in er, except in poetry, and\\nin monsieur. In other cases, it is connected with the next\\nword.\\nWhen r is followed by a final consonant, the latter remains silent,\\nand r alone is connected with the next word c, however, is always\\nsounded.\\nEx. un sort agr\u00c3\u00a9able, a plaisant fate; un tort \u00c3\u00a9norme, grievous\\nwrong arc-en-ciel, rainbow.\\nS becomes z.\\nEx. vous avez, you have elles avaient, they had.\\nFinal s in the inflections of the verb is carried only in poetry.\\nT at the end of nouns is not carried to the next word,\\nexcept in but, end, unless it was already previously pronounced,\\nas in fat, coxcomb. All final ?s, however, are sounded in\\npoetry, except in et, and.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "32\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nT is carried in fort, when it means very, but r only, when it means\\nstrong.\\nEx. Il est fort aimable, he is very good. But\\nH est fort et grand, he is strong and tall.\\nT is always carried in est, is, but never sounded in et, and.\\nEx. 11 est excellent, he is excellent; elle est heureuse, she is\\nhappy.\\nX becomes z.\\nEx. aux enfants, to the children six hommes, six men.\\nZ is carried only in dignified style and poetry ordinarily it\\nis heard only in the second person plural of verbs.\\nEx. vous avez eu, you have had vous aviez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, you had\\nbeen.\\nII. ELISION.\\nThe three vowels a, e and i are, under certain circumstances,\\nsuppressed or elided, and this process is called Elision. It is\\nalways indicated by a sign called an Apostrophe, which\\ntakes the place of the elided vowel. The effect of elision is\\nthat the two words, that which has lost its final vowel and the\\nnext word, which begins with a vowel or ti mute, are pro-\\nnounced as one word.\\nEx. V homme, lom, the man V honneur, loneur, the honor.\\nThe vowel i is elided only in the word si, if, when it pre-\\ncedes the two pronouns il, he, and Us, they.\\nEx. (si il) s il vient, if he comes; (si ils) s ils veulent, if\\nthey will.\\nThe vowel a is elided only in the feminine of the article la,\\nthe, and the feminine of the personal pronoun la, her, but\\nbefore all vowels and before h mute.\\nEx. (la amie), Vamie, the friend; (la habitude), V habi-\\ntude, the habit; je (la aime) Vaime, I love her; il (la usurpe)\\nl usurpe, he usurps it (fern.) il (la honore) Vhonore, he\\nhonors her.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "ELISION.\\n33\\nThe vowel e is elided, when it is unaccented, at the end of a\\nmonosyllabic word or of some compounds with que, that, before\\nall vowels and h mute.\\nEx. (je aspire) f aspire, I aspire; elle (me adore) m adore,\\nshe worships me ils (le honorent) l honorent, they honor\\nh ira on (se habille) s habille, they are dressing fy cours, I\\nrun there (ce est) c est bon, that is right quoiqu il vienne,\\nalthough he come parce qu elle lit, because she reads.\\nEntre elides its final e before reciprocal verbs, with which it forma\\na compound.\\nEx. s entr aider (se entre aider), to help each other s entr ouvrir\\n(se entre ouvrir), to commune with each other; s? entr accuser, to\\naccuse each other.\\nJusque elides its e before a, au, aux and ici.\\nEx. jusqu Borne, as far as Rome jusqu au ciel, up to heaven\\njusqu aux nues, to the clouds jusqu ici, until now.\\nPuisque and quoique elide their e only when followed by il, ils, elle,\\nelles, on, un and une, or a word with which they are indissolubly\\nconnected.\\nEx. puisqu ainsi est, since it is so puisqu elle le veut, since she wills\\nit so quoiqu on soit, although they be.\\nBut we must write quoique \u00c3\u00a9tranger, although a stranger puisque\\ninvisible, since invisible.\\nQuelque elides its e only before un, une, quelqu un, quelqu une, and\\nin quel qu il soit and quelle qu elle soit. Hence we must say quelque\\n\u00c3\u00aele, some island, and quelque espoir, some hope. Quelqu 1 autre is used\\nby some authors.\\nPresque elides its e only in presqu \u00c3\u00aele, peninsula.\\nNo elision takes place when there is no mental connection\\nbetween the two words, which would otherwise be subject to\\nthese rules. Hence, e. g., when le, la and other pronouns are\\nplaced after their verbs, they are not elided, although they may\\nbe followed by a vowel, because they belong to the verb and\\nnot to the next word.\\nEx. Menez-le Paris, take him to Paris prenez-la avec vous,\\ntake it with you.\\n12", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "31\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nNor will any elision take place before those exceptional\\nwords, which, although beginning with a vowel or h mute, aie\\ntreated as if their initial letter were a consonant.\\nEx. le huiti\u00c3\u00a8me, the eighth le onzi\u00c3\u00a8me, the eleventh les oui\\net non, the ayes and noes.\\nAn anomalous elision takes place in the word grande, which loses\\nits final e before certain nouns beginning with a consonant, with\\nwhich it forms a kind of compound noun.\\nEx. grand m\u00c3\u00a8re, grandmother grand messe, high mass grand voile,\\nmainmast, etc.\\nIt must not be forgotten that no elision takes place before aspi-\\nrated h.\\nEx. le liameau, the hamlet le h\u00c3\u00a9ros, the hero.\\nIII. SYLLABIC ATION.\\nFrench words are, like English words, divided into syllables,\\nbut the manner of dividing them differs in the two languages.\\nThe following rules have to be observed in French\\n1. A consonant between two vowels goes with the second,\\nand not, as in English, with the first vowel.\\nEx. ma-ri, husband phi-lo-sophe, philosopher.\\nThis rule is all the more important as it affects, of course, the\\npronunciation also. The English pronounce med-icine, the\\nFrench rn\u00c3\u00a9 de-cine they say pol-itics, the French say po-li-\\ntique.\\n2. Two consonants between two vowels divide so that\\none goes with the preceding, the other with the following\\nvowel.\\nEx. par-tiy party; frap-per, to strike; er-reur, error,\\nunless the two consonants can be produced by one utterance,\\nsuch as br, ct, cr, and others. These combinations are the same\\nin French as in English, and here the two consonants go both\\nwith the second vowel.\\nEx. a-bri. shelter r\u00c3\u00a9-clame, puff su-crier, sugar-dish.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "QUANTITY.\\n35\\n3. With three consonants, the syllables divide between the\\nsecond and third.\\nEx. obs-cur, obscure arc-tique, arctic,\\nunless the three consonants also can be pronounced in one im-\\npulse of the voice, when the division is made after the first con-\\nsonant.\\nEx. at-tri-but, attribute; ac-trice, actress.\\n4. With four consonants, two go with the first and two with\\nthe second syllable.\\nEx. obs-tructif, obstructive abs-trait, abstruse.\\n5. When two or more vowels meet, the manner of dividing\\nthem depends on the rules given before, which state when they\\nform one or more syllables, and examples have been given there\\nas to the proper division.\\nIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 QUANTITY.\\nQuantity means in French simply the longer or shorter time\\nwhich is given to the pronunciation of a syllable. It has no-\\nthing to do with the accent of the voice, which raises or lowers\\nthe latter, but does not lengthen or shorten the word. The\\nFrench has very minute and strict rules on this part of pronun-\\nciation, of. which the following are the most important\\n1. Every syllable ending in a consonant (except 5 and z) is\\nshort.\\nEx. sac, sack; nectar; fil, thread; pot, pot; but, end.\\n2. Every masculine syllable becomes long in the plural.\\nEx. s\u00c3\u00a0cs scls, salts pots.\\n3. Every masculine singular, ending in s, x or z, is long.\\nEx. temps, time riez, nose volx, voice.\\n4. Nasal vowels followed by consonants (except m and n) are\\nlong.\\nEx. jambe, leg crainte, fear humble tomber, to fall\\nbut followed by m and n, they are short.\\nEx. \u00c3\u00a9pigr\u00c3\u00a2mme personne, somebody prenne, take.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "36\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\n5. Every syllable ending in r and not followed by r, is short.\\nEx. barbe, beard berceau, cradle infirme, ordre,\\nbut if followed by r y it is long.\\nEx. arret, sentence bizarre, odd tonnerre, thunder.\\n6. Placed between two vowels, of which the second is mute,\\ns and z lenghthen the first.\\nEx. base, basis; b\u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00afse, blunder; \u00c3\u00a9pouse, wife.\\n7. preceding another consonant shortens the syllable be-\\nfore it.\\nEx. masque, mask astre, star burlesque.\\n8. A final mute e lengthens the vowel preceding it.\\nEx. pens\u00c3\u00a9e, thought joie, joy il joue, he plays, rue, street.\\n9. Every other vowel following another vowel renders it\\nshort.\\nEx. cr\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a9, created action hair, to hate tuer, to kill.\\nIn the following words which are sounded alike, quantity\\nalone determines the meaning, but only the more important\\nwords and such as occur ordiuarily have been given.\\nLONG.\\nSHORT.\\nacre, sharp.\\nal\u00c3\u00aane, shoemaker s tool.\\navant, before.\\nb\u00c3\u00a2iller, to gape.\\nb\u00c3\u00a2t, padded saddle.\\nbete, beast.\\nbolte, box.\\nbond, leap.\\nch\u00c3\u00a2ir, flesh.\\nclair, clear.\\ncorps, body.\\ncote, rib.\\ncours, course or corse.\\ncr\u00c3\u00a2int (il), he fears.\\ncuire, to cook.\\ndont, whose.\\nfaite, summit. f\u00c3\u00aate, feast.\\n\u00c3\u00a0cre, acre (of land).\\nhaleine, breath.\\navent, advent.\\nb\u00c3\u00a2iller, to rent.\\nb\u00c3\u00a2t (il), he beats.\\nbette, root.\\nbo\u00c3\u00afte (il), he limps.\\nbdn, good.\\ncher, dear.\\nclerc, clerk.\\ncdr, horn.\\nc\u00c3\u00b4te, numerical mark.\\ncour, yard.\\ncrin, hair.\\ncuir, leather.\\nddn, gift.\\nfaite, done (part, past),", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "PUNCTUATION.\\n37\\nfaix, burden.\\n(tu), thou doest. J\\nfait (il), he does.\\nfor\u00c3\u00aat, forest.\\nfovtt, borer.\\nf\u00c3\u00bbmes (nous), we were.\\nfume (je), I smoke.\\ngrave, grave.\\ngrave (il), he engraves.\\nhale, burning air.\\nhalle, hall.\\njais, jet.\\njet, throw.\\njeune, lasting.\\n1\\njeune, young.\\nla\u00c3\u00af, layman.\\n%s, legacy. \u00c2\u00abJ\\nI\\nlaid, uglay.\\ntait, milK.\\nlaisse (je), I let\\nlaisse, leash.\\nm\u00c3\u00a2tin, dog,\\nmatin, morning.\\nmois, mont li.\\nmai, me.\\nmont, mountain.\\nmdn, my.\\nm\u00c3\u00bbr, ripe.\\nm\u00c3\u00bbr, wall.\\nmasse, end of cue.\\nmasse, mass.\\np\u00c3\u00aacher, to sin,\\np\u00c3\u00a9cher, to ris h.\\njp\u00c3\u00ab?i6, part of lock.\\npeine, pain.\\npleine, plain.\\npleine, full.\\nsaut, leap.\\nI\\n#o fool.\\nI iSolsfL, UUoUIil,\\nsaint, saint.\\ni\\nceint, girt.\\nseing, signature.\\nscene, scene.\\nSeine, (river).\\nc\u00c3\u00a8ne, Lord s supper.\\nsaine, sound.\\nt\u00c3\u00a2che, task.\\nt\u00c3\u00a2che, spot.\\ntr\u00c3\u00a8s, very.\\ntrait, feature.\\nvaine, vain.\\n\u00c2\u00abe\u00c3\u00afwtf, vein.\\nvivres, victuals.\\nvivre, to live.\\nv. dix, voice.\\n(il), he sees.\\nvoler, to steal.\\nvdler, to fly.\\nV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 PUNCTUATION.\\nThe marks of Punctuation are the same in French as in Eng-\\nlish, with the addition of a few peculiar to French. They are\\nthe following", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "3S\\nON LETTERS AND SYLLABLES.\\nComma,\\nSemicolon,\\nColon,\\nPeriod,\\nNote of exclamation,\\nNote of interrogation,\\nParenthesis,\\nDash,\\nQuotation mark,\\nCedilla,\\nDiaeresis,\\nHyphen,\\nApostrophe,\\ncalled in French Virgule.\\nPoint et virgule.\\nDeux points.\\nPoint.\\nPoint d exclamation,\\nPoint oV interrogation\\nParenth\u00c3\u00a8se.\\nTiret.\\nGuillemets.\\nC\u00c3\u00a9dille.\\nTr\u00c3\u00a9ma.\\nTrait d union.\\nApostrophe.\\nA LIST OF THE MOST COMMO\\nA. P. protester, to be protested.\\nA. S. P. accepte sans prot\u00c3\u00aat, ac-\\ncepted without protest.\\nA. S. P. A. accept\u00c3\u00a9 sans prot\u00c3\u00aat pour\\ncompte.\\nB on baron, baron.\\ngonne baronne, baroness.\\nCh er chevalier, knight.\\nC te comte, count.\\n\u00c3\u00a7tesse comtesse, countess.\\nD. O. M. Deo Optimo Maximo.\\nD r docteur, doctor.\\nD r M 1 or D. M. doctor of Medi-\\ncine.\\nJ.-C. J\u00c3\u00a9sus-Christ.\\nLL. AA. II. Leurs Altesses Imp\u00c3\u00a9-\\nriales, Their Imperial High-\\nnesses.\\nLL. AA. RR. Leurs Altesses Roya-\\nles, Their Royal Highnesses.\\nLL. Em. Leurs Eminences, Their\\nEminences.\\nLL. Ex. Leurs Excellences, Their\\nExcellencies.\\nr ABBREVIATIONS IN FRENCH.\\nM de marchande.\\nM lle mademoiselle, miss.\\nMgr. Monseigneur.\\nM is marquis, marques.\\nM ise marquise, marchioness.\\nMM. messieurs, Messrs.\\nM me madame, Mrs.\\nMst. manuscrit, MS.\\nN. B. Nota bene.\\nN -D. Notre-Dame, Our Lady.\\nN\u00c3\u00a9g* n\u00c3\u00a9gociant, wholesale mer-\\nchant.\\nN\u00c2\u00b0 num\u00c3\u00a9ro, number, No.\\nN.-S. Notre- Seigneur, Our Lord.\\nN.-S. J.-C. N.-S. J\u00c3\u00a9sus-Christ.\\npour cent, per cent.\\nP. S. post-scriptum, P. S.\\nR. P. R\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9rend P\u00c3\u00a8re, Revd Father.\\nS. A. I. Son Altesse Imp\u00c3\u00a9riale, His\\nImperial Highness.\\nS. A. R. S. A. Royale, His Royal\\nHighness.\\nS. A. S. S A., S\u00c3\u00aar\u00c3\u00aanissime, His Se-\\nrene Highness,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n39\\nLL. HH. Leurs Haut esses, Their\\nHighnesses.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0LL. MM. Leurs Majest\u00c3\u00a9s, Their\\nMajesties.\\nLL. MM. II. LL. MM. Imp\u00c3\u00a9riales,\\nTheir Imperial Majesties.\\nLL. MM. RR. LL. MM. Royales,\\nTheir Royal Majesties.\\nM. or M r monsieur, Mr.\\nM. A. maison assur\u00c3\u00a9e, insured.\\nM. C. I. M. A. contre V incendie,\\ninsured against fire.\\nM d marchand, merchant.\\nS. E. Son Eminence,\\nS. M. Sa Majest\u00c3\u00a9, His or Her Maj-\\nesty.\\nS. M. B. S. M. Britannique, His\\nBritannic Majesty.\\nS. M. C. S. M. Catholique, His Ca-\\ntholic Majesty.\\n8. M. I. S. M. Imp\u00c3\u00a9ricde, His Im-\\nperial Majesty.\\nS. M. T. C. S. M. Tr\u00c3\u00a8s Chr\u00c3\u00a9tienne,\\nHis Most Christian Majesty.\\nS. P. Saint-P\u00c3\u00a8re, Holy Father.\\nS. S. Sa Saintet\u00c3\u00a9, His Holiness.\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nAccording to established usage, the words of the French\\nlanguage are divided into nine classes. These are 1. Nouns,\\n2. Articles; 3. Adjectives; 4. Pronouns; 5. Verbs; 6. Adverbs;\\n7. Prepositions 8. Conjunctions 9. Interjections.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nNOUNS.\\nNouns are simply the names of persons or things.\\nEx. Pierre, Peter; Londres, London; Autriche, Austria;\\nterre, earth soleil, sun vertu, virtue.\\nProper Nouns belong to one man or one object only, and\\nhence their name.\\nEx. C\u00c3\u00a9sar, Caesar; Louis, Lewis Russie, Russia V\u00c3\u00a9suve,\\nVesuvius.\\nCommon Nouns are the names which are common to a whole\\nclass of objects.\\nEx. homme, man; arbre, tree; oiseau, bird.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "4:0 ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCollective Nouns are the names which are common to a cer-\\ntain number, a collection of persons or things, and hence under\\na singular form represent a plural meaning.\\nEx. arm\u00c3\u00a9e, army foule, crowd quantit\u00c3\u00a9, quantity moiti\u00c3\u00a9,\\nhalf.\\nThere are two important points to be considered in connec-\\ntion with nouns: Gender and Number.\\nGENDER OF NOUNS.\\nFrench nouns have two genders, Masculine and Feminine.\\nAs there is no Neuter in French, all English nouns of that\\ngender must be in French either masculine or feminine.\\nWe ascertain the gender of a French word 1. by its signi-\\nfication, and 2. by its termination.\\nGENDER OF NOUNS ACCORDING TO SIGNIFICATION.\\n1. Masculine, are the nouns which designate male beings, and\\nsuch as we are accustomed to consider as male.\\nEx. homme, man lion, lion ange, angel g\u00c3\u00a9nie, genius.\\n2. Feminine, are the nouns which designate female beings,\\nand such as we are accustomed to consider as female.\\nEx. femme, wife lionne, lioness furie, fury.\\n3. Nouns which represent qualities belonging to men and to\\nwomen, change their gender accordingly.\\nEx. V \u00c3\u00a9tranger, m., the foreigner; V \u00c3\u00a9trang\u00c3\u00a8re, f., the foreign\\nlady.\\n4. Masculine, are the names of days, months and seasons\\nof trees, metals and elementary substances of languages, meas-\\nures, numbers and fractions, weight.\\nEx. le mardi, Tuesday; ma rs, March le -printemps, spring\\nle pin, pine; le fer, iron; le granit, granite; le Fran\u00c3\u00a7ais,\\nFrench le metre, the metre le quart, the fourth le centi\u00c3\u00a8me,\\nthe hundredth.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n41\\nOne tree, yeuse, an oak, is feminine and a few shrubs, as \u00c3\u00aapine t\\nIhorn ronce, brier vigne, vine, etc.\\nCollective numbers also are feminine, as la douzaine, dozen la moi-\\nti\u00c3\u00a9, half.\\n5. Masculine, are the names of mountains and winds, and\\nthose of countries and rivers which do not end in e mute.\\nEx. le Caucase, Caucasus le V\u00c3\u00a9suve, A^esuvius le Nord,\\nNorth wind le Pi\u00c3\u00a9mont, Piedmont le Danemarck, Denmark;\\nle Tage, Tagus.\\nExcept the names of mountains used only in the plural, as les Al-\\npes and les Pyr\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9es and of winds the following la brise, breeze la\\nbise, N. E. wind la tramontane, N. wind.\\nThe names of rivers ending in e mute are masculine or feminine,\\naccording to their derivation hence le Phone, from Rhodanus and\\nla Seine, from Sequana.\\n6. Feminine, are the names of virtues, qualities and festivals.\\nEx. la vertu, virtue la bont\u00c3\u00a9, goodness la haine, hatred la\\nSaint- Jean, St. John s day.\\nExcept No\u00c3\u00abl, Christmas and P\u00c3\u00a2ques, when it means Easter Sun\\nday and courage and m\u00c3\u00a9rite, all of which are masculine.\\nV. The gender of Compound Nouns depends upon the na-\\nture of their composition, which will be explained hereafter.\\nNo general rule, applying to all cases, can here be given,\\nthough it may be learned that when they contain a noun and\\nan adjective, the noun determines the gender.\\nEx. eau-forte, aqua-fortis, fern, because eau is feminine es-\\nprit-fort, great wit, masc. because esprit is masculine.\\nAnd when they consist of two nouns, the principal noun\\ndetermines the gender.\\nEx. arc-en-ciel, rainbow, masc; arri\u00c3\u00a8re-boutique, back shop,\\nfern.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "12\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nGENDER OF NOUNS ACCORDING TO THEIR TERMINATION\\nThe rules which determine the Gender of Nouns by their\\nform, depend mainly upon the fact that these nouns are gen-\\nerally derived from the Latin, and retain the gender which they\\nhad in that language. Hence we obtain the following rules,\\nwhich are the most important\\n1. Feminine, are nouns end- except the Masculines\\ncion, as succion,\\nsion, as lesion.\\nHon, as attention,\\ngion, as religion,\\nxion, as crucifixion,\\nnion, as union.\\nbastion and scion.\\nt\u00c3\u00a9, as chr\u00c3\u00a9tient\u00c3\u00a9, Christianity.\\neur, as faveur, favor.\\napart\u00c3\u00a9, aside arr\u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00a9, resolution;\\ncomt\u00c3\u00a9, county \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, summer\\np\u00c3\u00a2t\u00c3\u00a9, pie pr\u00c3\u00a9cipit\u00c3\u00a9, precipitate\\ncomit\u00c3\u00a9, committee c\u00c3\u00b4t\u00c3\u00a9, side\\ntrait\u00c3\u00a9, treaty th\u00c3\u00a9, tea.\\nbonheur, happiness ch\u00c5\u0093ur,\\nchorus; c\u00c5\u0093ur, heart; d\u00c3\u00a9nomina-\\nteur d\u00c3\u00a9shonneur, dishonor divi-\\nseur, divisor \u00c3\u00a9quateur, equator\\next\u00c3\u00a9rieur; honneur, honor; int\u00c3\u00a9-\\nrieur labeur, labor malheur,\\nmisfortune multiplicateur nu-\\nm\u00c3\u00a9rateur pleurs, tears r\u00c3\u00a9gula\\nJeur secteur ventilateur.\\nr bison; blason, blason; buson,\\nbuzzard; diapason; gazon, turf;\\nhorizon peson, steelyard poison,\\npoison oison, gosling tison, fire-\\n.brand pin\u00c3\u00a7on, su\u00c3\u00a7on, etc.\\n2. Masculine are nouns ending in\\nson and \u00c3\u00a7on, as unison, unity, and\\nfa\u00c3\u00a7on, fashion.\\nan, as ouragan, hurricane.\\nIon, as aquilon, a wind.\\nron, as baron,\\nout, as ragout, stew.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n43\\nment, as jugement, judgment.\\nau, au zuyau, pipe, (except eau, water, and peau, skin).\\nin, as bassin, basin, (except fin, end, and main, hand).\\net, as brevet, (except for\u00c3\u00aat, forest).\\not, as gigot, leg, (except dot, dowry).\\n3. iNouns ending in mute e may be considered as feminine.\\nHence, the names of most countries and all cities are of this\\ngender, when ending in mute e.\\nEx. la France, France; Za Syrie, Syria; la Rochelle.\\nSome names of countries ending in. mute e are masculine le Ben-\\ngale, Bengal le Mexique, Mexico le P\u00c3\u00aalopon\u00c3\u00a8se.\\nBut among the nouns ending in mute e, many classes are\\nmasculine, of which we mention here the most numerous and\\nimportant only.\\nMasculine, are those end- except the F\u00c3\u00a9minines\\nmg in\\nage, as esclavage, slavery.\\nme, as bwptisme.\\nalarme \u00c3\u00a2me, soul amertume,\\nbitterness arme, weapon cou-\\ntume, custom cr\u00c3\u00a8me, cream ecu-\\nme, foam \u00c3\u00a9nigme, \u00c3\u00aapigramme es-\\ntime, esteem ferme, farm flam-\\nme, flame forme gomme, gum\\nlame, blade larme, tear lime,\\nfile maxime plume, pen pom-\\nme, apple rame, oar reforme\\nrime, rhyme somme, sum victi-\\nme cime, summit dime, tithe\\nenclume, anvil escrime, fencing\\ngamme, gamut prime, premium\\ntrame, web, and a few others\\nI rarely used.\\ntre, as chapitre, chapter.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\ntre, as chapitre, chapter.\\naire, as statuaire, sculptor.\\ntoire, as purgatoire, purgatory.\\nzee, as vice, vice.\\nste, as artiste, artiste.\\nHe, as voile, veil.\\ncle, as couvercle, cover.\\nt\u00c3\u00a8re, as caract\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nangle, as triangle.*\\nare, sus phare,\\ntide, as regicide,\\n\u00c3\u00a8dre, as cath\u00c3\u00a8dre.\\ngone, as polygone,\\nlithe, as monolithe,\\ntype, as prototype. d\\nwatch piastre; poutre, beam;\\nrencontre, meeting vxtre, pane\\n\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00aetre, epistle mitre, and a few\\nothers.\\naffaire aire, area claire, re-\\nfined ashes glaire, slime gram-\\nmaire haire, hair-cloth jugu-\\nlaire paire, pair, and all names\\n[of plants ending in aire,\\nd\u00c3\u00a9crottoir e, shoe-brush; \u00c3\u00aacHtoire,\\n\u00c2\u00abj inkstand histoire, history vic-\\nl toire, victory.\\navarice cicatrice, scar d\u00c3\u00a9lices,\\ndelight \u00c3\u00a9pice, spice immondice,\\nfilth justice, injustice lice, lists\\nmalice milice, militia notice\\noffice, pantry police pr\u00c3\u00a9mices,\\nfirstlings varice, varix.\\nf am\u00c3\u00a9thyste; batiste, cambric;\\ncaste, tribe liste, list poste, post-\\noffice peste, plague piste, track\\nveste, jacket.\\naile, wing argile, clay bile,\\nbile \u00c3\u00a9toile, star file, row huile,\\noil \u00c3\u00aele, island pile, pile toile,\\nlinen; tuile, tile; vigile; voile,\\nsail.\\nboucle, buckle bernacle, barn-\\nacle b\u00c3\u00a9sicles, glasses debacle,\\nbreaking of ice escarboucle, car-\\nbuncle man icle, manacles racle,\\nscrape.\\nart\u00c3\u00a8re, artery panth\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nwhich are derived from Greek or Latin together\\nwith the names of instruments of the same origin\\nending in graphe and scope.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n45\\nThe following list of nouns ending in mute e, which are\\nmasculine for various reasons not mentioned above, is inserted\\nhere mainly for purposes of reference; other words which\\nare purely technical or of rare occurence, have been omitted.\\nclUtlU Ut\\n(MJCIO Wo\\ndrt; ^tiiiu. cuiii-\\nUilllvy lit i/tt/ IVVW\\nsi qqs\\\\ **y 1\\nivCvtsboOr y\\npounds)\\n\\\\oyoLol!L OJ IlivU\u00c3\u0080SU/l o\\nacide\\nctcid\\naromate\\naromatic\\nacre\\ndCV\u00c3\u00b4\\nascaride\\nascarides\\na ovrici+ pli p\\nno vn \u00c3\u00a7f\u00c3\u00aep\\nUjL/I Uol/VO\\na afVn o i fp\\nLvojJllU/VO\\nacte\\nact\\nU/oJJt f\\nadminicule\\nslight proof\\nast\u00c3\u00a9risque\\nasterisk\\nn c\\\\ vpt*Tip\\nUU Cl UO\\nft s7m Y h\\nd-bUdgcllt\u00c3\u00ae\\ntloui (A y lib\\naigle\\neagle\\nastrolabe\\nastrolabe\\naise\\nease\\nath\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9e\\nathen\u00c5\u0092UTfi\\nni Ko f T\u00c2\u00a3i\\nmud ire\\nalabaster\\naugure\\nauguvy\\nnil pep\\n7iVy7i to iv*\\niiyitvor\\nciUlL/IIltlLO\\nfin t/wn n //I M\\nalveole\\nrl nil i vi n 1\\\\ ni\\\\t\\n11 CooO ill d liAJiloy-\\naxe\\nlljjlo, tCU/Oo-\u00c3\u00b9/Ctr\\ncomb\\nbabeurre\\nbuttermilk\\nambages pi.\\nambages\\nbagne\\nbagnio\\nanibe\\n{two togethev)\\nbarbe\\na JBarbary hors\u00c3\u00b4\\namble\\namhle\\nbarde\\nGil/*/? f\\\\ P /*S\\\\ Y\\\\\\noOLOo OJ UU\u00c3\u00a2/Oio\\nO TYI nT\u00c3\u009b\\ndlJl Ulfc}\\nU/liblrol\\nUtil o\\nUUUi t y a\\nCViXHclll I O\\nnyn ifiYi fTiit g\\nLbli ovLvi 00/0 tvo\\nVkaQfiltp\\nUaodlUU\\nTiff Qfllf.\\nfiTTi nl pf+p\\nftiYinl pf\\nb\u00c3\u00a9carre\\nwntii.vnl.\\n1 OLVU LOI UjU\\nft n nl pcf t\\ni (lYi IYY) 11 01\\nyLiv //oUoCOf\\nri y) rt ft n to\\nTi ai o nn p\\nvu ou y\\nClLlU.1 U^Jr lit?\\nft m f) frsi/iQtm\\nU/fiiii vyy/ots\\nberce\\nUUtlL 7 CU/UroOof/\\nn yi nrl A o n fl POtTI\\nangle\\nVipn ttp\\nUC LU X O\\nUtil/Oui\\npounds)\\nbi\u00c3\u00a8vre\\nbeaver\\nanimalcule\\nanimalcule\\nbogue\\nboga\\nantidote\\nantidote\\nBospliore\\nBosphorus\\nantipode\\nantipode\\nbouge\\na small room\\naph\u00c3\u00a9lie\\naphelion\\nbranle\\njogging\\napocalypse\\napocalypse\\ncable\\ncable\\napogee\\napogeon\\ncadavre\\ncorpse\\napographe\\napographum\\ncadre\\nframe\\napologue\\napologue\\ncaduc\u00c3\u00a9e\\nmercury s wand\\narbre\\ntree\\ncalibre\\nbore, size, sort", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "48\\nOJST THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\ncaique\\ncounter drawing code\\ncode\\ncam\u00c3\u00a9e\\ncameo\\ncodicille\\ncodicil\\ncamphre\\ncamphire\\ncoffre\\nchest\\ncancre\\ncrab-fish\\ncollege\\ncollege\\ncand\u00c3\u00a9labre\\nchandelier\\ncolloque\\ncolloquy\\ncantique\\ncanticle\\ncollyre\\ncolly Hum\\ncapitole\\ncapitol\\ncolosse\\ncolossus\\ncapitule\\ncapitule\\ncolys\u00c3\u00a9e\\ncoliseum\\nc\u00c3\u00a2pre\\nprivateer\\ncomble\\ntop\\ncapricorne\\nCapricorn\\ncomestible\\neatables\\ncaroube\\ncar ob bean\\ncommerce\\ncommerce\\ncoarse mort of\\ncarouge\\ncomminge\\ncarpe\\nwrist\\ncompte\\nbill, account\\ncarosse\\ncoach\\ncompulsoire\\nwarrant\\ncartouche\\nscroll\\nconciliabule\\nconventicle\\ncasque\\nhelmet\\nconclave\\nconclave\\ncatafalque\\ncatafalque\\nconcombre\\ncucumber\\ncatalogue\\ncatalogue\\nc\u00c3\u00b4ne\\ncone\\ncatarrhe\\ncatarrh\\ncongre\\ncongejr\\ncaustique\\ncaustic\\nconte\\ntale\\nc\u00c3\u00a9notaphe\\ncenotaph\\ncontr\u00c3\u00b4le\\ncontrol\\ncerne\\nring {circle)\\nconventicule\\nconventicle\\nch\u00c3\u00a2le\\nshawl\\ncorspuscule\\ncorpuscule\\nchambranle\\njambs\\ncort\u00c3\u00a8ge\\nretinue\\nchancre\\ncancer\\ncoryph\u00c3\u00a9e\\ncoryph\u00c5\u0093us\\nchange\\nchange\\ncothurne\\nbuskin\\nchanvre\\nhemp\\ncoude\\nelbow\\nch\u00c3\u00a8vrefeuille\\nhoneysuckle\\nLOUplt?\\npair, {malk and\\nchiffre\\ncypher {figure)\\nI female)\\nciboire\\npix\\ncrabe\\ncrab\\ncidre\\ncider\\ncr\u00c3\u00a2ne\\nskull\\ncierge\\nwax taper\\ncravate\\ncroat\\ncigare\\nsegar\\ncr\u00c3\u00aape\\ncrape\\ncimeterre\\nscimitar\\ncr\u00c3\u00a9puscule\\ntwilight\\ncimeti\u00c3\u00a8re\\ncemetery\\ncrible\\nsieve\\ncinabre\\ncinnabar\\ncube\\ncube\\ncippe\\ncippus\\nculte\\nworship\\ncirque\\ncircus\\ncygne\\nswan\\ncloaque\\nsink\\ncylindre\\ncylinder\\ncoche\\nstage, packet-boat d\u00c3\u00a9boire\\nmortification", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n47\\nd\u00c3\u00a9calogue\\ndecalogue\\nescompte\\ndiscount\\nd\u00c3\u00a9combres pl.\\nrubbish\\nespace\\nspace\\nd\u00c3\u00a9compte\\ndiscount\\neuphorbe\\neuphorbium\\nd\u00c3\u00a9dale\\nlabyrinth\\nexemple\\nexample\\nd\u00c3\u00a9lice sing.\\ndelight\\nexergue\\nexergue\\nd\u00c3\u00a9lire\\ndelirium\\nexode\\nexodus\\nd\u00c3\u00a9luge\\ndeluge\\nexorde\\nexordium\\nd\u00c3\u00a9m\u00c3\u00a9rite\\ndemerit\\nfascicule\\nfascicle\\ndenticule\\ndenticles\\nfa\u00c3\u00aete\\ntop\\nderri\u00c3\u00a8re\\nlack\\nfeurre\\nchaff\\nd\u00c3\u00a9sordre\\ndisorder\\nfiacre\\nhack\\ndialecte\\ndialect\\nfifre\\nfife\\ndioc\u00c3\u00a8se\\ndiocese\\nfiligrane\\nfiligree\\ndisque\\ndisk\\nfinale (in music) finale\\ndissyllabe\\ndissyllable\\nflasque (of a j\\nJUU/ofit\\ndistique\\ndistich\\ncannon)\\ndithyrambe\\ndithyrambus\\nfleuve\\nlarge river\\ndividende\\ndividend\\nfluide\\nfluid\\ndivorce\\ndivorce\\nfoie\\nliver\\ndogue\\nbull-dog\\nfollicule (in an-j\\nw T/1///\u00c3\u008e 1 7/9\\nJ OOOl/CUvo\\ndomaine\\ndomain\\natomy) 1\\ndouble\\ndouble\\nfonticule\\nfonticulus\\ndoute\\ndoubt\\nfoudre\\nlarge tun\\n\u00c3\u00a9change\\nexchange\\ng\u00c3\u00a9nie\\ngenius\\nell\u00c3\u00a9bore\\nhellebore\\ngeni\u00c3\u00a8vre\\ngin\\n\u00c3\u00a9loge\\nencomium\\ngenre\\ngender\\nelys\u00c3\u00a9e\\nelysium\\ngingembre\\nginger\\n\u00c3\u00a9m\u00c3\u00a9tique\\nemetic\\ngirofle\\ncloves\\nempire\\nempire\\ng\u00c3\u00aete\\nlodging\\nempir\u00c3\u00a9e\\nempyrean\\ngivre\\nhoar-frost\\nencombre\\nencumbrance\\nglaive\\nsword\\nensemble\\nwhole\\nglobe\\nglobe\\n\u00c3\u00a9pb\u00c3\u00a9m\u00c3\u00a9rides\\nephemerides\\nglobule\\nglobule\\n\u00c3\u00a9pilogue\\nepilogue\\ngoberge\\na sort of codfish\\n\u00c3\u00a9pisode\\nepisode\\ngolfe\\ngulf\\n\u00c3\u00a9quilibre\\nequilibrium\\ngone\\na sort of worm\\n\u00c3\u00a9quinoxe\\nequinox\\ngouffre\\nabyss\\nerysip\u00c3\u00a8le\\nerysipelas\\ngrabuge\\nsquabble\\nesclandre\\nuproar\\ngrade\\ndegree\\nesclavage\\nslavery\\ngreffe\\nregister s office", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "4:3\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\ngrimoire\\nconjuror s book\\nlexique\\nlexicon\\ngroupe\\ngroup\\nlibelle\\nlibel\\nguide\\nguide, director\\nli\u00c3\u00a8ge\\ncork\\ngueule\\ngules in heraldry li\u00c3\u00a8vre\\nhare\\ngymnase\\ngymnasium\\nlimbe\\nlimb (edge)\\ngyn\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9e\\ngyn\u00c5\u0093cium\\nlinge\\nlinen, clothe\u00c3\u00a8\\nhale\\nsunbuming\\nliquide\\nliquid\\nhavre\\nhaven\\nlitige\\nlitigation\\nh\u00c3\u00a9catombe\\nhecatomb\\nlivre\\nbook\\nh\u00c3\u00a9liotrope\\nturnsol\\nlobe\\nlobe\\nh\u00c3\u00a9misph\u00c3\u00a8re\\nhemisphere\\nlobule\\nlobule\\nh\u00c3\u00a9mistiche\\nhemistich\\nlogogryphe\\nlogography\\nhi\u00c3\u00a9roglyphe\\nhieroglyphic\\nlombes\\nloins\\nhombre\\nomber\\nLouvre\\npalace\\nhoroscope\\nhoroscope\\nlucre\\nlucre\\nhym\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9e\\nwedlock\\nluxe\\nluxury\\nhymne\\nhymn, in general lyc\u00c3\u00a9e\\nlyceum\\nhypocondre\\nhypochondriac\\nmadr\u00c3\u00a9pore\\nmadrepora\\niambe\\niambus\\nmaigre\\nlean\\nimmeuble\\nreal estate\\nmalaise\\nuneasiness\\nincendie\\nconflagration\\nmanche\\nhandle\\nindicule\\nslight indication\\nman\u00c3\u00a8ge\\nriding-school\\ninfusoires\\ninfusory worms\\nm\u00c3\u00a2nes\\nmanes\\ninsecte\\ninsect\\nmanipule\\nmaniple\\ninsigne\\ninsignia\\nmanque\\nwant\\ninterligne\\ninterline\\nmarbre\\nmarble\\ninterm\u00c3\u00a8de\\ninterlude\\nmartyre\\nmartyrdom\\ninterr\u00c3\u00a8gne\\ninterreign\\nmartyrologe\\nmartyrology\\nintervalle\\ninterval\\nmasque\\nmask\\nivoire\\nivory\\nmassacre\\nmassacre\\njade\\njade\\nmausol\u00c3\u00a9e\\nmausol\u00c5\u0093um\\njaspe\\njasper\\nm\u00c3\u00a9andre\\nmeander\\nje\u00c3\u00bbne\\nfast\\nm\u00c3\u00a9compte\\nmisreckoning\\nkiosque\\nkiosk\\nm\u00c3\u00a9lange\\nmixture\\nlabyrinthe\\nlabyrinth\\nmembre\\nmember limb\\nlange\\nswaddling clothes m\u00c3\u00a9moire\\nbill\\nlaque\\nChina varnish\\nm\u00c3\u00a9nisque\\nmeniscus\\nlargue\\noffing\\nmensonge\\nlie (a story)\\nleurre\\nlure\\nmercure\\nmercury\\nl\u00c3\u00a9vitique\\nleviticus\\nmerle\\nblackbird", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n49\\nO p Uou ILLO\\nouoU/00 VU flOpUooMOTb\\nmesaise\\ndistress\\norbe\\norb\\nm\u00c3\u00a9tallo\u00c3\u00afde\\nfil nil fil\\nordre\\norder\\nm\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9ore\\nT\u00c3\u00afl\u00c3\u00b4t\u00c3\u00b4OT\\norgan\\norgan\\n1JJ.UU.U1c\\njJotsl/O UJ J toi 1 too toi c\\nUlgUt/, VV lie 11\\n1 ui yujio, U/io Wwrtt*\\nmille\\nfoilli^ llictl\\n\u00c3\u008fY) PTl t\\nJ IlOt/lolj\\nmode\\n/yfi] fil /I fil\\nIioOOOj\\novale\\noval\\nIllULlclo\\nIloOLbvO\\nove\\nwuou\\nJjj.uu.uit;\\nvn sin 1 1 1\\nIIOULo U/Ot}\\noxyde\\nfiTiid.\\nmt ont*\\nJJotfl\\npact\\npact\\nlllUilllU\\nWUI OUi\\nL7CL111 IJl \\\\j\\nl.Pflfll QMYiP TlVrtTifll\\nOVLOJ y (JOIOt/ III UjIIAjiu\\nxuuiiuourcie\\npdlldiUlltJ\\nUOOIOCIO UJ J KjOjOIOVI o\\nJllUllUlUg U.C\\nlloU lOUOUy UAj\\nyjoO lie ti Y 1 IXi HO\\njjU/ii t/y y i oij\\n111U11U jJUltJ\\nou loujjuoy\\nTU1 lltn CTV A T }l P\\nJJCbli. tug 1 CliJJllC\\njjwi oouy 1 to/jib\\nm on n\u00c3\u00a7vl 1 n 1~if*\\nUlvUUS V 11 \u00c2\u00abX uc\\nvn tvn n u ill ftTil.PH\\nIl OU ll/UoU vVVOUOC/O\\np\u00c3\u00a2que\\neasier\\nin nn 1 1 fil 1\\nlliUJl LHj UJ.C\\nlOOvl/UVfv\\nparadoxe\\nparadox\\nIVTnrTiP\\nXYiUl n u\\nhillopjf.\\nlOOVVUwlXf\\nparagraphe\\nparagraph\\nm nnfl ci\\n111U Ulio\\nff\u00c3\u00afllll PII\\nu vooooy\\nparall\u00c3\u00a8le\\ncomparison\\nmu u.ie\\nlYifilllll\\nIIOU (A/OUj\\nparafe or paraphe flourish in singing\\nvnii9t 1.A\\nIIOUjC OK/\\nparapluie\\numbrella\\nIII 111 1 1 1 Ui o\\nIIOU// IIOl\u00c3\u0082Jl\\nparjure\\nperjury\\n111 UOvC\\n110 U-OKJ 00/ Iv\\nparterre\\nSpit {in a theatre)\\nmyrthe\\nmyrtle\\nfloioer garden\\nti nil t f\u00c2\u00bb\\nnaphtha\\nparticipe\\nparticiple\\nXXt l vlOOv\\ndaffodil\\nparachute\\nparachute\\nship\\npatrimoine\\npatrimony\\nn\u00c3\u00a9crologe\\nj a register vf the pavie\\ndead p\u00c3\u00a9cule\\nnectarine\\npeculium\\nAJLCfci\\ntrade\\np\u00c3\u00a9dicule\\npedicle\\nlit in uy\\nglory, in painting p\u00c3\u00a9doncule\\nthe principal stem\\nXX V/1JL1 kyl O\\nnumber, quantity peigne\\ncomb\\nM VvllOVJ LID\\nobelisk\\np\u00c3\u00a9nates\\np\u00c3\u00a9nates\\nfPSOTvh i\\\\ 0*ft\\n\u00c5\u0093sophagus\\npendule\\npendulum\\n03uvre\\nmusical work\\np\u00c3\u00aane\\nbolt of a lock\\nni VTTTTW*\\nU1J 111\\nolympus\\npentacorde\\npentechord\\nOiTihrft\\na game of cards\\npentateuque\\npentateuch\\nomoplate\\nomoplate\\np\u00c3\u00a9ricarde\\npericardium\\nongle\\nnail\\np\u00c3\u00a9ricarpe\\npericarpium\\nopercule\\noperculum\\np\u00c3\u00a9ricr\u00c3\u00a2ne\\npericranium\\nopprobre\\ndisgrace\\np\u00c3\u00a9rig\u00c3\u00a9e\\nperigee\\n3", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "50\\nOK THE PAKTS OF SPEECH.\\np\u00c3\u00a9rih\u00c3\u00a9lie\\nperihelium\\npr\u00c3\u00a9lude\\nprelude\\np\u00c3\u00a9riode\\nthe highest pitch prestige\\nprestige\\np\u00c3\u00a9ritoine\\npeHton\u00c5\u0093um\\npr\u00c3\u00a9texte\\npretext\\nperpendicule\\nperpendiculum\\nprincipe\\nprinciple\\npersonne\\nnobody\\nprivil\u00c3\u00a8ge\\nprivilege\\np\u00c3\u00a9tale\\npetal\\nprodigue\\nprodigy\\np\u00c3\u00a9tiole\\npetiole\\nprologue\\nprologue\\np\u00c3\u00a9trole\\npetroleum\\npr\u00c3\u00b4ne\\nshort sermon\\npeuple\\npeople\\npropyl\u00c3\u00a9e\\npropyl\u00c5\u0093um\\nphal\u00c3\u00a8ne\\nphalena\\nprotocole\\nprotocol\\nphare\\nlighthouse\\nproverbe\\nproverb\\nph\u00c3\u00a9nom\u00c3\u00a8ne\\nphenomenon\\nprytan\u00c3\u00a9e\\nprytaneum\\nphoque\\nphoca\\npygm\u00c3\u00a9e\\npigmy\\nphosphore\\nphosphorus\\npylore\\npylorus\\npi\u00c3\u00a8ge\\nsnare\\nquadrige\\nquadriga\\npique\\nspade at cards\\nquadrille\\ngame at cards\\npivoine\\ngnat-snapper\\nquaterne\\nquaterne\\nplanisph\u00c3\u00a8re\\nplanisphere\\nquinconce\\nquincunx\\npl\u00c3\u00a9biscite\\nplebiscitum\\nr\u00c3\u00a2ble\\nsaddle of venison\\npleige\\npledge\\nr\u00c3\u00a2le\\nrallus\\npo\u00c3\u00aale\\nstove, canopy\\nrechange\\nchange\\npoile\\nrefuge\\nrefuge\\npoge\\nstarboard\\nr\u00c3\u00a9gale\\nregal\\npoivre\\npepper\\nr\u00c3\u00a8gne\\nreign\\np\u00c3\u00b4le\\npole\\nr\u00c3\u00a9gule\\nregulus\\npolype\\npolypus\\nrel\u00c3\u00a2che\\nrelaxation\\npolypode\\npolypodium\\nrem\u00c3\u00a8de\\nremedy\\npolysyllabe\\npolysyllable\\nremise\\nlivery-coach\\nponche\\npunch\\nrenne\\nreindeer\\nporche\\nporch\\nrep\u00c3\u00a8re\\nmark\\npore\\npore\\nreproche\\nreproach\\nporphyre\\nporphyry\\nretable\\naltar-piece\\nportefeuille\\npocket-book\\nr\u00c3\u00a9ticule\\nrecticula\\nportique\\nportico\\nr\u00c3\u00aave\\ndream\\npouce\\nthumb\\nr\u00c3\u00a9verb\u00c3\u00a8re\\nlantern\\npourpre\\npurple\\nrhombe\\nrhomb\\npr\u00c3\u00a9ambule\\npreamble\\nridicule\\nridicule\\npr\u00c3\u00a9cepte\\nprecept\\nri\u00c3\u00a8ble\\ngoose-grass\\npr\u00c3\u00aache\\nl protestant meet-\\nI ing\\nrisque\\nrite\\nrisk\\nrite", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n51\\nr\u00c3\u00b4le\\nroll\\nstockfiche\\ndried codfish\\nrosace\\nhollyhock\\nstore\\nsmall blinds\\nrosage\\nrose-bay\\nstygmate\\nstigma\\nrouable\\nrake for an oven\\nstylobate\\nstylobatum\\nrouble\\nRussian coin\\nsubterfuge\\nsubterfuge\\nsable\\nsable\\nsubside\\nsubsidy\\nsabre\\nsabre\\nsucre\\nsugar\\nsacerdoce\\nsacerdoce\\nsymbole\\nsymbol\\nsacre\\nconsecration\\nsynode\\nsynod\\nsacrilege\\nsacrilege\\ntarse\\ntarsus\\nsarigue\\noposum\\ntemple\\ntemple\\nscandale\\npublic offence\\ntentacule\\ntentacle\\nscarab\u00c3\u00a9e\\nscarab\u00c5\u0093us\\nterne\\nterne\\nscolie\\nscolium\\ntexte\\ntext\\nscrupule\\nscruple\\nthyrse\\nthyrsus\\nseigle\\nrye\\ntimbre\\nstamp\\ns\u00c3\u00a9pulcre\\nsepulchre\\ntintamarre\\ngreat noist\\nsexe\\nsex\\ntonnerre\\nthunder\\nsexte\\nsextus\\ntopique\\ntopic\\nsigne\\nsign\\ntorse\\ntrunk of a statue\\nsilence\\nsilence\\ntoxique\\npoison\\nsille\\nsillus\\ntrap\u00c3\u00a8ze\\ntrapezium\\nsimple\\nmedicinal herb\\ntr\u00c3\u00a8fle\\ntrefoil\\nsimulacre\\nsimulacre\\ntriomphe\\ntriumph\\nsinge\\nape\\ntrisyllabe\\ntrisyllable\\nsite\\nsite\\ntrocliisque\\npill\\nsocque\\novershoe, sandal\\ntroch\u00c3\u00a9e\\ntrochee\\nsolde\\nbalance of a bill\\ntro\u00c3\u00a8ne\\nprivet\\nsoliloque\\nsoliloquy\\ntroglodite\\nwren\\nsonge\\ndream\\ntrombone\\ntrombone\\nsouffle\\nbreath\\ntr\u00c3\u00b4ne\\nthrone\\nsoufre\\nsulphur\\ntrope\\ntrope\\nsourire\\nsmile\\ntroph\u00c3\u00a9e\\ntrophy\\nspadllle\\nspadille\\ntropique\\ntropic\\nsp\u00c3\u00a9cifique\\nspecific\\ntrouble\\ntrouble\\nspond\u00c3\u00a9e\\nspondee\\ntube\\ntube\\nsquelette\\nskeleton\\ntubercule\\ntubercle\\nsquirre\\nscirrhus\\ntumulte\\ntumult\\nstade\\nstadium\\ntype (and comp.) type\\nstalle\\nstall\\nulc\u00c3\u00a8re\\nulcer", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "52\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nvague\\nn\\\\n /fi i o\\nOily toe\\nVcbLlgc\\ntrack\\nvase\\nVCL86, VCSSCl\\nviatique\\nviaticum\\nvaudeville\\nl 7i/y 77/7/7 si o7i/v\\nUuv\u00c3\u00b9ClU/f LO o/Cl/f\\ncomedy\\nvide\\nvignoble\\nLtlLtl CI HO\\nvineyard\\nv\u00c3\u00a9hicule\\nvehicle\\nvinaigre\\nvinegar\\nventricule\\nventricle\\nvioloncelle\\nvioloncello\\nri it oh* r iy/ Yii Yin\\nLOtlo/L, WCILt/Iiy\\nar*d t*o\\nOftOVoOOfOLtS\\nverbe\\nVI UTPQ V\u00c2\u00bbl\\nV 1 I Co I?*-*\\nV V\\\\y V (A/U/VO\\nvermicelle\\nvermicelli\\nvote\\nvote\\nverre\\nglass\\nz\u00c3\u00a8le\\nzeal\\nvertige\\ndizziness\\nzodiaque\\nzodiac\\nvestibule\\nentry\\nNUMBER OF NOUNS.\\nFrench nouns have two numbers, singular and plural, accord-\\ning as they designate one object only or a number of them.\\nThis applies only to common nouns, as proper names are the\\nexclusive property of one person or one object, and cannot\\nhence be applied to many, as long as they are used as genuine\\nproper names.\\nThe singular is given by the form of the noun itself.\\nThe plural is invariably made by the addition of s, for even\\nwhen plurals are found to end in z or x, it must be borne in\\nmind, that z is but a combination of d and s, and x of c and s.\\nThe manner of forming the plural of nouns is subject to the\\nfollowing rules\\n1. All nouns not ending in s, z or x, add a final s.\\nEx. s. table, p. tables s. roi, p. rois, king s. fusil, p. fusils,\\ngun s. nid, p. nids, nest.\\n2. Nouns ending in s, z or x remain unchanged, as they end\\nalready in 5.\\nEx. s. fils, p. fils, s. son s. nez, p. nez, nose s. croix, p. croix,\\ncross s. remords, p. remords, remorse.\\n3. Nouns ending in au (eau), eu (\u00c5\u0093u), and some in ou, add\\na final x.\\nEx. s. \u00c3\u00a9tau, p. \u00c3\u00a9taux, vice s. bateau, p. bateaux, boat", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "53\\ns. feit, ip.feux, fire; s. v\u00c5\u0093u, p. v\u00c5\u0093ux, vow; s. genou, p. genoux,\\nknee.\\n4. Nouns ending in al, and some in w7, change these syl-\\nlables into aux.\\nEx. s. mal, p. maux, evil; s. cheval, p. chevaux, horse; s. co-\\nra?7, p. coraux, coral s. travail, p. travaux, labor.\\nThe following nouns ending in al make the plural by adding s, and\\nnot by changing al into aux\\nBal, ball cal, callosity carnaval, carnival ceremonial chacal,\\njackal narval, narwal regal, treat sandal, sandalwood, and a few\\nnames of animals of rare occurrence. Formerly it was the fashion to\\nmake the plural of nouns ending in ant or ent by omitting the letter\\nt, so as to make them end in ans or ens this is not done now-a-days.\\nEx. s. enfant, p. enfants, children s. serpent, p. serpents, serpents.\\n5. Some nouns have an irregular plural, the most important\\nof which are the following\\nAieul, grandfather, becomes aieux, when it means ancestors\\nbut a\u00c3\u00afeuls, when is means grandfathers.\\nAil, garlic, in botanical language, makes ails; in ordinary life,\\naulx, though gousses d\\\\ul, cloves of garlic, is generally sub-\\nstituted.\\nB\u00c3\u00a9tail, cattle, becomes bestiaux.\\nCiel, sky or heaven, becomes cieux but when it is used fig-\\nuratively, it makes ciels.\\nEx. ciels-de-lit, top of bedsteads ciels de tableau, skies in a\\npainting.\\n\u00c5\u0092il, eye, becomes yeux in its primary meaning; but it\\nmakes ceils when used figuratively.\\nEx. \u00c5\u0093ils-de-b\u00c5\u0093uf, bull s eyes (in architecture) \u00c5\u0093ils-de-chat,\\ncat s eyes (in mineralogy.)\\nExcept in yeux du pain, yeux du fromage, the open spaces in bread\\nand cheese and yeux du bouillon, the round spots of fat swimming\\non broth.\\nUniversel, universal (in logic) becomes universaux.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "54:\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nExercise.\\nChildren. Parents. Friends. Animals. Enemies. Virtues. Vi-\\nces. Years. Days. Evils. Misfortunes. Horses. Corals. Vicis-\\nsitudes. Horrors. Kings. Queens. Crosses. Vases. Noses. Eyes.\\nMonths. Nephews. Nieces. Brothers. Sons. Daughters. Col-\\nonels. Narwals. Nails. Screws. Hammers. Arsenals. Capitals.\\nResidences. Villages. Altars. Partridges. Avowals. Cabbages.\\nKnees. Hands. Heads. Canals. Laws. Fires. Waters. Troubles.\\nVoices. Cattle. Skies. Horns. Feet. Pebbles.\\nCHAPTER II.\\nARTICLES.\\nArticles are words placed before nouns or other parts of\\nspeech used as nouns, for the purpose of defining their mean-\\ning in various ways.\\nThe English language has two articles the Definite the and\\nthe Indefinite a or an.\\nThe French language has three articles.\\nThe Definite le, etc., corresponding to the.\\nThe Indefinite un, etc., corresponding to a.\\nThe Partitive du, etc., which has no corresponding form in\\nEnglish.\\n1. The Definite Article has the following three forms:\\nLe, before masculine novyis beginning with a consonant or\\naspirated h.\\nEx. le mari, the husband le h\u00c3\u00a9ros, the hero.\\nLa, before feminine nouns beginning with a consonant or\\naspirated h.\\nEx. la femme, the wife; la haine, the hatred.\\nL\\\\ before masculine or feminine nouns beginning with a\\nvowel or mute h.\\nEx. V ami, the friend; l \u00c3\u00aele, the island; V homme, the man;\\n^histoire, the history.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n55\\nIts plural form is les before all nouns without distinction.\\nEx. les rois, the kings les amis, the friends les honneurs,\\nthe honors les reines, the queens les habitudes, the habits.\\nIt is declined, as all words are declined in French, by means\\nof the preposition de (of), and (to), but suffers certain con-\\ntractions, which produce the following forms\\nSINGULAR.\\nMasculine. Feminine. Before vowels or h mute.\\nNominative. le la I\\nGenitive. (de le) du de la de V\\nDative. le) au la V\\nAccusative. le la V\\nPLURAL.\\nFor all Nouns.\\nNom. les\\nGen. (de les) des\\nDat. (d les) aux\\nAcc. les\\nThis gives, with a noun, the following forms\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\nMasculine Noun.\\nNom. le roi, the king. les rois, the kings.\\nGen. du roi, of the king. des rois, of the kings.\\nDat. au roi, to the king. aux rois, to the kings.\\nAcc. le roi, the king. les rois, the kings.\\nFeminine Noun\\nNom. la reine, the queen. les reines, the queens.\\nGen. de la reine, of the queen. des reines, of the queens.\\nDat. d la reine, to the queen. aux reines, to the queens.\\nAcc. la reine, the queen. les reines, the queens.\\nMasculine, beginning with a vowel.\\nNom. rami, the friend. les amis, the friends.\\nGen. de l ami, of the friend. des amis, of the friends.\\nDat. d l ami, to the friend. aux amis, to the friends.\\nAcc. l ami, the friend. les amis, the friends.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "56\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nFeminine, beginning with a vowel.\\nNom. l \u00c3\u00a2me, the soul. les \u00c3\u00a2mes, the souls.\\nGen. de l \u00c3\u00a2me, of the soul. des \u00c3\u00a2mes, of the souls.\\nDat. d V\u00c3\u00a2me, to the soul. aux \u00c3\u00a2mes, to the souls.\\nAcc. V\u00c3\u00a2me, the soul. les \u00c3\u00a2mes, the souls.\\nMasculine, beginning with mute h.\\nNom. l habit, the coat. les habits, the coats.\\nGen. de l habit, of the coat. des hahits, of the coats.\\nDat. Vliabit, to the coat. aux habits, to the coats.\\nAcc. l habit, the coat. les habits, the coats.\\nMasculine, beginning with aspirated 7i.\\nNom. le h\u00c3\u00a9ros, the hero. les h\u00c3\u00a9ros, the heroes.\\nGen. du h\u00c3\u00a9ros, of the hero. des h\u00c3\u00a9ros, of the heroes.\\nDat. au h\u00c3\u00a9ros, to the hero. aux h\u00c3\u00a9ros, to the heroes.\\nAcc. le h\u00c3\u00a9ros, the here. les h\u00c3\u00a9ros, the heroes.\\n2. The Indefinite Article has the following forms\\nUn before all masculine nouns.\\nUne before all feminine nouns.\\nIt is declined by means of the same preposition, thus\\nsingular.\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nNom. un une\\nGen. {de un) d un {de une) d une\\nDat. un d une\\nAcc. un une\\nIt has no plural, un being the same as the numeral un, one.\\nExercise.\\n(Learn the verb Avoir, to have.)\\nWe have the flowers of the garden you have the fruits of the\\norchard. He has a daughter and a son. We had the doctor in the\\nhouse. They will have the friend of the brother, and we will have\\nthe sons of the friend. The children of the uncle and the parents of", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n57\\nthe enemy. To the king of the English, and to the emperor of th\u00c2\u00ab\\nFrench. They had a book of the library. You shaL have the pies\\nand the cakes. She had a bouquet. To the lover of the chase. The\\nend of the action and the causes of the retreat. The value of the\\ngold and of the silver of the country. They have had a speech in\\nthe church, and they had the ministers of the church in the building.\\nThe epistles of the friends to the man in the mask. The gifts of the\\nambassador to the empress. I hall have the money or the goods.\\nThe surgeons in the hospital, and the doctors at the hotel. The\\nhorses of the men, and the swords of the officers. To an aunt of\\nthe boys, and to an uncle of the girls.\\nThe declension of Proper Names is made by the preposi-\\ntions only, without an article, in which case de elides its e be-\\nfore vowels and mute h.\\nNom. C\u00c3\u00a9sar, Andre,\\nGen. de Char, d Andr\u00c3\u00a9,\\nDat. Cesar, Andr\u00c3\u00a9,\\nAcc. C\u00c3\u00a9sar, Andr\u00c3\u00a9.\\nPreposition and article must both be repeated before every\\nnoun which they qualify, and agree with it in gender and\\nnumber.\\nEx. Le fils de Louis et a Anne. L histoire des Romains et\\ndes Grecs. Fid\u00c3\u00a8le au roi et la reine.\\nThere is no Possessive Case in French. The noun so used\\nin English must be placed after the noun on which it depends,\\nin the genitive case. Paul s book thus becomes the book of\\nPaul the brother s hat becomes the hat of the brother.\\nEx. le livre de Paul, Paul s book le chapeau du fr\u00c3\u00a8re, the\\nbrother s hat le courage dhcn h\u00c3\u00a9ros, a hero s courage.\\nExercise.\\nI have the letters of Voltaire to Frederick the Great. He had the\\nphilosopher in the palace of Potsdam. The letters to the king had a\\nsuccess. She had a sister s love for the friend of the brother. They\\nhad not the measures of the depth of the well. We have an attor-\\nney s authority, and you have a lawyer s certificate. They would\\nhave had the President s Message, but they had not the time, nor the\\n3*\\nAnne, Londres,\\nd Anne, de Londres,\\nd Anne, d Londres,\\nAnns. Londres.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "58\\nON THE PAKT3 OF SPEECH.\\nspace in the journal. We have not the partridges of Europe. We\\nhad a plan of the city of London and a drawing of the towns of the\\ndistrict. To the friends of the negroes. We had a storm during the\\nnight, and we shall have a rain in the day. The winds and the\\nwaves. You have the dedication to the wife of the author. The\\nbeginning of the history of the war of Independence. The queens\\nof England and Scotland. To the master of workmen and appren-\\ntices. They had a horse and chaise. The address of the commander\\nto the soldiers of the Empire.\\n3. The Partitive Article expresses that not the whole, but\\nonly a part or a certain quantity is spoken of. The English ex-\\npress this either by the omission of the article, as when we\\nsay I have bread, or by the use of some in affirmative and\\nany in the interrogative and negative sentences, e. p. He has\\nsome bread. Have you any apples I have not any friends.\\nThe partitive article in French consists\\na. Of the preposition de combined with the definite article,\\nand thus making the following forms\\nSINGULAR.\\nMasc. Fern. Before vowels and 7i mute.\\ndu de la de V\\nEx. du pain, some bread de la cr\u00c3\u00a8me, some cream de Va-\\nvoine, some oats de Vironie, some irony des lois, some laws\\ndes histoires, some histories.\\nPLURAL.\\n(For all Nouns.)\\ndes.\\nEx. des amis, some friends des pommes de terre, some pota-\\ntoes.\\nb. Of the preposition de alone, before adjectives and in neg-\\native sentences.\\nEx. de bon pain, good bread; de mauvais conseils, bad ad-\\nvice de faux amis, false friends; de vrais ennemis, true enemies.\\nIt must be borne in mind that as the partitive article always\\nrepresents a portion of a whole, it cannot be used with nouns,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n59\\nthe meaning of which, precludes the idea of division. Some\\ntea, means a portion of the whole quantity, and some friends,\\na fraction of the whole number but when we say I look for\\nsome house to suit me, we do not mean a portion of a house,\\nand hence, here, some cannot be translated by the partitive\\narticle.\\nExercise.\\n(Learn the verb Avoir interrogatively.)\\nI have bread and water, and you shall have wine and cakes. Has\\nhe any friends in the city I had some pens and some ink, but I\\nhave not any paper. We shall have oil with the salad, and vinegar\\nwith the beets. Had you any ideas Has she the end of the list, and\\nsome hope of the return of the printer Meat and vegetables, coffee\\nand tea, bread and butter. I have cream in the tea, and milk in the\\ncoffee. Have you no (not any) sugar I have had sugar, and she has\\nhad molasses. Friends and enemies, soldiers and citizens. Would\\nyou have a friend s advice, or an enemy s warning Have they any\\ntragedies and comedies in the literature of the age To the friends\\nof the monarch. Have they had any apples? They had an apple\\nand some apricots, but they had not any peaches, I have pencils and\\ncrayons, but I have not any colors.\\nWhen the verb is both interrogative and negative, the part-\\nitive article resumes its full form, du, de la, de V and des,\\nEx. ^Pavez-vous pas des livres .2 Have you not any books\\nExercise.\\n(Learn the verb Avoir interrogatively and negatively.)\\nWe had some bread and cheese, but we had no wine and no meat.\\nHad you any dinner or supper to-day I have some hope. W^e shall\\nhave some friends and some relations at the feast of St. John. Will\\nyou not have some guests at the house He shall have some plea-\\nsures and some games, but we shall not have any guests. We had\\nsome rye, but we had no oats, and now we shall have no baker s\\nbread. The porter s lodge, and the cry for workmen. He had tears\\nand sighs. You shall have some rewards. Have they not had some\\ndifficulties with some soldiers They have not had any medicine,\\nbecause they had no phial.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "60\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCHAPTER III.\\nADJECTIVES.\\nAdjectives express permanent or accidental qualities as at-\\ntributed to nouns. As they do not designate a person or a\\nthing, but only something that belongs to them, they show de-\\npendence by always agreeing with the noun which they qualify,\\nin gender and number. It matters not, whether they stand by\\nthis noun, as in the good man, the handsome woman, or are\\nseparated from it by other parts of the sentence, as in The\\nman of the house is good the woman who was here is hand-\\nsome. They still agree in the same way.\\nParticiples present and past, when not used as parts of the\\nverb, but employed to qualifiy nouns, are treated, in all respects,\\nas adjectives, and agree also in gender and number with their\\nnouns, but they are invariably placed after their nouns.\\nFORMATION OF THE FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES.\\nAdjectives make their feminine invariably by adding a mute\\ne to the masculine.\\nEx. m. grand, i. grande, great; m charmant, f. charmante,\\ncharming m. estim\u00c3\u00a9, f. estim\u00c3\u00a9e, esteemed m. poli, f. polie, po-\\nlite, small m. aigu, f. aigu\u00c3\u00ab, sharp.\\nThere are, however, besides this general method, certain\\nother changes taking place in the process of forming the femi-\\nnine, which lead to the following rules\\n1. Adjectives ending in mute e remain unchanged in the\\nfeminine, as it would be superfluous to add another mute e.\\nEx. m. fid\u00c3\u00a8le, f. jld\u00c3\u00a8le, faithful m. habile, f. habile, skilful;\\nm. riche, f. riche m. rouge* f. rogue, red.\\n2. Adjectives ending in el, et, eil, ien, and on, besides adding\\nmute e, also double the final consonant.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n61\\nEx. m. \u00c3\u00a9ternel,\\nmuet,\\npareil,\\nancien,\\nbon,\\nf. \u00c3\u00a9ternelle,\\nmuette,\\npareille,\\nancienne,\\nbonne,\\neternal,\\nmute.\\nequal.\\nancient.\\ngood.\\nThe following Adjectives, ending in et, also take mute e, but instead\\nof doubling the final consonant, they place a grave accent over the e\\nthat precedes the t.\\nm. complet,\\nconcret,\\ndiscret,\\nindiscret,\\nf. compl\u00c3\u00a8te,\\nconcr\u00c3\u00a8te,\\ndiscr\u00c3\u00a8te,\\nindiscr\u00c3\u00a8te.\\nm. inquiet,\\nincomplet,\\nreplet,\\nsecret,\\nf. inqui\u00c3\u00a8te,\\nincompl\u00c3\u00a8te,\\nrepl\u00c3\u00a8te,\\nsecr\u00c3\u00a8te.\\n3. Adjectives ending in er, besides adding mute e, place a\\ngrave accent over the e preceding r.\\nEx. m. fier,\\nsingulier,\\nf. fi\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nsinguli\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nproud,\\nsingular.\\n4. Adjectives ending in and x, besides adding mute tf,\\nchange their final letters into v and s.\\nEx. m. neuf, f. neuve, new.\\nbref, br\u00c3\u00a8ve, brief.\\nm. heureux, f. heureuse, happy.\\njaloux, jalouse, jealous.\\nThe following Adjectives ending in x, change it differently in the\\nfeminine\\nEx. m. doux, f. douce, sweet. m. prefix, f. pr\u00c3\u00a9fixe, prefixed.\\nfaux, fausse, false. roux, rousse, reddish.\\n5. The following Adjectives, besides adding mute e, double\\nthe final consonant, without belonging to the class mentioned\\nunder 2\\nm. bos, f. basse, low.\\nm. sot, f. sotte,\\nbellot,\\ngras,\\nlas,\\n\u00c3\u00a9pais,\\nexpr\u00c3\u00a8s,\\ngros,\\nbellotte, pretty.\\ngrasse, fat.\\nlasse, weary.\\n\u00c3\u00a9paisse, thick.\\nexpresse, express.\\ngrosse, big.\\nnul,\\ngentil,\\nnulle,\\ngentille,\\npaysan, paysanne,\\nprofesse,\\nvieillotte,\\nprof es,\\nfoolish.\\nnull.\\nnice.\\npeasant.\\nprofessed.\\noldish", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "62\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nExercise.\\n(Learn the verb Etre, to be.)\\nI am prudent and she is indiscreet. We shall be polite but cold\\nto the gentleman of the house. She was angry and we were impa-\\ntient. He will be respected, but she will be hated. Mary s friend has\\nwhims she is pretty well dressed, but she is not amiable. They will\\nbe spoilt. We were content with the brother s account of the story.\\nHe had excellent recommendations and letters from the great men of\\nthe country. Peter s cravat and Mary s ribbons are silk. He is the\\nminister of an Episcopal church in the pretty village of the valley.\\nThe mountains are high and the rivers are rapid, but the houses are\\nlow and dark and the men are not healthy. My cousin s children are\\nyoung and pretty she has a reddish face and her mouth is large.\\nThe sum is big and I have not any money. He has singular habits\\nand she is not proud of the husband. Rome is an ancient city and\\nhas colossal and beautiful churches. The wounds of the officer were\\nmortal, and the fever of the child is dangerous. She is jealous of the\\nfriend of the husband, and the sisters are ashamed. She has had a\\nnew robe, a short letter, and an active correspondence.\\nG. Adjectives ending in eur make their feminine by changing\\nr into s, when they are derived from the participle present of\\nverbs, by substituting eur for ant.\\nEx. parler, to speak parlant, parleur, talkative. Fern, parleuse,\\ncauser, to chat causant, causeur, chatty. causeuse,\\nmentir, to lie mentant, menteur false. menteuse.\\nExcept the following\\nm. enchanteur, f. enchanteresse, enchanting.\\np\u00c3\u00aacheur, p\u00c3\u00a9cheresse, sinful.\\nchasseur, chasseresse (poetical), hunting.\\nThey make the feminine by changing the last syllable into\\ntrice, when they are derived from Latin words ending in tor,\\nEx. m. protecteur, f. protectrice, protecting.\\ncr\u00c3\u00a9ateur, cr\u00c3\u00a9atrice, creative.\\nex\u00c3\u00a9cuteur, ex\u00c3\u00a9cutrice, executing.\\nThey make the feminine regularly, when they are derived\\nfrom the Latin comparatives.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n63\\nEx. m. majeur,\\nmineur,\\nmeilleur,\\nsup\u00c3\u00a9rieur,\\nant\u00c3\u00a9rieur,\\ninf\u00c3\u00a9rieur,\\nf. majeure,\\nmineure,\\nmeilleure,\\nsup\u00c3\u00a9rieure,\\nant\u00c3\u00a9rieure,\\ninf\u00c3\u00a9rieure,\\nof age.\\nunder age.\\nbetter.\\nsuperior.\\nanterior.\\ninferior.\\n*7 Til A\\ni jl h e\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0f f\\\\ 1 r\\\\ xxt n ne\\nAdjectives\\nform their\\n1 fpm\u00c3\u00aemnp liTPcrn lari v\\n1 1.1 J 1 LJ 1 LJ v 11 1 Ulcll 1 J\\nm. blanc,\\nf. blanche,\\nwhite.\\nm. long,\\nf. longue, long.\\nfranc,\\nfranche,\\nfrank.\\noblong,\\noblongue, oblong.\\nsec,\\ns\u00c3\u00a8che,\\ndry.\\ncat,\\ncoite, quiet.\\nfrais,\\nfra\u00c3\u00aeche,\\nfresh.\\nfavori,\\nfavorite, favorite.\\npublic,\\npublique,\\npublic.\\nmuscat,\\nmuscade, muscat.\\ncaduc,\\ncaduque,\\nfrail.\\njumeau,\\njumelle, twin.\\nturc,\\nturque,\\nTurkish.\\ntiers,\\ntierce, third.\\ngrec,\\ngrecque,\\nGreek.\\ntors,\\ntorse, twisted.\\nb\u00c3\u00a9nin,\\nb\u00c3\u00a9nigne,\\nbenign.\\ntra\u00c3\u00aetre,\\ntra\u00c3\u00aetresse, treacherous.\\nmalin,\\nmaligne,\\nmalignant.\\n8. Adjectives ending in u place a diaaresis over the mate e y\\nwhich they add to preserve the sound of u.\\nEx. m. aigu, f. aigu\u00c3\u00ab, sharp.\\ncontigu, contigue, contiguous.\\nSeveral adjectives have no feminine.\\nEx. dispos, nimble fat, foppish.\\nThe following Adjectives have two forms for the masculine\\nthe first, ending in a vowel (except vieux) is used before nouns\\nbeginning with a consonant or aspirated h the second, end-\\ning in Z, before nouns beginning with a vowel or mute h. The\\nfeminine is made from the latter, by adding mute e and doubling\\nthe final consonant.\\nSINGULAR,.\\nm. beau and bel, f. belle,\\nfou and fol, folle,\\nmou and mol, molle,\\nnouveau and nouvel, nouvelle,\\nvieux and vieil, vieille,\\nPLURAL.\\nm. beaux, f. belles, handsome.\\nfous, folles, mad.\\nmous, molles, soft.\\nnouveaux, nouvelles, new.\\nvieux, vieilles, old.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "OK THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nExercise.\\nThe sister is talkative, but the brothers are silent, and two cousins\\nare mute. She has been an enchanting 1 beauty, but now she is Ugly.\\nThe pen is spoiled, and the ink is thick the letter is unlucky. Have\\nyou any ink I have some ink, and it is better. The old woman is\\nindustrious, but the sister is too talkative. She is of age, but the\\nbrothers are under age. The handsome man and the handsome\\nwoman were husband and wife they have no children. A superior\\neducation and an inferior soul. The better history is in the library of\\nthe mad man. A new friend is better than an old enemy. The new\\nand beautiful dresses of the young ladies are in the big box. She has\\nwhite hands and fresh cheeks, with blue eyes and a benign expression.\\nShe is a malignant woman and very revengeful. A Turkish custom\\nand a Greek custom are different things. The white robe is not dry.\\nThe English tongue is discreet, and the French tongue a favorite in\\nthe world.\\nFORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES.\\nAdjectives make their plural generally according to the same\\nrules as nouns, viz. by adding s to the singular, x when they\\nend in au or eu, and by changing al into aux.\\nEx. s. grand, p. grands, great s. beau, p. beaux, handsome\\ns. riche, p. riches, rich s. principal, p. principaux, principal.\\nBleu, however, makes its plural bleus, and tout changes into\\ntous, fern, toutes.\\nThe following Adjectives, ending in al, do not change it into\\naux, but add s\\nbancal, bandy-legged; doctoral, filial, fatal, final, frugal,\\nglacial, initial, marital; matinal, early rising; nasal, naval\\npascal, paschal p\u00c3\u00a9nal, th\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tral, sentimental, original.\\nAnother class of Adjectives, ending in al, from their signifi-\\ncation, have no plural form for the masculine.\\nEx. dental, medial, mental, labial, lingual, palatal, zodiacal\\nand paroissial, parochial.\\nExercise.\\n(Learn the verb Etre interrogatively and negatively.)\\nThe dress is green, the trimmings are reddish, and the belt is bine", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\nthe gloves also are blue. The hands are small, but the feet are colos-\\nsal. The true opinions of the members of the Senate were not the\\nprincipal motives. The marital rights of the general are secured,\\nand the final action will be seen. They had the special orders of the\\ngeneral, but we had the emperor s general orders. We had some\\npleasure from the amusements of the festival, but the special objects\\nwere not secured. The native land to the children of the soil. They\\nhave the accounts of the naval operations of Jean Bart and Ruyter.\\nThe four cardinal points are North, South, East and West. Were\\nthey not the cardinals of the holy college Ney was the commander\\nof the army during the fatal days of the war of Russia. The Jesuits\\nhave a mental reservation. This was a grievous insult to the friend\\nof the host it will be an eternal disgrace. His immortal renown is\\nsuperior to the fame of Caesar.\\nFORMATION OF COMPARATIVE DEGREES.\\nThe meaning of adjectives may be expressed in different\\nways, according to the result of a comparison between various\\npersons or objects, to whom the same qualities are attributed.\\n1. If the result of the comparison is the superiority of one\\nover others, this is called the Comparative of Superiority,\\nwhich is formed by placing plus (more) before the adjective.\\nEx. fin, comp. plus fin, finer magnifique, comp. plus ma-\\ngnifique, more magnificent.\\n2. If the result is the inferiority of one to others, this is\\ncalled the Comparative of Inferiority, which is formed by pla-\\ncing moins (less) before the adjective.\\nEx. beau, comp. moins beau, less handsome.\\n3. If the result of the comparison is the equality of one tc\\nthe other, this is called the Comparative of Equality, which is\\nformed by placing aussi before the adjective in affirmative, and\\nsi in negative sentences.\\nEx. grand, comp. aussi grand, as tall pas si grand que vous,\\nnot as tall as you.\\nThe English conjunctions than and as, which serve to connect\\nthe two terms of the comparison, are translated alike by que.\\nEx. plus petit que le fr\u00c3\u00a8re, smaller than the brother; moins", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "66\\nOX THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nbelle que la s\u00c5\u0093ur, less handsome than the sister; aussi savant\\nque le p\u00c3\u00a8re, as learned as the father.\\nThe following adjectives have irregular comparative forms\\nBon, good, makes meilleur, better; mauvais, bad, makes\\npire, worse and petit, small, makes moindre, smaller.\\nExercise.\\nShe was richer than the sister, but the cousins are richer than all\\nthe members of the family. I am less familiar with the details of the\\nhistory. She is a better friend than the brother, but he is more cau-\\ntious than she. The apples are not as fresh as the pears, but the\\nplums were smaller than the other fruits. The father is as kind as\\nthe son, but he is not as polite as Charles. Lucy is taller and more\\nhaughty, but Mary is handsomer and sweeter. Who is less imperious\\nthan the ruler of the country, and who is prouder than the son of the\\nslave Have you been in a more beautiful situation The garden\\nis wider than the house, and the house is taller than the garden. He\\nis not as wise as his ancestors. The days will be longer and hotter\\nin the summer, but in the winter they are shorter and colder. He is\\nworse to-day, but he has been better than the other sick men.\\nIf the result of the comparison is that one person or object\\nsurpasses all others, this is called the superlative. This degree\\nis of twofold -nature.\\nThe Relative Superlative expresses the highest degree of the\\nmeaning of the adjective relatively to others, viz., to a number\\nor a class of similar persons or objects. It is formed by pre-\\nfixing the definite article or the possessive pronouns to the\\ncomparative degree.\\nEx. comp. plus grand super, le plus (jrand, the greatest\\ncomp. moins beau super, le moins beau, the least handsome:\\ncomp. meilleur; super, le meilleur, the best: comp. pire super.\\nle pire, the worst.\\nWhen the adjective, in this case, is placed after the noun,\\nthe definite article, which alone distinguishes the superlative\\nfrom the comparative, must be repeated before the adjective,\\nwhether the noun have a pronoun or an article before it.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n67\\nEx. la personne la plus aimable, the most amiable person;\\nmes v\u00c5\u0093ux les plus sinc\u00c3\u00a8res, my most sincere wishes.\\nThe Absolute Superlative expresses the highest degree of the\\nmeaning of the adjective absolutely, e., without any compar\\nison with others. It is formed by prefixing an adverb, expres-\\nsive of the highest degree, to the adjective, such as tr\u00c3\u00a8s, fort\\nand bien, very extr\u00c3\u00aamement, extremely h plus, the most le\\nmoins, the least; le mieux, the best.\\nEx. Paris est bien beau, Paris is handsome indeed il est fort\\ndr\u00c3\u00b4le, he is very odd elle est extr\u00c3\u00aamement savante, she is ex-\\ntremely learned.\\nExercise.\\nThe uncle is the richest man of the country, but he is not well in-\\nformed. A man is most discreet when he has not any secrets. The\\nhandsome sister is the most charming of the two, but she is too talk-\\native the other is less beautiful but more attractive. Father of\\nall creatures, Thou art infinitely good and merciful Who is as good\\nas he She was the best woman of all, and her daughters will be as\\ncharming as she w r as. I have a letter for the Eight Reverend Arch-\\nbishop he is the wisest man in the church, and most esteemed of all\\ndignitaries. He has not been very strong, but he is the most skilful\\nof the artisans of the city and does the best work. To the handsomest\\nyoung lady. To the bravest defenders of the country. I have had\\nthe most interesting letter from my dearest friend. My brothers are\\nthe w T orst correspondents I have not had any letters since their\\ndeparture. My brother s wife has the smallest child it is smaller\\nthan the little girl of my sister. The smartest children are not\\nalways the best, and the dullest children are not always the worst.\\nPLACE OF ADJECTIVES.\\nThe place of adjectives varies in French, while in English it\\nstands invariably before the noun they qualify.\\nThe manner in which the place is determined, depends\\n1. On Emphasis: An adjective which is strongly accented, is\\nplaced before its noun, all other rules notwithstanding.\\nEx. cet infortun\u00c3\u00a9 roi, that unfortunate king; cette abominable\\nchose, that abominable thing.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "68\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n2. On Size: Long adjectives are placed after short nouns and\\nshort adjectives before longer nouns.\\nEx. une affaire extraordinaire, an extraordinary affair un\\nlong s\u00c3\u00a9jour, a long residence.\\n3. On Special Rules, by which certain classes of adjectives arc\\nalways placed before, and others after their nouns.\\nThe principal rules on this subject are the following\\nBefore the noun are always placed\\na. Numeral adjectives, both cardinal and ordinal.\\nEx. vingt hommes, twenty men la premiere chose, the first\\nthing.\\nb. The following adjectives, autre, other; beau, handsome;\\nbon, good; digne, worthy (unless followed by a regime) grand,\\ngreat gros, big jeune, young joli, pretty mauvais, bad\\nm\u00c3\u00a9chant, wicked meilleur, better; m\u00c3\u00aame, same moindre, less\\npetit, small sot, foolish,, and vieux, old. Long is generally\\nplaced before the noun.\\nAfter the noun are placed by special rule\\na. All participles, like suivant, following; satisfait, satisfied.\\nb. Adjectives conveying an impression made upon the senses,\\nlike those of color blanc, white noir, black of taste doux,\\nsweet of hearing haut, loud bas, low of touch chaud,\\nwarm; froid, cold rond, round, etc.\\nc. Adjectives expressive of nationality, like Fran\u00c3\u00a7ais, French\\nAm\u00c3\u00a9ricain, American.\\nd. Adjectives ending in al, like g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral, fatal, etc.\\nThe adjectives droit, right gauche, left neuf, new; sec, dry, are\\nalso placed after the noun dernier, last prochain, next, with days of\\nthe week.\\nEx. lundi dernier, last Monday mardi prochain, next Tuesday.\\nExercise.\\nHe has a good voice. We have a round table and a handsome\\nroom. She is a worthy old lady, and he is a wicked old man. I have\\na big sura, and you shall have a small sum. The pretty girl of the", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n69\\nuncle is a bad child. Twenty men on the first day, and forty men on\\nthe third day. She will have a white dress and a pink bonnet you\\nwill have a black dress and a purple shawl. They have warm cloaks\\nin these coM days. My French grammar, and my German diction-\\nary. Where is the American fleet It is in a Spanish harbor. This\\nis a general law, but that is a special exception. Where is the blind\\nwoman I have a new coat. They will be here next Sunday. I\\nwas there last Friday.\\nNUMERICAL ADJECTIVES.\\nThe numerals are treated in French as adjectives, and must,\\ntherefore, as far as their forms permit it, agree with the noun\\nthey qualify, in gender and number.\\nEx. cinq cents hommes, five hundred men la premiere his-\\ntoire, the first history.\\nThe two principal classes, which alone will be explained here,\\nare the Cardinal Numbers, which express numbers simply and\\nabsolutely, as deux, two trois, three, etc. and the Ordinal\\nNumber s which express them with regard to order, as second,\\nsecond troisi\u00c3\u00a8me, third, etc.\\nCARDINAL NUMBERS.\\n1 un, une\\n18 dix-huit\\n19 dix-neuf\\n20 vingt\\n21 vingt-un\\n22 vingt-deux\\n23 vingt-trois\\n24 vingt-quatre\\n25 vingt-cinq\\n26 vingt-six\\n27 vingt-sept\\n28 vingt-huit\\n29 vingt-neuf\\n30 trente\\n31 trente-un\\n40 quarante\\n41 quw*ante-un\\n50 cinquante-\\n2 deux\\n3 trois\\n4 quatre\\n5 cinq\\n6 six\\n7 sept\\n8 huit\\n9 neuf\\n10 dix\\n11 onze\\n12 douze\\n13 treize\\n14 quatorze\\n15 quinze\\n16 seize\\n17 dix-sept", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "10\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n60 soixante\\n95 quatre-vingt-quinze\\n70 soixante-dix\\n96 quatre- mngtsene\\n71 soixante-onze\\n97 qu (ire-tin ix-sep t\\n72 soixante-douze\\n98 quatre-vin gt-d ix-h uit\\n73 soixante-treize\\n99 quatre-vingt-dix-neuf\\n74 soixante-quatorze\\n100 cent\\n75 soixante-quinze\\n101 cent-un, une\\n76 soixante-seize\\n102 cent-deux\\n77 soixante-dix-sept\\n200 d c ??z\u00c2\u00a3\\n78 soixante-dix-huit\\n300\\n79 soixante-dix-neuf\\n1000 m\\n80 quatre-vingt\\n1001 ?7?i^6\\n81 quatre-vingt-un\\n2000 efcw# 7ra\u00c3\u00af#e\\n90 quatre-vingt-dix\\n3000 \u00c2\u00a3ms ??n\\n91 quatre-vingt-onze\\n10000 m#te\\n92 quatre-vingt-douze\\n100000 m\u00c3\u00ae\\n93 quatre-vingt-treize\\n1000000 M7i\\n94 quatre-vingt-quatorze\\n2000000 efcwa; millions\\nThe Cardinal Numerals are indeclinable, except the following\\nt/w, feminine, ime, which is declined like the indefinite article.\\nEx. d- ttw- homme, of one man une femme, to one woman.\\nVingt, in the compound form quatre-vingt, (four scores)\\neighty, and cent, hundred, take the sign of the plural (s),\\nwhen they stand immediately before a noun.\\nEx. quatre-vingts soldats, eighty soldiers trois cents dollars,\\nthree hundred dollars.\\nBut if cent is not in the plural, or if vingt and cent are sep-\\narated from their noun by another numeral, they remain\\nunchanged.\\nEx. fax cent piastres,! have a hundred dollars; quatre-vingt*\\ncinq lieues, eighty-five leagues cent cinquante livres, hundred\\nand fifty pounds.\\nMille is never made a plural by adding s, and in giving the\\ndate of the year it is always written mil.\\nEx. deux mille habitants, two thousand inhabitants; en mU\\ncinq cent, in the year 1500.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\nIn stating numbers, the French omit both the word a or one,\\nbefore hundred and thousand, and the conjunction and, in com-\\npound numbers, which are used in English.\\nEx. a hundred men, cent hommes one thousand years,\\nmille ans; eighteen hundred and sixty-seven, mil huit cent\\nsoixante-sept.\\nThe Cardinal Numbers cannot be inverted as in English, i. e.\\nwe cannot say in French five and twenty instead of twenty five\\nbut the smaller number invariably follows the larger.\\nEx. vingt-cinq, five and twenty.\\nThe Cardinal Numbers from dix-sept, seventeen, upwards to\\nquatre-vingt-dix-neuf, ninety-nine, are connected with each\\nother by hyphens; in other combinations the hyphen is\\nomitted.\\nEx. soixante-dix-huit, seventy-eight cent vingt, hundred and\\ntwenty.\\nOnze is treated as if its initial letter was a consonant.\\nEx. le onze Ao\u00c3\u00bbt, the eleventh of August.\\nExercise.\\nI have given one hundred dollars for the best book in the library\\nny books cost three dollars each. He paid to-day three hundred\\nfrancs to the friends of his brother, and five hundred and ninety-\\nthree to his landlord. Have you been in the two stores I was in\\nthe city of Paris in eighteen hundred and twenty-three, when it had\\nmore than six hundred thousand inhabitants. Eighty men fell in the\\nbattle, and two hundred and fifty were in the hospital. He left two\\nmillions of dollars, and each child had eight hundred thousand dollars\\nfor his share. I counted seventeen hundred volumes in the president s\\nlibrary, but the library of his son is larger. He had a thousand ex-\\ncuses. I have spoken of the adventure a hundred times, and he has\\nrelated a better story a thousand times. The greatest merchant of\\nthe city has not seventy clerks in his store, and you think that he\\nhas a hundred and twenty. You counted seventy-seven, bnt you did\\nnot count the twenty horses in the stable. In the month of March\\none thousand seven hundred and sixty-three he had spent more than\\nfive hundred pounds at the game of whist.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "72\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nORDINAL NUMBERS.\\n1st premier or uni\u00c3\u00a8me\\n2d second or deuxi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n3d troisi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n4th quatri\u00c3\u00a8me\\n5th cinqui\u00c3\u00a8me\\n6th sixi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n7th septi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n8th huiti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n9 th neuvi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n10th dixi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n11th onzi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n12th douzi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n13th treizi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n14th quatorzi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n15th quinzi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n16th seizi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n17th dix-septi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n18th dix-huiti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n19th dix-neuvi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n20th vingti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n21st vingt-uni\u00c3\u00a8me\\n22d vingt-deuxi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n23d vingt-troisieme\\n24th vingt-quatritme\\n25th vingt-cinqui\u00c3\u00a8me\\n30th trenti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n31st trente-uni\u00c3\u00a8me\\n32d trente-deuxi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n40th quaranti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n41st quarante- uni\u00c3\u00a8me\\n50th cinquanti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n60th soixanti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n70th soixante-dixi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n71st soixante-onzi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n72d soixante-douzi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n73d soixante-treizi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n80th quatre-vingti\u00c3\u00a8me\\n81st quatre-vingt-uni\u00c3\u00a8me\\n90th quatre-vingt-dixi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n91st quatre-vingt-onzi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n100th centi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n101st cent-uni\u00c3\u00a8me\\n200th deux-centi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n300th trois-centi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n1000th milli\u00c3\u00a8me\\n2000th deux-milli\u00c3\u00a8me\\n10000th dix-milli\u00c3\u00a8me\\n1000000th millioni\u00c3\u00a8me\\nThe difference between premier and uni\u00c3\u00a8me is this, that the\\nformer is used only for the first of a series, the latter in com-\\npound numbers.\\nEx. le premier volume, the first volume vingt-uni\u00c3\u00a8me vo-\\nlume, the twenty -first volume.\\nThe difference between second (pronounced ff 7\u00c2\u00abm) and deuxi\u00c3\u00a8-\\nme, is that both can be used promiscuously for the second of a\\nseries, but deuxi\u00c3\u00a8me alone can form compound numbers.\\nEx. /a seconde or Za deuxi\u00c3\u00a8me fois, the second time; Za trente-\\ndeuxi\u00c3\u00a8me le\u00c3\u00a7on, the thirty-second lesson.\\nThe Ordinal Numbers are all declined, but premier and secowc?\\ne", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n73\\nalone add mute e in the feminine, as the others end already in\\nmute e all take s in the plural.\\nEx. la premiere ann\u00c3\u00a9e, the first year; la cinqui\u00c3\u00a8me fois, the\\nfifth time; les centi ernes parties, the hundredth parts.\\nThe Ordinal Numbers are placed before their noun, except\\nwhen chapters, articles, pages of a book and the like are\\nquoted, in which case they may be placed after the noun, as in\\nEnglish.\\nEx. le dixi\u00c3\u00a8me volume, the tenth volume chapitre septi\u00c3\u00a8me,\\nchapter the seventh article premier, article the first.\\nExercise.\\nMy pretty sister is the first in my affections, and you are the last,\\nfor you are the least dear. I lent to the doctor the twenty-third vol-\\nume of the edition of Voltaire s work. The third chapter is better\\nthan the second, but the best of all is the twenty-first. You will find\\nthe sentiments of the author in the first volume of the work, chapter\\nseventh, page hundred and seventh. He arranged the men in three\\nranks, and he gave lances to the first, pistols to the second and mus-\\nkets to the third. The thirteenth and the nineteenth are sound the\\ntwelfth and the twenty-first are spoilt. He placed the governor in\\nthe first seat on the platform, the second was given to the secretary.\\nThe eighth company and the first were the best of the regiment, but\\nthe officer who commanded the second, was the bravest man of the\\narmy. (The) first in war, (the) first in peace, (the) first in the hearts\\nof his countrymen.\\nCHAPTER IV.\\nPRONOUNS.\\nPronouns are words which take the place of nouns, in order\\nto avoid repetition. Instead of saying John and John s friend,\\nwe therefore say, John and his friend and instead of Peter\\ncame and Peter said, simply Peter came and he said.\\n4t", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nThey are divided into the following classes:\\n1. Personal Pronouns, \\\\ikeje, I; tu, thou; il, he.\\n2. Possessive Pronouns, like mo/i, my ton, thy son, his,\\n3. Demonstrative Pronouns, like ce, this celui-ci, this one.\\n4. Relative Pronouns, like qui, who lequel, who.\\n5. Interrogative Pronouns, like qui, who lequel, which\\n6 Indefinite Pronouns, like on quiconque, whoever tout,\\nall.\\nPERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nPersonal Pronouns, like all classes of pronouns in French,\\nare divided into two classes\\nConjunctive, such as are invariably used in immediate connec-\\ntion with the verb, and\\nAbsolute, such as are never used with the verb, but only\\nstanding by themselves or with prepositions.\\nConjunctive Personal Pronouns stand in various relations to\\nthe verb. They may be its subject, in which case they are said\\nto be in the nominative.\\nEx. je parle, I speak nous allons, we go on dit, they\\nsay.\\nOr they may be its direct object, in which case they are said\\nto be in the accusative.\\nEx. r homme me voit, the man sees me le monde le hait, the\\nworld hates him.\\nOr they may be its indirect object, in which case they are\\nsaid to be in the dative or genitive.\\nEx. Vami lui parle, the friend speaks to him le vice leur\\nnuit, vice injures them; le docteur me parle, the doctor speaks\\nto me.\\nLe p\u00c3\u00a8re en parle, the father speaks of it la fille en \u00c3\u00a9tait une,\\nthe daughter was one of them.\\nFor these various relations the French language has the fol-\\nlowing forms", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n8\\n\u00c2\u00b13 *S\\np3\\n^3 r*3\\n\u00c3\u00a2^S g -S\\nS .S 53 8\\nI\\nO\\nSZ5\\nO\\n05\\nS*\\nO\\nB ri\\nf\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I rH \u00c2\u00abi-l\\no\\nse?\\n23\\nH ?h O S 05\\n.m 03 _og\\n5*\\nse?\\no\\nO\\nS3\\nO\\no\\no\\nI\\np3\\nO\\nni\\nd\\no\\nP,\\nCO\\n3 3\\nPh\\nQQ T3", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "70\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nIn order to ascertain readily the nature of the relation of the pro-\\nnoun to the verb, it is well to remember the maimer in which the\\nsubject and object in a sentence are determined.\\n1. In order to ascertain the subject, we ask by the aid of the verb\\nWho or what does The answer gives the subject, which is always\\nin the nominative.\\nEx. Pierre est venu. Who has come Ans. Peter. Peter is the\\nsubject.\\nElle fut ici. Who was here? Ans. She. She is the subject.\\nLa guerre a commence. What has begun Ans. War. War is\\nthe subject.\\n2. In order to ascertain the direct object, we ask in the same man-\\nner Whom or what does the subject The answer gives the direct\\nobject, which is always the accusative.\\nEx. J aime le fr\u00c3\u00a8re. Whom do I love? Ans. The brother.\\nBrother is the direct object.\\nElle m aime. Whom does she love? Ans. Me. Me is the direct\\nobject.\\nVous le voyez. What do you see? Ans. It. It is the direct object.\\nIls se trompent. Whom do they deceive? Ans. Themselves.\\nThemselves is the direct object.\\n3. In order to ascertain the indirect object, we ask in the same man-\\nner To whom or to what does the subject? The answer gives the\\nindirect object, which is always in the dative.\\nEx. Je parle Vami. To whom do I speak Ans. To the friend.\\nFriend is the indirect object.\\nCela lui appartient. To whom does it belong Ans. To her. To\\nTier is the indirect object.\\nIl leur donne. To whom does he give Ans. To them. To them\\nis the indirect object.\\nOn y ajoute. To what do they add Ans. To it. To it is the in-\\ndirect object.\\nAll three may occur in the same sentence.\\nEx. Le mari donne le cadeau sa femme. Who gives? Ans. The\\nhusband. Le mari is the subject in the nominative. What does he\\ngive? Ans. The present. Le cadeau is the direct object in the ac-\\ncusative. To whom does he give? To the wife. A sa femme is the\\nindirect object in the dative.\\nElle les lui pr\u00c3\u00a9sente. Who presents Ans. She. Elle is the sub-\\nject in the nominative. What does she present Ans. Them. Les", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "PKONOTJNS.\\n77\\nis the direct object in the accusative. To whom does she present\\nthem? Ans. To them. Leur is the indirect object in the dative.\\nThis rule is all the more important as the difference between the\\ndirect and the indirect object, between the accusative and the dative,\\nis not always perceptible in English. In the sentence He gives the\\nbook, the book is the direct object, in the accusative. In the sentence\\nHe gives the book its due, the book, without any change of form, is the\\nindirect object in the dative. Thus, when we say, I gam it my atten-\\ntion, we ask\\nWho gave? Ans. I. is t lie subject, nominative.\\nWhat gave I Ans. My attention. Attention is the direct object,\\naccusative.\\nTo what gave I Ans. To it. It, therefore, is the indirect object,\\ndative.\\nConsequently, if we have to translate\\nI gave it to the friend it is the accusative and we will say Je le\\ndonnai l ami.\\nBut in I gave it my attention it is the dative, and must be trans-\\nlated Je lui donnai mon attention, or Jy donnai mon attention.\\nIf we have to translate\\nYou gave him back to his friends him is the direct object, in the\\naccusative, and we say Vous le rend\u00c3\u00aetes d ses amis; but in You gave\\nhim your friendship him is the indirect object in the dative, and we\\nsay Vous lui donn\u00c3\u00a2tes votive amiti\u00c3\u00a9.\\nIt will be seen from this, that the omission of the preposition to,\\nbefore nouns and pronouns in English, must be carefully observed in\\ntranslating into French.\\nJe, I, is not written with a capital initial as in English, except\\nwhen it commences a sentence.\\nJe, I; me, me or to me; te, thee or to thee; le, him or it;\\nla, her or it se, one s self or to one s self, etc., elide their e or\\na when they are placed before a verb beginning with a vowel\\nor mute h.\\nEx. (Je aime) faime, I love (il me embrasse) il rn 9 embrasse t\\nhe kisses me elle adore, she adores thee il Vamene, he brings\\nhim; il Vexcusent, they excuse her; on s habitue, they accus-\\ntom themselves.\\nThese pronouns do not suffer elision when placed after their", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "78\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nverb even though they precede a word beginning with a vowel\\nor mute h.\\nEx. Voyez-le ici, see it here prenez-la avec vous, take it with\\nyou.\\nPLACE OF CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nThe Conjunctive Personal Pronouns have their place rigor-\\nously assigned to them in their connection with the verb.\\nAs .subject, they stand, as in English, before the verb, except\\nin questions, when they are placed after it and connected with\\nit by a hyphen.\\nEx. Je veux, I will tu parles, thou.speakest il aime, he loves;\\nvoulez-vous will you? vient-il? does he come allons-nous? shall\\nwe go\\nAs objects, they stand immediately before the verb, and in\\ncompound tenses, before the auxiliary verb (not before the\\nparticiple).\\nEx. Il me voit, he sees me; tu lui dis, thou sayest to him il\\nlui parle, he speaks to her nous les aimons, we love them vous\\nla connaissez, you know her ils nous virent, they saw us il\\nm\\\\t vu, he has seen me; elle lui a plu, she has pleased him.\\nExcept in the affirmative imperative, when they are placed\\nafter the verb, and connected with it by a hyphen.\\nEx. Voyez-le, see him parlez-lui, speak to her dites-moi, tell\\nme allez-]/, go to it prenez-en, take of it.\\nWhen the imperative is negative, the pronoun is placed again\\nbefore the verb.\\nEx. Ne me parle pas, don t speak to me n en prenez pas, don t\\ntake of it; ne lai dis rien, tell him nothing.\\nExkrcise.\\n(Learn the Verbs of the Second Conj ugation.)\\nFinish it and give it to your friend lie will speak of it to youi\\nfather. I gave my books to her, and she gave her gloves to me. She\\nloves, you, and she will show you her sincerity, if you love her as", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "pronouns. 79\\nwell. He has spoken to her, but she has not treated him with the\\nsame courtesy. Take two of them I gave one of them to your friend.\\nWhy did you place her in that school Because I love her dearly.\\nThey paid them two hundred dollars, and they have spent half of\\nthem. They deceive themselves if they think of it seriously. My son\\nis in the country I sent him to the farm, because he was sick. I sent\\nhim his books. We met them in the road they saluted us and passed\\nus. Do not thank me, I do not deserve it. You will oblige me, if you\\nlend me a thousand dollars. I will give you so much, but I cannot\\ngive them as much. Speak to them and give them my compliments.\\nHave you met them recently, or have you not carried them with you\\nto the country I have given him my watch, and he has given it to\\nhis sister.\\n(It must be remembered that the French has no neuter gender, and\\nthat, therefore, the English it, has to be translated by le or la, accord-\\nlag to the gender of the noun which it represents).\\nABSOLUTE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nAbsolute Personal Pronouns stand only by themselves,\\nentirely unconnected with any verb, or they are joined to prep-\\nositions. They have, therefore, to be translated according to\\nthe use made of them in French.\\n1st person singular Moi, I, or me.\\nEx. Moi, je le veux, I, will it.\\nIl m aime, moi, He loves me, me.\\nVenez avec moi, Come with me.\\n2d person singular Toi, thou, or thee.\\nEx. Toi, tu te trompes, Thou, art deceived.\\nIl Vaime, toi, He loves thee.\\nC est toi, It belongs to thee.\\n3d person singular Lui, he, or him.\\nEx. Lui Il est ici, He He is here.\\nQui est l\u00c3\u00a0? EUe, Who is there She.\\nVous irez sans elle, You will go without her.\\n1st person plural Nous, we, or us.\\nEx. Nous l avons, nous, We have it, we.\\nPour nous il a souffert, For us he has suffered.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "80\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n2d person plural Vous, you.\\nEx. Vous y \u00c3\u00aates vous You are there, you.\\nIl est contre tous, He is against you.\\nn i Eux. they or them (m.)\\n3d person plural\\nelles, they or them it.)\\nEx. Qui voyez-vous? Eux? Whom do you see Them\\nH est parmi eux, He is among them.\\nUne entre elles, One among them.\\nKeflexive Pronoun Soi, one s self.\\nEx. On pense trop soi, One thinks too much of one s sel\u00c2\u00a3\\nExercise.\\n(Learn the Verbs of the Third Conjugation.)\\nWho was in the house He and she. Were they not also in the\\nhouse Who are they I speak of the friends of the family. For\\nme, I do not receive any guests, but you, who are young and\\nhealthy, you can do it for her. I will buy these books for them, if\\nthey can pay me. When I knocked, a voice said Who is there V\\nI answered It is I. They did not hear me, and at last he came. He\\nDo you speak of the owner Yes, it was he and not she, who opened\\nthe door for me. With whom was she She was with him and with\\nher. Without them I cannot live. Speak to them, they are friends,\\nbut he, he is a fierce enemy. These ladies had among them a great\\nbeauty, who spoke to all our friends, but as to us, she did not notice\\nus. Come with me and I will go with thee to the end of the world.\\nPOSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.\\nPossessive Pronouns, which qualify nouns by means of refer-\\nence to the possessor, are, like all pronouns, divided into Con-\\njunctive and Absolute.\\nConjunctive Possessive Pronouns are those which are inva-\\nriably used in immediate connection with a noun, which they\\nprecede. They correspond to those in English, which are also\\nused only before a noun, like my, thy, our, and your. They\\nhave the following forms", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n81\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL.\\nMasc.\\nFern.\\n(For botli Genders.)\\n1. mon, my.\\n2. toil, thy.\\n3. son, his, lier, its.\\nta.\\nma.\\nsa.\\nmes.\\ntes.\\nses.\\n1. notre, our.\\n2. votre, your.\\n3. leur, their.\\nnotre,\\nvotre,\\nleur.\\nleurs.\\nnos.\\nThese Pronouns, which in English agree with the noun\\nwhich they represent, agree in French in gender and number\\nwith the noun which they qualify.\\nThus we say in English\\nThe man and his daughter his agreeing with man, in English.\\nL homme et sa. fille sa agreeing with fille, in French.\\nThe mother and her son her agreeing with mother, in English.\\nLa mere et son fils son agreeing with fils, in French.\\nThe three feminine forms ma, ta and sa, when they come to\\nstand before a noun beginning with a vowel or mute h, are ex-\\nchanged for the masculine forms mon, ton and son, to avoid the\\nhiatus.\\nEx. (ma amiti\u00c3\u00a9), mon amiti\u00c3\u00a9^ my friendship.\\n(ta histoire), ton histoire, thy history.\\n(sa haleine), son haleine, his breath.\\nThese Possessive Pronouns are declined, like all other words\\nin French, by means of the prepositions de (of), for the genitive,\\nand (to) for the dative. This gives the following forms\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL.\\nNom. mon livre, my book.\\nGen. de mon livre, of my book.\\nDat. mon livre, to my book.\\nAcc. mon livre, my book.\\nNom. ma femme, my wife.\\nGen. de ma femme, of my wife.\\nDat. ma femme, to my wife.\\nAcc. ma femme, my wife.\\nmes livres, my books.\\nde mes livres, of my books.\\nmes liv?*es, to my books.\\nmes livres, my books.\\nses enfants, his children.\\nde ses enfants, of his children.\\nses enfants, to his children.\\nses enfants, his children.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "82\\nON THE PABTS OF SPEECH.\\nNotre and votre before nouns beginning with a consonant are pro\\nnounced as if they were written not and vot only.\\nEx. notre maison, our house; votre p\u00c3\u00a8re, your father.\\nThe Possessive Pronouns and their prepositions must be repeated\\nbefore every noun which they qualify.\\nEx. To my father and mother, mon p\u00c3\u00a8re et d ma m\u00c3\u00a8re; of youi\\nbrothers and sisters, de vos fr\u00c3\u00a8res et de vos s\u00c5\u0093urs.\\nExercise.\\n(Learn the Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation.)\\nHis friend and my friend were cousins Your brother will speak\\nto my uncle, when he sees him in the city. Tell your sister the\\nsecret, but do not tell it to your brother, for men are not as discreet as\\nwomen. My wife will give it to her brothers and sisters, and perhaps\\nthey will be satisfied with (of) it. He had forgotten his hat, cane\\nand cards he is very absent-minded. Give me my letters and I will\\ngive you your papers. Are these your children Where is his His-\\ntory of the Republic This is my history. Your cousin is a beautiful\\nlady, but she is less charming than her sister. My aunt and her two\\nsons are with us your aunt is still absent in Europe. They will be\\nhere in the summer with their children and their tutor. His hatred\\nwas the cause of his terrible vengeance he will expiate his crimes\\non the scaffold. Our actions do not always have their effects in this\\nworld.\\nAbsolute Possessive Pronouns are those which are used with-\\nout a noun, as substitutes for a noun, like our English mine and\\nthine, by the side of my and thy.\\nThey are always accompanied by the article, and present the\\nfollowing forms\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\nMasc.\\nFern.\\nMasc.\\nFem.\\n1. le mien, mine.\\nla mienne.\\nles miens,\\nles miennes.\\n2. le tien, thine.\\nlet tienne.\\nles tiens,\\nles tiennes.\\nr his.\\n3. le sien hers.\\nla sienne.\\nles siens,\\nles siennes\\nits.\\n1. le notre, ours.\\nla notre.\\nles n\u00c3\u00b4tres,\\nles n\u00c3\u00b4tres.\\n2. le votre, yours.\\nla v\u00c3\u00b4tre.\\nles v\u00c3\u00b4tres.\\nles v\u00c3\u00b4tres.\\n3. le leur t theirs.\\nla leur.\\nles leurs,\\nles leurs.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "PRO^OUXS.\\nS3\\nIt must be noticed that the conjunctive forms notre and votre\\nhave no accent, and are pronounced with a short o, whilst the\\nabsolute forms le n\u00c3\u00b4tre and lev\u00c3\u00b4trehave a circumflex accent, and\\nare pronounced with a long o.\\nThese pronouns agree in gender and number with the noun\\nwhich they represent, thus\\nMon p\u00c3\u00a8re et le v\u00c3\u00b4tre, my father and yours.\\nVotre m\u00c3\u00a8re et la mienne, your mother and mine.\\nTes enfants et les siens, thy children and his.\\nSes filles et les leurs, her daughters and theirs.\\nExercise.\\nI see my horses, where are yours? His sons and his daughters are\\nolder than mine, but they are younger than yours. I like his pictures\\nand yours, but I prefer ours. My children and theirs play every day\\nin the same garden. Where is your hat this is mine. He gave me\\na ring, and said Is it yours or mine Show him these young\\nhorses, they are mine. My farm is small but productive after my\\ndeath it will be his, and he will make it still more fertile. Have you\\nfound your friends No, but I have seen yours. My country and\\nhis have had a long war his is exhausted, mine is s s great as it was\\nbefore. Bring me his exercises and hers, I will correct them together.\\nOur friends are Protestants, hers are Catholics. I confided this secret\\nto my friends and to theirs.\\nDEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nDemonstrative Pronouns, which qualify nouns by designating\\ntheir relation to time or place, are Conjunctive and Absolute.\\nConjunctive Demonstrative Pronouns are those which are in-\\nvariably used in immediate connection with a noun or the verb\\n\u00c3\u00aatre, to be. They have the following forms\\nCe, this or that, before masculine nouns beginning with a\\nconsonant or aspirated h, and such forms of the verb \u00c3\u00aatre as\\nbegin with consonants.\\nEx. ce livre, this book ce h\u00c3\u00a9ros, that hero ce fut lui, this\\nwas he sera demain, that will be to-morrow.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "Si\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCet, before nouns beginning with a vowel or mute h.\\nEx. cet ami, this friend cet homme, that man.\\nC\\\\ before such forms of the verb \u00c3\u00aatre as begin with a\\nvowel.\\nEx. c est moi, this is I c \u00c3\u00a9tait hier, that was yesterday.\\nCette, before all feminine nouns.\\nEx. cette femme, this woman cette affaire, that affair cette\\nhabitude, that habit.\\nCes, these or those, before all plural nouns.\\nEx. ces rois, these kings ces dames, these ladies ces amis,\\nthese friends ces \u00c3\u00a2mes, these souls ces habits, these coats\\nces harengs, those herrings.\\nThese Demonstrative forms agree in gender and number with\\nthe noun which they qualify, and must be repeated before\\nevery noun to which they are applied.\\nEx. This man and woman, cet homme et cette femme these\\nbooks and papers, ces livres et ces papiers.\\nExercise.\\nThis young man is my cousin, and that young lady is my friend.\\nI have seen that great man and those excellent paintings of his hand.\\nThey are better than those works of art in the Museum. These\\ngrapes come from this garden and from our farm. Grant that favor\\nto this man. These pens are better than those pencils. This woman\\nis a poor widow, and with those children she suffers poverty. This\\nintrepid sailor ventured on that adventure with these two men. That\\naffair was painful to those men in that country. Give these flowers\\nto that young lady, and tell her that if that man asks her, I will\\ncome to her aid. I would live in that house with your friends, if I\\nhad that garden.\\nAbsolute Demonstrative Pronouns are those which are never\\nused with a noun or a verb, but always stand by themselves as\\nsubstitutes for a noun.\\nThey are formed by a combination of the Conjunctive Pro-", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "PKONOUNS. 85\\nnoun ce, with the Absolute Personal Pronoun, and produce the\\nfollowing forms\\nMasc. ce and lui make celui, this or that one.\\nFern, ce elle celle, f\\nMasc. ce eux ceux, these or those.\\nFein, ce elles celles,\\nBesides which, there are the two compounds\\nCe and ici make ceci, this (for things.)\\nCe Id f cela, that\\nThe first four, celui, celle, ceux and celles, are always made to\\nagree in gender and number with the noun which they represent.\\nEx. This general and that of the enemy, ce y\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00aaral et celui\\nde V ennemi my wife and that of my friend, ma femme et celle\\nde mon ami these children and those of my uncle, ces enfants\\net ceux de mon oncle our ladies and those of the neighbor,\\nnos dames et celles du voisin.\\nExercise.\\nMy children and those of my sister are the prettiest in the city.\\nThese soldiers with their chief were as proud as those of the younger\\ngeneral. These rivers are deep, those are shallow, but these have a\\nshort course and those are the longest in the world. Give me these\\ndrawings and send those to the bookseller I will keep this and give\\nthat to your friend. Examine these flowers which will you have,\\nthis or that I prefer these volumes, which are complete those,\\nwhich are disfigured, are for him. Of those ladies, I like those who\\nare modest these, which you see here, are too talkative. This house\\nis handsome that, at the corner, is larger but less comfortable. I\\ngpoke to him of these amusements he said that he loved those\\nwhich were more quiet. Where is that noise Is it this cock which\\nmakes it, or those hens in the yard When I was here before, I saw\\nthese, but those were not in the gallery.\\nRELATIVE} PRONOUNS.\\nRelative Pronouns are those which relate to a preceding\\nnoun, which is called Antecedent.\\nThere are two Relative Pronouns in French, which have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "86\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nprecisely the same meaning, and differ only in the use which\\nis made of them. They correspond both to our English who,\\nwhat, that, which, etc.\\nThe first of these is qui, which has the following forms\\nNom. Qui, who, that or which.\\nEx. V homme qui est ici, the man who is here le livre qui a\\nparu, the book which has appeared la maison qui est au coin,\\nthe house that is at the corner.\\nGen. Dont (for persons or things), _\\nn Y whose, of whom, of v, men.\\nDe qui (tor persons only), j 1\\nEx. Le soldat dont je parle, the soldier of whom I speak\\nce dont il causait, that of which he was speaking; Vami de qui je\\nle tiens, the friend from whom I have it; celui de qui il fit men-\\ntion, he of whom he made mention.\\nDat. A qui, to whom.\\nEx. Le voisin qui j \u00c3\u00a9cris, the neighbor to whom I write;\\ncelle qui il est, she to whom it belongs.\\nAcc. Que, whom, which or what.\\nEx. Le mendiant que je vis, the beggar whom I saw; la chose\\nque j oubliai, the thing whicn I forgot; les lettres qu il \u00c3\u00a9crivait,\\nthe letters that he wrote.\\nQuL whom, which (for persons),\\nJX i ,n i i Wlt\u00c3\u00bb prepositions.\\nQuoi, what, which (for things),\\nEx. Ceux pour qui je le fais, those for whom I have done it;\\nma femme qui je le pr\u00c3\u00a9sentai, my wife to whom I presented\\nhim; ce quoi il sert, that for which it is good avec quoi il\\ns en alla, with which (wherewith) he went away.\\nThe pronoun qui, with its various forms, serves for both gen-\\nders and for both numbers alike\\nEx. Vhomme,\\nla femme,\\nle gar\u00c3\u00a7on,\\nles filles,\\nqui est Id, tlie man i who is here.\\nthe woman, J\\nn i que vous voyez, i c i whom you see,\\nthe girls, J", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n87\\nThe second Demonstrative Pronoun is lequel, which is de-\\nclined in both of its parts, in le and quel, and thus produces the\\nfollowing forms\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\nMasc. Fem. Mas. Fern.\\nNom. lequel, laquelle. lesquels, lesquelle.\\nGen. duquel, de laquelle. desquels, desquelles.\\nDat. auquel, laquelle. auxquels, auxquelles.\\nAcc. lequel, laquelle. lesquels,\\nIt has the same meanings as the first, but as it shows so\\nmuch more clearly gender and number by its various forms,\\nit is frequently substituted for qui to avoid ambiguity, and it\\nmust always be used when the relative pronoun is dependent\\non a preposition. It must agree in gender and number with\\nthe noun to which it relates.\\nEx. My friend, without lohom I cannot live, mon ami, sans\\nlequel je ne saurais vivre; the books for which you paid, les\\nlivres pour lequel* vous pay\u00c3\u00a2tes the difficulties through which\\nwe have passed, les difficult\u00c3\u00a9s par lesquelles nous avons pass\u00c3\u00a9.\\nExercise.\\nThe person who spoke was not the lady whom you admired. This\\nwoman is the same of whom I received a letter, when I was in that\\ncity, in which you also have been recently. The pictures for which I\\npaid this high price, are worse than those among which you found\\nyour Madonna. I like the man to whom she gave the flowers he was\\none of those for whom I feel sympathy. The friend whose advice\\nwas so good is my friend also he is a man of whom much has been\\nsaid. The daughter of the soldier, with whom you came is very\\npretty, but her cousin, for whom I feel an admiration, is prettier. The\\nthing to which you refer is a trifle, but the sums which you owe to\\nthat man are a serious affair. That of which I spoke and that of which\\nI wrote are two different things the principal subject is that mar-\\nriage, in which you are so much interested.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "88\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nINTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nInterrogative Pronouns are those which enable us to ask\\nquestions without a constant repetition of the noun. They are\\nthe same in French as the relative, with the exception of dont,\\nwhich can never be used interrogatively.\\nThe first, qui, presents the following forms:\\nwho\\nof whom\\nof what\\nto whom\\nto what\\nwhom\\nwhat?\\nwhat (when standing alone.)\\nIt must be noticed that the prepositions connected with the\\ninterrogative as well as with the relative pronoun are, in\\nEnglish, frequently separated from the pronoun and placed at\\nthe end of the sentence. In French the preposition must\\nalways retain its place before the pronoun.\\nEx. Whom do you speak of? De qui parlez-vous\\nWhom) Qui)\\nTrr, r do you see? [voyez-vous?\\nWhat J Que) J\\nWhat did he treat of? Be quoi traitait-il?\\nWhom did she come with Avec qui venait-elle\\nThe second, lequel, has the same forms as the relative, but\\ncan only be used interrogatively when it has the meaning o*\\nwhich of several\\nEx. Lequel de ces deux hommes connaissez-vous? Which\\nof these two men do you know? Laquelle des s\u00c5\u0093urs est ici\\nWhich of the sisters is here\\nA third Interrogative Pronoun is quel, which has the mean-\\ning of what kind of? and is declined like lequel, but can only\\nbe used in connection with a noun.\\nEx. Quel homme est-il? What kind of man is he? Quelles", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n89\\nsortes de marchandises What kind of goods? Quelle est cette\\nfemme? What kind of woman is she?\\nExercise.\\nWho has written this book The same author for whom you pro-\\nfessed a great admiration. See the four pens which one do you\\nprefer What did he speak of, when he made that great speech,\\nwith which he ended his career Whom do you take me for What\\ndo you want of me I will tell you who he is and for whom he ap-\\npears here. Which of the four seasons do you like best I do not\\nknow for which I shall decide, I like them all. With whom did she\\ngo to Europe, and with what will she occupy her time at Rome\\nWhat did he devote himself to during that year, and what has he\\nwritten I know whom you speak of. What did he write about in\\nhis last letter Which of these ladies is your sister, and to which\\nmust I speak Who is this soldier, and what does he say What\\nkind of watch have you bought I have heard what kind of statues\\nhe makes, but I have forgotten it.\\nINDEFINITE PRONOUNS.\\nIndefinite Pronouns are those which refer, not to any one\\nperson or object definitely, but to some one vaguely or gener-\\nally. They are generally the same as in English, e. g some,\\nquelque; none, personne all, tout but there is one of them\\nof very great importance, which alone will be mentioned here.\\nThis is on, a Personal Indefinite Pronoun, inasmuch as it is a\\nPronoun, standing instead of a noun Personal, because it can\\nonly represent persons, and Indefinite, because it never desig-\\nnates persons individually, but only generally. It has no equiv-\\nalent in English, and is, therefore, translated in various ways.\\nIt can only be used as subject of a sentence, in the nominative\\ncase, with the third person singular of the verb, and referring to\\nmen, i. e., neither to agencies above nor below him. We add\\nthe principal ways by which it is rendered into English.\\nOn pense trop soi-m\u00c3\u00aame. People think too much of them-\\nselves.\\nO\u00c3\u00b9 peut-on \u00c3\u00aatre mieux qu au sein Where can one be happier than in\\nde sa famille the bosom of one s family", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "90\\nOS THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nOn dit que la guerre est finie. It is said the war is over.\\nOn n est pas toujours bons amis. Men are not always good friends.\\nOn travaille jour et nuit They work night and day.\\nOn se trompe, madame. You are mistaken, madame.\\nOn Va r\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 partout. It has been repeated everywhere.\\nOn acquiert V exp\u00c3\u00a9rience avec le We acquire experience with time.\\ntemps.\\nExercise.\\nThey say that he has left his family a large fortune. What did\\npeople do when the news was brought People said that it was very\\nsad, but they added, that the punishment was well deserved. Can\\none lodge in this hotel One is not always young and pretty. One\\nis not always happy, when one is very rich, for (the) happiness is in\\nthe heart. It is repeated to-day that the emperor has declared war,\\nand it is believed in all circles. Was it said which of these persons\\nwas the husband of the lady who perished in the shipwreck It was\\nnot known, when I left the ship, but it will be known when the jour-\\nnals of the day are brought.\\nCHAPTER V.\\nVERBS.\\nVerbs are that part of speech which serves to express action,\\nand therefore is used to say something of a person or an object.\\nThey have a great variety of forms in order to express the\\nPerson, who is the agent of the Verb the first, second or\\nthird,\\nNumber of persons, one or more singular or plural,\\nTime of the action present, past or future,\\nMood or manner of the action Indicative (positive), Sub-\\njunctive (contingent), Imperative and Conditional,\\nNature of the Verb itself: Active, Passive, Neuter, Pronomi-\\nnal and Impersonal,\\nall of which varieties will be explained in their proper place.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n91\\naUXijlIARY VERBS.\\nAuxiliary Verbs called those which, besides being used\\nby themselves, are also employed to form the so-called Com-\\npound Tenses of other verbs. There are two in French\\nAvoir, to have, which serves to form the compound tenses of\\nActive and some Neuter Verbs, and\\nEtre, to be, which serves to form the compound tenses of\\nNeuter and Pronominal Verbs, and the passive of Active Verbs,\\nA VOIE. TO HAVE.\\nINFINITIVE.\\nAvoir, to have.\\navoir eu, to have had.\\nPARTICIPLE.\\nayant, having.\\nayant eu, having had.\\neu, had.\\nSimple Tenses.\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nJ ai I have, I do have, I am having\\ntu as thou hast\\nil or elle a he ov she has\\nnous avons we have\\nvous avez you have\\nUs or elles ont they have\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJ avais I had, I did have, I was having\\ntu avais thou hadst\\nU or elle avait he ox she had\\nnous avions we had\\nvous aviez you had\\nUs or elles avaient they had\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJ eus I had, I did have, I was having\\ntu eus thou hadst\\nU or elle eut he ot she had\\nnous e\u00c3\u00bbmes we had\\nvous e\u00c3\u00bbtes you had\\nUs or elles eurent they had", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJ aurai\\ntu auras\\nil or elle aura\\nnous aurons\\nvous aurez\\nils or elles auront\\nJ aurais\\ntu auarasi\\nil or elle aurait\\nnous aurions\\nvous auriez\\nUs or elles auraient\\nQue j aie\\nque tu aies\\nqu il or qu elle ait\\nque nous ayons\\nque vous ayez\\nqu ils or qu elles aient\\nQue j eusse\\nque tu eusses\\nqu il or qu elle e\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous eussions\\nque vous eussiez\\nqu ils or qu elles eussent\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will have\\nthou shalt have\\nhe or she shall have\\nwe shall have\\nyou shall have\\nthey shall have\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nI should or would have\\nthou shouldst have\\nhe or she should have\\nwe should have\\nyou should have\\nthey should have\\nSUBJUNCTIVE*\\nPRESENT.\\nThat I may have\\nthat thou mayest have\\nthat he or she may have\\nthat we may have\\nthat you may have\\nthat they may have\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nThat I might have\\nthat thou mightest have\\nthat he or she might have\\nthat we might have\\nthat you might have\\nthat they might have\\nJ ai eu\\ntu as eu\\nil or elle a eu\\nnous avons eu\\nvous avez eu\\nils or elles ont eu\\nCompound Tenses,\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI have had\\nthou hast had\\nhe or she has had\\nwe have had\\nyou have had\\nthey have had", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nJ avais eu\\ntu avais eu\\nil or elle avait eu\\nnous avions eu\\nvous aviez eu\\nils or elles avaient eu\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had had\\nthou hadst had\\nhe or she had had\\nwe had had\\nyou had had\\nthey had had\\nJ eus eu\\ntu eus en\\nil or elle eut eu\\nnous e\u00c3\u00bbmes eu\\nvous e\u00c3\u00bbtes eu\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had had\\nthou hadst had\\nhe or she had had\\nwe had had\\nyou had had\\nUs or elles eurent eu\\nJ aurai eu\\ntu auras eu\\nil or elle aura eu\\nnous aurons eu\\nvous aurez eu\\nils or elles auront eu\\nthey had had\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will have had\\nthou shalt have had\\nhe or she shall have had\\nwe shall have had\\nyou shall have had\\nthey shall have had\\nJ aurais eu\\ntu aurais eu\\nil or elle aurait eu\\nnous aurions eu\\nvous auriez eu\\nils or elles auraient eu\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nI should or would have had\\nthou shouldst have had\\nhe or she should have had\\nwe should have had\\nyou should have had\\nthey should have had\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue j aie eu\\nque tu aies eu\\nqu il or qu elle ait eu\\nque nous ayons eu\\nque vous ayez eu\\nqu ils or qu elles aient eu\\nthat I may have had\\nthat thou mayest have had\\nthat he or she may have had\\nthat we may have had\\nthat you may have had\\nthat they may have had", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "94:\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nQue j eusse eu that I might have had\\nque tu eusses eu that thou mightest have had\\nqu il or qu elle e\u00c3\u00bbt eu that he or she might have had\\nque nous eussions eu that we might have had\\nque vous eussiez eu that you might have had\\nqu ils or qu elles eussent eu that they might have had\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nAie\\nqu il or qu elle ait\\nayons\\nayez\\nqu ils or qu elles aient\\nhave [thou]\\nlet him or her have\\nlet us have\\nhave [you]\\nlet them have\\nExercise.\\nI have the same book that you have had. We desired that he might\\nhave a speedy end, for he has had a terrible disease. Let him have all\\nthe money that he desires we have had our share. You should have\\nhad patience. I hope that he may have letters from his friends to-\\nday you had yours yesterday. You would have a large estate, and you\\nwill have a large fortune still. Thou hadst a better memory than I,\\nbut thou wilt have to learn more. He will have had two warnings.\\nLet us have patience with them, and let them have a desire to do\\ntheir duty. He hopes that she may have friends, and we hope that\\nshe may have a husband, but she has had enemies. They had had a\\nmeeting, and they will have had six in one month. She would have\\nhad a great surprise if he had been present.\\nAvoir To Have [Negatively,)\\nINFINITIVE,\\nPRESENT.\\nNe pas avoir\\nnot to have\\nPAST.\\n(or compound of the present)\\nN avoir pas eu\\nnot to have had", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN ayant pas not having\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN ayant pas eu\\nJe n ai pas\\ntu n as pas\\nil n a pas\\nnous n avons pas\\nvous n avez pas\\nUs n ont pas\\nJe n avais pas\\ntu n avais pas\\nil n avait pas\\nnous n avions pas\\nvous n aviez pas\\nils n avaient pas\\nJe n eus pas\\ntu n eus pas\\nil n eut pas\\nnous n e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas\\nvous n e\u00c3\u00bbtes pas\\nUs n eurent pas\\nJ n aurai pas\\ntu n auras pas\\nil n aura pas\\nnous n aurons pas\\nvous n aurez pas\\nUs n auront pas\\nJe n aurais pas\\ntu n aurais pas\\nnot having had\\nSimple Tenses.\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nI have not\\nthou hast not\\nhe has not\\nwe have not\\nyon have not\\nthey have not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI had not\\nthou hadst not\\nhe had not\\nwe had not\\nyou had not\\nthey had not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI had not\\nthou hadst not\\nhe had not\\nwe had not\\nyou had not\\nthey had not\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nI shall or will not have\\nthou shalt not have\\nhe shall not have\\nwe shall not have\\nyou shall not have\\nthey shall not have\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nI should or would not have\\nthou shouldst not have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "OX THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nil n aurait pas\\nnous n aurions pas\\nvous n auriez pas\\nils n auraient pas\\nhe should not have\\nwe should not have\\nyou should not have\\nthev should not have\\nCompound Tenses.\\nJe n ai pas eu\\ntu n as pas eu\\nil n a pas eu\\nnous n avons pas eu\\nvous n avez pas eu\\nils n ont pas eu.\\nJe n avais pas eu\\ntu n avais pas eu\\nil n avait pas eu\\nnous n a vions pas eu\\nvous n aviez pas eu\\nUs n avaient pas eu\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI have not had\\nthou hast not had\\nhe has not had\\nwe have not had\\nyou have not had\\nthey have not had\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had not had\\nthou hadst not had\\nhe had not had\\nwe had not had\\nyou had not had\\nthey had not had\\nPEETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nJe n eus pas eu I had not had\\ntu n eus pas eu thou hadst not had\\nil n eut pas eu he had not had\\nnous n e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas eu we had not had\\nvous n e\u00c3\u00bbtes pas eu you had not had\\nUs n eurent pas eu they had not had\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe n aurai pas eu I shall or will not have had\\ntu n auras pas eu thou shalt not have had\\nil n aura pas eu he shall not have had\\nnous n aurons pas eu we shall not have had\\nvous n aurez pas eu you shall not have had\\nUs n auront pas eu they shall not have had\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nJe n aurais pas eu\\ntu n aurais pas eu\\nI should or would not have had\\nthou shouldst not have had", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n97\\nil n aurait pas eu\\nnous n aurions pas eu\\nvous n auriez pas eu\\nils n auraient pas eu\\nQue je n aie pas\\nque tu n aies pas\\nqu il n ait pas\\nque nous n ayons pas\\nque vous n ayez pas\\nqu ils n aient pas\\nhe should not have had\\nwe should not have had\\nyou should not have had\\nthey should not have had\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may not have\\nthat thou mayest not have\\nthat he may not have\\nthat we may not have\\nthat you may not have\\nthat they may not have\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nQue je n aie pas eu\\nque tu n aies pas eu\\nqu il n ait pas eu\\nque nous n ayons pas eu\\nque vous n ayez pas eu\\nqu ils n aient pas eu\\nQue je n eusse pas\\nque tu n eusses pas\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt pas\\nque vous n eussions pas\\nque vous n eussiez pas\\nqu ils n eussent pas\\nthat I may not have had\\nthat thou mayest not have had\\nthat he may not have had\\nthat we may not have had\\nthat you may not have had\\nthat they may not have had\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might not have\\nthat thou mightest not have\\nthat he might not have\\nthat we might not have\\nthat you might not have\\nthat they might not have\\nQue je n eusse pas eu\\nque tu n eusses pas eu\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt pas eu\\nque nous n eussions pas eu\\nque vous n eussiez pas eu\\nqu ils n eussent pas eu\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might not have had\\nthat thou mightest not have had\\nthat he might not have had\\nthat we might not have had\\nthat you might not have had\\nthat they might not have had\\nN aie pas\\nqu il n ait pas\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nhave not [thou]\\nlet him not have\\n5", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nn ayons pas\\nn ayez pas\\nqu Us n aient pas\\nlet us not have\\nhave not [you]\\nlet tlieni not have\\nAvoir\\nAi-je\\nas-tu\\na-t-il\\navons-nous\\navez-vous\\nont-Us\\navais-tu\\navait-il\\navions-nous\\naviez-vous\\navaient-ils\\nEus-je\\neus-tu\\neut-il\\ne\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous\\ne\u00c3\u00bbtes-wus\\neurent-ils\\nAurai-je\\nauras-tu\\naura-t-U\\naurons-nous\\naurez-vous\\nawont-ils\\nTo Have {Interrogatively.)\\nSimple Tenses.\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nhave I\\nhast thou\\nhas he\\nhave we\\nhave you\\nhave they\\nIMPERFECT.\\nhad I\\nhadst thou\\nhad he\\nhad we\\nhad you\\nhad they\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE,\\nhad I\\nhadst thou\\nhad he\\nhad we\\nhad you\\nhad they\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I have\\nshalt thou have\\nshall he have\\nshall we have\\nshall you have\\nshall they have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nAurais-je\\naurais-tu\\naurait-il\\naurions-nous\\nauriez-wus\\nauraient-ils\\nAi-je eu\\nas-tu eu\\na-t-il eu\\nawns-nous eu\\navez-vous eu\\nont-ils eu\\nAvais-je eu\\navais4u eu\\navait-il eu\\navions-nous eu\\naviez-vous eu\\navaient-ils eu\\nEus-je eu\\neus-tu eu\\neut-il eu\\ne\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous eu\\ne\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous eu\\neurent-ils eu\\nAurai-je eu\\nauras-tu eu\\naura-t-il eu\\naurons-nous eu\\naurez-vous eu\\nauront-Us eu\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nshould or would I have\\nshouldst thou have\\nshould he have\\nshould we have\\nshould you have\\nshould they have\\nCompound Tenses.\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhave I had\\nhast thou had\\nhas he had\\nhave we had\\nhave you had\\nhave they had\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nhad I had\\nhadst thou had\\nhad he had\\nhad we had\\nhad you had\\nhad they had\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nhad I had\\nhadst thou had\\nhad he had\\nhad we had\\nhad you had\\nhad they had\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I have had\\nshalt thou have had\\nshall he have had\\nshall we have had\\nshall you have had\\nshall they have had", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "100\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nshould or would, could, or might I\\nAurais-je eu _ _ _\\nhave had\\naurais-tu eu shouldst thou have had\\naurait-il eu should he have had\\naurions-nous eu should we have had\\nauriez-vous eu should you have had\\nauraient-ils eu should they have had\\nAvoir\\nJSTai-je pas\\nn as-tu pas\\nrCa-t-il pas\\nn avons-nous pas\\nn avez-vous pas\\n1\u00c3\u008f ont-ils pas\\nN av ais-je pas\\nn avais-tu pas\\nn avait-il pas\\nri avions-nous pas\\nn aviez-vous pas\\nn avaient-ils pas\\nN eus-je pas\\nn eus tu pas\\nn eut-il pas\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pas\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous pas\\nn eurent-ils pas\\nN aurai-je pas\\nn auras-tu pas\\nTo Have {Negatively and Interrogatively?)\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\ni\\nhave I not\\nhast thou not\\nhas he not\\nhave we not\\nhave you not\\nhave they not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nhad I not\\nhadst thou not\\nhad he not\\nhad we not\\nhad you not\\nhad they not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nhad I not\\nhadst thou not\\nhad he not\\nhad we not\\nhad you not\\nhad they not\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I not have\\nshalt thou not have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nn aura-t-il pas\\nn aurons-nous pas\\nn aurez-vous pas\\nn auront-Us pas\\nN aurais-je pas\\nn aurais-tu pas\\nn aurait-il pas\\nn aurions-nous pas\\nn auriez-vous pas\\nrv auraient-Us pas\\nN ai-je pas eu\\nn as-tu pas eu\\nn \u00c3\u00a0-t-il pas eu\\n7\u00c3\u008f awns-nous pas eu\\nn avez-vous pas eu\\nn ont-ils pas eu\\nshall he not have\\nshall we not have\\nshall you not have\\nshall they not hav\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nshould or would I not have\\nshouldst thou not ha\\\\ e\\nshould he not have\\nshould we not have\\nshould you not have\\nshould they not have\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhave I not had\\nhast thou not had\\nhas he not had\\nhave we not had\\nhave you not had\\nhave they not had\\nN avais-je pas eu\\navais-tu pas eu\\nn avait-il pas eu\\nn avions-nous pas eu\\nn aviez-vous pas eu\\nn avaient-ils pas eu\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nhad I not had\\nhadst thou not had\\nhad he not had\\nhad we not had\\nhad you not had\\nhad they not had\\nJSTeus-je pas eu\\nn eus-tu pas eu\\nn eut-il pas eu\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pas eu\\nneutes-wus pas eu\\nn eurent-ils pas eu\\nWauraUjepas eu\\nn auras-tu pas eu\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nhad I not had\\nhadst thou not had\\nhad he not had\\nhad we not had\\nhad you not had\\nhad they not had\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nphall or will I not have had\\nshalt thou not have had", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "102\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nn aura-til pas eu\\nn aurons-nous pas eu\\nn aurez-vous pas eu\\nn auront-ils pas eu\\nshall he not have had\\nshall we not have had\\nshall you not have had\\nshall they not have had\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nN aurais-je pas eu\\ni\u00c3\u00af aurais-tu pas eu\\nn aurait-il pas eu\\nn aurions-nous pas eu\\nn auriez-vous pas eu\\nn auraient- il pas eu\\nshould or would I not have had\\nshouldst thou not have had\\nshould he not have had\\nshould we not have had\\nshould you not have had\\nshould they not have had\\nY AVOIR\\nY avoir\\nY avoir eu\\nY ayant\\nThere To Be\\nINFINITIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nthere to be\\nPAST.\\nthere to have been\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nthere beins:\\n(Affirmatively.)\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nY ayant eu there having been\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nIl y a there is or there are\\nIMPERFECT.\\nIl y avait there was or there were\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nIf, y eut there was or there were\\nFUTURE.\\nB y aura there will be", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n103\\nII y aurait\\nIl y a eu\\nIl y avait eu\\nIl y eut eu\\nH y aura eu\\nH y aurait eu\\nQu il y ait\\nQu il y e\u00c3\u00bbt\\nQu il y ait eu\\nQu il y e\u00c3\u00bbt eu\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nthere would be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nthere has been or there have been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthere had been\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nthere had been\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nthere will have been\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nthere would have been\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat there may be\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat there might be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nthat there may have been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat there might have been.\\nY Avoir There To Be {Negatively)\\nINFINITIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nNe pas y avoir not there to be\\nPAST.\\n1 y avoir eu not there to have been", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "104\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN y ayant pas there not being\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nNy ayant pas eu there not having been\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nM n y a pas there is not or there are not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nIl n y avait pas there wasmot or there were not\\nPRETERAIT DEBTNITE.\\nIl n y eut pas there was not or there were not\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nB riy aura pas there will not be\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nIt n y aurait pas there would not be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nH n y a pas eu there has not been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\n\u00c2\u00a31 n y avait pas eu there had not been\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nIl n y eut pas eu there had not been\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nIl n y aura pas eu there will not have been\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nH n y aurait pas eu there would not have been\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nQu il n y ait pas that there may not be\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQu U n y e\u00c3\u00bbt pas that there might not be", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n105\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nQu il n y ait pas eu that there may not have been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQu il n y e\u00c3\u00bbt pas eu that there might not have been\\nY Avoir\\nYa-t-il\\nY avait-il\\nY eut-il\\nY aura-t-il\\nY aurait-il\\nY a-t-il eu\\nY avait-il eu\\nY eut-il eu\\nY aura-t-il eu\\nY aurait-il eu\\nThere To Be {Interrogatively\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nis there or are there\\nIMPERFECT.\\nwas there or were there\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nwas there or were there\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nwill there be\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nwould there be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhas there been or have there been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nhad there been\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nhad there been\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nwill there have been\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nwould there have been\\n5*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "106\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nY Avoir There To Be (Negatively and Interrogatively.)\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nN y a-t-il pas is there not or are there not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nNy avait-il pas was there not or were there not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nNy eut-U pas was there not or were there not\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nwill there not be\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nwould there not be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nNy a-t-il pas eu has there not been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nN y avait-il pas eu had there not been\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nNy eut-il pas eu had there not been\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nN y aura-t-il pas eu will there not have been\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nNy aurait-il pas eu would there not have been\\nExercise.\\nShe has had beauty, and now she has wit and talents. He wished,\\nwhen he left us, that he might have a sword and a pistol he said that\\nhe had courage for ten. Having had the fever twice, I shall not have\\nit this summer. What have you had for dinner Should I not have\\nhad as much as he I wish that you may have health and a long\\nlife. Had you two cousins or only one When has she had her\\nparty I hoped, that she might have had it, when I was there, but\\nNy aura-t-il pas\\nNy aurait-il pas", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n107\\nshe had had one a week before my arrival. To have had an accident\\nlike that Who could have had an idea of this affair Would not\\nthey have had more friends, if they had had more discretion\\nLet them have their desire, and they might not have had it. Will\\nhe have money, when he shall have had a great success Would\\nwe not have the same master, if we had had the same training\\nShould we have good wines, and should we have water for our meals\\nI thought that we had had the greatest misfortunes, but she has had\\neven greater. Has she not much wit She has had it, but she has it\\nnot now that she is old. When we shall have had all, we shall have\\nhad little after all. Has he many friends, and has she many relations\\nin that city Thou hast had thy will, now let them have theirs. You\\nhad riches and you have power now. Which would you have, if you\\nhad the choice\\nEtre\\nEtre\\nAvoir \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nTo Be\\nINFINITIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\n{Affirmatively,)\\nPAST.\\nto be\\nto have been\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nEtant being\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nAyant \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nEt\u00c3\u00a9\\nJe suis\\ntu es\\nil est\\nnous sommes\\nvous \u00c3\u00aates\\nUs sont\\nhaving been\\nPARTICIPLE PAST.\\nbeen\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nI am\\nthou art\\nhe is\\nwe are\\nyou are\\nthey are", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "108\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJetais\\ntu \u00c3\u00a9tais\\nil \u00c3\u00a9tait\\nnous \u00c3\u00a9tions\\nvous \u00c3\u00a9tiez\\nils \u00c3\u00a9taient\\nJe fus\\ntu fus\\nil fut\\nnous fumes\\nwus f\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nils f urent\\nJe serai\\ntu seras\\nit sera\\nnous serons\\nwus serez\\nils seront\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI was\\nthou wast\\nhe was\\nwe were\\nyou were\\nthey were\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI was\\nthou wast\\nhe was\\nwe were\\nyou were\\nthey were\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nI shall or will be\\nthou shalt be\\nhe shall be\\nwe shall be\\nyou shall be\\nthey shall be\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nJe serais\\ntu serais\\nil serait\\nnous serions\\nwus seriez\\nils seraient\\nJ ai \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu as \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnoxis avons \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nwus avez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nUs ont \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nPRESENT.\\nI should or would be\\nthou shouldst be\\nhe should be\\nwe should be\\nyou should be\\nthey should be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI have been\\nthou hast been\\nhe has been\\nwe have been\\nyou have been\\nthey have been", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "T EBBS.\\n109\\nJ avais \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu avais \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil avait \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous avions \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous aviez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nils avaient \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nJ eus \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu eus \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil eut \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous e\u00c3\u00bbmes \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous e\u00c3\u00bbtes \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nils eurent \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nJ aurai \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu auras \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil aura \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous aurons \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous aurez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nils auront \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nJ aurais \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu aurais \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil aurait \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous aurions \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous auriez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nils auraient \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nSois\\nqu il soit\\nsoyons\\nsoyez\\nqu ils soient\\nQue je sois\\nque tu sois\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had been\\nthou haclst been\\nhe had been\\nwe had been\\nyou had been\\nthey had been\\npkbtee.it anterior.\\nI had been\\nthou hadst been\\nhe had been\\nwe had been\\nyou had been\\nthey had been\\nfuture anterior.\\nI shall or will have been\\nthou shalt have been\\nhe shall have been\\nwe shall have been\\nyou shall have been\\nthey shall have been\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nI should or would have been\\nthou shouldst have been\\nhe should have been\\nwe should have been\\nyou should have been\\nthey should have been\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nbe [thou]\\nlet him be\\nlet us be\\nbe [you]\\nlet them be\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may be\\nthat thou mayest be", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "110\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nqu il soit\\nque nous soyons\\nque vous soyez\\nquits soient\\nQue je f usse\\nque tu fusses\\nqu il fut\\nque nous fussions\\nque vous fussiez\\nqu ils fussent\\nthat he may be\\nthat we may be\\nthat you may be\\nthat they may be\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might be\\nthat thou mightest be\\nthat he might be\\nthat we might be\\nthat you might be\\nthat they might be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nQue j aie \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa that I may have been\\nque tu aies \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa that thou may est have been\\nqu il ait \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa that he may have been\\nque nous ayons \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa that we may have been\\nque wus ayez \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa that you may have been\\nqu ils aient \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa that they may have been\\nQue j eusse \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nque tu eusses \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nqu il e\u00c3\u00bbt \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nque nous eussions \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nque vous eussiez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nqu ils eussent \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might have been\\nthat thou mightest have been\\nthat he might have been\\nthat we might have been\\nthat you might have been\\nthat they might have been\\nEtre\\nTo Be (Negatively.)\\nINFINITIVE.\\nNe pas \u00c3\u00aatre\\nNe pas avoir \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnot to be\\nPERFECT.\\nnot to have been\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN \u00c3\u00a9tant pas not being", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN ayant pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 not having been\\nINDICATIVE.\\nJe ne suis pas\\ntu n es pas\\nil n est pas\\nnous ne sommes pas\\nvous n \u00c3\u00aates pas\\nils ne sont pas\\nJe n \u00c3\u00a9tais pas\\ntu n \u00c3\u00a9tais pas\\nil n \u00c3\u00a9tait pas\\nnous n \u00c3\u00a9tions pas\\nwus n \u00c3\u00a9tiez pas\\nils n \u00c3\u00a9taient pas\\nJe ne fus pas\\ntune fus pas\\nil ne fut pas\\nnous ne f\u00c3\u00bbmes pas\\nwus ne fates pas\\nUs ne furent pas\\nI am not\\nthon art not\\nhe is not\\nwe are not\\nyou are not\\nthey are not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI was not\\nthou wast not\\nhe was not\\nwe were not\\nyou were not\\nthey were not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI was not\\nthou wast not\\nhe was not\\nwe were not\\nyou were not\\nthey were not\\nFUTURE.\\nJe ne serai pas\\ntu ne seras pas\\nU ne sera pas\\nnous ne serons pas\\nwus ne serez pas\\nils ne seront pas\\nJe ne serais pas\\ntu ne serais pas\\nI shall or will not be\\nthou shalt not be\\nhe shall not be\\nwe shall not be\\nyou shall not be\\nthey shall not be\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT\\nI should or would not be\\nthou shouldst not be", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "112\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nil ne serait pas\\nnous ne serions pas\\nvous ne seriez pas\\nils ne seraient pas\\nhe should not be\\nwe should not be\\nyou should not be\\nthey should not be\\nJe n ai pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu n as pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil ri a pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous riavons pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous n avez pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nils n ont pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI have not been\\nthou hast not been\\nhe has not been\\nwe have not been\\nyou have not been\\nthey have not been\\nJe n avais pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu n avais pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil ri avait pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous n avions pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous n aviez pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nils n avaient pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had not been\\nthou hadst not been\\nlie had not been\\nwe had not been\\nyou had not been\\nthey had not been\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nJe n eus pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 I had not been\\ntu n eus pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 thou hadst not been\\nil n eut pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 he had not been\\nnous n e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 we had not been\\nvous n e\u00c3\u00bbtes pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 you had not been\\nils n eurent pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 they had not been\\nJe n aurai pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu n auras pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil n aura pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous n aurons pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous n aurez pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nils n auront pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will not have been\\nthou shalt not have been\\nhe shall not have been\\nwe shall not have been\\nyou shall not have been\\nthey shall not have been\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nJe n aurais pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu n aurais pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nil ri aurait pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nI should or would not have been\\nthou shouldst not have been\\nlie should not have been", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nnous n aurions pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nvous n auriez pas \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nil n auraient pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nwe should not have been\\nyou should not have been\\nthey should not have been\\nNe sois pas\\nqu il ne soit pas\\nne soyons pas\\nne soyez pas\\nqu ils ne soient pas\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nbe not [thou]\\nlet him not be\\nlet us not be\\nbe not [you]\\nlet them not be\\nQue je ne sois pas\\nque tu ne sois pas\\nquil ne soit pas\\nque nous ne soyons pas\\nque vous ne soyez pas\\nqu ils ne soient pas\\nQue je ne fusse pas\\nque tu ne fusses pas\\nquil ne fut pas\\nque nous ne fussions pas\\nque vous ne fussiez pas\\nqu ils ne fussent pas\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may not be\\nthat thou mayest not be\\nthat he may not be\\nthat we may not be\\nthat you may not be\\nthat they may not be\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might not be\\nthat thou mightest not be\\nthat he might not be\\nthat we might not be\\nthat you might not be\\nthat they might not be\\nPRETERIT Or PAST.\\nQue je n aie pas \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nque tu n aies pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nqu il n ait pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nque nous n ayons pas ete\\nque vous n ayez pas \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nqu ils n aient pas \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nQue je n eusse pas \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nque tu n eusses pas \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt pas \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa\\nthat I may not have been\\nthat thou mayest not have been\\nthat he may not have been\\nthat we may not have been\\nthat you may not have been\\nthat they may not have been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might not have been\\nthat thou mightest not have be(\\nthat he might not have been", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "Ill\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nque nous n eussions pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nque vous n eussiez pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nqu ils n eussent pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nthat we might not have been\\nthat you might not have been\\nthat they might not have been\\nEtre To Be {Interrogatively.\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nSuis-je am I\\nes-tu art thou\\nest-il is he\\nsommes-nous are we\\n\u00c3\u00abtes-wus are you\\nsont-ils axe they\\nIMPERFECT.\\nEtais-je was I\\n\u00c3\u00a9tais-tu wafct thou\\nctait-il was he\\n\u00c3\u00a9tions-nous were we\\n\u00c3\u00a9tiez-wus were you\\n\u00c3\u00a9taient-ils were they\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nFus-je was I\\nfus-tu wast thou\\nfut-il was he\\nfumes-nous were we\\nftites-vous were you\\nfurent-ils were they\\nFUTURE.\\nSeraije shall or will I be\\nseras-tu shalt thou be\\nsera-t-il shall he be\\nserons-nous shall we be\\nserez-vous shall you be\\nseront-ils shall they be", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n115\\nSerais-je\\nserais-tu\\nserait-il\\nserions-nous\\nseriez-vous\\nseraient Us\\nAi-je \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nas-tu \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\na-t-il \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\navons-nous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\navez-vous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nont-ils \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nAvais-je \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\navais-tu \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\navait-il \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\navions-nous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\naviez-vous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\navaient-ils \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nEus-je \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\neus-tu \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\neut-il \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ne\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\ne\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\neurent-ils \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nAurai-je \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nauras-tu \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\naura-t-il \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\naurons-nous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\naurez-vous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nauront-ils \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nshould or would I be\\nsliouldst thou he\\nshould he he\\nshould we be\\nshould you be\\nshould they be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINTE.\\nhave I been\\nhast thou been\\nhas he been\\nhave we been\\nhave you been\\nhave they been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nhad I been\\nhadst thou been\\nhad he been\\nhad we been\\nhad you been\\nhad they been\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nhad I been\\nhadst thou been\\nhad he been\\nhad we been\\nhad you been\\nhad they been\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I have been\\nshalt thou have been\\nshall he have been\\nshall we have been\\nshall you have been\\nshall they have been", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "116\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nAfirais-ej \u00c3\u00aat\u00c3\u00aa should or would I have been\\naurais-tu \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 shouldst tliou have been\\naurait- d \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 should he have been\\naurions-nous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 should we have been\\nauricz-vous \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 should you have been\\nauraient-Us \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 should they have been\\nEtre To Be {Negatively and Interrogatively?)\\nINDICATIVE.\\nNe suis-je pas\\nn es-tu pas\\nn est-il pas\\nne sommes-nous pas\\nn \u00c3\u00a9tes-vous pas\\nne sont-ils pas\\nN \u00c3\u00a9tais-jepas\\nn \u00c3\u00a9tais-tu pas\\nn \u00c3\u00a9tait-il pas\\nn \u00c3\u00a9tions nous pas\\nn \u00c3\u00a9tiez-wus pas\\nn \u00c3\u00a9taient-ils pas\\nNefus-je pas\\nne fus-tu pas\\nne fut-il pas\\nne fdmes-nous pas\\nne futes-vous pas\\nne furent-ils pas\\nNe serai-je pas\\nne scr as-tu pas\\nne sera-t-il pas\\nPRESENT.\\nam I not\\nart thou not\\nis he not\\nare we not\\nare you not\\nare they not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nwas I not\\nwast thou not\\nwas he not\\nwere we not\\nwere you not\\nwere they not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nwas I not\\nwast thou not\\nwas he not\\nwere we not\\nwere you not\\nwere they not\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I not be\\nshalt thou not bo\\nshall he not be", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n117\\nne serons-nous pas\\nne serez-vous pas\\nne seront-ils pas\\nshall wo not be\\nshall you not be\\nshall they not be\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nNe serais-je pas\\nne serais-tu pas\\nne serait-il pas\\nne serions-nous pas\\nne seriez-vous pas\\nne seraient-ils pas\\nPRESENT.\\nshould or would I not be\\nshould st thou not be\\nshould he not be\\nshould we not be\\nshould you not be\\nshould they not be\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nN ai-je pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 have I not been\\nn as-tu pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 hast thou not been\\nria-t-ilpas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 has he not been\\nn avons-nous pas ete have we not been\\nn avez-vous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 have you not been\\nri ont-ils pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 have they not been\\nNavais-je pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn* avais-tu pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn avait-il pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn avions-nous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn aviez-vous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn avaient-ils pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nhad I not been\\nhadst thou not been\\nhad he not been\\nhad we not been\\nhad you not been\\nhad they not been\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nN eus-je pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 had I not been\\nn*eus-tu pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 hadst thou not been\\nn eut-il pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 had he not been\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 had we not been\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 had you not been\\nn eurent-ils pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 had they not been\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nN aurai je pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn auras-tu pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nshall or will I not have been\\nshalt thou not have been", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "118\\nON THE PABTS OF SPEECH.\\nriaura-t-U pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn aurons-nous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn aurez-voits pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn auront-ils pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nshall lie not have been\\nshall we not have been\\nshall you not have been\\nshall they not have been\\nCONDITIONAL FAST.\\nn 9 aurions-nous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nrC au riez-vous pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn auraient-ils pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nN aurais-je pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn aurais-tu pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nn aurait-il pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nc should I not have been, or would\\nI, might I not have been\\nshouldst thou not have been\\nshould he not have been\\nshould we not have been\\nshould you not have been\\nshould they not have been\\nExercise.\\nHe is my friend and he was yours why is he now your enemy\\nShe has been in the house with me, whilst you have been in the\\ngarden. Where have they been Were you content with your lot,\\nor would you be happier elsewhere I know that I would be most\\nhappy with you. He hoped that she might have been wiser, but she\\nhas been hasty, and that was her misfortune. Where were you, when\\nI was in the church We were all in the open square, where there\\nwas a great ceremony. Had they been in the country, when they were\\nwith you? We had not yet been sufficiently attentive. You would\\nhave been more fortunate if you had been less bold in your specu-\\nlations. Has she been here She would have been here before this,\\nbut she had been sick, and she is still very weak.\\nWhat a great man he would have been, if he had been as wise as\\nhe was brave! Shall I not have been too severe with my young\\nfriends They would have been less surprised if they had had more\\nexperience. Was not she very beautiful in her youth Shall we not\\nhave been too eager, and will he not have had amusement from oui\\nimpatience? This man had not been long in this country, when he\\nhad the yellow fever. Who has had it yesterday? Will she not\\nhave been absent six months, when I shall have been absent one\\nmonth Let them not be angry it was I, who did it, and I am sorry\\nfor it. Let her be beautiful and rich if she is not amiable, she is\\n*iot the person whom I love.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "VERBS\\n119\\nNote. When the subject of a question is a noun, it is placed at the\\nhead of the sentence, and the verb in the interrogative form after it.\\nEx. This man, has he courage Get homme a-t-il du courage f\\nExercise.\\nWas this woman with you here, or were you alone Would not\\nthe judge be very severe if he were president of the court? Were\\nthose girls idle or were they tired They have been the one and\\nthe other. Will this week have been a happy (one) for you? It\\nwould have been better, if it had been shorter. Had these soldiers\\nbeen absent from the army They had been on furlough. Were the\\napples ripe You have been very polite, but I wished that you might\\nhave been more circumspect. I hope that you may be happy. Was\\nnot your birthday yesterday? Where had these three men been\\nduring the night\\nThe verb to do, when used as an auxiliary verb in English,\\nis not translated into French, but rendered by the simple form\\nof the verb itself.\\nEx. I do speak: I speak, je parle. Do I speak? parl\u00c3\u00aa-je?\\nHe did come: he came, il venait. Did he come? venait-il?\\nYou did say: you said, vous d\u00c3\u00aetes. Did you say, dites-vous\\nIn like manner the verb to be, when used as an auxiliary\\nin English with the Participle Present, is not translated into\\nFrench, but rendered by the simple verb.\\nEx. I was reading I read, je lisais. She was walking she\\nwalked, elle se promenait. You were snoring you snored, vous\\nronfliez.\\nIn the Interrogative form of all verbs the third person singu-\\nlar requires, when it ends in a vowel, the insertion of the letter\\nt, preceded and followed by a hyphen, to prevent the hiatus\\nwith the initial vowels of il, elle and on.\\nEx. a-t-il, has he a-t-elle, has she a-t-on, have they parle-t-il,\\ndoes he speak songe-l-elle, does she dream\\nIn the Negative form of the verb, the negative invariably", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "120\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nconsists of two parts, the Negative Adverb pas, pointy etc., and\\nthe particle nr. The verb is placed between the two, so that\\nne stands before it in compound tenses the auxiliary is the\\nverb, not the participle.\\nEx. je parle, I speak; je ne parle 2^s, I speak not elle eat\\nl\u00c3\u00a0, elle n est pas l\u00c3\u00a0, she is not there nous avons \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, nom\\nn avons pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, we have not been; elle eut eu, elle n eut pas eu,\\nshe had not had.\\nThe Conjunctive Pronouns are, however, placed between the\\nverb and ne, standing nearest to the verb.\\nEx. je vois, je ne .vois pas, je ne le vois pas, I see it not\\nvous avez eu, vous n avez pas eu, vous ne l avez pas eu, you have\\nnot had it; j ai \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, je n ai pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, je r\u00c3\u00bby ai f pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, I have not\\nbeen there.\\nIn the Infinitive both ne and pas may be placed before the\\nverb.\\nEx. ne pas aller, not to go.\\nThe verbs are conjugated according to four conjugations,\\nwhich are distinguished by the termination of the Infini-\\ntive.\\nThe First Conjugation ends in er, like parler, to speak.\\nThe Second Conjugation ends in ir, like servir, to serve.\\nThe Third Conjugation ends in oir, like recevoir, to re-\\nceive.\\nThe Fourth Conjugation ends in re, like vendre, to sell.\\nAfter cutting off the Infinitive termination, there remains\\nwhat is called the root of the verb, e.g. pari serv recev and\\nrend To this are added certain terminations, which constitute\\nthe conjugation of the verb. Some of these are uniform.\\nThe Participle Present ends always in ant, added to the root\\nof the verb, or in the second conjugation, to the first person\\npresent.\\nEx. parlant, speaking finissant, finishing recevant, receiving;\\nvendant, selling.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n121\\nThe Imperfect ends always in mis, added to the root of the\\nverb, or in the second conjugation, to the first person present.\\nEx. je parlais, I spoke je finissais, I finished je recevais, I\\nreceived je vendais, I sold.\\nThe Future ends always in rai, and is made from the Infinitive.\\nEx. je parlerai, I shall speak je servirai, I shall serve je\\nrecevrai* I shall receive je vendrai, I shall sell.\\nThe Conditional ends always in rais, and is made by adding\\n5 to the Future.\\nEx. je parlerais, I should speak je servirais, I shall serve\\nje recevrais, I should receive je vendrais, I should sell.\\nThe First Person Plural ends always in ons, except in the\\nPreterit Definite, when it always ends in silent mes.\\nEx. nous parlons, we speak nous parlions, we spoke nous\\nparlerons, we shall speak; nous parlerions, we should speak;\\nbut nous parl\u00c3\u00a2mes, we did speak.\\nThe Second Person Plural ends always in ez, except in the\\nPreterit Definite, where it always ends in silent tes.\\nEx. vous servez, you serve vous serviez, you served vous ser-\\nvirez, you will serve vous serviriez, you would serve but vous\\nserv\u00c3\u00aetes, you did serve.\\nThe Third Person Plural ends always in silent ent, except in\\nthe Future, where it always ends in ont*\\nEx. ils re\u00c3\u00a7oivent they receive ils recevaient, they received\\nils re\u00c3\u00a7urent, they received ils recevraient, they would receive\\nbut Us recevront, they will receive.\\nThe Moods of the French Verb are the following\\n1. The Infinitive is simply the name of the verb, and has\\nneither person nor number.\\nEx. chanter, to sing perdre, to lose.\\n2. The Indicative states the action of the verb positively, and\\nmay do so in the past, present, or future.\\nEx. je chante, I sing; je perdais, I lost; je re\u00c3\u00a7us, I received;\\nfiraij I shall go.\\n6", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "122\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n3. The Subjunctive states the action of the verb contingently,\\ni. c. subject to some other verb. Hence it is always preceded\\nby the conjunction que, which connects it. with the verb on\\nwhich it depends. This conjunction (that) may be omitted in\\nEnglish, but must always be added in French.\\nEx. Je d\u00c3\u00a9sire qu il vienne, I wish that he come il voulait\\nque je le fisse, he wished (that) I should do it pliit Dieu\\nqu elle fut ici, would to God that she were here.\\n4. The Conditional states the action of the verb as likely to\\nhappen under a condition, so that si, if, is always understood,\\nif not expressed.\\nEx. J irais si je pouvais, I would go if I could scriez-vous\\ncontent would you be satisfied (if. vous auriez des amis, you\\nwould have friends.\\n5. The Imperative states the action of the verb in the tone\\nof command, entreaty, wish or permission.\\nEx. qu il vienne let him come allons let us go Qu ils le\\nfassent s ils veulent, let them do it if they wish.\\nIt will be seen that the English Imperative requires, in most cases,\\nthe auxiliary verb Let, which is not translated in French, the Im-\\nperative mood already expressing the command or permission.\\nThe Tenses of the Verb are either Simple, when they arc\\nmade of the verb itself, or Compound, when they are formed\\nby the aid of the auxiliary verbs Avoir and Etre.\\nThe Simple Tenses are the following\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\n1. The Present, which always ends in e, s, or x.\\n2. The Imperfect, which always ends in ais, expresses a past\\naction, continued or frequently repeated.\\nThe English employs for the same purpose the auxiliary I used to,\\netc., which is not translated into French, as the Imperfect tense\\nalready gives this meaning.\\nEx. I used to sleep I slept, je dormais. He used to smoke lie\\nsmoked, il fumait.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n123\\n3. The Preterit Definite, which ends in the first conjugation\\nin ai, in the second in is, in the third in us, and in the fourth\\nin is, expresses a past action which took place but once, and at a\\ndefinite period. It is, therefore, the historical tense of the French.\\nEx. je parlai, I spoke il servit alors, he served then je\\nre\u00c3\u00a7us hier, I received yesterday nom vend\u00c3\u00aemes lundi, we sold\\nout on Monday le roi mourut sur V\u00c3\u00a8chafaud, the king died on\\nthe scaffold\\n4. The Future, which always ends in rai.\\nEx. je parlerai, I shall speak j irai, I shall go.\\n5. The Conditional, which always ends in rais.\\nEx. je verrais, I would see je rirais, I would laugh.\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\n1, The Present, which always ends in a silent e, and is made\\nfrom the Present Indicative.\\nEx. j ai que j aie, that I have je re\u00c3\u00a7ois que je re\u00c3\u00a7oive,\\nthat I receive.\\n2. The Past, which always ends in sse, and is made from the\\nPreterit Definite, by changing ai of the first conjugation into\\nasse, and by adding in the other three conjugations se to the\\nIndicative.\\nEx. je parlai que je parlasse, that I might speak.\\nje servis que je servisse, that I might serve.\\nje re\u00c3\u00a7us que je re\u00c3\u00a7usse, that I might receive.\\nje vendis que je vendisse, that I might sell.\\nThe Compound Tenses are the following\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\n1. The Preterit Indefinite, made from the Present of the\\nauxiliary verbs Avoir or Etre, with the Participle Past.\\nEx. fai parl\u00c3\u00a9, I have spoken je suis all\u00c3\u00a9, I have gone.\\n2. The Pluperfect, made from the Imperfect of the auxiliary\\nverbs with the Participle Past.\\nEx. j avais parl\u00c3\u00a9, I had spoken j \u00c3\u00a9tais all\u00c3\u00a9, I had gone.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "124\\nON TIIE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n3. The Preterit Anterior, made from the Preterit Definite\\n5f the auxiliary verbs with the Participle Past,\\nEx. feus parl\u00c3\u00a9, I had spoken je fus all\u00c3\u00a9, I had gone.\\n4. The Future Anterior, made from the Future of the aux-\\niliary verbs with the Participle Past.\\nEx. j aurai parl\u00c3\u00a9, I shall have spoken je serai all\u00c3\u00a9, I shall\\nhave gone.\\n5. The Conditional Anterior, made from the Conditional of\\nthe auxiliary verbs, with the Participle Past.\\nEx. j aurais parl\u00c3\u00a9, I would have spoken je serais all\u00c3\u00a9, I\\nwould have gone.\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\n1. The Preterit Indefinite, made from the Subjunctive of\\nthe Present of the auxiliary verbs with the Participle Past.\\nEx. que j aie parl\u00c3\u00a9, that I may have spoken que je sois all\u00c3\u00a9,\\nthat I may have gone.\\n2. The Preterit Anterior, made from the Subjunctive of the\\nPreterit Definite of the auxiliary verbs with the Participle Past.\\nEx. que j eusse par i\u00c3\u00a9, that I might have spoken; que je fusse\\nall\u00c3\u00a9, that I might have gone.\\nIn the following tables of Verbs the termination is separated from\\nthe root, in order to show more clearly the manner of conjugating\\nverbs such a separation does not take place, of course, in ordinary\\nwriting, when verb and root are written in one word.\\nTABLE OF THE TERMINATION OF THE REGULAR VERBS.\\nSimple Tenses.\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\n1st Conj n. 2d Conj. 3d Conj. 4th Conj.\\npari er fin ir rec evoir vend re\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\npari ant fin issant rec evant vend ant\\nPARTICIPLE PAST.\\npari fin i re\u00c3\u00a7 u vend u", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n125\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJp\\nm/yW ex\\nUUj 1 c\\nfill is\\nre\u00c3\u00a7\\nois\\nVt/lt\\\\Jb\\ntu\\nes\\nis\\nois\\nS\\nil or elk\\ne\\nit\\noit\\nvend\\nnous\\nons\\nissons\\nevons\\nons\\nvous\\nez\\nissez\\nevez\\nez\\nils or elles\\nent\\nissent\\noivent\\nent\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe\\npari ais\\nfin issais\\nrec\\nevais\\nvend ais\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0toi\\nvu\\nais\\nissais\\nevais\\nais\\nil or elle\\nait\\nissait\\nevait\\nait\\nnous\\nions\\nissions\\nevions\\nions\\nvous\\niez\\nissiez\\neviez\\niez\\nils or elle$\\naient\\nissaient\\nevaient\\naient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nTa\\nje\\npari ai\\nfin is\\nre\u00c3\u00a7\\nIIS\\nvend is\\ntu\\nas\\nis\\nIIS\\nis\\nH or elle\\na\\nit\\nut\\nit\\n\u00c3\u008fIOUS\\n\u00c3\u00a2mes\\n\u00c3\u00aemes\\nUnies\\n\u00c3\u00aemes\\nVOUS\\n\u00c3\u00a2tes\\n\u00c3\u00aetes\\ntites\\n\u00c3\u00aetes\\n1 7 V fW* Cil 9\\n\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nirent\\nirent\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nJe\\npari erai\\nfin irai\\nrec\\nevrai\\nvend rai\\ntu\\neras\\niras\\nevras\\nras\\nil or elle\\nera\\nira\\nevra\\nra\\nnous\\nerons\\nirons\\nevrons\\nrons\\nvous\\nerez\\nirez\\nevrez\\nrez\\nils or elles\\neront\\niront\\nevront\\nront\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe\\npari erais\\nfin irais\\nrec\\nevrais\\nvend rais\\ntu\\nerais\\nirais\\nevrai s\\nrais\\nil or elle\\nerait\\nirait\\nevrait\\nrait\\nnous\\nerions\\nirions\\nevrions\\nrions\\nvous\\neriez\\niriez\\nevriez\\nriez\\nils or elles\\neraient\\niraient\\nevraient\\nraient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "126\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\ne\\nfin is\\nt C/ld S\\nqu il or qu elle\\ne\\nisse\\noive\\ne\\nons\\nissons\\nevons\\nons\\nez\\nissez\\nevez\\ner\\nqu ils or qu elles\\nent\\nissent\\noive nt\\nent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE\\nMOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je pari\\ne\\nfin isse\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 oive\\nvend e\\nque tu\\nes\\nisses\\noivcs\\nes\\nqu il or qu elle\\ne\\nisse\\noive\\ne\\nque nous\\nions\\nissions\\n\u00c3\u00a9tions\\nions\\nque cu us\\niez\\nissiez\\neviez\\niez\\nqu ils or qu elles\\nent\\nissent\\noivent\\nent\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je pari\\nasse\\nfin isse\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 usse\\nvend isse\\nque tu\\nasses\\nisses\\niisses\\nisses\\nqu il or qu elle\\nat\\nit\\n\u00c3\u00bbt\\nit\\nque nous\\nassions\\nissions\\nussions\\nissions\\nque wus\\nassiez\\nissiez\\nlissiez\\nissiez\\nqu ils or qu elles\\nassent\\nissent\\nussent\\nissent\\nCompound Tenses.\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\n1st Conj. 2d Conj. 3d Conj. 4th Conj.\\nAvoir pari fin i re\u00c3\u00a7 u vend u\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE.\\nAyant pari fin i re\u00c3\u00a7 n vend u\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nJ ai pari fin i re\u00c3\u00a7 u vend u\\ntu as i u u\\nU or elle a i u u", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n127\\nnous avons\\nvous avez\\nils or elles ont\\nJ avais\\ntu avais\\nil or elle avait\\nnous avions\\nvous aviez\\nils or elles avaient\\nJ eus\\ntu eus\\nil or elle eut\\nnous e\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nvous e\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nils or elles eurent\\nJaurai\\ntu auras\\nil or elle aura\\nnous aurons\\nvous aurez\\nils or elles auront\\nJaurais\\ntu aurais\\nil or elle aurait\\nnous aurions\\nvous auriez\\nils or elles auraient\\n\\\\ue j aie\\nue tu aies\\nfil or qu elle ait\\npari\\nJi n i\\ni\\ni\\nPLUPERFECT.\\npari fin i\\ne\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nii\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\npari fin\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\np#r\u00c2\u00a3 fin\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR,\\nU\\nU\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 n\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRETERIT.\\npari i re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\n11\\nU\\nu\\nu\\nn\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nU\\n11\\nTl\\nU\\nU\\nU\\nU\\nU\\nu\\nu\\nTl\\nvend u\\nu\\nu", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "128\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nque nous ayons\\nque vous ayez\\nqu ils or qu elles aient\\nQue f eusse\\nque tu eusses\\nqu il or qu elle e\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous eussions\\nque vous eussiez\\nqu ils or qu elles eussent\\npari\\nfin i\\ni\\ni\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\npari fin\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nu\\nu\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nvend u\\nu\\nu\\nvend n\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nu\\nVERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.\\nParler To Speak (Affirmatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nPari er to speak\\nPAST.\\nAvoir pari to have spoken\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nPari ant speaking\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPE PRESENT.\\nAyant pari having spoken\\nPARTICIPLE PAST.\\nPari spoken\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nJe pari e\\ntu pari es\\nil pari e\\nnous pari oris\\nvous pari ez\\nils pari ent\\nPRESENT.\\nI speak, do speak, or am speaking\\nthon speakest\\nhe speaks\\nwe speak\\nyon speak\\nthey speak", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n129\\nJe pari ais\\ntu pari ais\\nil pari ait\\nnous pari ions\\nvous pari iez\\nUs pari aient\\nJe pari ai\\ntu pari as\\nil pari a\\nnous pari \u00c3\u00a2mes\\n-wows ^ar\u00c2\u00a3 \u00c3\u00a2tes\\nil pari \u00c3\u00a8rent\\nJtf erai\\n\u00c2\u00a3w pari eras\\n_parZ era\\nnous pari erons\\nvous pari erez\\nt7s eront\\nerais\\ntu pari erais\\n27 pari erait\\nwows ar\u00c2\u00a3 erions\\nvous pari eriez\\nUs pari eraient\\nJ ai pari\\nas pari\\nil a pari\\nnous avons pari\\nvous avez pari\\nifa ?n\u00c2\u00a3 pari\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI spoke, did speak, or was speaking\\nthou spokest\\nlie spoke\\nwe spoke\\nyou spoke\\nthey spoke\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI spoke or did speak\\nthou spokest\\nhe spoke\\nwe spoke\\nyou spoke\\nthey spoke\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will speak\\nthou shalt speak\\nhe shall speak\\nwe shall speak\\nyou shall speak\\nthey shall speak\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\n(I should, would, could or might\\nspeak\\nthou shouldst speak\\nhe should speak\\nwe should speak\\nyou should speak\\nthey should speak\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI have spoken, did speak or have\\nI been speaking\\nthou hast spoken\\nhe has spoken\\nwe have spoken\\nyou have spoken\\nthey have spoken\\n6*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "130\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJ avais pari\\nta avais pari\\nil a vait pari\\nnous avions pari\\nvous aviez pari\\nUs avaient pari e\\nJ eus pari\\ntu eus pari\\nU eut pari\\nnous e \u00c3\u00bbmes pari\\nvous e\u00c3\u00bbtes pari\\nils eurent pari\\nJ aurai pari\\ntu auras pari\\nil aura pari\\nnous aurons pari\\nvous aurez pari\\nUs auront pari\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had spoken or had been speaking\\nthou hadst spoken\\nhe had spoken\\nwe had spoken\\nyou had spoken\\nthey had spoken\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had spoken\\nthou hadst spoken\\nhe had spoken\\nwe had spoken\\nyou had spoken\\nthey had spoken\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will have spoken\\nthou shalt have spoken\\nhe shall have spoken\\nwe shall have spoken\\nyou shall have spoken\\nthey shall have spoken\\nJ* aurais pari\\ntu aurais pari\\nil aurait pari\\nnous aurions pari\\nvous auriez pari\\nils auraient pari\\nCONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.\\nI should, would, could or\\nhave spoken\\nthou shouldst have spoken\\nhe should have spoken\\nwe should have spoken\\nyou should have spoken\\nthey should have spoken\\nmight\\nQu e je pari e\\nque tu pari es\\nqxCilparl e\\nque nous pari ions\\nque vous pari iez\\nqu Us pari ent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may speak\\nthat thou mayest speak\\nthat he may speak\\nthat we may speak\\nthat you may speak\\nthat they may speak", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n131\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je pari asse\\nthat\\nI might speak\\nque tu pari asses\\nthat\\nthou mightest spe\\nqu il pari at\\nthat\\nhe might speak\\nque nous pari assions\\nthat\\nwe might speak\\nque vous pari assiez\\nthat\\nyou might speak\\nqu ils pari assent\\nthat\\nthey might speak\\nQue f aie pari\\nque tu aies pari\\nqu il ait pari\\nque nous ayons pari\\nque wus ayez pari\\nqu ils aient pari\\nQue j eusse pari\\nque tu msses pari\\nqu il e\u00c3\u00bbt pari\\nque nous eussions pari\\nque wus eussiez pari\\nqu ils eussent pari\\nPAST.\\nthat I may have spoken\\nthat thou mayest have spoken\\nthat he may have spoken\\nthat we may have spoken\\nthat you may have spoken\\nthat they may have spoken\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might have spoken\\nthat thou might est have spoken\\nthat he might have spoken\\nthat we might have spoken\\nthat you might have spoken\\nthat they might have spoken\\nqu\\nPari e\\nHI pari e\\npari ons\\npari ez\\nqu ils pari ent\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nspeak or do speak [thou]\\nlet him speak\\nlet us speak\\nspeak or do speak [you]\\nlet them speak\\nParler To Speak. {Negatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nNe pas pai*l er not to speak\\nPAST.\\nN avoir pas pari not to have spoken\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nNe pari ant pas not speaking", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "132\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN ayant pas pari not having spoken\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nI speak not, do not speak or am\\nnot speaking\\ntu ne pari es pas thou speakest not\\nU ne pari e pas he speaks not\\nnous ne pari ons pas we speak not\\nvous ne pari ez pas you speak not\\nils ne pari ent pas they speak not\\nJe ne pari e pas\\nJe ne pari ais pas\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI spoke not, did not speak or was\\nnot speaking\\ntu ne pari ais pas thou spokest not\\nil ne pari ait pas he spoke not\\nnous ne pari \u00c3\u00afoxispas we spoke not\\nvous ne pari iez pas you spoke not\\nils ne pari aient pas they spoke not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJe ne pari ai pas I spoke not or did not speak\\ntu ne pari as pas thou spokest not\\nil ne pari a pas he spoke not\\nnous ne pari \u00c3\u00a2mes pas we spoke not\\nvous ne pari \u00c3\u00a2tes pas you spoke not\\nUs ne pari \u00c3\u00a8rent pas they spoke not\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nJe ne pari erai pas I shall or will not speak\\ntu ne pari eras pas thou shalt not speak\\nil ne pari era pas he shall not speak\\nnous ne pari erons pas we shall not speak\\nvous ne pari erezpas you shall not speak\\nils ne pari eront pas they shall not speak\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\n_ (I should, would, could or mierht\\nJe ne pari erais pas\\nnot speak", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n133\\ntu ne pari erais pas\\nil ne pari erait pas\\nnous ne pari erionspas\\nvous ne pari eriez pas\\nils ne pari eraient pas\\nthou sliou\u00c3\u00aedst not speak\\nlie should not speak\\nwe should not speak\\nyou should not speak\\nthey should not speak\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\n_ (I have not spoken, did not speak,\\nJe nai pas pari e\\n(or have not been speaking\\ntu n as pas pari thou hast not spoken\\nil n a pas pari he has not spoken\\nnous n avons pas pari we have not spoken\\nvous n avez pas pari you have not spoken\\nils n ont pas pari they have not spoken\\nJe n avais pas pari\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nj I had not spoken or had not been\\nspeaking\\ntu n avais pas pari thou hadst not spoken\\nil n avait pas pari he had not spoken\\nnous n avions pas pari we had not spoken\\nvous n aviez pas pari you had not spoken\\nils n avaient pas pari they had not spoken\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nJe n eus pas pari I had not spoken\\ntu n eus pas pari thou hadst not spoken\\nil n eut pas pari he had not spoken\\nnous n e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas pari we had not spoken\\nvous n e\u00c3\u00bbtes pas pari e you had not spoken\\nils n eurent pas pari they had not spoken\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe n aurai pas pari\\ntu n auras pas pari\\nil n aura pas pari\\nnous n aurons pas pari\\nvous n aurez pas pari\\nils n auront pas pari\\nI shall or will not have spok^xi\\nthou shalt not have spoken\\nhe shall not have spoken\\nwe shall not have spoken\\nyou shall not have spoken\\nthey shall not have spoke\u00c2\u00bb", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "134\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe n aurais pas pari\\nta n aurais \u00c2\u00abpas pari\\nil n aurait pas pari\\nnous n aurions pas pari\\nvous n auriez pas pari\\nils n auraient pas pari\\nQue je ne pari e pas\\nque tu ne pari es pas\\nqu il ne pari e pas\\nque no us ne pari ions pas\\nque vous ne pari iez pas\\nqu ils ne pari eut pas\\nPAST.\\nj I should, would, could or might not\\nhave spoken\\nthou shouldst not have spoken\\nhe should not ha ve spoken\\nwe should not have spoken\\nyou should not have spoken\\nthey should not have spoken\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may not speak\\nthat thou mayest not speak\\nthat he may not speak\\nthat we may not speak\\nthat you may not speak\\nthat they may not speak\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je ne pari asse pas\\nque tu ne pari asses pas\\nqu il ne pari \u00c3\u00a2t pas\\nque nous ne pari assions pas\\nque vous ne pari assiez pas\\nqu ils ne pari assent pas\\nQue je n aie pas pari\\nque tu n aies pas pari\\nqu il n ait pas pari\\nque nous n ayons pas pari\\nque vous n ayez pas pari\\nqu ils n aient pas pari\\nthat I might not speak\\nthat thou mightest not speak\\nthat he might not speak\\nthat we might not speak\\nthat you might not sp\u00c3\u00a9kk\\nthat they might not speak\\nPAST.\\nthat I may not have spoken\\nthat thou mayest not have spoken\\nthat he may not have spoken\\nthat we may not have spoken\\nthat you may not have spoken\\nthat they may not have spoken\\nQue je n eusse pas pari e\\nque tu n eitsses pas pari\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt pas pari\\nque nous n eussions pas pari\\nque vous n eussiez pas pari\\nqu ils n eussent pas pari\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might not have spoken\\nthat thou mightest not have spoken\\nthat he might not have spoken\\nthat we might not have spoken\\nthat you might not have spoken\\nthat they might not have spoken", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "YERBS.\\n135\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nWe pari e pas speak not or do not speak [thou]\\nqu il ne pari e pas let him not speak\\nne pari ons pas let ns not speak\\nne pari ez pas speak not or do not speak [you]\\nqu ils ne pari ent pas let them not speak\\nParler\\nPari \u00c3\u00aa-je\\npari es-tu\\npari e-t-U\\npari ms-nou\\npari ez-vous\\npari ent-ils\\nPari is-je\\npari i8-tu\\npari ait-$\\npari \\\\o\\\\i -nous\\npari iez-vous\\npari ^ient-ils\\nPari s\u00c3\u00a2-je\\npari s-tu\\npari 2,-t-il\\npari \u00c3\u00a0mes-noics\\npari tites-vous\\npari exent-ils\\n^arl er i-je\\narl ems-tu\\narl era-\u00c2\u00a3-#\\narl Quoins-nous\\nTo Speak {Interrogatively\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\ndo I speak or am I speaking\\ndost thou speak\\ndoes he speak\\ndo we speak\\ndo you speak\\ndo they speak\\nIMPERFECT.\\ndid I speak or was I speaking\\ndidst thou speak\\ndid he speak\\ndid we speak\\ndid you speak\\ndid they speak\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ndid I speak\\ndidst thou speak\\ndid he speak\\ndid we speak\\ndid you speak\\ndid they speak\\nFUTURE ABSOLUTE.\\nshall or will I s\\nshalt thou speak\\nshall he speak\\nshall we speak", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "136\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\npari erez-vous\\npari eront-ils\\nPari erais-j\u00c3\u00a9\\npari erais-\u00c2\u00a3w\\npari GT2\u00c3\u0080I-U\\npari erions-?i(?ws\\npari eiiez-vous\\npari eraient-i te\\nAi-je pari\\nas-ta pari\\na-Uil pari\\nawns-nous pari\\navez-vous pari\\nont-ihparl\\nAvais-je pari\\navais-tu pari\\navait-il pari\\navions-nous pari\\naviez-vous pari\\navaient-ils pari\\nEus-je pari\\neus-tu pari\\ne\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pari\\neutes-vous pari\\neurent-Us pari\\nAur ai-je pari\\nauras-tu pari\\nshall you speak\\nshall they speak\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nt Should, would, could, or might I\\nshouldst thou speak\\nshould he speak\\nshould we speak\\nshould you speak\\nshould they speak\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhave I spoken or did I speak\\nhast thou spoken\\nhas he spoken\\nhave we spoken\\nhave you spoken\\nhave they spoken\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nhad I spoken or had I been speak\\nhadst thou spoken\\nhad he spoken\\nhad we spoken\\nhad you spoken\\nhad they spoken\\nhad I spoken\\nhadst thou spoken\\nhad he spoken\\nhad Ave spoken\\nhad you spoken\\nhad they spoken\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I have spoken\\nshalt thou have spoken", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "YEEBS.\\n137\\naura-Uil pari\\naurons-nous pari\\naurez-vous pari\\nauront-ils pari\\nAurais-je pari\\naurais-tu pari\\naurait-il pari\\naurions-nous pari\\nauriez-vous pari\\nauraient-ils pari\\nshall lie have spoken\\nshall we have spoken\\nshall you have spoken\\nshall they have spoken\\nPAST.\\nshould, would, could, or might I\\nhave spoken\\nshouldst thou have spoken\\nshould he have spoken\\nshould we have spoken\\nshould you have spoken\\nshould they have sooken\\nParler\\nNe pari \u00c3\u00a9-je pas\\nne pari es-tu pas\\nne pari e-t-il pas\\nne pari ons-nous pas\\nne pari ez-vous pas\\nne pari ent-ils pas\\nTo Speak {Negatively and Interrogatively.)\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\ndo I not speak or am I not speak-\\ndost thou not speak\\ndoes he not speak\\ndo we not speak\\ndo you not speak\\ndo they not speak\\nNe pari ais-Je pas\\nne pari ais-^ pas\\nne pari dlt-il pas\\nne pari \\\\ons-nous pas\\nne pari iez-vous pas\\nne pari aient-^s pas\\nNe pari ai-je pas\\nne pari s-tu pas\\nne pari -t -il pas\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj did I not speak or was I not speak-\\ning\\ndidst thou not speak\\ndid he not speak\\ndid we not speak\\ndid you not speak\\ndid they not speak\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ndid I not speak\\ndidst thou not speak\\ndid he not speak", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "138\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nne pari Ames-nous pas\\nne pari iites-vous pas\\nne pari event-ils pas\\nNe pari emi-je pas\\nne pari ems-tit pas\\nne pari er -t-il pas\\nne pari eicms-nous pas\\nne pari erez-vous pas\\nne pari eront-#s pas\\ndid we not speak\\ndid you not speak\\ndid they not speak\\nE ABSOLUTE.\\nsliall or will I not speak\\nslialt thou not speak\\nshall he not speak\\nshall we not speak\\nshall you not speak\\nshall they not speak\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nJSfe pari erais-Je pas\\nne pari ero\u00c3\u0080s-tu pas\\nne pari erait-$ pas\\nne pari evicms-nous pas\\nne pari eriez-vous pas\\nne pari eraienUYs pas\\nPRESENT.\\nshould, would, could, or might I\\nnot speak\\nshouldst thou not speak\\nshould he not speak\\nshould we not speak\\nshould you not speak\\nshould they not speak\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nN ai-je pas pari\\nn as-tu pas pari\\nn a-t-il pas pari\\n1\u00c3\u008f awns-nous pas pari\\nn avez-vous pas pari\\nn ont-ils pas pari\\nITavais-je pas pari\\nn avais-tu pas pari\\nr avait-il pas pari\\nn avions-nous pas pari\\nn y aviez-vous pas pari\\nn avaient-Us pas pari\\nhave I not spoken, did I not speak,\\nor have I net been speaking\\nhast thou not spoken\\nhas he not spoken\\nhave we not spokon\\nhave you not spoken\\nhave they not spoken\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nj had I not spoken or had I not been\\nspeaking\\nhadst thou not spoken\\nhad he not spoken\\nhad we not spoken\\nhad you not spoken\\nhad they not spoken", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "VERES.\\n139\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\n2Teus-je pas pari\\nn ens-tu pas pari\\nn eut-il pas pari\\nn e \u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pas pari\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbtes-wus pas pari\\nn eurent-ils pas pari\\nhad I not spoken\\nliadst thou not spoken\\nhad he not spoken\\nhad we not spoken\\nhad you not spoken\\nhad they not spoken\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nN aurairje pas pari\\nn auras-tu pas pari\\nn aura-t-\u00c3\u00afl pas pari\\nn aurons-nous pas pari\\nn aurcz-vous pas pari\\nn auront-ils pas pari\\njk aurais-je pas pari\\nn aurais-tu pas pari\\nn aurait-il pas pari\\nn aurions-nous pas pari\\nn auriez-wus pas pari\\nn auraient-ils pas pari\\nshall or will I not have spoken\\nshalt thou not have spoken\\nshall he not have spoken\\nshall we not have spoken\\nshall you not have spoken\\nshall they not have spoken\\nPAST.\\nj should, would, could, or might I\\nnot have spoken\\nshouldst thou not have spoken\\nshould he not have spoken\\nshould we not have spoken\\nshould you not have spoken\\nshould they not have spoken\\nREMARKS ON VERBS OF THK FIRST CONJUGATION.\\nThere are several general principles applied in French to all\\nverbs, which seriously affect their orthography.\\nThe first is The pronunciation of the root of a verb in the\\nInfinitive must be preserved throughout its conjugation.\\nConsequently the verb, when conjugated, will have to be so\\nspelt as to produce the sound of the Infinitive, whatever may\\nbe the termination that is added to the root. The verb percer,\\ne. g. pronounces its root perc in the Infinitive with a soft c r\\nbecause it is followed by e in forming the Present Participle,\\nthe syllable ant has to be added to the root. Thus the vowel a\\nwould follow c, perc-ant, and as c before a has the sound of k,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "140\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nthe Participle would sound differently from the Infinitive. This\\nis not admissible, and, to avoid it, the orthography of the verb\\nmust be so changed, as to produce before ant also the soft c,\\nwhich, in this case, is done by adding a cedilla and writing the\\nParticiple per\u00c3\u00a7ant. Hence the following rules\\n1. Verbs ending in eer in the Infinitive add a cedilla to c,\\nwhenever, in the course of the conjugation, it comes to stand\\nbefore a or o.\\nEx. annoncer\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJ annon\u00c3\u00a7ais\\ntu annon\u00c3\u00a7ais\\nil annon\u00c3\u00a7ait\\nnous annoncions (no cedilla needed before i.)\\nvous annonciez\\nUs annon\u00c3\u00a7aient\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nAnnon\u00c3\u00a7ant\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJ annon\u00c3\u00a7ai\\ntu annon\u00c3\u00a7as\\nil annon\u00c3\u00a7a\\nnous annon\u00c3\u00a7\u00c3\u00a2mes\\nvous annon\u00c3\u00a7\u00c3\u00a2tes\\nils annonc\u00c3\u00a8rent (no cedilla needed before e.)\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nQue j annon\u00c3\u00a7asse, etc.\\n2. Verbs ending in ger in the Infinitive, insert a mute after\\ng, whenever it comes to stand before a or o.\\nEx. n\u00c3\u00a9gliger.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe neglige\\ntu negliges\\nil neglige", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n141\\nnous n\u00c3\u00a9gligeons [e inserted)\\nvous n\u00c3\u00a9gligez\\nils n\u00c3\u00a9gligent\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe n\u00c3\u00a9gligeais\\ntu n\u00c3\u00a9gligeais\\nil n\u00c3\u00a9gligeait\\nnous n\u00c3\u00a9gligions (no e needed before i)\\nvous n\u00c3\u00a9gligiez\\nils n\u00c3\u00a9gligeaient\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN\u00c3\u00a9gligeant\\nA second general principle of this kind, which finds its\\napplication here, and influences the orthography of the verb, is\\nthis\\nTwo mute e s cannot follow each other in successive syllables.\\nHence the following rules\\nYerbs which have a mute e in the penultimate syllable of\\nthe Infinitive, change their spelling whenever the termination\\ncontains also a mute e, in two ways\\n1. Some verbs double the consonant between the two e s.\\nEx. jeter.\\nPresent. Je jette\\ntu jettes\\nil jette\\nnous jetons no double t is required, because no mute\\nvous jetez S e is added.\\nils jettent\\nFuture.\\nJe jetterai\\ntu jetteras\\nil jettera\\nCond. Je jetterais\\ntu jetterais\\nil jetterait\\nnous jetterons\\nvous jetterez\\nils jetteront\\nnous jetterions\\nvous jetteriez\\nUs jetteraient\\nEs. appeler.\\nPresent. J appelle\\ntu appelles", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "142\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nil appelle\\nnous appelons (no double I required.)\\nFuture.\\nvous appelez\\nils appellent\\nJ appellerai\\nlu appelleras\\nil appellera\\nnous appellerons\\nvous appellerez\\nils appelleront\\nCond. J appellerais\\ntu appellerais\\nil appellerait\\nnous appellerions\\nvous appelleriez\\nils appelleraient\\n2. Other verbs of this class place a Grave Accent over the\\nfirst mute e, whenever it is followed by a second mute e.\\nEx. acheter.\\nPresent. J ach\u00c3\u00a8te\\ntu ach\u00c3\u00a8tes\\nil ach\u00c3\u00a8te\\nnous achetons (no accent required.)\\nvous achetez\\nils ach\u00c3\u00a8tent\\nFuture. J ach\u00c3\u00a8terai\\ntu ach\u00c3\u00a8teras\\nil ach\u00c3\u00a8tera\\nnous ach\u00c3\u00a8terons\\nvous ach\u00c3\u00a8terez\\nils ach\u00c3\u00a8teront\\nEx. semer.\\nPresent. Je s\u00c3\u00a8me\\ntu s\u00c3\u00a8mes\\nil s\u00c3\u00a8me\\nnous semons\\nvous semez\\nils s\u00c3\u00a8ment\\nFuture. Je s\u00c3\u00a8merai\\nSubj. Pres. Que j ach\u00c3\u00a8te\\nque ta ach\u00c3\u00a8tes\\nqu il ach\u00c3\u00a8te\\nque nous achetions no ac-\\nque vous achetiez S cent\\nqu ils ach\u00c3\u00a8tent\\n(no accent required.)\\nCond. Je s\u00c3\u00a8merais\\nSubj. Pres. Que je s\u00c3\u00a8me\\n3. Verbs which have an Acute Accent on the e in the pen-\\nultimate syllable of the Infinitive, change it into a Grave Accent\\nwhenever the termination contains a mute e.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "VEEES.\\n143\\nEx. esp\u00c3\u00a9rer,\\nFuture.\\nCond.\\nSubj. Pres.\\nPresent.\\nJ esp\u00c3\u00a8re\\ntu esp\u00c3\u00a8res\\nil esp\u00c3\u00a8re\\nnous esp\u00c3\u00a9rons\\nvous esp\u00c3\u00a9rez\\nils esp\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nJ esp\u00c3\u00a9rerai\\nJ esp\u00c3\u00a9rerais\\nQue f esp\u00c3\u00a8re\\nEx. r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9ler.\\nPresent.\\nFuture,\\nCond.\\nSubj. Pres.\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a8le\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9lerai\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9lerais\\nQue je r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a8le\\nThis same principle, that two mute e s cannot follow each other\\nin successive syllables, has also this effect, that when the first person\\nof the Present ends in mute e and is followed in the Interrogative\\nconstruction by je, which has also a mute e, the final e of the verb\\ntakes an accute accent.\\nEx. je parle: parl\u00c3\u00a9 jef do I speak? j esp\u00c3\u00a8re: esp\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9-je? do I hope?\\nA third general principle of this kind, which influences the\\northography of the verb, is this\\nThe letter y cannot be placed before mute e. Hence the fol-\\nlowing rule\\nVerbs which end in yer (ayer. t \u00c3\u00aayer, oyer and uyer) change\\ny into i, whenever it comes to stand before a mute e.\\nEx. essayer.\\nPresent. Jessaie\\ntu essaies\\nil essaie\\nnous essayons (no change needed.)\\nvous essayez w\\nils essaient\\nFuture. Jessaierai\\ntu essaieras\\nil essaiera\\nnous essaierons\\nvous essaierez\\nUs essaieront", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "1M\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCond. J essaierais\\ntu essaierais\\nil essaierait\\nImperative.\\nnous essaierions\\nvous essaieriez\\nils essaieraient\\nEx. employer.\\nPrSENT.\\nFuture.\\nEssaie\\nqu il essaie\\nessayons\\nessayez\\nqu ils essaient\\nJ emploie\\ntu emploies\\nil emploie\\nnous employons (no change needed.)\\nvous employez\\nils emploient\\nJ emploierai Cond. Jemploierais\\nSubj. Pres. Que j emploie\\nFinally, verbs ending in uer require a diaeresis over the\\nvowel i, which may be added to the conjugation, in order to\\npreserve the separate sound of the two vowels.\\nEx. saluer.\\nImperfect. Nous saluions Subj. Pres. Que nous saluions\\nvous saluiez que vous saluiez\\nThe Irregular Verbs of the First Conjugation are only two,\\nviz. aller j to go, and envoyer, to send, which will be given\\nhereafter.\\nVERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION.\\nFinir To Finish (Ajfir?natively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nto finish\\nFin ir\\nAvoir Jin i\\nPAST.\\nto have finished", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n145\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nFin issant finishing\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nAyant fin i having finished\\nPARTICIPLE PAST.\\nFin i finished\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe fin is I finish, do finish or am finishing\\ntu fin is thou finishest\\nil fin it he finishes\\nnous fin issons we finish\\nvous fin issez you finish\\nils fin issent they finish\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe fin issais I finished, did finish, or was finishing\\ntu fin issais thou finishedst\\nil fin issait he finished\\nnous fin issions we finished\\nvous finissiez you finished\\nUs fin issaient they finished\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJe fin is I finished or did finish\\ntu fin is thou finishedst\\nil fin it he finished\\nnous fin \u00c3\u00aemes we finished\\nvous fin ites you finished\\nUs finirent they finished\\nFUTURE.\\nJe fin irai I shall or will finish\\ntu fin iras thou shai t finish\\nil fin ira he shall finish\\nnous fin irons we shall finish\\nvous fin irez you shall finish\\nUs fin iront they shall finish\\n7", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "146\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nJe fin irais\\ntu fin irais\\nil fin irait\\nnous fin irions\\nvous fin iriez\\nils fin iraient\\nJ ai fin i\\ntu as fin i\\nil a fm i\\nnous avons fin i\\nvous avez fin i\\nUs ont fin i\\nJ avais fin i\\ntu avais fin i\\nil avait fini\\nnous avions fin i\\nvous aviez fin i\\nUs avaient fin i\\nJeus fin i\\ntu eus fin i\\nil eut fin i\\nnous e\u00c3\u00bbmes fin i\\nvous e\u00c3\u00bbtes fin i\\nils eurent fin i\\nJ aurai fin i\\ntu auras fin i\\nil aura fin i\\nnous aurons fin i\\nPRESENT.\\nj I should, would, could, or might\\nfinish\\nthou shouldst finish\\nhe should finish\\nwe should finish\\nyou should finish\\nthey should finish\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\n(I have finished, did finish, or have\\nbeen finishing\\nthou hast finished\\nhe has finished\\nwe have finished\\nyou have finished\\nthey ha /e finished\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had finished or had been finishing\\nthou hadst finished\\nhe had finished\\nwe had finished\\nyou had finished\\nthey had finished\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had finished\\nthou hadst finished\\nhe had finished\\nwe had finished\\nyou had finished\\nthey had finished\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will have finished\\nthou shalt have finished\\nhe shall have finished\\nwe shall have finished", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n147\\nvous aurez fin i\\nils auront fin\\nSaurais fin i\\ntu aurais fin i\\nil aurait fin i\\nnous aurions fin i\\nmus auriez fin i\\nils auraient fin i\\nQue je fin isse\\nque tu fin isses\\nqu il fin isse\\nque nous fin issions\\nque wus fin issiez\\nqu ils fin issent\\nQue je fin isse\\nque tu fin isses\\nqu il fin \u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous fin issions\\nque wus fin issiez\\nqu ils fin issent\\nQue f aie fin i\\nque tic aies fin i\\nqu il ait fin i\\nque nous ayons fin i\\nque wus ayez fin i\\nqu ils aient fin i\\nQue j eusse fin i\\nque tu eusses fin i\\nqu il e\u00c3\u00bbt fin i\\nyou shall have finished\\nthey shall have finished\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nS I should, would, could, or might\\nhave finished\\nthou shouldst have finished\\nhe should have finished\\nwe should have finished\\nyou should have finished\\nthey should have finished\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may finish\\nthat thou mayest finish\\nthat he may finish\\nthat we may finish\\nthat you may finish\\nthat they may finish\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might finish\\nthat thou mightest finish\\nthat he might finish\\nthat we might finish\\nthat you might finish\\nthat they might finish\\nPAST.\\nthat I may have finished\\nthat thou mayest have finished\\nthat he may have finished\\nthat we may have finished\\nthat you may have finished\\nthat they may have finished\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might have finished\\nthat thou mightest have finished\\nthat he might have finished", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "148\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nque nous eussions fin i\\nque vous eussiez fin i\\nqu ils eussent fin i\\nFin is\\nqu il fin isse\\nfin issons\\nfin issez\\nqu ils fin issent\\nthat we might have finished\\nthat you might have finished\\nthat they might have finished\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nfinish [thou]\\nlet him finish\\nlet us finish\\nfinish [you]\\nlet them finish\\nFinir To Finish [Negatively!)\\nINFINITIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nNe pas fin ir not to finish\\nPAST.\\nN avoir pas fin i not to have finished\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nNe fin issant pas not finishing\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nN ayant pas fin i not having finished\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nI finish not, do not finish, or am\\nJe m fin is pas not finishing\\ntu ne fin is pas thou finishest not\\nil ne fin it pas he finish es not\\nnous ne fin issons pas we finish not\\nvous ne fin issez pas you finish not\\nils ne fin issent pas they finish not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI finished not, did not finish, or\\nwas not finishing\\ntu ne fin issais pas thou finishedst not\\nJe ne fin issais pas", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n149\\nil ne fin issait pas\\nnous ne fin issions pas\\nvous ne fin issiez pas\\nils ne fin issaient pas\\nJe ne fin is pas\\ntu ne fin is pas\\nil ne fin it pas\\nnous ne fin \u00c3\u00aemes pas\\nvous ne fin \u00c3\u00aeces pas\\nUs ne fin irent pas\\nJe ne fin irai pas\\ntu ne fin iras pas\\nil ne fin ira pas\\nnous ne fin irons pas\\nvous ne fin irez pas\\nils ne fin iront pas\\nJe ne fin irais pas\\ntu ne fin irais pas\\nil ne fin irait pas\\nnous ne fin irions pas\\nvous ne fin iriez pas\\nils ne fin iraient pas\\nJe n ai pas fin i\\ntu n as pas fin i\\nil n a pas fin i\\nnous n avons pas fin i\\nvous n avez pas fin i\\nUs n ont pas fin i\\nhe finished not\\nwe finished not\\nyou finished not\\nthey finished not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI finished not or did not finish\\nthou finishedst not\\nhe finished not\\nwe finished not\\nyou finished not\\nthey finished not\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will not finish\\nthou shalt not finish\\nhe shall not finish\\nwe shall not finish\\nyou shall not finish\\nthey shall not finish\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nj I should, would, could, or might\\nnot finish\\nthou shouldst not finish\\nhe should not finish\\nwe should not finish\\nyou should not finish\\nthey should not finish\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\n51 have not finished, did not finish,\\nor have not been finishing\\nthou hast not finished\\nhe has not finished\\nwe have not finished\\nyou have not finished\\nthey have not finished", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "150\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe n avais pas fin i\\ntu n avais pas fin i\\nn avait pas fini\\nn^us n avions pas fin i\\nvous n aviez pas fin i\\nils. n avaient pas fin i\\nJe n eus pas fin i\\ntu n eus pas fin i\\nil n eut pas fin i\\nnous n e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas fin i\\nvous n e\u00c3\u00bbtes pas fin i\\nils n eurent pas fin i\\nJe n aurai pas fin i\\ntu n auras pas fin i\\nil n aura pas fin i\\nnous n aurons pas fin i\\nvous n aurez pas fin i\\nils n auront pas fin i\\nJe n aurais pas fin i\\ntu n aurais pas fin i\\nil n aurait pas fin i\\nnous n aurions pas fin i\\nvous n auriez pas fin i\\nils n auraient pas fin i\\nPLUPERFECT\\nj I had not finished, or had not been\\nfinishing\\nthou hadst not finished\\nhe had not finished\\nwe had not finished\\nyou had not finished\\nthey had not finished\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had not finished\\nthou hadst not finished\\nhe had not finished\\nwe had not finished\\nyou had not finished\\nthey had not finished\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will not have finished\\nthou shalt not have finished\\nhe shall not have finished\\nwe shall not have finished\\nyou shall not have finished\\nthey shall not have finished\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\n(I should, would, could, or might\\nnot have finished\\nthou shonldst not have finished\\nhe should not have finished\\nwe should not have finished\\nyou should not have finished\\nthey should not have finished\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je ne fin isse pas\\nque tu ne fin isses pas\\nquil ne fin isse pas\\nque nous ne fin issions pas\\nthat I may not finish\\nthat thou mayest not finish\\nthat he may not finish\\nthat we may not finish", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n151\\nque vous ne fin issiez pas\\nqu ils ne fin issent pas\\nQue je ne fin issepas\\nque tu ne fin isses pas\\nqiiil ne fin \u00c3\u00aet pas\\nque nous ne fin issions pas\\nque vous ne fin issiez pas\\nqu ils ne fin issent pas\\nQue je n aie pas fin i\\nque tu n aies pas fin i\\nqu il n ait pas fin i\\nque nous n ayons pas fin i\\nque vous n ayez pas fin i\\nqu ils n aient pas fin i\\nQue je n eusse pas fin i\\nque tu n eusses pas fin i\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt pas fin i\\nque nous n eussions pas fin i\\nque vous n eussiez pas fin i\\nqu ils n eussent pas fin i\\nthat you may not finish\\nthat they may not finish\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might not finish\\nthat thou mightest not finish\\nthat he might not finish\\nthat we might not finish\\nthat you might not finish\\nthat they might not finish\\nPAST.\\nthat I may not have finished\\nthat thou mayest not have finished\\nthat he may not have finished\\nthat we may not have finished\\nthat you may not have finished\\nthat they may not have finished\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might not have finished\\nthat thou mightest not have finish\\ned\\nNe fin is pas\\nqu il ne fin isse pas\\nne fin issons pas\\nne fin issez pas\\nqu ils ne fin issent pas\\nthat he might not have finished\\nthat we might not have finished\\nthat you might not have finished\\nthat they might not have finished\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nfinish not or do not finish [thou]\\nlet him not finish\\nlet us not finish\\nfinish not or do not finish [you]\\nlet them not finish\\nFinir To Finish (Interrogatively.)\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nFin i je do I finish or am I finishing\\nfin is-tu dost thou finish", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "152\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nfin \\\\t-il\\nfin issons-7i0M$\\nfin-issez-vous\\nfin issent-\u00c2\u00a3\\nFin issais-^\\nfin issais-^\\nfin issait-$\\nfin issions-?K?u$\\nfin \\\\ssiez-vous\\nfin issaient-i7s\\nFin \\\\s-je\\nfin ia-tu\\nfin itril\\nfin imes-nous\\nfin ites-vous\\nfin irent-$$\\nFin irs\u00c3\u00a2-je\\nfin iras-^\\nfin u rt-U\\nfin irons-wows\\nfin \\\\tqz-wus\\nfin iront-z7s\\nFin irais^tf\\nfin irais-ta\\nfin irait-27\\nfin \\\\Y\\\\cms-nou8\\nfin \\\\Y\\\\Qz-vou8\\nfin iraient-#$\\nAi-je fin i\\nas-tufin i\\ndoes he finish\\ndo we finish\\ndo you finish\\ndo they finish\\nIMPERFECT.\\ndid I finish or was I finishing\\ndidst thou finish\\ndid he finish\\ndid we finish\\ndid you finish\\ndid they finish\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ndid I finish\\ndidst thou finish\\ndid he finish\\ndid we finish\\ndid you finish\\ndid they finish\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I finish\\nshalt thou finish\\nshall he finish\\nshall we finish\\nshall you finish\\nshall they finish\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nj should, would, could, or might I\\nfinish\\nshouldst thou finish\\nshould he finish\\nshould we finish\\nshould you finish\\nshould they finish\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhave I finished a? did I finish\\nhast thou finished", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n153\\na-t-il fin i\\navons-nous jm i\\navez-vous fin i\\nont-ils fin i\\nAvais-je fin i\\navais-tu fin i\\navait-il fin i\\navions-nous fin i\\naviez-vous fin i\\navaient-ils fin i\\nhas lie finished\\nhave we finished\\nhave you finished\\nhave they finished\\nPLUPERFECT.\\n(had I finished or had I been\\nfinishing\\nhadst thou finished\\nhad he finished\\nhad we finished\\nhad you finished\\nhad they finished\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nEus-je fin i\\neus-tu fin i\\neut-il fin i\\ne\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous fin i\\ne\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous fin i\\neurent-ils fin i\\nhad I finished\\nhadst thou finished\\nhad he finished\\nhad we finished\\nhad you finished\\nhad they finished\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nAurai-je fin i\\nauras-tu fin i\\naur a-t-il fin i\\naurons-nous fin i\\naurez-vous fin i\\nauront-ils fin i\\nAurais-je fin i\\naurais-tu fin i\\naurait-il fin i\\naurions-nous fin i\\nauriez-vous fin i\\nauraient-ils fin i\\nshall or will I have finished\\nshalt thou have finished\\nshall he have finished\\nshall we have finished\\nshall you have finished\\nshall they have finished\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nj should, would, could, or might I\\nhave finished\\nshouldst thou have finished\\nshould he have finished\\nshould we have finished\\nshould you have finished\\nshould they have f ni shed\\n7*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "154\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nFinir To Finish (Negatively and Interrogatively.)\\nINDICATIVE.\\nNe fin is-je pas\\nne fin \\\\s4u pas\\nne fin it-il pas\\nne fin i sons-nous pas\\nne fin issez-vous pas\\nne fin issent-ils pas\\nNe fin issais-j^ pas\\nne fi?i issais-^ pas\\nne fin issait-iZ pas\\nne fin issions-nous pas\\nne fin iss\\\\ez-wus pas\\nne fin issaient^7s pas\\nNe fin is-je pas\\nne fin is-tu pas\\nne fin \\\\%4L pas\\nne fin imes-nous pas\\nne fin ites-vous pas\\nne fin iient-ils pas\\nNe fin u i-je pas\\nne fin iras-\u00c2\u00a3w pas\\nne fin ira-^7 pas\\nne fin \\\\vons-nous pas\\nne fin \\\\rez-vous pas\\nne fin uon\u00c3\u00af-Us pas\\nNe fin irais-je pas\\nne fin ua\\\\s -tupas\\nPRESENT.\\ndo I not finish or am I not finishing\\ndost thou not finish\\ndoes he not finish\\ndo we not finish\\ndo you not finish\\ndo they not finish\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj did I not finish or was I not\\nI finishing\\ndidst thou not finish\\ndid he not finish\\ndid we not finish\\ndid you not finish\\ndid they not finish\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ndid I not finish\\ndidst thou not finish\\ndid he not finish\\ndid we not finish\\ndid you not finish\\ndid they not finish\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I not finish\\nshalt thou not finish\\nshall he not finish\\nshall we not finish\\nshall you not finish\\nshall they not finish\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nj should, would, or might I not\\nfinish\\nshouldst thou not finish", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n155\\nne fin irait-# pas\\nne fin vcions-nous pas\\nne fin iriez-vous pas\\nne fin iraient-^s pas\\nN ai-je pas fin i\\nn as-tu pas fin i\\nn a-t-il pas fin i\\nn avons-nous pas fin i\\nn avez-vous pas fin i\\nn ont-ils pas fin i\\nJSP avais-pas fin i\\nn avais-tu pas fin i\\nn avait-il pas fin i\\nn avions-nous pas fin i\\nn aviez-vous pas fin i\\nn avaient-ils pas fin i\\nshould lie no finish\\nshould we not finish\\nshould you not finish\\nshould they not finisii\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\n/have I not finished, did I not\\nfinish, or have I not been finish-\\ning.\\nhast thou not finished\\nhas he not finished\\nhave we not finished\\nhave you not finished\\nhave they not finished\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nj had I not finished or had I not\\nbeen finishing\\nhadst thou not finished\\nhad he not finished\\nhad we not finished\\nhad you not finished\\nhad they not finished\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nWeus-je pas fin i\\nn eus-tu pas fin i\\nn eut-il pas fin i\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbmes^nous pas fin i\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous pas fin i\\nM, eurent-ils pas fin i\\nhad I not finished\\nhadst thou not finished\\nhad he not finished\\nhad we not finished\\nhad you not finished\\nhad they not finished\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\n2Paurai-je pas fin i\\nn auras-tu pas fin i\\nn f aura-t-il pas fin i\\nn aurons-nous pas fin i\\nn aurez-vous pas fin i\\nn auront-ils pas fin i\\nshall or will I not have finished\\nshalt thou not have finished\\nshall he not have finished\\nshall we not have finished\\nshall you not have finished\\nshall they not have finished", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "156\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nN aurais-jepas fin i\\nn aurais-tu pas fin i\\nn aurait-il pas fin i\\nn aurions-nous pas fin i\\nn*auriez-vous pas fin\\nn 1 auraient-ils pas fin i\\nPAST.\\nshould, would, could, or might I\\nI not have finished\\nshouldst thou not have finished\\nshould he not have finished\\nshould we not have finished\\nshould you not have finished\\nshould they not have finished.\\nREMARKS ON VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION.\\nThe majority of these verbs are regular and follow the ter-\\nminations of finir. The Irregular Verbs of this conjugation,\\nwhich are very numerous, are given elsewhere.\\nIII. VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION.\\nKecevoir To Receive {Affirmatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJRec evoir to receive\\nPAST.\\nAvoir re\u00c3\u00a7 u to have received\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nreceiving\\nJRec evant\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nAyant re\u00c3\u00a7 u having received\\nPARTICIPLE PAST.\\nRe\u00c3\u00a7 u received\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe re\u00c3\u00a7 ois I receive, do receive, or am receiving\\ntu re\u00c3\u00a7 ois thou receivest\\nil re\u00c3\u00a7 oit he receives", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "VERES.\\n157\\nnous rec evons\\nvous rec evez\\nils re\u00c3\u00a7 oivent\\nwe receive\\nyou receive\\nthey receive\\nJe rec evais\\ntu rec evais\\nil rec evait\\nnous rec evions\\nvous rec eviez\\nils rec evaient\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj I received, did receive, or was re\\nceiving\\nthou receivedst\\nhe received\\nwe received\\nyou received\\nthey received\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJe re\u00c3\u00a7 us\\ntu re\u00c3\u00a7 us\\nU re\u00c3\u00a7 ut\\nnous re\u00c3\u00a7 urnes\\nvous re\u00c3\u00a7 \u00c3\u00bbtes\\nils re\u00c3\u00a7 urent\\nI received or did receive\\nthou receivedst\\nhe received\\nwe received\\nyou received\\nthey received\\nFUTURE.\\nJe rec evrai\\ntu rec evras\\nil rec evra\\nnous rec evrons\\nvous rec evrez\\nUs rec evront\\nI shall or will receive\\nthou shalt receive\\nhe shall receive\\nwe shall receive\\nyou shall receive\\nthey shall receive\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe rec evrais\\ntu rec evrais\\nil rec evrait\\nnous rec evrions\\nvous rec evriez\\nils rec evraient\\nI should, would, could, or might\\nreceive\\nthou shouldst receive\\nhe should receive\\nwe should receive\\nyou should receive\\nthey should receive", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "158\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJ ai re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ntu as re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil a re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nnous avons re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nvous avez re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nUs ont re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nJ avais re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ntu avais re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil avait re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nnous avions re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nvous aviez re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nUs avaient re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nJ eus re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ntu eus re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil eut re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nwows e\u00c3\u00bbmes re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\n00 ed s re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\n#s eurent re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nJ aurai re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\n^7 awra re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nwows aurons re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nauras rap u\\nils auront re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nJ aurais re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\n\u00c2\u00a3w aurais re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil aurait re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nnous aurions re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nvous auriez re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nils auraient re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\njl have received, did receive, or\\nhave been receiving\\nthou hast received\\nhe has received\\nwe have received\\nyou have received\\nthey have received\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had received or had been receiving\\nthou hadst received\\nhe had received\\nwe had received\\nyou had received\\nthey had received\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had received\\nthou hadst received\\nhe had received\\nwe had received\\nyou had received\\nthey had received\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will have received\\nthou shalt have received\\nhe shall have received\\nwe shall have received\\nyou shall have received\\nthey shall have received\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nj I should, would, could, or might\\nhave received\\nthou shouldst have received\\nhe should have received\\nwe should have received\\nyou should have received\\nthey should have received", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n159\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nQuejere\u00c3\u00a7 oive\\nque tu re\u00c3\u00a7 oives\\nqu il re\u00c3\u00a7 oive\\nque nous rec evions\\nque vous rec eviez\\nqu ils re\u00c3\u00a7 oivent\\nQue je re\u00c3\u00a7 usse\\nque tu re\u00c3\u00a7 usses\\nqu il re\u00c3\u00a7 \u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous re\u00c3\u00a7 tissions\\nque mus re\u00c3\u00a7 ussiez\\nqu ils re\u00c3\u00a7 lissent\\nQue j aie re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque tu aies re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nqu il ait re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque nous ayons re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque vous ayez re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nqu ils aient re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nPRESENT\\ntliat I may receive\\nthat tliou mayest receive\\nthat he may receive\\nthat we may receive\\nthat you may receive\\nthat they may receive\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might receive\\nthat thou mightest receive\\nthat he might receive\\nthat we might receive\\nthat you might receive\\nthat they might receiv\\nPAST.\\nthat I may have received\\nthat thou mayest have received\\nthat h\u00c3\u00a9 may have received\\nthat we may have received\\nthat you may have received\\nthat they may have received\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque tu eusses re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nqu il e\u00c3\u00bbt re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque nous eussions re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque vous eussiez re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nqu ils eussent re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nthat I might have received\\nthat thou mightest have received\\nthat he might have received\\nthat we might have received\\nthat you might have received\\nthat they might have received\\nRe\u00c3\u00a7 ois\\nqu il re\u00c3\u00a7 oive\\nrec evons\\nrec evez\\nqu ils re\u00c3\u00a7 oivent\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD..\\nreceive [thou]\\nlet him receive\\nlet us receive\\nreceive [you]\\nlet them receive", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "160\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nRecevoir\\nNe pas rec evoir\\nN avoir pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nNe rec evant pas\\nN ayant pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nJe ne re\u00c3\u00a7 ois pas\\ntu ne re\u00c3\u00a7 ois pas\\nil ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oit pas\\nnous ne rec evons pas\\nvous ne rec evez pas\\nUs ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oivent pas\\nJe ne rec evais pas\\ntu ne rec evais pas\\nil ne rec evait pas\\nnous ne rec evions pas\\nvous ne rec eviez pas\\nils ne rec evaient pas\\nJe ne re\u00c3\u00a7 us pas\\ntu ne re\u00c3\u00a7 us pas\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0U ne re\u00c3\u00a7 ut pas\\nnous ne re\u00c3\u00a7 urnes pas\\nvous ne re\u00c3\u00a7 \u00c3\u00bbtes pas\\nils ne re\u00c3\u00a7 urent pas\\nJe ne rec evrai pas\\ntu ne rec evras pas\\nTo Receive (Negatively.)\\nINFINITIVE.\\nnot to receive\\nPAST.\\nnot to have received\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nnot receiving\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE.\\nnot having received\\nINDICATIVE.\\nPRESENT.\\nreceive not, do not receive, or am\\nr\\nnot receiving\\nthou receivest not\\nhe receives not\\nwe receive not\\nyou receive not\\nthey receive not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nreceived not, did not receive, or\\nwas not receiving\\nthou receivedst not\\nhe received not\\nwe received not\\nyou received not\\nthey received not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI received not or did not re\u00c3\u00a7oive\\nthou receivedst not\\nhe received not\\nwe received not\\nyou received not\\nthey received not\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will not receive\\nthou shalt not receive", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\nICI\\nU ne rec evra pas\\nnous ne rec evrons pas\\nvous ne rec evrez pas\\nils ne rec evront pas\\nhe shall not receive\\nwe shall not receive\\nyou shall not receive\\nthey shall not receive\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nJe ne rec evrais pas\\ntu ne rec evrais pas\\nil ne rec evrait pas\\nnous ne rec evrions pas\\nvous ne rec evriez pas\\nils ne rec evraient pas\\nJe n ai pas rec u\\ntu n as pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil n a pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nnous n avons pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nvous n avez pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nils n ont pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nJe n avais pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ntu n avais pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil n avait pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nnous n avions pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nvous n aviez pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nils n avaient pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nPRESENT.\\n(I should, would, could, or might\\nnot receive\\nthou shouldst not receive\\nhe should not receive\\nwe should not receive\\nyou should not receive\\nthey should not receive\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI have not received, did not receive,\\nor have not been receiving\\nthou hast not received\\nhe has not received\\nwe have not received\\nyou have not received\\nthey have not received\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nj I had not received, or had not been\\nI receiving\\nthou hadst not received\\nhe had not received\\nwe had not received\\nyou had not received\\nthey had not received\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nJe n eus pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u I had not received\\ntu n eus pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u thou hadst not received\\nU n eut pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u he had not received\\nnous n e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u we had not received\\nvous n e\u00c3\u00bbtes pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u you had not received\\nils n eurent pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u they had not received", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "1G2\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECII.\\nJe n aurai pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ntu n auras pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil n aura pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nnous n aurons pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nvous n aurez pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nils n auront pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will not have received\\nthou shalt not have received\\nhe shall not have received\\nwe shall not have received\\nyou shall not have received\\nthey shall not have received\\nJe n aurais pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ntu n aurais pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nil n aurait pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nnous n aurions pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nvous n aunez pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nils n auraient pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\n(I should, would, could, or might\\nnot have received\\nthou shouldst not have received\\nlie should not have received\\nwe should not have received\\nyou should not have received\\nthey should not have received\\nQue je ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oive pas\\nque tu ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oioes pas\\nqu il ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oive pas\\nque nous ne rec evions pas\\nque vous ne rec eviez pas\\nqu ils ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oivent pas\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may not receive\\nthat thou mayest not receive\\nthat he may not receive\\nthat we may not receive\\nthat you may not receive\\nthat they may not receive\\nQue je ne re\u00c3\u00a7 usse pas\\nque tu ne re\u00c3\u00a7 usses pas\\nqu il ne re\u00c3\u00a7 \u00c3\u00bbt pas\\nque nous ne re\u00c3\u00a7 ussions pas\\nque vous ne re\u00c3\u00a7 ussiez pas\\nqu ils ne re\u00c3\u00a7 ussent pas\\nQue je n aie pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque tu n aies pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nqu il n ait pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque nous n ayons pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque vous n ayez pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nqu ils n aient pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might not receive\\nthat thou mightest not receive\\nthat he might not receive\\nthat we might not receive\\nthat you might not rv ceive\\nthat they might not receive\\nPAST.\\nthat I may not have received\\nthat thou mayest not have received\\nthat he may not have received\\nthat we may not have received\\nthat you may not have r\u00c3\u00a9ceived\\nthat they may not have received", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n163\\nQue je n eusse pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque tu ri eusses pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might not have received\\nj that thou mightest not have re\\nceived\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque nous n eussions pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nque vous n eussiez pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nqu ils n eussent pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nthat he might not have received\\nthat we might not have received\\nthat you might not have received\\nthat they might not have received\\nNe re\u00c3\u00a7 ois pas\\nqu il ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oive pas\\nne rec evons pas\\nne rec evez pas\\nqu ils ne re\u00c3\u00a7 oivent pa\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nreceive not or do not receive [thou]\\nlet him not receive\\nlet us not receive\\nreceive not or do not receive [you]\\ni let them not receive\\nEecevoir\\nBe\u00c3\u00a7 o\\\\s-je\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 ois-tu\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 oit-il\\nrec eyons-nous\\nrec evez-vous\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 oivent-ils\\nRec evais-j#\\nrec eve\u00c3\u00a2s-tu\\nrec evait^7\\nrec evions-nous\\nrec eviez-vous\\nrec evaienWfo\\nRe\u00c3\u00a7 us-je\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 v -tu\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 ut il\\nTo Receive (Interrogatively,)\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\ndo I receive or am I receiving\\ndost thou receive\\ndoes he receive\\ndo we receive\\ndo you receive\\ndo they receive\\nIMPERFECT.\\ndid I receive\\ndidst thou receive\\ndid he receive\\ndid we receive\\ndid you receive\\ndid they receive\\nPRETERIT DEFINFTE.\\ndid I receive\\ndidst thou receive\\ndid he receive", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 umes-nous\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 \u00c3\u00bbtes-vous\\nre\u00c3\u00a7 merit-ils\\nBec evrai-j\\nrec evras-tu\\nrec evia-t-il\\nrec evrons-nous\\nrec evrez-vous\\nrec evToiit-ils\\nBec evrais-j\u00c3\u00a9\\nrec evrais-^\\nrec evrait-#\\nrec evrions-nou\u00c3\u00aa\\nrec evriez-vous\\nrec evraient-i fo\\nAi-je re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nas-tu re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nOrt-il re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nawns-nous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\navez-vous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nont-ils re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nAvais-je re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\navais-tu re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\navait-il re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\navions-nous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naviez-vous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\navaient-ils re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nEus-je re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\neus-tu re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ndid we receive\\ndid you receive\\ndid they receive\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I receive\\nshalt thou receive\\nshall he receive\\nshall we receive\\nshall you receive\\nshall they receive\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nPRESENT.\\nj should, would, could, or might I\\nreceive\\nshould st thou receive\\nshould he receive\\nshould we receive\\nshould you receive\\nshould they receive\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhave I received or did I receive\\nhast thou received\\nhas he received\\nhave we received\\nhave you received\\nhave they received\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nj had I received or had I been re-\\nceiving\\nhadst thou received\\nhad he received\\nhad we received\\nhad you received\\nhad they received\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nhad I received\\nhadst thou received", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n165\\neut-il re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ne\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\ne\u00c3\u00bbtes-wus re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\neurent-ils re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nAurai-je re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nauras-tu re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naura-t-il re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naurons-nous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naurez-vous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nauront-Us re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nAurais-je re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naurais-tu re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naurait-il re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naurions-nous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nauriez-vous re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nauraient-ils re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nhad lie received\\nhad we received\\nhad you received\\nhad they received\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I have received\\nshalt thou have received\\nshall he have received\\nshall we have received\\nshall you have received\\nshall they have received\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nj should, would, could or might I\\nhave received\\nshouldst thou have received\\nshould he have received\\nshould we have received\\nshould you have received\\nshould they have received\\nRec ;voik To Receive [Negatively and Interrogatively.)\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nJVe re\u00c3\u00a7 ois-je pas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 o\\\\s-tu pas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 oit-il pas\\nne rec evons-nous pa\\nne rec evez-vouspas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 oivent-ils pas\\nNe rec evais-jg pas\\nne rec evs\u00c3\u00a2s-tu pas\\nne rec evait-^Z pas\\nPRESENT.\\nj do I not receive or am I not re-\\nceiving\\ndost thou not receive\\ndoes he not receive\\ndo we not receive\\ndo you not receive\\ndo they not receive\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj did I not receive or was I not re-\\nceiving\\ndidst thou not receive\\ndid he not receive", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "106\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nlie rec evions-?wus pas\\nne rec eviez-vous jws\\nne rec evaient-Us petti\\nNe re\u00c3\u00a7 ws-je pas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 us-tu pas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 xit-il pas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 \u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 \u00c3\u00bbtes-vous pas\\nne re\u00c3\u00a7 urent-i7s pas\\nNe rec evrai-je pas\\nne rec evras-^ pas\\nne rec evra-\u00c2\u00a3-$ pas\\nne rec evrons-nous pas\\nne rec evrez-vous pas\\nne rec evront -ils pas\\ndid we not receive\\ndid you not receive\\ndid tliey not receive\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ndid I not receive\\ndidst thou not receive\\ndid lie not receive\\ndid we not receive\\ndid you not receive\\ndid they not receive\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I not receive\\nshalt thou not receive\\nshall he not receive\\nshall we not receive\\nshall you not receive\\nshall they not receive\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nNe rec evmis-je pas\\nne rec evrais-\u00c2\u00a3w pas\\nne rec evrait-i7 pas\\nne rec evrions-?i ?ws pas\\nne rec evriez-iw-s pas\\nne rec evraient-^ pas\\nJ should, would, could, or might I\\nnot ieceive\\nshouldst thou not receive\\nshould he not receive\\nshould we not receive\\nshould you not receive\\nshould they not receive\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nr have I not received, did I not re-\\nN ai-je pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u ceive, or have I not been re-\\nceiving\\nn as-tu 2 cts re\u00c3\u00a7 u hast thou not received\\nn a-t-M pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u has he not received\\nn awns-nous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u have we not received\\nn avez-vous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u have you not received\\nit ont-ils pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u have they not received", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n167\\nN avais-je pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn avais-tu pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn avait-il pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn avions-nous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn amez-wus pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nri avaient-Us pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nN eus-je pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn eus-tu pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn eut-il pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn eurent-ils pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nN aurai ye pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn auras-tu pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nr\u00c3\u00aeaura-t-il pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\naurons-nous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nrtaurez-wus pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn auront-ils pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nN aurais-je pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nrCaurais-tu pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn aurait-il pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn aurions-nous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn auriez-vous pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nn auraient-ils pas re\u00c3\u00a7 u\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nj had I not received or had I not\\nbeen receiving\\nhadst tliou not received\\nliad lie not received\\nhad we not received\\nhad you not received\\nhad they not received\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nhad I not received\\nhadst thou not received\\nhad he not received\\nhad we not received\\nhad you not received\\nhad they not received\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I not have received\\nshalt thou not have received\\nshall he not have received\\nshall we not have received\\nshall you not have received\\nshall they not have received\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nj should, would, could, or mi^ht I\\nnot have received\\nshouldst thou not have receive 1\\nshould he not have received\\nshould we not have received\\nshould you not have received\\nshould they not have received\\nREMARKS ON VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION.\\nThe following Verbs, all ending in evoir, are conjugated like\\nrecevoir\\nApercevoir, to perceive.\\nconcevoir. to conceive.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9cevoir, to deceive.\\npercevoir, to collect.\\ndevoir, to owe.\\nredevoir, to owe again.\\nWhenever the verbs ending in cevoir, in the course of conju-\\ngation have to place a, o or u after the c of the root, a cedilla\\nmust be added to c in order to preserve the pronunciation of\\nthe Infinitive.\\nEx. apercevoir.\\nPresent. J aper\u00c3\u00a7ois\\ntu aper\u00c3\u00a7ois\\nil aper\u00c3\u00a7oit\\nnous apercevons (no cedilla needed.)\\nvous apercevez\\nils aper\u00c3\u00a7oivent\\nSubj. Pres. Que f aper\u00c3\u00a7oive\\nque tu aper\u00c3\u00a7oives\\nqu il aper\u00c3\u00a7oive\\nque nous apercevions (no cedilla needed.)\\nque vous aperceviez\\nqu ils aper\u00c3\u00a7oivent\\nPart. Past. Aper\u00c3\u00a7u\\nEx. recevoir.\\nPresent. Je re\u00c3\u00a7ois Subj. Pres. Que je re\u00c3\u00a7oive\\nPart. Past. Re\u00c3\u00a7u\\nThe Participle Past of devoir, which is d\u00c3\u00bb, requires the Cir-\\ncumflex Accent, in order to distinguish it from the Genitive of\\nthe Masculine Article du. No accent is given to the Feminine\\ndue, as there is no ambiguity here.\\nAll the other Verbs of this Conjugation are irregular and\\nwill be given hereafter", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n189\\nIV. VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION.\\nVendre To Sell (Affirmatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nto sell\\nVend re\\nAvoir vend u\\nVend ant\\nPAST.\\nto have sold\\nPAKTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nselling\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nAyant vend u having sold\\nVend u\\nJe vend s\\ntu vend s\\nil vend\\nnous vend ons\\nvous vend ez\\nUs vend ent\\nJe vend ais\\ntu vend ais\\nil vend ait\\nnous vend ions\\nvous vend iez\\nils vend aient\\nJe vend is\\ntu vend is\\nU vend it\\nPARTICIPLE PAST.\\nsold\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nI sell, do sell, or am selling\\nthon sellest\\nhe sells\\nwe sell\\nyou sell\\nthey sell\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI sold, did sell, or was selling\\nthou soldest\\nhe sold\\nwe sold\\nyou sold\\nthey sold\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI sold or did sel\\nthou soldest\\nhe sold\\n8", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "170\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nnous vend \u00c3\u00aemes we sold\\nvous vend ites you sold\\nils vend irent they sold\\nFUTURE.\\nJe vend rai I shall or will sell\\ntu vend ras thou shalt sell\\nil vend ra he shall sell\\nnous vend rons we shall sell\\nvous vend rez you shall sell\\nUs vend ront they shall sell\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe vend rais I should, would, could, or might sell\\ntic vend rais thou shouldst sell\\nil vend rait he should sell\\nnous vend rions w r e should sell\\nvous vend riez you should sell\\nUs vend raient they should sell\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\n_ (I have sold, did sell, or have been\\nJ ai vendu\\nI selling\\ntu as vend u thou hast sold\\nil a vend u he has sold\\nnous avons vend u we have sold\\nvous avez vend u you have sold\\nils ont vend u they have sold\\nJ avais vend u\\ntu avais vend u\\nil avait vend u\\nnous avions vend u\\nvous aviez vend u\\nils avaient vend u\\nif eus vend u\\ntu eus vend u\\nPLUPERFECT\\nI had sold or had been selling\\nthouhadst sold\\nhe had sold\\nwe had sold\\nyou had sold\\nthey had sold\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had sold\\nthou hadst sold", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n171\\nil eut vend u\\nnous e\u00c3\u00bbmes vend u\\nvous e\u00c3\u00bbtes vend u\\nils eurent vend u\\nlie had sold\\nwe had sold\\nyou had sold\\nthey had sold\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nX aurai vend u I shall or will have sold\\ntu auras vend u thou shalt have sold\\nil aura vend u he shall have sold\\nnous aurons vend u we shall have sold\\nvous aurez vend u you shall have sold\\nUs auront vend u they shall have sold\\nT aurais vend u\\ntu aurais vend u\\nil aurait vend u\\nnous aurions vend u\\nvous auriez vend u\\nils auraient vend u\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\n(I should, would, could, or might\\nhave sold\\nthou shouldst have sold\\nhe should have sold\\nwe should have sold\\nyou should have sold\\nthey should have sold\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nQue je vend e\\nque tu vend es\\nqu il vend e\\nque nous vend ions\\nque vous vend iez\\nqu ils vend ent\\nQue je vend isse\\nque tu vend isses\\nqu il vend it\\nque nous vend issions\\nque vous vend issiez\\nqu ils vend issent\\nQue j aie vend u\\nque tu aies vend u\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may sell\\nthat thou mayest sell\\nthat he may sell\\nthat we may sell\\nthat you may sell\\nthat they may sell\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might sell\\nthat thou mightest have sold\\nthat he might sell\\nthat we might sell\\nthat you might sell\\nthat they might sell\\nPAST.\\nthat I may have sold\\nthat thou mayest have sold", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "172\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nqu il ait vend u\\nque nous ayons vend u\\nque vous ayez vend u\\nqu ils aient vend u\\nQue f eusse vend u\\nque tu eusses vend u\\nqu il e\u00c3\u00bbt vend u\\nque nous eussions vend u\\nque vous eussiez vend u\\nqu ils eussent vend u\\nthat he may have sold\\nthat we may have sold\\nthat you may have sold\\nthat they may have sold\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might have sold\\nthat thou mightest have sold\\nthat he might have sold\\nthat we might have sold\\nthat you might have sold\\nthat they might have sold\\nqu\\nVend s\\n2 vend e\\nvend ons\\nvend ez\\nqu ils vend ent\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nsell [thou]\\nlet him sell\\nlet us sell\\nsell [you]\\nlet them sell\\nVendre To Sell (Negatively?)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nNe pas vend re not to sell\\nPAST.\\nN avoir pas vend u not to have sold\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nNe vend ant pas not selling\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT,\\nN ayant pas vend u not having sold\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\n_ (I sell not, do not sell, or am not\\nJe ne vend spas\\nselling\\ntu ne vend s pas thou sellest not", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n173\\nil ne vend pas he sells not\\nnous ne vend ons pas we sell not\\nvous ne vend ez pas you sell not\\nils ne vend ent pas they sell not\\nJe ne vend ais pas\\ntu ne vend ais pas\\nil ne vend ait pas\\nnous ne vend ions pas\\nvous ne vend iez pas\\nils ne vend aient pas\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj I sold not, did not sell, or was not\\nselling\\nthou sold est not\\nhe sold not\\nwe sold not\\nyou sold not\\nthey sold not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJe ne vend is pas\\ntu ne vend is pas\\nil ne vend it pas\\nnous ne vend \u00c3\u00aemes pas\\nvous ne vend \u00c3\u00aetes pas\\nils ne vend irent pas\\nI sold not or did not sell\\nthou soldest not\\nhe sold not\\nwe sold not\\nyou sold not\\nthey sold not\\nJe ne vend rai pas\\ntu ne vend ras pas\\nil ne vend ra pas\\nnous ne vend rons pas\\nvous ne vend rez pas\\nUs ne vend ront pas\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will not sell\\nthou shalt not sell\\nhe shall not sell\\nwe shall not sell\\nyou shall not sell\\nthey shall not sell\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nJe ne vend rais pas\\ntu ne vend rais pas\\nil ne vend rait pas\\nnous ne vend rions pas\\nvous ne vend riez pas\\nils ne vend raient pas\\nPRESENT.\\nil should, would, could, or might\\nnot sell\\nthou shouldst not sell\\nhe should not sell\\nwe should not sell\\nyou should not sell\\nthey should not sell", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "174\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe n ai pas vend u\\ntu n as pas vend u\\nil n a pas vend u\\nnous n avons pas vend u\\nvous n avez pas vend u\\nils n ont pas vend u\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nj I have not sold, di d not sell, or\\nhave not been selling\\nthou hast not sold\\nhe has not sold\\nwe have not sold\\nyou have not sold\\nthey have not sold\\nJe n avais pas vend u\\ntu n avais pas vend u\\nil n avait pas vend u\\nnous n avions pas vend u\\nvous n aviez pas vend u\\nils n avaient pas vend u\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had not sold or had not been selling\\nthou hadst not sold\\nhe had not sold\\nwe had not sold\\nyou had not sold\\nthev had not sold\\nJe n eus pas vend u\\ntu n eus pas vend u\\nil n eut pas vend u\\nnous n e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas vend u\\nvous n e\u00c3\u00bbtes pas vend u\\nils n eurent pas vend u\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had not sold\\nthou hadst not sold\\nhe had not sold\\nwe had not sold\\nyou had not sold\\nthey had not sold\\nJe n aurai pas vend u\\ntu n auras pas vend u\\nil n aura pas vend u\\nnous n aurons pas vend u\\nvous n aurez pas vend u\\nils n auront pas vend u\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will not have sold\\nthou shalt not have sold\\nhe shall not have sold\\nwe shall not have sold\\nyou shall not have sold\\nthey shall not have sold\\nJe n aurais pas vend u\\ntu n aurais pas vend u\\nil n aurait p is vend u\\nnous n aurions pas vend u\\nvous n auriez pas vend u\\nils n auraient pas vend u\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\njl should, would, could, or might\\nnot have sold\\nthou shouldst not have sold\\nhe should not have sold\\nwe should not have sold\\nyou should not have sold\\nthey should not have sold", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n175\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je ne vend e pas that I may not sell\\nque tu ne vend es pas that thou mayest not sell\\nqu il ne vend e pas that he may not sell\\nque nous ne vend ions pas that we may not sell\\nque vous ne vend iez pas that you may not sell\\nqu ils ne vend ent pas that they may not sell\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je ne vend isse pas that I might not sell\\nque tu ne vend isses pas that thou mightest not sell\\nqu il ne vend it pas that he might not sell\\nque nous ne vend issions pas that we might not sell\\nque vous ne vend issiez pas that you might not sell\\nqu ils ne vend issent pas that they might not sell\\nQue je n aie pas vend u that I may not have sold\\nque tu n aies pas vend u that thou mayest not have sold\\nqu il n ait pas vend u that he may not have sold\\nque nous n ayons pas vend u that we may not have sold\\nque vous n ayez pas vend u that you may not have sold\\nqu ils n aient pas vend u that they may not have sold\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue je n eusse pas vend u that I might not have sold\\nque tu n eusses pas vend u that thou mightest not have sold\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt pas vend u that he might not have sold\\nque nous n eussions pas vend u that we might not have sold\\nque vous n eussiez pas vend u that you might not have sold\\nqu ils n eussent pas vend u that they might not have sold\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nNe vend s pas sell not or do not sell [thou]\\nqu il ne vend e pas let him not sell\\nne vend ons pas let us not sell\\nne vend ez pas sell not or do not sell [you]\\nqu ils ne vend ent pas let them not sell", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "176\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nVendre To Sell\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\n(Interroga tivt lyl)\\nEst-ce que je vend s\\nvend s-tu\\nvend-il\\nvend ons-nous\\nvend ez-vous\\nvend ewt-ils\\nVend ois-je\\nvend ais-^\\nvend ait-#\\nvend ions-nous\\nvend \\\\ez-vous\\nvend aient-^5\\nVend \\\\s-je\\nvend is-tu\\nvend it-U\\nvend imes-nous\\nvend ites-vous\\nvend irent-^3\\nVend r i-je\\nvend i s-tu\\nvend isi-t-il\\nvend vons-nous\\nvend rez-vous\\nvend ront-ils\\nVend Tsas-je\\nvend rais-fa^\\nvend i it-il\\nPRESENT.\\ndo I sell or am I selling\\ndost thou sell\\ndoes he sell\\ndo we sell\\ndo you sell\\ndo they sell\\nIMPERFECT.\\ndid I sell or was I selling\\ndidst thou sell\\ndid he sell\\ndid we sell\\ndid you sell\\ndid they sell\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ndid I sell\\ndidst thou sell\\ndid he sell\\ndid we sell\\ndid you sell\\ndid they sell\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I sell\\nshalt thou sell\\nshall he sell\\nshall we sell\\nshall you sell\\nshall they sell\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nshould, would, could, or might I sell\\nshouldst thou sell\\nshould he sell", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n177\\nvend Tions-noiis\\nvend riez-vous\\nvend raient-^\\nAi-je vend u\\nas-tu vend u\\na-t-il vend u\\navons-nous vend u\\navez-vous vend u\\nont-ils vend u\\nAvais-je vend u\\navais-tu vend u\\navait-il vend u\\navions-nous vend u\\naviez-vous vend u\\navaient-ils vend u\\nEus-je vend u\\neut4l vend u\\ne\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous vend u\\ne\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous vend u\\neurent-ils vend u\\nAurai-je vend u\\nauras-tu vend u\\naura-t-il vend u\\naurons-nous vend u\\naurez-vous vend u\\nauront-ils vend u\\nAurais-je vend u\\naurais-tu vend u\\naurait -il vend u\\nshould we sell\\nshould you sell\\nshould they sell\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhave I sold ?r did I sell\\nhast thou sold\\nhas he sold\\nhave we sold\\nhave you sold\\nhave they sold\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nhad I sold or had I been selling\\nhadst thou sold\\nhad he sold\\nhad we sold\\nhad you sold\\nhad they sold\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nhad I sold\\nhadst thou sold\\nhad he sold\\nhad we sold\\nhad you sold\\nhad they sold\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I have sold\\nshalt thou have sold\\nshall he have sold\\nshall we have sold\\nshall you have sold\\nshall they have sold\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\n(should, would, could, or might J\\nhave sold\\nshouldst thou have sold\\nshould he have sold\\n8*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "178\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\naurions-nous vend u\\nauriez-vous vend u\\nauraient-ils vend u\\nshould we have sold\\nshould you have sold\\nshould they have sold\\nVendre To Sell [Negatively and Interrogatively,)\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nEst-ce que je ne vend s pas do I not sell or am I not selling\\nne vend s-tu pas dost thou not sell\\nne vend-il pas does he not sell\\nne vend ons-nous pas do we not sell\\nne vend ez-vous pas do you not sell\\nne vend ent-ils pas do they not sell\\nIMPERFECT.\\nNe vend ais-je pas did I not sell or was I not selling\\nne vend ais-\u00c2\u00a3w pas didst thou not sell\\nne vend ait-# pas did he not sell\\nne vend ions-nous pas did we not sell\\nne vend iez-vous pas did you not sell\\nne vend aient-ils pas did they not sell\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nNe vend is-je pas did I not sell\\nne vend \\\\s-tu pas didst thou not sell\\nne vend Writ pas did he not sell\\nne vend \u00c3\u00aemes-nous pas did we not sell\\nne vend ites-vous pas did you not sell\\nne vend uent-ils pas did they not sell\\nFUTURE.\\nNe vend rol-je pas shall or will I not sell\\nne vend ras-\u00c2\u00a3?z pas shalt thou not sell\\nne vend m-t-il pas shall he not sell\\nne vend Tons-?ious pas shall we not sell\\nne vend iez-vous pas shall you not sell\\nne vend ront-ils pas shall they not sell", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n179\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nNe vend rais-j 3 pas\\nne vend rais-^ pas\\nne vend rait-# pas\\nne vend rions-nous pas\\nne vend riez-vous pas\\nne vend raient-^ pas\\nN ai-je pas vend u\\nn as-tu pas vend u\\nn a-t-il pas vend u\\nn avons-nous pas vend u\\nn avez-vous pas vend u\\nn ont ils pas vend u\\nN avais-je pas vend u\\nn avais-tu pas vend u\\nn avait-il pas vend u\\nn avions-nous pas vend u\\nn avicz-vous pas vend u\\nn avaient-ils pas vend u\\nPRESENT.\\nshould, would, could, or might I\\nnot sell\\nshouldst thou not sell\\nshould he not sell\\nshould we not sell\\nshould you not sell\\nshould they not sell\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\n{have I not sold, did I not sell or\\nhave I not been selling\\nhast thou not sold\\nhas he not sold\\nhave we not sold\\nhave you not sold\\nhave they not sold\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nj had I not sold, or had I not been\\nselling\\nhadst thou not sold\\nhad he not sold\\nhad we not sold\\nhad you not sold\\nhad they not sold\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nN eus-je pas vend u had I not sold\\nn eus-tu pas vend u hadst thou not sold\\nn euUil pas vend u had he not sold\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous pas vend u had we not sold\\nn e\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous pas vend u had you not sold\\nn eurent-ils pas vend u had they not sold\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I not have sold\\nshalt thou not have sold\\nshall he not have sold\\nNTaurai-je pas vend u\\nn auras-tu pas vend u\\nn aura-t-il pas vend u\\nn aurons-nous pas vend u\\nshall we not have sold", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "180\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH\\nn aurez-vous pas vend u shall you not have sold\\nrC auront-ils pas vend u shall they not have sold\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nshould, would, could, or might I\\nN aurais-ie pas vend u\\nJ not have sold\\nn aurais-tu pas vend u shouldst thou not have sold\\nn aurait-il pas vend u should he not have sold\\nn aurions-nous pas vend u should we not have sold\\nn auriez-vous pas vend u should you not have sold\\n71 auraient-ils pas vend u should they not have sold\\nTHE DIFFERENT KINDS OF VERBS.\\nAfter having thus shown the manner in which the verbs are\\nconjugated according to the four conjugations, it becomes ne-\\ncessary to learn that French verbs differ not in form only, but\\nin nature also. We find accordingly,\\n1. Active Verbs, which express an action directed upon an\\nimmediate object. They are often called Transitive Verbs, as it\\nwere because the action is passing over (transire) upon the ob-\\nject, which is their direct object, and consequently always in the\\naccusative case. To find out if a verb is an active verb in\\nFrench, take the first person, and if the words personne, some-\\nbody, or quelque chose, something, can be added, the verb is\\nactive if not, it is neuter.\\nEx. frapper je frappe quelqu un, I strike somebody. Active.\\nlire je lis quelque chose, I read something. Active.\\n7 quelqu un, T somebody\\nmarcher ne marche _ I walk\\n(quelque chose, (something\\ncannot be said, hence marcher is neuter.\\nActive Verbs make their compound tenses by means of the\\nAuxiliary Verb avoir.\\nEx. j ai frappe I have struck\\nj ai lu I have read\\n2. Neuter Verbs, which express either an action that has no", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n181\\ndirect object, or no action at all, but merely a state or a condi-\\ntion. They are also called Intransitive Verbs.\\nEx. entrer, to enter, can only be used with in entrer dans la\\nsalon, to enter into the parlor; embellir, to grow handsome, ex-\\npresses no action, but merely a condition.\\nNeuter Verbs make their compound tenses by means of the\\nAuxiliary avoir or \u00c3\u00aatre, according to established usage a few\\ntake either avoir or \u00c3\u00aatre, changing in signification accordingly.\\nThe following neuter verbs are conjugated with \u00c3\u00aatre, all others\\nwith avoir\\naborder*\\nto land\\ncro\u00c3\u00aetre*\\nto grow\\naccoucher\\na verb used in\\nd\u00c3\u00a9border*\\nto overflow\\nsurgery\\nd\u00c3\u00a9camper*\\nto decamp\\naccourir*\\nto run to\\nd\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9der\\nto die\\naccro\u00c3\u00aetre*\\nto increase\\nd\u00c3\u00a9choir*\\nto decay\\naller\\nto go\\nd\u00c3\u00a9cro\u00c3\u00aetre*\\nto decrease\\nappara\u00c3\u00aetre*\\nto appear\\nd\u00c3\u00a9g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9rer*\\nto degenerate\\narriver\\nto arrive\\ndemeurer*\\nto stay or remain\\naugmenter*\\nto increase\\ndescendre* (3)\\nto go down\\navenir or adve-\\nto happen\\nRevenir\\nto become\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0nir\\ndiminuer\\nto decrease\\nbaisse?**\\nto fall, to decrease disconvenir\\nto deny or disown\\ncesser* (1)\\nto cease\\ndispara\u00c3\u00aetre*\\nto disappear\\nchanger* (2)\\nto change\\n\u00c3\u00a9chapper* (4)\\nto escape\\nchoir\\nto fall\\n\u00c3\u00a9choir*\\nto become due\\nconvenir\\nto agree\\n\u00c3\u00a9chouer*\\nto run aground\\n(1) Cesser takes \u00c3\u00aatre when there is do expectation of a return.\\n(2) Changer, applied to persons takes \u00c3\u00aatre, when used to express a change\\nin the physiognomy, and avoir when it alludes to a moral change.\\n(3) It is very easy to distinguish with all these verbs, which auxiliary\\nroust be selected; for it is customary in English, to substitute the verb to\\nbe tor to go, when the action has entirely ceased. This substitution cannot\\ntake place in French thus, he has gone down, as it implies that he is still\\ndown, must be translated by il est descendu, while he has been down, will\\nbe translated by il a descendu, etc.\\n(4) Echapper signifies to pass unperceived, and then takes avoir it has\\nbesides the meaning of to let slip, when it takes \u00c3\u00aatre.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "182\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n7\u00c2\u00bb/?\\nto blow\\nredevenir\\nLU UcUUIilc dgain\\nOlllUtOOlf\\nto grow handsome remonter* (3)\\nLU U[J clgcllll\\nempirer*\\nto grow worse\\nrentrer*\\nto come in again\\ntllLI 1 I \\\\0\\nto enter\\nrepartir*\\nLU Deb UUL cl^cllll\\nexpirer* (5)\\nLU t/AUllt/\\nt/OoUI III {0}\\nto go out again\\ngrandir*\\nr\u00c2\u00bb rr7 r^ \\\\XT oll\\nLU glUW Lu.ll\\n(sol/Vf\\nto stay\\nOlOiVr btilOil\\nto intervene\\n7 tiiiXijbtl\\nLU IL SU IL\\niiivinci \\\\yj\\nrrr\u00c2\u00bb ht\u00c2\u00bb\\nvu gu UU\\nwot vtwi new\\n1 CbUlllUVI\\nf r\\\\ foil ofrenn\\nLU Id LI clc dill\\nIllVlll ll\\nto die\\n1 LlUtVI /ici\\nto return\\nom\u00c3\u00aet vp\\nIllX/llI o\\nto l f* born\\n1 O Willi\\nLU L-UHlt/ UaLlv\\nJJUil III\\nto set out\\nsonner* (8)\\nIU Illlg\\nto attain\\nsortir* (3)\\npasser* (6)\\nto pass away\\nsurvenir\\nto befall\\np\u00c3\u00a9rir* (7)\\nto perisli\\ntomber*\\nto fall\\nprovenir\\nto come from\\nvenir\\nto come\\nrajeunir*\\nto grow young\\nvieillir\\nto grow old\\nredescendre (3) to go down again\\n3. Passive Verbs, which express an action, which the subject\\n(nominative) of the verb suffers from an agent, which may be\\nexpressed by means of a Preposition.\\nEx. je suis persecute I am persecuted {by somebody.)\\nUs furent battus par l en- beaten b th e\\niiejnz j\\nPassive Yerbs consist of the auxiliary verb \u00c3\u00aatre with the\\nparticiple past, which must agree in gender and number with\\nthe subject.\\nEx. ils \u00c3\u00a9taient blesses they were wounded\\nelle sera surprise she will be surprised\\n(5) Expirer, signifying to die, takes avoir, and \u00c3\u00aatre when it means to cease,\\n(6) Passer is conjugated with avoir, when it is followed by par, and means,\\nsimply to cross.\\n(7) Etre is used with p\u00c3\u00a9rir, when there is no time alluded to avoir, when\\np\u00c3\u00a9rir relates to a certain period.\\n(8) Sonner takes \u00c3\u00aatre when it is intended to establish a certain relation\\nbetween the ringing and the present tense, or any other mentioned in the\\nsentence.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n183\\n4. Pronominal Verbs are so called in French, because they\\nare always accompanied in the infinitive by the pronoun se, and\\nthroughout their conjugation by two personal pronouns.\\nEx. se promener, to walk.\\nPresent. Je me prom\u00c3\u00a8ne\\ntu te prom\u00c3\u00a8nes\\nil se prom\u00c3\u00a8ne\\nnous nous promenons\\nvous vous promenez\\nils se prom\u00c3\u00a8nent\\nThey are divided into three classes, according to their\\nmeaning\\na. Reflexive Verbs, which express an action that is reflected\\nupon the subject of the verb. The pronoun se in the infinitive\\nis here translated by one s self, and the second pronoun in the\\ncourse of conjugation by myself, thyself, himself, etc.\\nEx. se tromper, to deceive one s self.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe me trompe I deceive myself\\ntu te trompes thou deceivest thyself\\nil se trompe he deceives himself\\nnous nous trompons we deceive ourselves\\nvous vous trompez you deceive yourselves\\nils se trompent they deceive themselves\\nb. Reciprocal Verbs, which express an action that is mutually\\naffecting two or more persons. The pronoun se in the infin-\\nitive is here translated by each other or one another, and the\\nsecond pronoun in the course of conjugation by the same\\nwords.\\nEx. s entr aimer, to love each other.\\nPRESENT.\\nNous nous entr aimons we love each other\\nvous vous entr aimez you love each other\\nUs s entr aiment they love each other", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "184\\nON the parts of speech.\\nc. Pronominal Verbs Proper are such as are peculiar to the\\nFrench language and are not so used in English. The pronoun\\nse in the infinitive, and the second pronoun in the course of\\nconjugation, are here not translated at all, because their use is\\npeculiar to French and not required in English.\\nEx. se lever, to rise.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe me l\u00c3\u00a8ve I rise\\ntu te l\u00c3\u00a8ves thou risest\\nil se l\u00c3\u00a8ve he rises\\nnous nous levons we rise\\nvous vous levez you rise\\nils se l\u00c3\u00a8vent they rise\\nAll pronominal Verbs are conjugated by means of the aux-\\niliary verb \u00c3\u00aatre.\\n5. Impersonal Verbs, which express an action performed, not\\nby a person, but by some other agency. They are used only\\nin the third person singular.\\nEx. il pleut, it rains il g\u00c3\u00a8le, it freezes; il arrive, it happens;\\nil y a, there is il convient, it is proper.\\nThese various kinds of verbs are conjugated like the regular\\nverbs of the four conjugations, except the numerous class of\\nPronominal verbs, which require the addition of personal pro-\\nnouns, and of which therefore, one is here given in full.\\nSe Lever To Rise (Affirmatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nSe lev er to rise\\nPAST.\\nS \u00c3\u00aatre lev to have risen\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nSe lev ant rising", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n185\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nS \u00c3\u00aatant lev having risen\\nPARTICIPLE PAST\\nLev risen\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe me l\u00c3\u00a8v e\\ntu te l\u00c3\u00a8v es\\nU se l\u00c3\u00a8v e\\nnous nous lev ons\\nvous vous lev ez\\nils se l\u00c3\u00a8v ent\\nI rise, do rise, or am rising\\nthou risest\\nlie rises\\nwe rise\\nyou rise\\nthey rise\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe me lev ais I rose, did rise, or was rising\\ntu te lev ais thou rosest\\nil se lev ait he rose\\nnous nous lev ions we rose\\nvous vous lev iez you rose\\nils se lev aient they rose\\nJe me lev ai\\ntu te lev as\\nil se lev a\\nnous nous lev \u00c3\u00a2mes\\nvous vous lev \u00c3\u00a2tes\\nils se lev \u00c3\u00a8rent\\nJe me l\u00c3\u00a8v erai\\ntu te l\u00c3\u00a8v eras\\nil se l\u00c3\u00a8v era\\nnous -nous l\u00c3\u00a8v erons\\nvous vous l\u00c3\u00a8v erez\\nUs se l\u00c3\u00a8v eront\\nRIT DEFINITE.\\nI rose or did rise\\nthou rosest\\nhe rose\\nwe rose\\nyou rose\\nthey rose\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will rise\\nthou shalt rise\\nhe shall rise\\nwe shall rise\\nyou shall rise\\nthey shall rise", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "186\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nJe me l\u00c3\u00a8v erais\\ntu te l\u00c3\u00a8v erais\\nil se l\u00c3\u00a8v erait\\nnous nous l\u00c3\u00a8v erions\\nvous vous l\u00c3\u00a8v eriez\\nUs se l\u00c3\u00a8v eraient\\nPRESENT.\\nI should, would, could, or might\\n1 rise\\nthou shouldst rise\\nlie should rise\\nwe should rise\\nyou should rise\\nthey should rise\\nJe me suis lev\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI have risen, did rise, or have been\\nrising\\n1\\ntu fes lev\\nil s est lev\\nnous nous sommes lev es\\nvous vous \u00c3\u00aates lev es\\nils se sont lev es\\nJe m \u00c3\u00a9tais lev\\ntu f\u00c3\u00aatais lev\\nil s \u00c3\u00a9tait lev\\nnous nous \u00c3\u00a9tions lev es\\nvous vous \u00c3\u00a9tiez lev es\\nUs s \u00c3\u00a9taient lev es\\nthou hast risen\\nhe has risen\\nwe have risen\\nyou have risen\\nthey have risen\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had risen or had been rising\\nthou hadst risen\\nhe had risen\\nwe had risen\\nyou had risen\\nthey had risen\\nJe me fus lev\\ntu te fus lev\\nil se fut lev\\nnous nous fumes lev es\\nvous vous f\u00c3\u00bbtes lev es\\nils se furent lev es\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nI had risen\\nthou hadst risen\\nhe had risen\\nwe had risen\\nyou had risen\\nthey had risen\\nJe me serai lev\\ntu te seras lev\\nil se sera lev\\nnous nous serons l\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will have risen\\nthou shalt have risen\\nhe shall have risen\\ni es we shall have risen", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n187\\nvous vous serez lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nils se seront lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nJe me serais lev\\ntu te serais lev\\nil se serait lev\\nnous nous serions lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous vous seriez lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nils se seraient lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nyou shall have risen\\nthey shall have risen\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nj I should, would, could or might,\\nhave risen\\nthou shouldst have risen\\nhe should have risen\\nwe should have risen\\nyou should have risen\\nthey should have risen\\nQue je me l\u00c3\u00a8v e\\nque tu te l\u00c3\u00a8v es\\nqu il se l\u00c3\u00a8v e\\nque nous nous lev ions\\nque vous vous lev iez\\nqu ils se l\u00c3\u00a8v ent\\nQue je me lev asse\\nque tu te lev asses\\nqu il se lev \u00c3\u00a2t\\nque nous nous lev assions\\nque vous vous lev assiez\\nqu ils se lev assent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may rise\\nthat thou mayest rise\\nthat he may rise\\nthat we may rise\\nthat you may rise\\nthat they may rise\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might rise\\nthat thou mightest rise\\nthat he might rise\\nthat we might rise\\nthat you might rise\\nthat they might rise\\nPAST.\\nQue je me sois lev\\nque tu te sois lev\\nqu il se soit lev\\nque nous nous soyons lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nque vous vous soyez lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nqu ils se soient lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nQue je me fasse lev\\nque tu te fusses lev\\nqu il se fut lev\\nthat I may have risen\\nthat thou mayest have risen\\nthat he may have risen\\nthat we may have risen\\nthat you may have risen\\nthat they may have risen\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nthat I might have risen\\nthat thou mightest have risen\\nthat he might have risen", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "188\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nque nous nous f ussions lev es that we might have risen\\nque vous vous f ussiez lev es that you might have risen\\nqu ils se fussent lev es that they might have risen\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nLev e-toi rise [thou]\\nqu il se l\u00c3\u00a8v e let him rise\\nlev ons-nous let us rise\\nlev ez-vous rise [you]\\nqu ils se l\u00c3\u00a8v eut let them rise\\nSe Lever\\nNe pas se lev er\\nNe pas s \u00c3\u00aatre lev\\nTo Bise [Negatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nnot to rise\\nPAST.\\nnot to have risen\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nNe se lev ant pas not rising\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nNe s \u00c3\u00a9tant pas lev\\nnot having risen\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nJe ne me l\u00c3\u00a8v e pas\\ntu ne te l\u00c3\u00a8v es pas\\nil ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v e pas\\nnous ne nous lev ons pas\\nvous ne vous lev ez pas\\nils ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v eut pas\\nJe ne me lev ais pas\\ntu ne te lev ais pas\\nPRESENT.\\nj I rise not, do not rise, or am not\\nrising\\nthou risest not\\nhe rises not\\nwe rise not\\nyou rise not\\nthey rise not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj I rose not, did not rise, or was not\\nrising\\nthou rosest not", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n189\\nil ne se lev ait pas\\nnous ne nous lev ions pas\\nvous ne vous lev iez pas\\nils ne se lev aient pas\\nhe rose not\\nwe rose not\\nyou rose not\\nthey rose not\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJe ne me lev ai pas\\ntu ne te lev as pas\\nil ne se lev a pas\\nnous ne nous lev \u00c3\u00a2mes pas\\nvous ne vous lev \u00c3\u00a2tes pas\\nils ne se lev \u00c3\u00a8rent pas\\nJe ne me l\u00c3\u00a8v erai pas\\ntu ne te l\u00c3\u00a8v eras pas\\nil ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v era pas\\nnous ne nous l\u00c3\u00a8v erons pas\\nvous ne vous l\u00c3\u00a8v erez pas\\nils ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v eront pas\\nI rose not or did not rise\\nthou rosest not\\nhe rose not\\nwe rose not\\nyou rose not\\nthey rose not\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will not rise\\nthou shalt not rise\\nhe shall not rise\\nwe shall not rise\\nyou shall not rise\\nthey shall not rise\\nJe ne me l\u00c3\u00a8v erais pas\\ntu ne te l\u00c3\u00a8v erais pas\\nil ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v erait pas\\nnous ne nous l\u00c3\u00a8v erions pas\\nvous ne vous l\u00c3\u00a8v eriez pas\\nils ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v eraient pas\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\n(I should, would, could, or might\\nnot rise\\nthou shouldst not rise\\nhe should not rise\\nwe should not rise\\nyou should not rise\\nthey should not rise\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nJe ne me suis pas lev\\ntu ne t es pas lev\\nil ne s est pas lev\\nnous ne nous sommes pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous ne vous \u00c3\u00aates pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nUs ne se sont pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nI have not risen, did not rise, or\\nI have not been rising\\nthou hast not risen\\nhe has not risen\\nwe have not risen\\nyou have not risen\\nthey have not risen", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "190\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe ne m* Unis pas lev\\ntu ne f\u00c3\u00aatais pas lev\\nil ne s \u00c3\u00a9tait pas lev\\nnous ne nous \u00c3\u00a9tions pas lev es\\nvous ne vous \u00c3\u00a9tiez pas lev es\\nils ne s \u00c3\u00a9taient pas lev es\\nPLUPERFECT.\\n(I bad not risen or had not been\\nrising\\nthou liadst not risen\\nhe had not risen\\nwe had not risen\\nyou had not risen\\nthey had not risen\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nJe ne me fus pas lev\\ntu ne te fus pas lev\\nil ne se fut pas lev\\nnous ne nous fames pas lev es\\nvous ne vous f\u00c3\u00bbtes pas lev es\\nils ne se furent pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nFUTURE\\nJe ne me serai pas lev\\ntu ne te seras pas lev\\nil ne se sera pas lev\\nnous ne nom serons pas lev es\\nvous ne vous serez pas lev es\\nils ne se seront pas lev es\\nI had not risen\\nthou hadst not risen\\nhe had not risen\\nwe had not risen\\nyou had not risen\\nthey had not risen\\nANTERIOR,\\nI shall or will not have risen,\\nthou shalt not have risen\\nhe shall not have risen\\nwe shall not have risen\\nyou shall not have risen\\nthey shall not have risen\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nJe ne me serais pas lev\\ntu ne te serais pas lev\\nil ne se serait pas lev\\nnous ne nous serions pas lev es\\nvous ne vous seriez pas lev es\\nils ne se seraient pas lev es\\n(I should, would, could, or might\\nnot have risen\\nthou shoulclst not have risen\\nhe should not have risen\\nwe should not have risen\\nyou should not have risen\\nthey should not have risen\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je ne me lev e pas\\nque tu ne te l\u00c3\u00a8v es pas\\nquil ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v e pas\\nque nous ne nous lev ions pas\\nthat I may not rise\\nthat thou may est not rise\\nthat he may not rise\\nthat we may not rise", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n191\\nque vous ne vous lev iez pas that you may not rise\\nqu ils ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v ent pas that they may not rise\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je ne me lev assess that I might not rise\\nque tu ne te lev asses pas that thon mightest not rise\\nquit ne se lev sit pas that he might not rise\\nque nous ne nous lev assions pas that we might not rise\\nque vous ne vous lev assiez pas that yon might not rise\\nqu ils ne se lev assent pas that they might not rise\\nPAST.\\nQue je ne me sois pas lev that I may not have risen\\nque tu ne te sois pas lev that thon mayest not have risen\\nqu il ne se soit pas lev that he may not have risen\\nque nous ne nous soyons pas lev es that we may not have risen\\nque vous ne vous soyez pas lev es that you may not have risen\\nqu ils ne se soient pas lev es that they may not have risen\\nPLUPERFECT\\nQue je ne me fusse pas lev that I might not have risen\\nque tu ne te fusses pas lev that thou mightest not have risen\\nqu il ne se fut pas lev that he might not have risen\\nque nous ne nous fussions pas lev es that we might not have risen\\nque vous ne vous fussiez pas lev es that you might not have risen\\nqu ils ne se fussent pas lev es that they might not have risen\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nNe te l\u00c3\u00a8v e pas rise not or do not rise [thou]\\nqu il ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v e pas let him not rise\\nne nous lev ons pas let us not rise\\nne vous lev ez pas rise not or do not rise [you]\\nqu ils ne se l\u00c3\u00a8v ent pas let them not rise\\nSe Lever To Rise {Interrogatively,\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nMe lev \u00c3\u00a9-je do I rise or am I rising\\nte l\u00c3\u00a8v es-tu dost thou rise", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nse lev e-t-il\\nnous lev ons-nous\\nvous lev ez-vous\\nse lev ent-ils\\nMe lev sds-je\\nte lev ais-tu\\nse lev ait-il\\nnous lev ions-nous\\nvous lev iez-vous\\nse lev ient-ils\\nMe lev ai-je\\nte lev as-tu\\nse lev a-t il\\nnous lev \u00c3\u00a2mes-nous\\nvous lev \u00c3\u00a2tes-vous\\nse lev \u00c3\u00a8rent-#s\\nMe lev erai-J\u00c3\u00a9\\nte lev eras-^\\nte lev erart-il\\nnous lev erons-nous\\nvous lev erez-vow\\n*e lev eront-ifa\\nMe lev erais-Je\\nte lev erais-ta\\nse lev erait-#\\nnous lev erions-nous\\nvous lev eviez-vous\\nse lev eraient-ife\\nMe suis-je lev\\nV es-tu lev\\ndoes he rise\\ndo we rise\\ndo you rise\\ndo they rise\\nIMPERFECT.\\ndid I rise or was I rising\\ndidst thou rise\\ndid he rise\\ndid we rise\\ndid you rise\\ndid they rise\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ndid I rise\\ndidst thou rise\\ndid he rise\\ndid we rise\\ndid you rise\\ndid they rise\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I rise\\nshalt thou rise\\nshall he rise\\nshall we rise\\nshall you rise\\nshall they rise\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nshould, would, could, or might I rise\\nshouldst thou rise\\nshould he rise\\nshould we rise\\nshould you rise\\nshould they rise\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nhave I risen or did I rise\\nhast thou risen", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\ns y est-il lev has he risen\\nnous sommes-nous lev es have we risen\\nvous \u00c3\u00a9tes-vous lev es had you risen\\nse sont-ils lev es had they risen\\nPLUPERFECT\\n.^M \u00c3\u00a9tais-je lev had I risen or had I been rising\\niPitais-tu lev hadst thou risen\\ns \u00c3\u00a9tait-il lev had he risen\\nnous \u00c3\u00a9tions-nous lev es had we risen\\nvous \u00c3\u00a9tiez-vous lev es had you risen\\ns \u00c3\u00a9taient-ils lev es had they risen\\nMe fus-je lev\\nte fus-tu lev\\nse fut-il lev\\nnous f\u00c3\u00bbmes-nous lev es\\nvous f\u00c3\u00bbtes-vous lev es\\nse furent-ils lev es\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR\\nhad I risen\\nhadst thou risen\\nhad he risen\\nhad we risen\\nhad you risen\\nhad they risen\\nMe s rai-je lev\\nte seras-tu lev\\nse sera-t il lev\\nnous serons-nous lev es\\nvous serez-vous lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nse seront-ils lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nLE ANTERIOR.\\nshall or will I have risen\\nshalt thou have risen\\nshall he have risen\\nshall we have risen\\nshall you have risen\\nshall theyhave risen\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nMe serais-je \u00c3\u00a9ev\\nte serais-tu lev\\nse serait-il lev\\nnous serions-nous lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous seriez-vous lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nse seraient-ils lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nj should, would, could, or might I\\nhave risen\\nshouldst thou have risen\\nshould he have risen\\nshould we have risen\\nshould you have risen\\nshould they have risen\\n9", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "194\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nSe Lever To Rise (Negatively and Interrogatively.}\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nNe me lev \u00c3\u00a9-je pas\\nne te l\u00c3\u00a8v es-tu pas\\nne se l\u00c3\u00a8v e-t-il pets\\nne nous lev ons-nous pas\\nne vous lev ez-vous pas\\nne se l\u00c3\u00a8v ent-ils pas\\nMe me lev ais-je pas\\nne te lev dis-tu pas\\nne se lev ait-il pas\\nne nous lev ions-nous pas\\nne vous lev iez-vous pas\\nne se lev aient-Us pas\\ndo I not rise or am I not rising\\ndost thou not rise\\ndoes he not rise\\ndo we not rise\\ndo you not rise\\ndo they not rise\\nIMPERFECT.\\ndid I not rise or was I not rising\\ndidst thou not rise\\ndid he not rise\\ndid we not rise\\ndid you not rise\\ndid they not rise\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nNe me lev ai-je pas did I not rise\\nne te lev as-tu pas\\nne se lev a-t-il pas\\nne nous lev \u00c3\u00b9mes-nous pas\\nne vous lev ates-vous pas\\nne se lev \u00c3\u00a8rent-ils pas\\ndidst thou not rise\\ndid he not rise\\ndid we not rise\\ndid you not rise\\ndid they not rise\\nNe me l\u00c3\u00a8v erai-je pas\\nne te l\u00c3\u00a8v eras-tu pas\\nne se l\u00c3\u00a8v eia-t-il pas\\nne nous l\u00c3\u00a8v erons-nous pas\\nne vous l\u00c3\u00a8v erez-vous pas\\nne se l\u00c3\u00a8v evont-ils pas\\nFUTURE.\\nshall or will I not rise\\nshalt thou not rise\\nshall he not rise\\nshall we not rise\\nshall you not rise\\nshall they not rise\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nNe me l\u00c3\u00a8v emis-je pas\\nne te l\u00c3\u00a8v erais-tf^ pas\\nPRESENT.\\nj should, would, could, or might I\\nnot rise\\nshouldst thou not rise", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n195\\nne se l\u00c3\u00a8v eiait-il pas should he not rise\\nne nous l\u00c3\u00a8v erions-nous pas should we not rise\\nne vous l\u00c3\u00a8v eviez-vous pas should you not rise\\nne se l\u00c3\u00a8v eraienU fo pas should they not rise\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nHe me suis-je pas lev\\nne f es-tu pas lev\\nne s est-il pas lev\\nne nous sommes-nous pas lev es\\nne vous \u00c3\u00aates-vous pas lev es\\nne se sont-Us pas lev es\\nhave I not risen, did I not rise, or\\nhave I not been rising\\nhast thou not risen\\nhas he not risen\\nhave we not risen\\nhave you not risen\\nhave they not risen\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nNe m \u00c3\u00aatais-je pas lev\\nne f\u00c3\u00aatais-tu pas lev\\nne s \u00c3\u00a9tait-il pas lev\\nne nous \u00c3\u00a9tions-nous pas lev es\\nne vous \u00c3\u00aatiez-vous pas lev es\\nne s \u00c3\u00aataient-ils pas lev es\\nhad I not risen or had I not been\\nrising\\nhadst thou not risen\\nhad he not risen\\nhad we not risen\\nhad you not risen\\nhad they not risen\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nNe me fus-je pas lev had I not risen\\nne te fus-tu pas lev hadst thou not risen\\nne se fut-il pas lev had he not risen\\nne nous f\u00c3\u00a2mes-nous pas lev es had we not risen\\nne vous f\u00c3\u00a2tes-vous pas lev es had you not risen\\nne se furent-ils pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s had they not risen\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nNe me serai-je pas lev\\nne te seras-tu pas lev\\nne se sera-t-il pas lev\\nne nous serons-nous pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nne vous serez-vous pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nne se seront-Us pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nshall or will I not have risen\\nshalt thou not have risen\\nshall he not have risen\\nshall we not have risen\\nshall you not have risen\\nshall they not have risen", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "196\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nNe me serais-je pas lev\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nj should, would, could, or might I\\nnot have risen\\n1\\nne te serais-tu pas lev\\nne se serait-il pas lev e\\nne nous senons-nous pas lev es\\nne vous seriez-vous pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nne se seraient-Us pas lev \u00c3\u00a9s\\nshouldst thou not have risen\\nshould he not have risen\\nshould we not have risen\\nshould you not have risen\\nshould they not have risen\\nFor the purpose of practising Pronominal Verbs, s en aller^\\nwhich contains the pronoun en, is here added.\\nCONJUGATION OF THE VERB s en ALLER.\\nS en Aller To Go Away (Affirmatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nS en aller to go away\\nPAST.\\nS en \u00c3\u00aatre all\u00c3\u00a9 to have gone away\\nparticiple present.\\nS en allant going away\\nCOMPOUND OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nS en \u00c3\u00a9tant all\u00c3\u00a9\\nEn all\u00c3\u00a9\\nJe m*en vais\\ntu t en vas\\nil s en va\\nnous nous en allons\\nvous vous en allez\\nUs s en vont\\nhaving gone away\\nPARTICIPLE PAST.\\ngone away\\nLNICATIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nj I go away, do go away, 01 am going\\naway\\nthou goest away\\nhe goes away\\nwe go away\\nyou go away\\nthey go away", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n197\\nJe m en allais\\ntu t en allais\\nil s en allait\\nnous nous en allions\\nvous mus en alliez\\nils s en allaient\\nJe m 1 en allai\\ntu t en allas\\nil s en alla\\nnous nous en all\u00c3\u00a2mes\\nvous vous en all\u00c3\u00a2tes\\nils s en all\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nJe m en irai\\ntu t en iras\\nil s en ira\\nnous nous en irons\\nvous vous en irez\\nils s en iront\\nJe m en irais\\ntu t en irais\\nil s en irait\\nnous nous en irions\\nvous vous en iriez\\nils s en iraient\\nJe m en suis aile\\ntu t en es aile\\nil s en est all\u00c3\u00a9\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj I went away, did go away, or was\\ngoing away\\nthou wentest away\\nhe went away\\nwe went away\\nyou went away\\nthey went away\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nI went away or did go away\\nthou wentest away\\nhe went away\\nwe went away\\nyou went away\\nthey went away\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rtjture.\\nI shall or will go away\\nthou shalt go away\\nhe shall go away\\nwe shall go away\\nyou shall go away\\nthey shall go away\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nI should, would, could, or might\\ngo away\\nthou shouldst go away\\nhe should go away\\nwe should go away\\nyou should go away\\nthey should go away\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI went away, did go away, or have\\ngone away\\nthou hast gone away\\nhe has gone away", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "IDS\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nnous nous en sommes all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous vous en \u00c3\u00aates all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nUs s en sont all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nJe m en \u00c3\u00a9tais all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu t en \u00c3\u00a9tais all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil s en \u00c3\u00a9tait all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous nous en \u00c3\u00a9tions all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous vous en \u00c3\u00a9tiez all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nils s en \u00c3\u00a9taient all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nwe have gone away\\nyou have gone away\\nthey have gone away\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had gone away\\nthou hadst gone away\\nhe had gone away\\nwe had gone away\\nyou had gone away\\nthey had gone away\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nJe m en fas all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu t en fus all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil s en fut all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous nous en f\u00c3\u00bbmes all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous vous en f\u00c3\u00a2tes all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nils s en furent all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nJe m en serai all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu t en seras all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil s en sera all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous nous en serons all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous vous en serez all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nils s en seront all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nJe men serais all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu t en serais all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil s en serait all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous nous en serions all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous vous en seriez all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nils s en seraient all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nI had gone away\\nthou hadst gone away\\nhe had gone away\\nwe had gone away\\nyou had gone away\\nthey had gone away\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nI shall or will have gone away\\nthou shalt have gone away\\nhe shall have gone away\\nwe shall have gone away\\nyou shall have gone away\\nthey shall have gone away\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nI should, would, could, or might\\nhave gone away\\nthou shouldst have gone away\\nhe should have gone away\\nwe should have gone away\\nyou should have gone away\\nthey should have gone away\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je m en aille that I may go away\\nque tn t en ailles that thou mayest go away", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n109\\nqu il s en aille\\nque nous nous en allions\\nque vous vous en alliez\\nqu ils s en aillent\\nthat he may go away\\nthat we may go away\\nthat you may go away\\nthat they may go away\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je m en allasse\\nque tu t en allasses\\nqu il s en all\u00c3\u00a2t\\nque nous nous en allassions\\nque vous vous en allassiez\\nqu ils s en allassent\\nthat I might go away\\nthat thou mightest go away\\nthat he might go away\\nthat we might go away\\nthat you might go away\\nthat they might go away\\nPAST.\\nQue je m en sois all\u00c3\u00a9\\nque tu t en sois all\u00c3\u00a9\\nqu il s en soit all\u00c3\u00a9\\nque nous nous en soyons all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nque vous vous en soyez all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nqu ils s en soient all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nthat I may have gone away\\nthat thou mayest have gone away\\nthat he may have gone away\\nthat we may have gone away\\nthat you may have gone away\\nthat they may have gone away\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue je m en fusse all\u00c3\u00a9\\nque tu t en f usses all\u00c3\u00a9\\nqu il s en fut all\u00c3\u00a9\\nque nous nous en fussions all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nque vous vous en fussiez all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nqu ils s en f ussent all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nthat I might have gone away\\nthat thou mightest have gone away\\nthat he might have gone away\\nthat we might have gone away\\nthat you might have gone away\\nthat they might have gone away\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nVa-t en\\nqu il s en aille\\nallons-nous-en\\nallez-vous-en\\nqu ils s en aillent\\ngo away [thou]\\nlet him go away\\nlet us go away\\ngo away [you]\\nlet them go away", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "200\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nS en Aller\\nNe pas s en aller\\nNe z as s en \u00c3\u00aatre aile\\nNe s en allant pas\\nTo Go Away (Negatively.)\\nINFINITIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nnot to go away\\nPAST.\\nnot to have gone away\\nPARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nnot going away\\nCOMPOUND OP THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nNe s en \u00c3\u00a9tant pas all\u00c3\u00a9 not having gone away\\nINDICATIVE MOOD.\\nJe ne m en vais pas\\ntu ne t en vas pas\\nil ne s en va pas\\nnous ne nous en allons pas\\nvous ne vous en allez pas\\nils ne s en vont pas\\nJe ne m* en allais pas\\ntu ne t en allais pas\\nil ne s en allait pas\\nnous ne nous en allions pas\\nvous ne vous en alliez pas\\nUs ne s en allaient pas\\nPRESENT.\\nj I do not go away or am not going\\naway\\nthou dost not go away\\nhe does not go away\\nwe do not go away\\nyou do not go away\\nthey do not go away\\nIMPERFECT.\\nj I did not go away or was not going\\naway\\nthou didst not go away\\nhe did not go away\\nwe did not go away\\nyou did not go away\\nthey did not go away\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJe ne m en allai pas\\ntu ne t en allas pas\\nil ne s en alla pas\\nnous ne nous en all\u00c3\u00a2mes pas\\nvous ne vous en all\u00c3\u00a2tes pas\\nils ne s en all\u00c3\u00a8rent pas\\nI did not go away\\nthou didst not go away\\nhe did not go away\\nwe did not go away\\nyou did not go away\\nthey did not go away", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "YE KB S.\\n201\\nJe ne m en irai pas\\ntune t en iras pas\\nil ne s en ira pas\\nnous ne nous en irons pas\\nvous ne vous en irez pas\\nils ne s en iront pas\\nFUTURE.\\nI shall or will not go away\\nthou shalt not go away\\nhe shall not go away\\nwe shall not go away\\nyou shall not go away\\nthey shall not go away\\nJe ne m en irais pas\\ntu ne fen irais pas\\nil ne s en irait pas\\nnous ne nous en irions pas\\nvous ne vous en iriez pas\\nils ne s en iraient pas\\nCONDITIONAL MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\njl should, would, could, or might\\nnot go away\\nthou shouldst not go away\\nhe should not go away\\nwe should not go away\\nyou should not go away\\nthey should not go away\\nJe ne m en suis pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\nI did not go away or have not gone\\naway\\ntu ne fen es pas all\u00c3\u00a9 thou hast not gone away\\nil ne s en est pas all\u00c3\u00a9 he has not gone away\\nnous ne nous en sommes pas all\u00c3\u00a9s we have not gone away\\nvous ne vous en \u00c3\u00aates pas all\u00c3\u00a9s you have not gone away\\nils ne s en sont pas all\u00c3\u00a9s they have not gone away\\nJe ne m en \u00c3\u00a9tais pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu ne t en \u00c3\u00a9tais pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil ne s en \u00c3\u00a9tait pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnom ne nous en \u00c3\u00a9tions pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous ne vous en \u00c3\u00a9tiez pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nils ne s en \u00c3\u00a9taient pas ailes\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had not gone away\\nthou hadst not gone away\\nhe had not gone away\\nwe had not gone away\\nyou had not gone away\\nthey had not gone away\\nPRETERIT ANTERIOR.\\nJe ne m en fus pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu ne t en fus pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil ne s en fut pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous ne nous en fumes pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nI had not gone away\\nthou hadst not gone away\\nhe had not gone away\\nwe had not gone away\\n9*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "202\\nON THE PAETS OF SPEECH.\\nvous ne vous en fides pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nUs ne s enfilent pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nyou had not gone away\\nthey had not gone away\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe ne m en serai pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu ne t en seras pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil ne s en sera pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous ne nous en serons pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous ne vous en serez pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nils ne s en seront pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nI shall or will not have gone away\\nthou shalt not have gone away\\nhe shall not have gone away\\nwe shall not have gone away\\nyou shall not have gone away\\nthey shall not have gone away\\nJe ne m en serais pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\ntu ne t en serais pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil ne s en serait pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nnous ne nous en serions pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nvous ne vous en seriez pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nUs ne s en seraient pas all\u00c3\u00a9s\\nCONDITIONAL PAST.\\nI should, would, could, or might\\nnot have gone away\\nthou shouldst not have gone away\\nhe should not have gone away\\nwe should not have gone away\\nyou should not have gone away\\nthey should not have gone away\\nQue je ne m en aille pas\\nque tu ne t en ailles pas\\nqu il ne s en aille pas\\nque nous ne nous en allions pas\\nque vous ne vous en alliez pas\\nqu ils ne s en aillent pas\\nSUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may not go away\\nthat thou mayest not go away\\nthat he may not go away\\nthat we may not go away\\nthat you may not go away\\nthat they may not go away\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je ne m en allasse pas that I might not go away\\nque tu ne t en allasses pas that thou mightest not go away\\nqu il ne s en all\u00c3\u00a2t pas that he might not go away\\nque nous ne nous en allassions pas that we might not go away\\nque vous ne vous en allassiez pas that you might not go away\\nqu ils ne s en allassent pas that they might not go away\\nPAST.\\nQue je ne m en sois pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nque tu ne t en sois pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nqu il ne s en soit pas all\u00c3\u00a9\\nthat I may not have gone away\\nthat thou mayest not have gone away\\nthat he may not have gone away", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n203\\nque nous ne nous en soyons pas ailes that we may not have gone away\\nque vous ne vous en soyez pas ailes that you may not have gone away\\nqu ils ne s en soient pas all\u00c3\u00a9s that they may not have gone away\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue je ne n\u00c3\u00af en fusse pas all\u00c3\u00a9 that I might not have gone away\\nthat thou mightest not have gone\\nque tu ne t en fusses pas aile j away\\nqu il ne s en fut pas all\u00c3\u00a9 that he might not have gone away\\nque nous ne nous en fussions pas\\nI nat we might not have gone away\\nque vous ne vous en fussiez pas all\u00c3\u00a9s that you might not have gone away\\nqu ils ne s en fussent pas all\u00c3\u00a9s that they might not have gone away\\nIMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nNe t en va pas do not go away [thou]\\nqu il ne s en aille pas let him not go away\\nne nous en allons pas let us not go away\\nne vous en allez pas do not go away [you]\\nqu ils ne s en aillent pas let them not go away\\nIRREGULAR VERBS.\\nIrregular Verbs are those which differ in their conjugation\\nfrom the models which have been given heretofore, and which\\nregulate those that are called Regular Verbs. The difference\\ncan, of course, only apply to the simple tenses, as the compound\\ntenses of all verbs are made alike.\\nVarious methods have been attempted to arrange the very\\nconsiderable number of Irregular Verbs in certain classes, but\\nexperience has proven that after all the student benefits more\\nby learning them singly, as he will soon obtain a sufficient\\nknowledge of the nature of the irregularities to feel where to\\nexpect them, and to know what they are likely to be.\\nThe principal Irregular Verbs are given here, omitting\\nthose that are of rare use, and with the understanding that\\nderivatives follow the irregularities of those verbs, from which\\nthey are derived.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "204\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n-FIRST CONJUGATION.\\nAller\\nInf. Aller\\nJe vais\\nnous allons\\nJ allais\\nnous allions\\nJ allai\\nnous all\u00c3\u00a2mes\\nJ irai\\nnous irons\\nJ irais\\nnous irions\\nallons\\nQue j aille\\nque nous allions\\nQue j allasse\\nque nous allassions\\nPart. pres. allant\\nPRESENT.\\ntu vas\\nvous allez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu allais\\nvous alliez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu allas\\nvous all\u00c3\u00a2tes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu iras\\nvous irez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu irais\\nvous iriez\\nTo Go\\nPART. PAST, all\u00c3\u00a9\\nil va\\nils vont\\nil allait\\nils, allaient\\nil alla\\nils all\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nva\\nallez\\nil ira\\nils iront\\nil irait\\nils iraient\\nqu il aille\\nqu ils aillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu ailles\\nque vous alliez\\nqu il aille\\nqu ils aillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu allasses\\nque vous allassiez\\nqu il all\u00c3\u00a2t\\nqu ils allassent\\nEnvoyer\\nInf. Envoyer Part. Pres. Envoyant\\nJ envoie\\nnous envoyons\\nPRESENT.\\ntu envoies\\nvous envoyez\\nTo Send\\nPart. Past, Envoy\u00c3\u00a9\\nil envoie\\nils envoient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n205\\nJ envoyais\\nnous envoyions\\nJ envoyai\\nnous envoy\u00c3\u00a2mes\\nJ enverrai\\nnous enverrons\\nJ enverrais\\nnous enverrions\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu envoyais\\nvous envoyiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu envoyas\\nvous envoy\u00c3\u00a2tes\\nFUTURE,\\ntu enverras\\nvous enverrez\\nCONDITIONAL,\\ntu enverrais\\nvous enverriez\\nil envoyait\\nils envoyaient\\nil envoya\\nils envoy\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nil enverra\\nils enverront\\nil enverrait\\nils enverraient\\nIMPERATIVE,\\nenvoie qu il envoie\\nenvoyez qu ils envoient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu envoies qu il envoie\\nque vous envoyiez qu ils envoient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue j envoyasse que tu envoyasses qu il envoy\u00c3\u00a2t\\nque nous envoyassions que vous envoyassiez qu ils envoyassent\\nConjugate after the same manner, renvoyer, to send back.\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nenvoyons\\nQue j envoie\\nque nous envoyions\\nII. SECOND CONJUGATION.\\nAcqu\u00c3\u00a9rir To Acquire.\\nInf. Acqu\u00c3\u00a9rir Part. Pres. Acqu\u00c3\u00a9rant Part. Past, Acquis\\nJ acquiers\\nnous acqu\u00c3\u00a9rons\\nJ acqu\u00c3\u00a9rais\\nnous acqu\u00c3\u00a9rions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu acquiers\\nvous acqu\u00c3\u00a9rez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu acqu\u00c3\u00a9rais\\nvous acqu\u00c3\u00a9riez\\nil acquiert\\nils acqui\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nil acqu\u00c3\u00a9rait\\nils acqu\u00c3\u00a9raient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "206\\nON THE PAKTS OF SPEECH.\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJ acquis\\nnous acqu\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJ acquerrai\\nuous acquerrons\\nJ acquerrais\\nnous acquerrions\\nacqu\u00c3\u00a9rons\\nQue j acqui\u00c3\u00a8re\\nque nous acqu\u00c3\u00a9rions\\ntu acquis\\nvous acqu\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu acquerras\\nvous acquerrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu acquerrais\\nvous acquerriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nacquiers\\nacqu\u00c3\u00a9rez\\nil acquit\\nils acquirent\\nil acquerra\\nils acquerront\\nil acquerrait\\nils acquerraient\\nqu il acqui\u00c3\u00a8re\\nqu ils acqui\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nSUBJUNCTTVE PRESENT.\\nque tu acqui\u00c3\u00a8res\\nque vous acqu\u00c3\u00a9riez\\nqu il acqui\u00c3\u00a8re\\nqu ils acqui\u00c3\u00a8rent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue j acquisse que tu acquisses qu il acqu\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous acquissions que vous acquissiez qu ils acquissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConj ugate after the same manner\\nRequ\u00c3\u00a9rir, to require S enqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to inquire\\nConqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to conquer Qu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to fetch\\nReconqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to conquer again.\\nConqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to conquer, (defective) only used in the present of the\\ninfinitive, in the preterit definite, in the imperfect of the subjunctive,\\nand in the compound tenses.\\nS enqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, to inquire, (defective) very little used, except in the\\npresent of the infinitive, and in the compound tenses.\\nAssaillir\\nInf. Assaillir Part. Pres. Assaillant\\nJ assaille\\nnous assaillons\\nPRESENT.\\ntu assailles\\nvous assaillez\\nTo Assault\\nPart. Past, Assailli\\nil assaille\\nils assaillent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n207\\nJ assaillais\\nnous assaillions\\nJ assaillis\\nnous assaill\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJ assaillirai\\nnous assaillirons\\nJ assaillirais\\nnous assaillirions\\nassaillons\\nQue j assaille\\nque nous assaillions\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu assaillais\\nvous assailliez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu assaillis\\nvous assaill\u00c3\u00aetes\\nil assaillait\\nils assaillaient\\nil assaillit\\nils assaillirent\\nFUTURE.\\ntu assailliras\\nvous assaillirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu assaillirais\\nvous assailliriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nassaille\\nassaillez\\nil assaillira\\nils assailliront\\nil assaillirait\\nils assailliraient\\nqu il assaille\\nqu ils assaillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu assailles qu il assaille\\nque vous assailliez qu ils assaillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue j assaillisse que tu assaillisses qu il assaill\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous assaillissions que vous assaillissiez qu ils assaillissent\\nConjugate after the same manner, tressaillir, to start.\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nBouillir\\nTnf. Bouillir\\nJ e bous\\nnous bouillons\\nJe bouillais\\nnous bouillions\\nPart. Pres. Bouillant\\nPRESENT.\\ntu bous\\nvous bouillez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu bouillais\\nvous bouilliez\\nTo Boil\\nPart. Past, Bouilli\\nil bout\\nils bouillent\\nil bouillait\\nils bouillaient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "208\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe bouillis\\nnous bouill\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe bouillirai\\nnous bouillirons\\nJe bouillirais\\nnous bouillirions\\nbouillons\\nQue je bouille\\nque nous bouillions\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu bouillis\\nvous bouill\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu bouilliras\\nvous bouillirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu bouillirais\\nvous bouilliriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nbous\\nbouillez\\nil bouillit\\nils bouillirent\\nil bouillira\\nils bouilliront\\nil bouillirait\\nils bouilliraient\\nqu il bouille\\nqu ils bouillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu bouilles\\nque vous bouilliez\\nqu il bouille\\nqu ils bouillent\\nqu il bouill\u00c3\u00aet\\nqu ils bouillissent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je bouillisse que tu bouillisses\\nque nous bouillissions que vous bouillissiez\\nConjugate after the same manner, ebouillir, to boil away r ebouillir,\\nto boil again.\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nCourir To Run\\nInf. Courir Part. Pres. Courant Part. Past, Couru\\npresent.\\ntu cours il court\\nJe cours\\nnous courons\\nJe courais\\nnous courions\\nJe courus\\nnous cour\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nvous courez ils courent\\nimperfect.\\ntu courais il courait\\nvous couriez ils couraient\\nPRETERIT INDEFINITE.\\ntu courus\\nveus cour\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nil courut\\nils coururent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n209\\nJe courrai\\nnous courrons\\nJe courrais\\nnous courrions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu courras\\nvous courrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu courrais\\nvous courriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ncours\\ncourez\\nil courra\\nils courront\\nil courrait\\nils courraient\\nqu il coure\\nqu ils courent\\nQue je coure\\nque nous courions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu coures qu il coure\\nque vous couriez qu ils courent\\nQue je courusse\\nque nous courussions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu courusses\\nque vous courussiez\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nAccourir y to run to. Encourir\\nConcourir, to concur. Parcourir,\\nDiscourir, to discourse. Recourir,\\nSecourir, to succor, to help.\\nThe compound tenses of the above verbs are conjugated with\\nAvoir, to have those of accourir, to run to, are also sometimes con-\\njugated with Etre, to be.\\nqu il cour\u00c3\u00bbt\\nqu ils courussent\\nto incur,\\nto run over,\\nto have recourse.\\nCueillir\\nInf. Cueillir Part. Pres. Cueillant\\nJe cueille\\nnous cueillons\\nJe cueillais\\nnous cueillions\\nJe cueillis\\nnous cueill\u00c3\u00aemes\\nPRESENT.\\ntu cueilles\\nvous cueillez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu cueillais\\nvous cueilliez\\nTo Gather\\nPart. Past, Cueilli\\nil cueille\\nils cueillent\\nil cueillait\\nils cueillaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu cueillis il cueillit\\nvous cueill\u00c3\u00aetes ils cueillirent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "210\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe cueillerai\\nnous cueillerons\\nJe cueillerais\\nnous cueillerions\\ncueillons\\nQue je cueille\\nque nous cueillions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu cueilleras\\nvous cueillerez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu cueillerais\\nvous cueilleriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ncueille\\ncueillez\\nil cueillera\\nils cueilleront\\nil cueillerait\\nils cueilleraient\\nqu il cueille\\nqu ils cueillent\\nqu il cueill\u00c3\u00aet\\nqu ils cueillissent\\nAvoir, to have.\\nto gather, to reap.\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu cueilles qu il cueille\\nque vous cueilliez qu ils cueillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je cueillisse que tu cueillisses\\nque nous cueillissions que vous cueillissiez\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with\\nConj ugate after the same manner\\nAccueillir, to welcome. Recueillir,\\nDormir\\nInf. Dormir Part. Pres. Dormant\\nPRESENT.\\nJe dors\\nnous dormons\\nJe dormais\\nnous dormions\\nJe dormis\\nnous dorm\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJ e dormirai\\nnous dormirons\\ntu dors\\nvous dormez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu dormais\\nvous dormiez\\nTo Sleep.\\nPart. Past, Dormi\\nil dort\\nils dorment\\nil dormait\\nils dormaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu dormis il dormit\\nvous dorm\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu dormiras\\nvous dormirez\\nils dormirent\\nil dormira\\nils dormiront", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n211\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nJe dormirais\\nnous dormirions\\ndormons\\nque je dorme\\nque nous dormions\\ntu dormirais\\nvous dormiriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ndors\\ndormez\\nil dormirait\\nils dormiraient\\nqu il dorme\\nqu ils dorment\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu dormes\\nque vous dormiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il dorme\\nqu ils dorment\\nQue je dormisse\\nque nous dormissions\\nque tu dormisses qu il dorm\u00c3\u00aet\\nque vous dormissiez qu ils dormissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nEndormir, to lull asleep. Redormir, to sleep again.\\nS endormir, to fall asleep. Se rendormir, to fall asleep again.\\nThe compound tenses of s endormir, and se rendormir, are conju-\\ngated with Etre, to be, as all pronominal verbs are.\\nFaillir\\nInf. Faillir Part. Pres. Faillant\\nTo Fail\\nPart. Past, Failli\\nPRESENT.\\nJe faillis tu faillis il faillit\\nnous faill\u00c3\u00aemes vous faill\u00c3\u00aetes ils faillirent\\nThis verb is defective, and only used in the above tenses, and in all\\nthe compound tenses, whicli are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nFleurir To blossom, to flourish.\\nThis verb is regular and conjugated like finir, when speaking of\\nplants and flowers but when speaking of the prosperity of a king-\\ndom, or of a town, the participle present is florissant, and the im-\\nperfect of the indicative, je florissais, tu florissais, etc.\\nBefleurir, to blossom, or to flourish again, follows the same rule.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "212\\nON THE PAETS OF SPEECH.\\nFuir\\nTo Fly.\\nInf. Fuir\\nJe fuis\\nnous fuyons\\nJe fuyais\\nnous fuyions\\nJe fuis\\nnous fu\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe fuirai\\nnous fuirons\\nJe fuirais\\nnous fuirions\\nfuyons\\nQue je fuie\\nque nous fuyions\\nPart. Pkes. Fuyant\\nPRESENT.\\ntu fuis\\nvous fuyez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu fuyais\\nvous fuyiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu fuis\\nvous fu\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu fuiras\\nvous fuirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu fuirais\\nvous fuiriez\\nQue je fuisse\\nque nous fuissions\\nPart. Past, Fui\\nil fuit\\nils fuient\\nil fuyait\\nils fuyaient\\nil fuit\\nils fuirent\\nil fuira\\nils fuiront\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nfuis\\nfuyez\\nil fuirait\\nils fuiraient\\nqu il fuie\\nqu ils fuient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu fuies\\nque vous fuyiez\\nqu il fuie\\nqu ils fuient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu fuisses qu il fu\u00c3\u00aet\\nque vous fuissiez qu ils fuissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner, s enfuir, to run away.\\nG\u00c3\u00a9sir To Lie\\nThis verb (defective), which formerly signified to be lying down, is\\nno longer in use we, however, say sometimes, U g\u00c3\u00aet ci-g\u00c3\u00aet, here lies,\\nis the common form by which an epitaph begins.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n213\\nHa\u00c3\u00afr To Hate\\nThis verb is regular, and conjugated like finir, except in the first\\nthree persons singular of the present of the indicative, je hais, I hate\\ntu hais, thou hatest il hait, he hates and in the second person\\nsingular of the imperative, hais, hate.\\nA diaeresis is required over the in all tenses and persons\\nexcept in those above-mentioned this dseresis is to cause the a and i\\nto be pronounced as two syllables.\\nInf. Mourir\\nJe meurs\\nnous mourons\\nJe mourais\\nnous mourions\\nJe mourus\\nnous mour\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJ e mourrai\\nnous mourrons\\nJe mourrais\\nnous mourrions\\nmourons\\nQue je meure\\nque nous mourions\\nMourir To Die.\\nPart. Pres. Mourant Part. Past, Mort\\nPRESENT.\\ntu meurs\\nvous mourez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu mourais\\nvous mouriez\\nil meurt\\nils meurent\\nil mourait\\nils mouraient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu mourus\\nvous mour\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu mourras\\nvous mourrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu mourrais\\nvous mourriez\\nil mourut\\nils moururent\\nil mourra\\nils mourront\\nil mourrait\\nils mourraient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nmeurs\\nmourez\\nqu il meure\\nqu il meurent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu meures qu il meure\\nque vous mouriez qu ils meurent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "214\\nON THE FARTS OF SPEECH.\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je mourusse que tu mourusses qu il mour\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous mourussions que vous mourussiez qu ils mourussent\\nThe compound tenses arc conjugated with Etre, to be.\\nConjugate after the same manner, se mourir, to be dying.\\nOu\u00c3\u00afr To Hear,\\nThis verb (defective) can only be used in the present of the infin-\\nitive, ouir, to hear in the preterit definite, fouis, I heard il ouit,\\nhe heard in the imperfect of the subjunctive, que fouisse, that I\\nmight hear qu il ou\u00c3\u00aft, that he might hear and in its compound\\ntenses, which are formed with the simple tenses of Avoir, to have, and\\nits past participle ou\u00c3\u00af, sfai ou\u00c3\u00af, tu as ou\u00c3\u00af, etc.\\nInf. Ouv rir\\nJ ouv re\\nnous ouv rons\\nJ ouv rais\\nnous ouv rions\\nJ ouv ris\\nnous ouv r\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJ ouv rirai\\nnous ouv rirons\\nJ ouv rirais\\nnous ouv ririons\\nOuvrir To Open.\\nPart. Pres. Ouv rant Part. Past \u00c2\u00b0uv ert\\nPRESENT.\\ntu ouv res\\nvous ouv rez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu ouv rais\\nvous ouv riez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu ouv ris\\nvous ouv r\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu ouv riras\\nvous ouv rirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu ouv rirais\\nvous ouv ririez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nouv re\\nouv rez\\nil ouv re\\nils ouv rent\\nil ouv rait\\nils ouv raient\\nil ouv rit\\nils ouv rirent\\nil ouv rira\\nils ouv riront\\nil ouv rirait\\nils ouv riraient\\nqu il ouv re\\nqu ils ouv rent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "YEKBS.\\n215\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nQue j ouv re\\nque nous ouv rions\\nQue j ouv risse\\nque tu ouv res\\nque vous ouv riez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il ouv re\\nqu ils ouv rent\\nque tu ouv risses qu il ouv r\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous ouv rissions que vous ouv rissiez qu ils ouv rissent\\nCompound tenses are conjugated with. Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nRouvrir, to open again. D\u00c3\u00a9couvrir, to discover.\\nEntr ouvrir, to half open. Offrir, to offer.\\nCouvrir, to cover. Mesoffrir, to underbid.\\nRecouvrir, to cover again. Souffrir, to suffer.\\nInf. Sen tir\\nJe. sen s\\nnous sen tons\\nJe sen tais\\nnous sen tions\\nJe sen Us\\nnous sen\\nJe sen tirai\\nnous sen tirons\\nJe sen W\\nnous sen tirions\\nsent torn\\nSentir To Feel\\nPart. Pres. Sen tant Part. Past, Sen ft*\\nPRESENT.\\ntu sen s\\nvous sen tez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu sen tais\\nvous sen tiez\\nil sen t\\nils sen terof\\nil sen tait\\nils sen taient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu sen tis ii sen tit\\nvous sen t\u00c3\u00aetes ils sen \u00c2\u00a3ir67i\u00c2\u00a3\\nFUTURE.\\ntu sen tiras\\nvous sen tirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu sen tirais\\nvous sen tiriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nsen s\\nsen tez\\nil sen tira\\nils sen t\u00c3\u00a0nmtf\\nil sen tirait\\nils sen tiraient\\nqu il sen te\\nqu ils sen tent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "216\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nQue je sen te\\nque nous sen lions\\nque tu sen tes\\nque vous sen tiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il sen te\\nqu ils sen tent\\nQue je sen tisse\\nque nous sen tissions\\nque tu sen tisses qu ils sen tit\\nque vous sen tissiez qu ils sen tissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nConsentir,\\nPressentir,\\nRessentir,\\nMentir,\\nD\u00c3\u00a9mentir,\\nto consent, to agree,\\nto foresee.\\nto resent, to feel still,\\nto lie.\\nI to give the lie, to be-\\nlie, to contradict.\\nRepartir,\\nSe ressentir,\\nSe repentir,\\nPartir,\\nRepartir,\\nSortir,\\nto reply.\\nto feel still.\\nto repent.\\nto set out.\\nto set out again.\\nto go out.\\nRessortir, to go out again.\\nThe compound tenses of the first six of the above verbs, are con-\\njugated with Avoir, to have.\\nThose of se ressentir and se repentir, as all pronominal verbs, 1\\nare conjugated with Etre, to be and those of partir, repartir, sortir,\\nand ressortir, sometimes with Avoir, sometimes with Etre.\\nInf. Ser mr\\nJe ser s\\nnous ser vons\\nJe ser vais\\nnous ser vions\\nServir To Serve.\\nPart. Pres. Ser vant Part. Past, Ser vi\\npresent.\\ntu ser s\\nvous ser vez\\nimperfect.\\ntu ser vais\\nvous ser viez\\nil sert\\nils ser vent\\nil ser voit\\nils servaient\\nJe ser vis\\nnous ser v\u00c3\u00aemes\\nFRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu ser vis il ser vit\\nvous ser v\u00c3\u00aetes ils ser virent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "VERES.\\n217\\nJe ser virai\\nnous ser virons\\nJe ser virais\\nnous ser virions\\nser vons\\nQue je ser ve\\nque nous ser vions\\nQue je ser visse\\nque nous ser vissions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu ser viras\\nvous ser virez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu ser virais\\nvous ser viriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nser s\\nser vez\\nil ser vira\\nils ser viront\\nil ser virait\\nils ser viraient\\nqu il ser ve\\nqu ils ser vent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu ser ves qu il ser ve\\nque vous serviez qu ils ser vent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu ser visses qu il serv\u00c3\u00aet\\nque vous ser vissiez qu ils ser vissent\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nDesservir, to clear the table, to do an ill office to somebody.\\nSe servir, to make use, to use.\\nThe compound tenses of servir and desservir, are conjugated with\\nAvoir those of se servir, with Etre.\\nAsservir, to subject, is regular, and conjugated ^ke finir.\\nInf. T enir\\nJe tiens\\nnous t enons\\nJe t enais\\nnous t enions\\nJe t ins\\nnous t \u00c3\u00aenmes\\nTenir To Hold.\\nPart. Pres. T enant Part. Past, T enu\\nPRESENT.\\ntu t iens\\nvous t enez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu t enais\\nvous t eniez\\nil t ient\\nils t iennent\\nil t enait\\nils t enaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu tins il tint\\nvous t \u00c3\u00aentes ils tinrent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "218\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe tiendrai\\nnous t iendrons\\nJe t iendrais\\nnous t tendrions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu t tendras\\nvous t tendrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu t iendrais\\nvous t tendriez\\nil t iendra\\nils tiendront\\nil t iendrait\\nils t iendraient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nt enons\\nQue je tienne\\nque nous t entons\\nQue je tinsse\\nque nous t tussions\\ntiens\\nt enez\\nqu il t ^?i7i0\\nqu ils tiennent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu t iennes\\nque vous t entez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu tinsses\\nque vous t inssiez\\nqu il t ienne\\nqu ils t iennent\\nqu il t m\u00c2\u00a3\\nqu ils tinssent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner:\\nAppartenir to belong.\\nAdvenir, to happen.\\nCirconvenir, to circumvent.\\nContenir, to contain.\\nContrevenir, to contravene.\\nConvenir, to agree.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9 pr\u00c3\u00a9venir, to unprepossess.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9tenir, to detain.\\nDevenir, to become.\\nRedevenir, to become again.\\n-Retenir, to retain.\\nRevenir, to come again, to come\\nback.\\nS abstenir, to abstain.\\nDisconvenir, to disagree.\\n^Entretenir, to entertain.\\nIntervenir, to intervene\\n^Maintenir, to maintain.\\nMesavenir, to succeed ill.\\nObtenir y to obtain.\\nProvenir, to proceed from.\\n^Pr\u00c3\u00a9venir, to prevent, to inform.\\nParvenir, to attain.\\nSoutenir, to sustain, to support.\\n$e ressouvenir, to recollect.\\n8e souvenir, to remember.\\nSubvenir, to relieve.\\nSurvenir, to come unexpectedly.\\nF\u00c3\u00a9mr, to come.\\nThose of the above verbs, which are marked with un asterisk (*X\\nare conjugated in their compound tenses with Avoir, to have, and the\\nothers, with 2\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a3re, to be.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n219\\nAdvenir, to happen, is only used in the third person singular of the\\npresent of the indicative, as s il advient, if it happens.\\nProvenir, to proceed from, is only employed in its third persons sin-\\ngular and plural.\\nInf. V\u00c3\u00aat ir\\nJe v\u00c3\u00aat 8\\nnous v\u00c3\u00aat ons\\nJe v\u00c3\u00aat ai8\\nnous v\u00c3\u00aat ions\\nJe v\u00c3\u00aat is\\nnous v\u00c3\u00aat \u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe v\u00c3\u00aat irai\\nnous v\u00c3\u00aat irons\\nJe v\u00c3\u00aat irais\\nnous v\u00c3\u00aat irions\\nV\u00c3\u00aatir To Clothe.\\nPart. Pres. V\u00c3\u00aat ant Part. Past, V\u00c3\u00aat u\\nv\u00c3\u00aat ons\\nQue je v\u00c3\u00aat e\\nque nous v\u00c3\u00aat ions\\nQue je v\u00c3\u00aat isse\\nque nous v\u00c3\u00aat issions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu v\u00c3\u00aat s\\nvous v\u00c3\u00aat ez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu v\u00c3\u00aat ais\\nvous v\u00c3\u00aat iez\\nPRETERIT DEFINIT!\\ntu v\u00c3\u00aat is\\nvous v\u00c3\u00aat \u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu v\u00c3\u00aat iras\\nvous v\u00c3\u00aat irez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu v\u00c3\u00aat irais\\nvous v\u00c3\u00aat iriez\\nIMPERATIVE\\nv\u00c3\u00aat s\\nv\u00c3\u00aat ez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nil v\u00c3\u00aat\\nils v\u00c3\u00aat ent\\nil v\u00c3\u00aat ait\\nils v\u00c3\u00aat aient\\nil v\u00c3\u00aat it\\nils v\u00c3\u00aat irent\\nil v\u00c3\u00aat ira\\nils v\u00c3\u00aat iront\\nil v\u00c3\u00aat irait\\nils v\u00c3\u00aat iraient\\nqu il v\u00c3\u00aat e\\nqu ils v\u00c3\u00aat ent\\nque tu v\u00c3\u00aat es\\nque vous v\u00c3\u00aat iez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu v\u00c3\u00aat isses\\nque vous v\u00c3\u00aat issiez\\nqu il v\u00c3\u00aat e\\nqu ils v\u00c3\u00aat ent\\nqu il v\u00c3\u00aat U\\nqu ils v\u00c3\u00aat issent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "220\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nConjugate after tlie same manner\\nRev\u00c3\u00aatir y to clothe. Se v\u00c3\u00aatir, to dress, or clothe one s self.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00aatir, to strip, to undress. Se d\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00aatir, to divest one s self.\\nThe compound tenses of se d\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00aatir, are conjugated with Etre to be,\\nas all pronominal verbs are.\\nIII. THIRD CONJUGATION.\\nS asseoir To Sit down.\\nInf. S asseoir Part. Pres. S asseyant Part. Past. Assis\\nJe m assieds\\nnous nous asseyons\\nJe m asseyais\\nnous nous asseyions\\nJe m assis\\nnous nous ass\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe m asseyerai\\nor je m asseierai\\nor je m assi\u00c3\u00a9rai\\nnous nous asseyerons\\nPRESENT.\\ntu t assieds\\nvous vous asseyez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu t asseyais\\nvous vous asseyiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu t assis\\nvous vous ass\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu t asseyeras\\ntu t asseieras\\ntu t assi\u00c3\u00a9ras\\nvous vous asseyerez\\nil s assied\\nils s asseyent\\nor ils s asseient\\nil s asseyait\\nils s asseyaient\\nil s assit\\nils s assirent\\nor nous nous asseierons vous vous asseierez\\nor nous nous assi\u00c3\u00a9rons vous vous assi\u00c3\u00a9rez\\nil s asseyera\\nil s asseiera\\nil s assi\u00c3\u00a9ra\\nils s asseyeront\\nils s asseieront\\nils s assi\u00c3\u00a9ront\\nJe m asseyerais\\nor jem asseierais\\nor je m assi\u00c3\u00a9rais\\nnous nous asseyerions\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu t asseyerais\\ntu tasseierais\\ntu t assi\u00c3\u00a9rais\\nvous vous asseyeriez\\nor nous nous asseierions vous vous asseieriez\\nor nous nous assi\u00c3\u00a9rions vous vous assi\u00c3\u00a9riez\\nil s asseyerait\\nil s asseierait\\nil s assi\u00c3\u00a9rait\\nils s asseyeraient\\nils s asseieraient\\nils s assi\u00c3\u00a9raient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n221\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nassieds-toi qu il s asseye\\nor qu il s asseie\\nasseyons-nous asseyez-vous qu ils s asseyent\\nor qu ils s asseient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nQue je m asseye que tu t asseyes qu il s asseye\\nor que je m asseie or que tu t asseies or qu il s asseie\\nque nous nous asseyions que vous vous asseyiez qu ils s asseyent\\nor qu ils s asseient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je m assisse que tu t assisses qu il s ass\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous nous assissions que vous vous assissiez qu ils s assissent\\nConjugate after the same manner, se rasseoir, to sit down again.\\nThe compound tenses of these two verbs are conjugated with Etre,\\nto be, as all pronominal verbs are.\\nConjugate after the same manner, without the second pronoun me,\\nte, se, etc., asseoir, to sit down.\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nChoir To Fall\\nThis verb is not used except in the present of the infinitive.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9choir To Decay.\\nThis verb is seldom used, except in the present of the infinitive\\nand in its compound tenses, which are conjugated sometimes with\\nEtre, sometimes with Avoir.\\nEchoir To fall, to expire, to be due, to fall due.\\nThis verb is only used in the third person of the indicative, il \u00c3\u00a9choit,\\nsometimes pronounced il \u00c3\u00a9chet in il \u00c3\u00a9chut, in il \u00c3\u00a9cherra, in il\\n\u00c3\u00a9cherrait, in qu il \u00c3\u00a9ch\u00c3\u00bbt, etc., in \u00c3\u00a9choir, in \u00c3\u00a9ch\u00c3\u00a9ant, in \u00c3\u00a9chu, and in the\\ncompound tenses, which are conjugated sometimes with Avoir, some-\\ntimes with Etre.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "222\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nFalloir\\nIl faut\\nIl fallait\\nIl fallut\\nIl faudra\\nIl faudrait\\nTo be necessary.\\nPRESENT.\\nit is necessary\\nIMPERFECT.\\nit was necessary\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nit was necessary\\nFUTURE.\\nit shall or will be necessary\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nj it should, would, or might be\\nnecessary\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nQu il faille that it may be necessary\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQu il fall\u00c3\u00bbt that it might be necessary\\nThe compound tenses of this verb, (unipersonal and defective) are\\nformed by the addition of its participle past, fallu, to the third person\\nsingular of the verb Avoir as, il a fallu, it has been necessary, etc.\\nThe expressions 1 must, he must, we must, you must, they must, etc.,\\nare rendered by it must that I\u00e2\u0080\u0094 it must that he, etc. the verb which\\nfollows is put in the subjunctive mood, and in the person indicated\\nby the personal pronoun, which is before must in English, as I\\nmust write, il faut que f \u00c3\u00a9crive you must drink, il faut que cous\\nbuviez we say also, il me faut \u00c3\u00a9crire, il vous faut boire.\\nMouvoir To Move.\\nInf. Mouvoir Part. Pres. Mouvant Part. Past, Mu\\nJe meus\\nnous mouvons\\nJe mouvais\\nnous mouvions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu meus\\nvous mouvez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu mouvais\\nvous mouviez\\nil meut\\nils meuvent.\\nil mouvait\\nils mouvaient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nJe mus\\nnous m\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe mouvrai\\nnous mouvrons\\nJe mouvrais\\nnous mouvrions\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu mus\\nvous m\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu mouvras\\nvous mouvrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu mouvrais\\nvous mouvriez\\nil mut\\nils murent\\nil mouvra\\nils mouvront\\nil mouvrait\\nils mouvraient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nmeus\\nmouvez\\nqu il meuve\\nqu ils meuvent\\nQue je meuve\\nque nous mouvions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu meuves qu il meuve\\nque vous mouviez qu ils meuvent\\nQue je musse\\nque nous mussions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu musses qu il m\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque vous mussiez qu ils mussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nEmouvoir, to move. Promouvoir, to promote.\\nS \u00c3\u00a9mouvoir, to be concerned.\\nThe compound tenses of s \u00c3\u00a9mouvoir are conjugated with Etre.\\nPromouvoir, is only used in the present of the infinitive and in the\\ncompound tenses.\\nPleuvoir To Rain.\\ninfinitive.\\nPleuvoii to rain\\nparticiple present.\\nPleuvant raining\\nPARTICIPLE PAST\\nPlu rained", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "221\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nIl pleut\\nIl pleuvait\\nIl plut\\nB pleuvra\\nIl pleuvrait\\nQu il pleuve\\nQu il plut\\nPRESENT.\\nit rains, does rain, or is raining\\nIMPERFECT.\\nit rained, did rain, or was raining\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nit rained, or did rain.\\nFUTURE.\\nit will rain\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nit would rain\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nthat it may rain\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nthat it might rain\\nThe compound tenses of the above unipersonal verb are formed by\\nthe addition of its participle passive, plu, to the third person singular\\nof the simple tenses of Avoir as, il a plu, it has rained, etc.\\nPourvoir\\nTo Provide.\\nInf. Pourvoir\\nJe pourvois\\nnous pourvoyons\\nJe pourvoyais\\nnous pourvoyions\\nJe pourvus\\nnous pourv\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe pourvoirai\\nnous pourvoirons\\nPart. Pres. Pourvoyant Part. Past, Pourvu\\nPRESENT.\\ntu pourvois\\nvous pourvoyez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu pourvoyais\\nvous pourvoyiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu pourvus\\nvous pourv\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu pourvoiras\\nvous pourvoirez\\nil pourvoit\\nils pourvoient\\nil pourvoyait\\nils pourvoyaient\\nil pourvut\\nils pourvurent\\nil pourvoira\\nil pourvoiront", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n225\\nJe pourvoirais\\nnous pourvoirions\\npourvoyons\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu pourvoirais\\nvous pourvoiriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nil pourvoirait\\nils pourvoiraient\\npourvois\\npourvoyez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nqu il pourvoie\\nqu ils pourvoient\\nQue je pourvoie que tu pourvoies\\nque nous pourvoyions que vous pourvoyiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je pourvusse\\nque tu pourvusses\\nque nous pourvussions que vous pourvussiez\\nqu il pourvoie\\nqu ils pourvoient\\nqu il pourv\u00c3\u00bbt\\nqu ils pourvussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with. Avoir, to have.\\nInf. Pouvoir\\nJe puis or je peux\\nnous pouvons\\nJe pouvais\\nnous pouvions\\nJe pus\\nnous p\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe pourrai\\nnous pourrons\\nJe pourrais\\nnous pourrions\\nPouvoir To be able.\\nPart. Pres. Pouvant Part. Past, Pu\\npresent.\\ntu peux\\nvous pouvez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu pouvais\\nvous pouviez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu pus\\nvous p\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu pourras\\nvous pourrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu pourrais\\nvous pourriez\\nil peut\\nils peuvent\\nil pouvait\\nils pouvaient\\nil put\\nils purent\\nil pourra\\nils pourront\\nil pourrait\\nils pourraient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nQue je puisse\\nque nous puissions\\nque tu puisse qu il puisse\\nque vous puissiez qu ils puissent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je pusse que tu pusses qu il p\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous pussions que vous pussiez qu ils pussent\\nThe compound tense3 are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\n10*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "226\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nInf. Savoir\\nJe sais\\nnous savons\\nJe savais\\nnous savions\\nSavoir To Knoiv.\\nPart. Pres. Sachant Part. Past, Su\\nPRESENT.\\ntu sais il sait\\nvous savez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu savais\\nvous saviez\\nils savent\\nil savait\\nils savaient\\nJe sus\\nnous s\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu sus il sut\\nvous s\u00c3\u00bbtes ils surent\\nJe saurai\\nnous saurons\\nFUTURE.\\ntu sauras\\nvous saurez\\nil saura\\nils sauront\\nJe saurais\\nnous saurions\\nsachons\\nQue je sache\\nque nous sachions\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu saurais\\nvous sauriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nsache\\nsachez\\nil saurait\\nils sauraient\\nqu il sache\\nqu ils sachent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu saches\\nque vous sachiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il sache\\nqu ils sachent\\nQue je susse que tu susses qu il s\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous sussions que vous sussiez qu ils sussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nSavoir, to know, must not be confounded with conna\u00c3\u00aetre, to know.\\nConna\u00c3\u00aetre is mostly used in the cense of to be acquainted with and\\nsavoir, to know by heart.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n227\\nSeoir To fit, to become, to fit well.\\nInf. Seoir Part. Pres. Seyant Part. Past, Sis\\nPRESENT.\\nH sied it fits ils si\u00c3\u00a9ent they fit\\nIMPERFECT.\\nIl seyait it fitted ils seyaient they fitted\\nFUTURE.\\nIl si\u00c3\u00a9ra it will fit ils si\u00c3\u00a9ront they will fit.\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nIl si\u00c3\u00a9rait it would fit Us si\u00c3\u00a9raient they would fit\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nQu U si\u00c3\u00a9e that it may fit qu ils si\u00c3\u00a9ent that they may fit\\nThis verb, which is only employed in the third person of the singu-\\nlar, and of the plural of some tenses, has no compound tenses.\\nSurseoir To reprieve, to put off.\\nThis verb is seldom used, except in the present of the infinitive.\\nJe vaux\\nnous valons\\nJe valais\\nnous valions\\nJe valus\\nnous val\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nValoir To be worth.\\nInf. Valoir Part. Pres. Valant Part. Past, Valu\\nPRESENT\\ntu vaux\\nvous valez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu valais\\nvous valiez\\nil vaut\\nils valent\\nil valait\\nils valaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu valus il valut\\nvous val\u00c3\u00bbtes ils valurent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "228\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe vaudrai\\nnous vaudrons\\nJe vaudrais\\nnous vaudrions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu vaudras\\nvous vaudrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu vaudrais\\nvous vaudriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nvalons\\nQue je vaille\\nque nous valions\\nvaux\\nvalez\\nil vaudra\\nils vaudront\\nil vaudrait\\nils vaudraient\\nqu il vaille\\nqu ils vaillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu vailles qu il vaille\\nque vous valiez\\nqu ils vaillent\\nQue je valusse\\nque nous valussions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu valusses qu il val\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque vous valussiez qu ils valussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nRevaloir, to return like for like. Equivaloir, to be equivalent.\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9valoir, to prevail.\\nThis last makes, in the subjunctive, que je pr\u00c3\u00a9vale, que tu pr\u00c3\u00a9vales,\\nqu il pr\u00c3\u00a9vale, que nous pr\u00c3\u00a9valions, que vous pr\u00c3\u00a9valiez, qu ils pr\u00c3\u00a9valent\\nInf Voir\\nJe vois\\nnous voyons\\nJe voyais\\nnous voyions\\nJe vis\\nnous v\u00c3\u00aemes\\nVoir To See.\\nPart. Pres. Voyant Part. Past, Vu\\nPRESENT.\\ntu vois\\nvous voyez\\nil voit\\nils voient\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu voyais il voyait\\nvous voyiez ils voyaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu vis il vit\\nvous v\u00c3\u00aetes ils virent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n229\\nJe verrai\\nnous verrons\\nJe verrais\\nnous verrions\\nvoyons\\nFUTURE.\\ntu verras\\nvous verrez\\nCONDITIONAL,\\ntu verrais\\nvous verriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nvois\\nvoyez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nil verra\\nils verront\\nil verrait\\nils verraient\\nqu il voie\\nqu ils voient\\nQue je voie que tu voies qu il voie\\nque nous voyions que vous voyiez qu ils voient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je visse que tu visses qu il v\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous vissions que vous vissiez qu ils vissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nRevoir, to see again. Entrevoir, to have a glimpse of.\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9voir To Foresee.\\nThis verb is conjugated like Voir, to see, except in the future and\\nin the present of the conditional.\\nFUTURE.\\ntu pr\u00c3\u00a9voiras\\nvous pr\u00c3\u00a9voirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu pr\u00c3\u00a9voirais\\nvous pr\u00c3\u00a9voiriez\\nJe pr\u00c3\u00a9voirai\\nnous pr\u00c3\u00a9voirons\\nJe pr\u00c3\u00a9voirais\\nnous pr\u00c3\u00a9voirions\\nil pr\u00c3\u00a9voira\\nils pr\u00c3\u00a9voiront\\nil pr\u00c3\u00a9voirait\\nils pr\u00c3\u00a9voiraient\\nVouloir\\nTo be willing.\\nInf. Vouloir\\nJe veux\\nnous voulons\\nJe voulais\\nnous voulions\\nPart. Pres. Voulant\\nPRESENT.\\ntu veux\\nvous voulez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu voulais\\nvous vouliez\\nPart. Pas*, Voulu\\nil veut\\nils veulent\\nil voulait\\nils voulaient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "230\\nOK THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe voulus\\nnous voul\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe voudrai\\nnous voudrons\\nJ e voudrais\\nnous voudrions\\nQue je veuille\\nque nous voulions\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu voulus\\nvous voul\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu voudras\\nvous voudrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu voudrais\\nvous voudriez\\nil voulut\\nils voulurent\\nil voudra\\nils voudront\\nil voudrait\\nils voudraient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nveuillez\\n(is the only person used)\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu veuilles qu il veuille\\nque vous vouliez qu ils veuillent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je voulusse que tu voulusses qu il voul\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous voulussions que vous voulussiez qu ils voulussent\\nCompound tenses with Avoir\\nInf. Battre\\nJe bats\\nnous battons\\nJe battais\\nnous battions\\nJe battis\\nnous batt\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe battrai\\nnous battrons\\nIV. FOURTH CONJUGATION.\\nBattre To Beat.\\nPart. Pres. Battant\\nPart. Past, Battu\\nPRESENT.\\ntu bats\\nvous battez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu battais\\nvous battiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu battis\\nvous batt\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu battras\\nvous battrez\\nil bat\\nils battent\\nil battait\\nils battaient\\nil battit\\nils battirent\\nil battra\\nils battront", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n231\\nJe battrais\\nnous battrions\\nbattons\\nQue je batte\\nque nous battions\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu battrais\\nvous battriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nbats\\nbattez\\nil battrait\\nils battraient\\nqu il batte\\nqu ils battent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu battes\\nque vous battiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il batte\\nqu ils battent\\nQue je battisse\\nque nous battissions\\nque tu battisses qu il batt\u00c3\u00aet\\nque vous battissiez qu ils battissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with. Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nAbattre, to pull down. R\u00c3\u00a9battre, to beat again.\\nCombattre, to fight. S \u00c3\u00a9battre, to make or be merry.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9battre, to debate. Se d\u00c3\u00a9battre, to struggle.\\nRabattre, to pull down again, to abate.\\nThe compound tenses of s \u00c3\u00a9battre and se d\u00c3\u00a9battre, are conjugated\\nwith Etre, to be.\\nBoire\\nTo DrirJc.\\nInf. Boire\\nJe bois\\nnous buvons\\nJe buvais\\nnous buvions\\nJe bus\\nnous b\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe boirai\\nnous boirons\\nPart. Pres. Buvant\\nPRESENT.\\ntu bois\\nvous buvez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu buvais\\nvous buviez\\nPart. Past, Bu\\nil boit\\nils boivent\\nil buvait\\nils buvaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu bus il but\\nvous b\u00c3\u00bbtes ils burent\\nFUTURE.\\ntu boiras\\nvous boirez\\nm boira\\nils boiront", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "232\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe boirais\\nnous boirions\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu boirais\\nvous boiriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nbuvons\\nQue je boive\\nque nous buvions\\nbois\\nbuvez\\nil boirait\\nils boiraient\\nqu il boive\\nqu ils boivent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu boives qu il boive\\nque vous buviez qu ils boivent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je busse que tu busses qu il but\\nque nous bussions que vous bussiez qu ils bussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner, r\u00c3\u00a9boire, to drink again.\\nClore\\nInf. Clore\\nJe clos\\nJe clorai\\nnous clorons\\nJe clorais\\nnous clorions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu clos\\nFUTURE.\\ntu cloras\\nvous clorez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu clorais\\nvous cloriez\\nTo Close.\\nPart. Past, Clos\\nil clot\\nil clora\\nils cloront\\nil clorait\\nils cloraient\\nThis verb, (defective) is only used in the above few tenses and\\npersons, and in all the compound tenses, which are formed with\\nAvoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner, enclore, to inclose.\\nConclure To Conclude.\\nInf. Conclure Part. Pres. Concluant Part. Past, Conclu\\nJe conclus\\nnous concluons\\nPRESENT.\\ntu conclus\\nvous concluez\\nil conclut\\nils concluent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n233\\nJe concluais\\nnous concluions\\nJe conclus\\nnous concl\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe conclurai\\nnous conclurons\\nJe conclurais\\nnous conclurions\\nconcluons\\nQue je conclue\\nque nous concluions\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu concluais\\nvous concluiez\\nil concluait\\nils concluaient\\nPEETEEIT DEFINITE.\\ntu conclus il conclut\\nvous con cl ut es ils concl urent\\nFUTURE.\\ntu concluras\\nvous conclurez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu conclurais\\nvous concluriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nconclus\\nconcluez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu conclues\\nque vous concluiez\\nil conclura\\nils concluront\\nil conclurait\\nils concluraient\\nqu il conclue\\nqu ils concluent\\nqu il conclue\\nqu ils concluent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je conclusse que xu conclusses qu il concl\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous conclussions que vous conclussiez qu ils conclussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConj ugate after the same manner, exclure, to exclude.\\nConfire\\nTo Pickle.\\nInf. Conf ire Part. Pres. Conf isant Part. Past, Conf it\\nJe conf is\\nnous conf isons\\nJe conf isais\\nnous conf isions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu conf is\\nvous conf isez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu conf isais\\nvous conf isicz\\nil conf it\\nils conf ient\\nil conf isait\\nils conf isaieni", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "234\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe conf is\\nnous conf \u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe conf irai\\nnous conf irons\\nJe conf irais\\nnous conf irions\\nconf isons\\nQue je conf ise\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu conf is\\nvous conf ites\\nFUTURE.\\ntu conf iras\\nvous conf irez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu conf irais\\nvous conf iriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nconf is\\nconf isez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESE\u00c3\u008e\\nque tu conf ises\\nil conf it\\nils conf irent\\nil conf ira\\nils conf iront\\nil conf irait\\nils conf iraient\\nqu il conf ise\\nqu ils conf isent\\nque nous conf m ms que vous conf isiez\\nqu il conf ise\\nqu ils conf\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je conf isse que tu conf isses qu il conf %t\\nque nous conf issions que vous conf issiez qu ils conf issc^J\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nSuffire, to suffice. Circoncire, to circumcise.\\nInf. Coudre\\nJe couds\\nnous cousons\\nJe cousais\\nnous cousions\\nJe cousis\\nnous cous\u00c3\u00aemes\\nCoudre To Sew.\\nPart. Pres. Cousant Part. Past, Cousu\\nPRESENT.\\ntu couds\\nvous cousez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu cousais\\nvous cousiez\\nil coud\\nils cousent\\nil cousait\\nils cousaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu cousis il cousit\\nvous cous\u00c3\u00aetes ils cousirent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n235\\nJe coudrai\\nnous coudrons\\nJe coudrais\\nnous coudrions\\ncousons\\nque je couse\\nque nous cousions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu coudras\\nvous coudrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu coudrais\\nvous coudriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ncouds\\ncousez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu couses\\nque vous cousiez\\nil coudra\\nils coudront\\nil coudrait\\nils coudraient\\nqu il couse\\nqu ils cousent\\nqu il couse\\nqu ils cousent\\nque je cousisse\\nque nous cousissions\\nqu il cous\u00c3\u00aet\\nqu ils cousissent.\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu cousisses\\nque vous cousissiez\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nD\u00c3\u00a9coudre, to rip. Recoudre, to sew again.\\nInf. Croire\\nJe crois\\nnous croyons\\nJe croyais\\nnous croyions\\nJe crus\\nnous cr\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe croirai\\nnous croirons\\nCroire To Believe,\\nPart. Pres. Croyant Part. Past, Cru\\nPRESENT.\\ntu crois\\nvous croyez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu croyais\\nvous croyiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu crus\\nvous cr\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu croiras\\nvous croirez\\nil croit\\nils croient\\nil croyait\\nils croyaient\\nil crut\\nils crurent\\nil croira\\nils croiront", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "236 osr\\nTHE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe croirais\\nnous croirions\\ncroyons\\nQue je croie\\nque nous croyions\\nQue je crusse\\nque nous crussions\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu croirais\\nvous croiriez\\nil croirait\\nils croiraient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ncrois\\ncroyez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu croies\\nque vous croyiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu crusses\\nque vous crussiez\\nqu il croie\\nqu ils croient\\nqu il croie\\nqu ils croient\\nqu il cr\u00c3\u00bbt\\nqu ils crussent\\nG\\nInf. Cro\u00c3\u00aetre\\nJe cro\u00c3\u00aes\\nnous croissons\\nJe croissais\\nnous croissions\\nJe cr\u00c3\u00bbs\\nnous cr\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe cro\u00c3\u00aetrai\\nnous cro\u00c3\u00aetrons\\nJe cro\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nnous cro\u00c3\u00aetrions\\ncroissons\\n)\u00c3\u008eTRE To\\nPart. Pres. Croissant\\nPRESENT.\\ntu cro\u00c3\u00aes\\nvous croissez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu croissais\\nvous croissiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu cr\u00c3\u00bbs\\nvous cr\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu cro\u00c3\u00aetras\\nvous cro\u00c3\u00aetrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu cro\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nvous cro\u00c3\u00aetriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ncrois\\ncroissez\\nGrow.\\nPart. Past, Cr\u00c3\u00bb\\nil cro\u00c3\u00aet\\nils croissent\\nil croissait\\nils croissaient\\nil cr\u00c3\u00bbt\\nils cr\u00c3\u00bbrent\\nil cro\u00c3\u00aetra\\nils cro\u00c3\u00aetront\\nil cro\u00c3\u00aetrait\\nils cro\u00c3\u00aetraient\\nqu il croisse\\nqu ils croissent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n237\\nQue j e croisse\\nque nous croissions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu croisses qu il croisse\\nque vous croissiez qu ils croissent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque je cr\u00c3\u00bbsse que tu cr\u00c3\u00bbsses qu il cr\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous cr\u00c3\u00bbssions que vous cr\u00c3\u00bbssiez qu ils cr\u00c3\u00bbssent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated sometimes with. Avoir, some-\\ntimes with Etre; with Avoir, when it expresses the action of grow-\\ning, and with Etre, when it denotes the state in which one is.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nAccro\u00c3\u00aetre, to increase. D\u00c3\u00a9cro\u00c3\u00aetre, to decrease.\\nInf. Dire\\nJe dis\\nnous disons\\nJe disais\\nnous disions\\nJe dis\\nnous d\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe dirai\\nnous dirons\\nJe dirais\\nnous dirions\\ndisons\\nQue je dise\\nque nous disions\\nDire To Say.\\nPart. Pres. Disant\\nPRESENT.\\nPart. Past, Dit\\ntu dis\\nvous dites\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu disais\\nvous disiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu dis\\nvous d\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu diras\\nvous direz\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu dirais\\nvous diriez\\nil dit\\nils disent\\nil disait\\nils disaient\\nil dit\\nils dirent\\nil dira\\nils diront\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ndis\\ndites\\nil dirait\\nils diraient\\nqu il dise\\nqu ils disent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu dises qu il dise\\nque vous disiez qu ils disent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nque je disse\\nque nous dissions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu disses qu il d\u00c3\u00aet\\nque vous dissiez qu ils dissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner, redire, to say again,\\nThe following verbs,\\nContredire, to contradict. M\u00c3\u00a9dire to slander,\\nD\u00c3\u00a9dire, to disown, Pr\u00c3\u00a9dire, to foretell,\\nInterdire, to interdict, Se d\u00c3\u00a9dire, to recant,\\nMaudire, to curse,\\nare also conjugated like dire, except in the second person plural of the\\nindicative present, and the imperative, in which they make\\nGo n tredisez M \u00c3\u00a9discz\\nD\u00c3\u00a9disez Pr\u00c3\u00a9disez\\nInterdisez D\u00c3\u00a9disez\\nMaudissez\\nMaudire, takes two s s in maudissant; in the three persons plural\\nof nous maudissons, vous maudissez, ils maudissent in all the persons\\nof je maudissais, etc.; in the third person singular, of qic U maudisse,\\nand also in the three persons plural, of que nous maudissions, etc.,\\nin its other persons and tenses it is conjugated like dire.\\nEclore To hatch, to blow, to open.\\nInf. Eclore Part. Past, Eclos\\nPRESENT.\\nH \u00c3\u00aaclot ils \u00c3\u00a9closent\\nFUTURE.\\nH \u00c3\u00a9clora ils e cloront\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nH \u00c3\u00a9clorait ils cloraient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nqu il \u00c3\u00a9close qu ils \u00c3\u00a9closent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "YE RE S.\\n239\\nInf. Ecr ire\\nJ \u00c3\u00a9cr is\\nnous \u00c3\u00a9cr ivons\\nJ \u00c3\u00a9cr ivais\\nnous \u00c3\u00a9cr iviovs\\nJ \u00c3\u00a9cr ivis\\nnous \u00c3\u00a9cr iv\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJ \u00c3\u00a9cr irai\\nnous \u00c3\u00a9cr ons\\nJ \u00c3\u00a9cr irais\\nnous \u00c3\u00a9cr mVms\\necr ivons\\nQue j \u00c3\u00a9cr ive\\nque nous \u00c3\u00a9cr nions\\nEcrire To Write.\\nPart. Pres. Ecr ivant Part. Past, Ecr it\\nPRESENT.\\ntu \u00c3\u00a9cr is\\nvous \u00c3\u00a9cr iuez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu \u00c3\u00a9cr ivais\\nvous \u00c3\u00a9cr iviez\\nil \u00c3\u00a9cr it\\nils \u00c3\u00a9cr ivent\\nil \u00c3\u00a9cr ivait\\nils \u00c3\u00a9cr ivaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu \u00c3\u00a9cr ivis\\nvous \u00c3\u00a9cr iv\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu \u00c3\u00a9cr iras\\nvous \u00c3\u00a9cr irez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu \u00c3\u00a9cr irais\\n\\\\ous \u00c3\u00a9cr iriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\n\u00c3\u00a9cr is\\n\u00c3\u00a9cr ivez\\nil \u00c3\u00a9cr ivit\\nils \u00c3\u00a9cr mirent\\nil \u00c3\u00a9cr ira\\nils \u00c3\u00a9cr ^ro/i^\\nil \u00c3\u00a9cr irait\\nils \u00c3\u00a9cr iraient\\nqu il \u00c3\u00a9cr we\\nqu ils \u00c3\u00a9cr ivent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu \u00c3\u00a9cr ives qu il \u00c3\u00a9cr ive\\nque vous \u00c3\u00a9cr iviez qu ils \u00c3\u00a9cr ivent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue j \u00c3\u00a9cr ivisse que tu \u00c3\u00a9cr ivisses qu il \u00c3\u00a9cr iv\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous \u00c3\u00a9cr ivissions que vous \u00c3\u00a9cr ivissiez qu ils \u00c3\u00a9cr ivissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nCirconscrire, to circumscribe. Proscrire, to proscribe.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9crire, to describe. R\u00c3\u00a9crire, to write again.\\nInscrire, to inscribe. Souscrire, to subscribe.\\nPrescrire, to prescribe. Transcrire, to transcribe.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "MO\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nInf. Faire\\nJ e fais\\nnous faisons\\nFaire To make, to do, to cause.\\nPart. Pres. Faisant Part. Past, Fait\\nPRESENT.\\ntu fais\\nvous faites\\nil fait\\nils font\\nJe faisais\\nnous faisions\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu faisais\\nvous faisiez\\nil faisait\\nils faisaient\\nJe fis\\nnous f\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe ferai\\nnous ferons\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu fis il fit\\nvous f\u00c3\u00aetes ils firent\\nFUTURE.\\ntu feras\\nvous ferez\\nil fera\\nils feront\\nJe ferais\\nnous ferions\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu ferais\\nvous feriez\\nil ferait\\nils feraient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nfaisons\\nQue je fasse\\nque nous fassions\\nfais\\nfaites\\nqu il fasse\\nqu ils fassent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu fasses\\nque vous fassiez\\nqu il fasse\\nqu ils fassent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je fisse que tu fisses qu il f\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous fissions que vous lissiez qu ils fissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nContrefaire, to counterfeit, to mimic.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9faire, to undo.\\nRed\u00c3\u00a9faire to undo again.\\nRefaire, to do again.\\nSatisfaire, to satisfy.\\nSurfaire, to ask too much", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "VEBBS.\\n241\\nFrire\\nTo Fry.\\nInf. Frire\\nJe fris\\nJe frirai\\nnous frirons\\nJe frirais\\nnous fririons\\nPRESENT.\\ntu fris\\nFUTURE.\\ntu friras\\nvous frirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu frirais\\nvous fririez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nfris\\nPart. Past, Frit\\nil frit\\nil frira\\nils friront\\nil frirait\\nils friraient\\nThis verb, (defective) is only used in the above few persons and ten-\\nses, and in all the compound tenses, which are formed with Avoir.\\nTo supply the persons and tenses which are wanting, the different\\ntenses of faire, to make, with the infinitive present o\u00c3\u00ae frire, are used;\\nas, nous faisons frire, vous faites frire, ils font frire, etc.\\nJoindre To Join.\\nInf. Joi ndre Part. Pres. Joi gnant Part. Past, Joi ii\u00c3\u00b9\\nJe joi ns\\nnous joignons\\nJe joi gnais\\nnous joi gnions\\nJe joi gnis\\nnous joi gn\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe joi ndrai\\nnous joi ndrons\\nPRESENT.\\ntu joi ns\\nvous joi gnez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu joi gnais\\nvous joi gniez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu joi gnis\\nvous joign\u00c3\u00aetes\\nil joi nt\\nils joi gnent\\nil joi gnait\\nils joi gnaient\\nil joi gnit\\nils joi gnirent\\nFUTURE.\\ntu joi ndras\\nvous joi ndrez\\n11\\nil joi ndra\\nils joi ndront", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "242\\nOS THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nJe joi ndrais\\nnousjoi ndrions\\njoi gnons\\nQue je joi gne\\nque nous joi g nions\\ntu joi ndrais\\nvous joi ndriez\\nil joi ndrait\\nils joi ndr aient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nJOI 718\\njoi gnez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESEN\\nque tu joi gnes\\nque vous joi gniez\\nqu il joi gne\\nqu ils joi gnent\\nqu il joi gne\\nqu ils joi gnent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je joi gnisse que tu joi gnisses qu il joi gnxt\\nque nous joi gnissions que vous joi guissiez qu ils joi gnissent\\nCompound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate, after the same manner, all verbs whose present of the\\ninfinitive ends\\naindre\\nas\\nCraindre,\\nto fear.\\neindre\\nas\\nPeindre,\\nto paint.\\noindre\\nas\\nPoindre,\\nto dawn.\\nAlso\\nAstreindre, to subject, to compel. Eteindre, to put out, to extinguish.\\nAtteindre, to reach, to overtake. Feindre, to feign, to pretend.\\nCeindre, to gird. Plaindre, to pity.\\nContraindre, to constrain, to force. Restreindre, to restrain.\\nEnfreindre, to infringe. Teindre, to dye.\\nInf. Lire\\nJe lis\\nnous lisons\\nJe lisais\\nnous lisions\\nLire To Read.\\nPart. Pres. Lisant Part. Past, Lu.\\nPRESENT,\\ntu lis il lit\\nvous lisez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu lisais\\nvous lisiez\\nils lisent\\nil lisait\\nils lisaient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n243\\nJe lus\\nnous l\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe lirai\\nnous lirons\\nJe lirais\\nnous lirions\\nlisons\\nQue je lise\\nque nous lisions\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu lus il lut\\nvous l\u00c3\u00bbtes ils lurent\\nFUTURE.\\ntu liras\\nvous lirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu lirais\\nvous liriez\\nEMPERATIVE.\\nlis\\nlisez\\nil lira\\nils liront\\nil lirait\\nils liraient\\nqu il lise\\nqu ils lisent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu lises\\nque vous lisiez\\nqu il lise\\nqu ils lisent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je lusse que tu lusses qu il l\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous lussions que vous lussiez qu ils ^sent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConj ugate after the same manner\\nBelire, to read again. Elire, to elect.\\nInf. Mettre\\nJ e mets\\nnous mettons\\nJe mettais\\nnous mettions\\nJe mis\\nnous m\u00c3\u00aemes\\nMettre To Put.\\nPart. Pres. Mettant Part. Past, Mis\\nPRESENT.\\ntu mets\\nvous mettez\\nil met\\nils mettent\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu mettais il mettait\\nvous mettiez ils mettaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu mis il mit\\nvous m\u00c3\u00aetes ils mirent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "244\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe mettrai\\nnous mettrons\\nJe mettrais\\nnous mettrions\\nmettons\\nQue je mette\\nque nous mettions\\nQue je misse\\nque nous missions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu mettras\\nvous mettrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu mettrais\\nvous mettriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nmets\\nmettez\\nil mettra\\nils mettront\\nil mettrait\\nils mettraient\\nqu il mette\\nqu ils mettent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu mettes\\nque vous mettiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu misses\\nque vous missiez\\nqu il mette\\nqu ils mettent\\nqu il m\u00c3\u00aet\\nqu ils missent\\nCompound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nAdmettre, to admit. Promettre, to promise.\\nCommettre, to commit. Remettre, to put again, to set again,\\nCompromettre, to compromise. to replace.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9mettre, to disjoint, to put out. Soumettre, to submit.\\nOmettre, to omit. Transmettre, to transmit.\\nPermettre, to permit. Se d\u00c3\u00a9mettre, to resign.\\nS entremettre, to interpose.\\nThe two last have their compound tenses conjugated with Etre,\\nMoudre To Grind.\\nInf. Moudre Part. Pres. Moulant Part. Past, Moulu\\nJe mouds\\nnous moulons\\nJe moulais\\nnous moulions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu mouds\\nvous moulez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu moulais\\nvous mouliez\\nil moud\\nils moulent\\nil moulait\\nils moulaient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n245\\nJe moulus\\nnous moul\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe moudrai\\nnous moudrons\\nJe moudrais\\nnous moudrions\\nmoulons\\nQue je moule\\nque nous moulions\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu moulus\\nvous moul\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nil moulut\\nils moulurent\\nFUTURE.\\ntu moudras\\nvous moudrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu moudrais\\nvous moudriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nmouds\\nmoulez\\nil moudra\\nils moudront\\nil moudrait\\nils moudraient\\nqu il moule\\nqu ils moulent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu moules\\nque vous mouliez\\nqu il moule\\nqu ils moulent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je moulusse, que tu moulusses qu il moul\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous moulussions que vous moulussiez qu ils moulussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nHemoudre, to grind again. Emoudre, to grind, to whet.\\nInf. Na\u00c3\u00aetre\\nJe nais\\nnous naissons\\nJe naissais\\nnous naissions\\nJe naquis\\nnous naqu\u00c3\u00aemes\\nNa\u00c3\u00aetre To be born.\\nPart. Pres. Naissant Part. Past, N\u00c3\u00a9\\nPRESENT.\\ntu nais\\nvous naissez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu naissais\\nvous naissiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu naquis\\nvous naqu\u00c3\u00aetes\\nil na\u00c3\u00aet\\nils naissent\\nil naissait\\nils naissaient\\nil naquit\\nils naquirent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "246\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe na\u00c3\u00aetrai\\nnous na\u00c3\u00aetrons\\nJe na\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nnous na\u00c3\u00aetrions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu na\u00c3\u00aetras\\nvous na\u00c3\u00aetrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu na\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nvous na\u00c3\u00aetriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nnais\\nnaissez\\nil na\u00c3\u00aetra\\nils na\u00c3\u00aetront\\nil na\u00c3\u00aetrait\\nils na\u00c3\u00aetraient\\nqu il naisse\\nqu ils naissent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu naisses\\nque vous naissiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu naquisses\\nque nous naquissions que vous naquissiez\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Etre to be,\\nConjugate after the same manner:\\nBena\u00c3\u00aetre, to revive.\\nQue je naisse\\nque nous naissions\\nQue je naquisse\\nqu il naisse\\nqu ils naissent\\nqu il naqu\u00c3\u00aet\\nqu ils naquissent\\nInf. Pa\u00c3\u00aetre\\nJe pais\\nnous paissons\\nJe paissais\\nnous paissions\\nJe pa\u00c3\u00aetrai\\nnous pa\u00c3\u00aetrons\\nJe pa\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nnous pa\u00c3\u00aetrions\\nPa\u00c3\u00aetre To\\nPart. Pres. Paissant\\nPRESENT.\\ntu pais\\nvous paissez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu paissais\\nvous paissiez\\nFUTURE.\\ntu pa\u00c3\u00aetras\\nvous pa\u00c3\u00aetrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu pa\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nvous pa\u00c3\u00aetriez\\nGraze.\\nPart. Past, Pu\\nil pa\u00c3\u00aet\\nils paissent\\nil paissait\\nils paissaient\\nil pa\u00c3\u00aetra\\nils pa\u00c3\u00aetront\\nil pa\u00c3\u00aetrait\\nils pa\u00c3\u00aetraient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n247\\nIMPERATIVE.\\npaissons\\npais\\npaissez\\nqu il paisse\\nqu ils paissent\\nQue je paisse,\\nque nous paissions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu paisses qu il paisse\\nque vous paissiez qu ils paissent\\nConj ugate after the same manner\\nRepa\u00c3\u00aetre, to feed. Se repa\u00c3\u00aetre, to feed one s self.\\nThese last two verbs have a preterit definite, and an imperfect of\\nthe subjunctive.\\ntu repus\\nvous reputes\\nque tu repusses\\nque vous repussiez\\nThe compound tenses of repa\u00c3\u00aetre, are conjugated with Avoir, and\\nthose of se repa\u00c3\u00aetre, with Etre.\\nJe repus\\nnous rep\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nQue je repusse\\nque nous repussions\\nil reput\\nils repurent\\nqu il rep\u00c3\u00bbt\\nqu ils repussent\\nPara\u00c3\u00aetre To Appear\\nInf. Par \u00c3\u00a0\u00c3\u00aetre Part. Pres. Par aissant Part. Past, Par u\\nJe par a\u00c3\u00afs\\nnous par aissons\\nJe par aissais\\nnous par aissions\\nJe par us\\nnous par urnes\\nJe par a\u00c3\u00aetrai\\nnous par a\u00c3\u00aetrons\\nJe par a\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nnous par a\u00c3\u00aetrions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu par ais\\nvous par aissez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu par aissais\\nvous par aissiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu par us\\nvous par \u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu par a\u00c3\u00aetras\\nvous par a\u00c3\u00aetrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu par a\u00c3\u00aetrais\\nvous par a\u00c3\u00aetriez\\nil par ait\\nils par aissent\\nil par aissait\\nils par aissaient\\nil par ut\\nils par urent\\nil par a\u00c3\u00aetra\\nils par a\u00c3\u00aetront\\nil par a\u00c3\u00aetrait\\nils par a\u00c3\u00aetraient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "248\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\npar aissons\\nQue je par aisse\\nque nous par dissions\\nIMPERATIVE.\\npar ais\\npar aissez\\nqu il par aisse\\nqu ils par dissent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu par disses qu il par disse\\nque vous par dissiez qu ils par dissent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je par usse\\nque nous par tissions\\nque tu par usses qu il par \u00c3\u00bbt\\nque vous par tissiez qu ils par ussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nAppara\u00c3\u00aetre, to appear. Reconna\u00c3\u00aetre, to recognize, to know\\nCompara\u00c3\u00aetre, to appear. again.\\nConna\u00c3\u00aetre, to knoAv. Repara\u00c3\u00aetre, to appear again.\\nDispara\u00c3\u00aetre, to disappear. Se m\u00c3\u00a9conna\u00c3\u00aetre, to forget one s self.\\nM\u00c3\u00a9conna\u00c3\u00aetre, to mistake, to forget, to neglect.\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Etre.\\nPlaire\\nTo Please.\\nInf. PI aire\\nJe pl ais\\nnous pl oisons\\nJe pl aisais\\nnous pl aisions\\nJe pl us\\nnous pl \u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe pl airai\\nnous pl airons\\nPart. Pres. Pl aisant\\nPRESENT.\\nPart. Past, Pl u\\ntu pl ais\\nvous pl aisez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu pl disais\\nvous pl aisiez\\nil pl ait\\nils pl aisent\\nil pl aisiit\\nils pl aisaient\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu pl US\\nvous pl \u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu pl air as\\nvous pl airez\\nil pl ut\\nils pl wrtf/ii\\nil pl air a\\nils pl air ont", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n249\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nJe pi dirais\\nnous pi dirions\\npi aisons\\nQue je pi aise\\nque nous pi aisions\\ntu pi airais\\nvous pi airiez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\npi ais\\npi aisez\\nil pi airait\\nils pi airaient\\nqu il pi aise\\nqu ils pi aisent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu pi aises\\nque vous pi aisiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il pi aise\\nqu ils pi aisent\\nQue je pi usse\\nque nous pi ussions\\nque tu pi tisses qu il pi \u00c3\u00bbt\\nque vous pi ussiez qu ils pi ussent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with. Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner:\\nComplaire, to humor, to please. Se taire, to forbear talking, to be\\nD\u00c3\u00a9plaire, to displease. silent, to hold one s tongue.\\nTaire, to conceal, to keep secret.\\nThe compound tenses of se taire are conjugated with Etre, to be\\nPoindre\\nPoindre\\nTo shoot forth, to dawn.\\nil poin t il poindra.\\nPrendre To Take.\\nInf. Prendre Part. Pres. Prenant Part. Past, Pris\\nJe prends\\nnous prenons\\nJ e prenais\\nnous prenions\\nJe pris\\nnous pr\u00c3\u00aemes\\nPRESENT.\\ntu prends\\nvous prenez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu prenais\\nvous preniez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nil prend\\nils prennent\\nil prenait\\nils prenaient\\ntu pris\\nvous pr\u00c3\u00aetes\\n11*\\nil prit\\nils prirent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "250\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nJe prendrai\\nnous prendrons\\nJe prendrais\\nnous prendrions\\nprenons\\nQue je prenne\\nque nous prenions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu prendras\\nvous prendrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu prendrais\\nvous prendriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nprends\\nprenez\\nil prendra\\nils prendront\\nil prendrait\\nils prendraient\\nqu il prenne\\nqu ils prennent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu prennes qu il prenne\\nque vous preniez qu ils prennent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu prisses qu il pr\u00c3\u00aet\\nque vous prissiez qu ils prissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nQue je prisse\\nque nous prissions\\nApprendre, to learn.\\nComprendre, to comprehend, to\\nunderstand.\\nDeprendre, to loosen, to disen-\\nRapprendre, to learn again.\\nReprendre, to take again, to re-\\nsume.\\nSurprendre, to surprise, to de-\\nceive.\\nSe m\u00c3\u00a9prendre, to mistake.\\nS \u00c3\u00a9prendre, to be smitten.\\nThe compound tenses of se m\u00c3\u00a9prendre and s \u00c3\u00a9prendre, are conju-\\ngated with Etre, to be s \u00c3\u00a9prendre is used only in the participle past,\\nand in all the compound tenses.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9sapprendre, to unlearn.\\nEntreprendre, to undertake.\\nR\u00c3\u00a9duire To Reduce.\\nInf. R\u00c3\u00a9dui re Part. Pres. R\u00c3\u00a9dui sant Part. Past, R\u00c3\u00a9dui t\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9dui s\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9dui sons\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9dui sais\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9dui sions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9dui s\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9dui sez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9dui sais\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9dui siez\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9dui t\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9dui sent\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9dui sait\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9dui soient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n251\\nPRETERIT DEFINIE.\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9dui sis\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9dui s\u00c3\u00aemes\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9dui sis\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9dui sUes\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9dui sit\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9dui sirent\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9dui rai\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9dui rons\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9dui rais\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9dui rions\\nFUTURE.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9dui ras\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9dui rez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9dui rais\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9dui riez\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9dui ra\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9dui ront\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9dui rait\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9dui raient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nr\u00c3\u00a9dui sons\\nQue je r\u00c3\u00a9dui se\\nque nous r\u00c3\u00a9dui sions\\nr\u00c3\u00a9dui s\\nr\u00c3\u00a9dui ses\\nqu il r\u00c3\u00a9dui se\\nqu ils r\u00c3\u00a9dui\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu r\u00c3\u00a9dui ses\\nque vous r\u00c3\u00a9dui siez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il r\u00c3\u00a9dui se\\nqu ils r\u00c3\u00a9dui sent\\nQue je r\u00c3\u00a9dui sisse que tu r\u00c3\u00a9dui sisses qu il r\u00c3\u00a9dui s\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous r\u00c3\u00a9dui sissions que vous r\u00c3\u00a9dui sissiez qu ils r\u00c3\u00a9dui sissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate in the same manner:\\nConduire, to conduct, to lead. Luire, to shine, to glow.\\nConstruire, to construct. Nuire, to hurt.\\nCuire, to bake. Produire, to produce.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9duire, to deduct, to take from. Reconduire, to reconduct, to lead\\nD\u00c3\u00a9truire, to destroy. back.\\nEconduire, to discard in polite Reconstruire, to construct again,\\nmanner.\\nEnduire, to plaster.\\nEntreluire, to shine a little,\\nglow a little.\\nInduire, to induce.\\nInstruire, to instruct.\\nIntroduire, to introduce.\\nRecuire, to bake again.\\nReluire, to shine, to glow,\\nto Renduire, to plaster again.\\nReproduire, to reproduce.\\nS\u00c3\u00a9duire, to seduce.\\nTraduire, to translate.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "252\\nON THE PAKTS OF SPEECH.\\nR\u00c3\u00a9soudre To Dissolve, to Resolve,\\nInf. R\u00c3\u00a9soudre Part. Pres. R\u00c3\u00a9solvant Part. Past, R\u00c3\u00a9solu or r\u00c3\u00a9sous\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9 sous\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9 solvons\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9 sol vais\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9 solvions\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9 solus\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9 sol\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9 soudrai\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9 soudrons\\nJe r\u00c3\u00a9 soudrais\\nnous r\u00c3\u00a9 soudrions\\nr\u00c3\u00a9 solvons\\nQue je r\u00c3\u00a9 solve\\nque nous r\u00c3\u00a9 solvions\\nPRESENT.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9 sous\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9 solvez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9 solvais\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9 solviez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9 solus\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9 solutes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9 soudras\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9 soudrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu r\u00c3\u00a9 soudrais\\nvous r\u00c3\u00a9 soudriez\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9 sout\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9 solvent\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9 solvait\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9 solvaient\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9 solut\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9 solurent\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nre sous\\nr\u00c3\u00a9 solvez\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9 soudra\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9 soudront\\nil r\u00c3\u00a9 soudrait\\nils r\u00c3\u00a9 soudraient\\nqu il r\u00c3\u00a9 solve\\nqu ils r\u00c3\u00a9 solvent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu r\u00c3\u00a9 solves\\nque vous r\u00c3\u00a9 solviez\\nqu il re solve\\nqu ils r\u00c3\u00a9solvent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je r\u00c3\u00a9 solusse que tu r\u00c3\u00a9 solusses qu il r\u00c3\u00a9 sol\u00c3\u00bbt\\nque nous r\u00c3\u00a9 solussions que vous r\u00c3\u00a9 solussiez qu ils r\u00c3\u00a9 solussent\\nThe compound tenses are conj ugated with. Avoir, to have.\\nThe above verb has two participles past. R\u00c3\u00a9solu, is used when\\nr\u00c3\u00a9soudre is employed to express to resolve and r\u00c3\u00a9sous, when employed\\nto express to dissolve.\\nAbsoudre, to absolve. Dissoudre, to dissolve.\\nThese two last verbs have no preterit definite, nor imperfect of the\\nsubjunctive.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "YEEBS.\\n253\\nInf. Rire\\nJe ris\\nnous rions\\nJe riais\\nnous riions\\nJe ris\\nnous r\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe rirai\\nnous rirons\\nJe rirais\\nnous ririons\\nQue je rie\\nque nous riions\\nEire To Laugh.\\nPart. Pres. Riant Part. Past, Ri\\nPRESENT.\\ntu ris\\nvous riez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu riais\\nvous riiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nil rit\\nils rient\\nil riait\\nils riaient\\ntu ris\\nvous r\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu riras\\nvous rirez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu rirais\\nvous ririez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nris\\nriez\\nil rit\\nils rirent\\nil rira\\nils riront\\nil rirait\\nils riraient\\nqu il rie\\nqu ils rient\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu ries\\nque vous riiez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nqu il rie\\nqu ils rient\\nQue je risse que tu risses qu il r\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous rissions que vous rissiez qu ils rissent\\nCompound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConj ugate after the same manner\\nSourire, to smile. Se rire de, to laugh at.\\nThe compound tenses of se rire de, are conjugated with Etre.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "254\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nInf. Rompre\\nTe romps\\nnous rompons\\nJe rompais\\nnous rompions\\nJe rompis\\nnous romp\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe romprai\\nnous romprons\\nJe romprais\\nnous romprions\\nrompons\\nQue je rompe\\nque nous rompions\\nRompre To Break.\\nPart. Pres. Rompant Part. Past, Rompu\\nPRESENT.\\ntu romps\\nvous rompez\\nil rompt\\nils rompent\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu rompais\\nvous rompiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINIT!\\ntu rompis\\nvous romp\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu rompras\\nvous romprez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu romprais\\nvous rompriez\\nil rompait\\nils rompaient\\nil rompit\\nils rompirent\\nil rompra\\nils rompront\\nil romprait\\nils rompraient\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nromps\\nrompez\\nqu il rompe\\nqu ils rompent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu rompes\\nque vous rompiez\\nqu il rompe\\nqu ils rompent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je rompisse que tu rompisses qu il romp\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous rompissions que vous rompissiez qu ils rompissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nCorrompre, to corrupt. Interrompre, to interrupt.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n255\\nInf. Suivre\\nJe suis\\nnous suivons\\nJe suivais\\nnous suivions\\nJe suivis\\nnous suiv\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe suivrai\\nnous suivrons\\nJe suivrais\\nnous suivrions\\nsuivons\\nQue je suive\\nque nous suivions\\nQue je suivisse\\nque nous suivissions\\nSuivre To Follow.\\nPart. Pres. Suivant Part. Past, Suivi\\nPRESENT.\\ntu SUIS\\nvous suivez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu suivais\\nvous suiviez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu suivis\\nvous suiv\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu suivras\\nvous suivrez\\nCONDITIONAL\\ntu suivrais\\nvous suivriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nil suit\\nils suivent\\nil suivait\\nils suivaient\\nil suivit\\nils suivirent\\nil suivra\\nils suivront\\nil suivrait\\nil suivraient\\nsuis\\nsuivez\\nqu il suive\\nqu ils suivent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu suives\\nque vous suiviez\\nqu il suive\\nqu ils suivent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nque tu suivisses qu il suivit\\nque vous suivissiez qu ils suivissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nPoursuivre, to pursue, to prosecute. S en suivre, to follow, to result.\\nThe last verb is only used in the third person singular of every\\ntense.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "250\\nON THE PAKTS OF SPEECH.\\nInf. Traire\\nJe trais\\nnous trayons\\nJe trayais\\nnous trayions\\nJe trairai\\nnous trairons\\nJe trairais\\nnous trairions\\ntrayons\\nTraire To Milk\\nPart. Pres. Trayant Part. Past, Trait\\nPRESENT.\\ntu trais\\nvous trayez\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu trayais\\nvous trayiez\\nFUTURE.\\ntu trairas\\nvous trairez\\nCONDITIONAL\\ntu trairais\\nvous trairez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\ntrais\\ntrayez\\nil trait\\nils traient\\nil trayait\\nils trayaient\\nil traira\\nils trairont\\nil trairait\\nils trairaient\\nqu il traie\\nqu ils traient\\nQue je traie\\nque nous trayions\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu traies qu il traie\\nque vous trayiez qu ils traient\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nAbstraire, to abstract. Rentraire, to fine draw.\\nAttraire, to attract, to entice. Retraire, to redeem an estate.\\nDistraire, to distract, to divert. Soustraire, to substract, to hide, to\\nExtraire, to extract. conceal, to take away.\\nSe soustraire to avoid, to escape, to withdraw one s self from.\\nSe soustraire is conjugated with Etre, to be.\\nVaincre To vanquish, to conquer.\\nInf. Vaincre Part. Pres. Vainquant Part. Past, Vaincu\\nPRESENT.\\nJe vaincs tu vaincs il vainc\\nnous vainquons vous vainquez ils vainquent", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nJe vainquais\\nnous vainquions\\nJe vainquis\\nnous vainqu\u00c3\u00aemes\\nJe vaincrai\\nnous vaincrons\\nJe vaincrais\\nnous vaincrions\\nIMPERFECT.\\ntu vainquais\\nvous vainquiez\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\ntu vainquis\\nvous vainqu\u00c3\u00aetes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu vaincras\\nvous vaincrez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu vaincrais\\nvous vaincriez\\nil vainquait\\nils vainquaient\\nil vainquit\\nils vainquirent\\nil vaincra\\nils vaincront\\nil vaincrait\\nils vaincraient\\nvainquons\\nQue je vainque\\nque nous vainquions\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nvaincs qu il vainque\\nvainquez qu ils vainquent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.\\nque tu vainques qu il vainque\\nque vous vainquiez qu ils vainquent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je vainquisse que tu vainquisses qu il vainqu\u00c3\u00aet\\nque nous vainquissions que vous vainquissiez qu ils vainquissent\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nConvaincre, to convince.\\nVivre To Li\\nInf Vivre Part. Pres. Vivant\\nPRESENT.\\nJe vis tu vis\\nnous vivons vous vivez\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe vivais tu vivais\\nnous vivions vous viviez\\nPart. Past, V\u00c3\u00a9cu\\nil vit\\nils vivent\\nil vivait\\nils vivaient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "258\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nPRETERIT DEFINITE.\\nJe v\u00c3\u00a9cus\\nnous v\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00bbmes\\nJe vivrai\\nnous vivrons\\nJe vivrais\\nnous vivrions\\ntu v\u00c3\u00a9cus\\nvous v\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00bbtes\\nFUTURE.\\ntu vivras\\nvous viviez\\nCONDITIONAL.\\ntu vivrais\\nvous vivriez\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nQue je vive\\nque nous vivions\\nVIS\\nvivez\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PRESE\\nque tu vives\\nque vous viviez\\nil v\u00c3\u00a9cut\\nils v\u00c3\u00a9curent\\nil vivra\\nUs vivront\\nil vivrait\\nUs vivraient\\nqu il vive\\nqu ils vivent\\nqu il vive\\nqu ils vivent\\nqu il v\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00bbt\\nqu ils v\u00c3\u00a9cussent\\nSUBJUNCTIVE PAST.\\nQue je v\u00c3\u00a9cusse que tu v\u00c3\u00a9cusses\\nque vous v\u00c3\u00a9cussions que vous v\u00c3\u00a9cussiez\\nThe compound tenses are conjugated with Avoir, to have.\\nConjugate after the same manner\\nRevivre, to revive. Survivre, to survive.\\nEXERCISES ON THE VERBS.\\nI. FIRST CONJUGATION.\\nI would give it to you with pleasure, if you would hide it. He\\nprefers pleasure to duty, but I wished that he might rather prefer\\nduty to pleasure. Do not irritate this man he is drunk, and you\\nwould he sorry afterwards. Let him propose a better plan, I have\\nproposed mine. We neglect too often our friends let us think more\\nof them and less of ourselves. You admired her, but I loved her.\\nWe would console her in her grief, but she refused our sympathy.\\nHave you employed all your resources, or did you not rather neglect\\nthe most important means Let them yield this and they will soon\\ndiscover that I changed for a purpose. Does he support any candi-\\ndate, or by whom is he supported He was fishing in the stream", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n259\\nwhen he caught that big fish. He awoke late and found that all his\\nfriends had gone in the morning. Would you not have flown to her\\nassistance, if she had cried He ate too much, and now he has dined\\na second time. I wish that you may remain here for a week I will\\nstay with you. That he should oblige my brother and offend his own,\\nwas a great surprise to all. He warned me that I should not copy his\\nexample. We expected that they would have burnt the ship.\\nII. SECOND CONJUGATION.\\nChoose your seat and do not leave for an hour. Warn your friends\\nthat they convert themselves or it will be too late. They served him\\nwell, but they slept too much. Did not the enemies invade an im-\\nmense country, and did they not invest several fortresses He softened\\nhis father by his submission, and I foresaw that he might succeed if\\nhe came back in time. I wished that you would not sully your glory\\nby these mean deeds. He obtains all his money from his wife she\\nretains nothing, and thus she suffers frequently but he blemishes his\\nreputation. Let us finish this work he will pumsli us if we are not\\nready. They predicted that we would disobey the laws and that we\\nwould weaken the strength of our party. Hold this sword and do not\\nlet it fall. He left this morning, and we shall leave to-morrow when\\nwill you leave Let him maintain himself by his labor and all will\\nhonor him.\\nIII. THIRD CONJUGATION.\\nHe receives a large salary, but he owes large sums of money.\\nWhen he owed me a hundred dollars, I feared that he would not pay\\nme, but he has fulfilled his promise. Let them conceive these ideas\\nand they will perceive soon their errors. We perceived the house\\nfrom the top of the mountain, but they did not perceive us. We shall\\nconceive hopes of her recovery if she suffers less to-night than yester-\\nday the doctor said that he perceived good symptoms. He told us\\nthat we should not receive this officer with too much politeness,\\nbecause he was not a friend of our nation, but that w r e should be\\npolite to those who come to our house.\\nIV. FOURTH CONJUGATION.\\nWe knew him well when he sold goods in this city, but he did\\nnot know us, for we lived in another part of the city. Let them be\\nsilent or they will render themselves hateful to the enemy. We lost\\nall our money, and you would lose yours if you sold your paintings", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "260\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nnow. Did this dog bite you or liad you been bitten before? He\\ndid not please by liis manners but by liis conduct. Pity us, my\\nfriends, for we have pitied you when you were unfortunate. You\\nfear an idle threat, why did you not fear the real danger? He con-\\nsoled me, that I might not melt in tears. I would recognize him\\neverywhere, but he will not recognize his own brother. I said it that\\nyou might hear the opinion of an honest man, but you heard only\\nthe half of my speech. They appeared surprised, but it surprised\\nthem not, for they had heard it yesterday. Let us take patience and\\nlet us seem contented with our lot, if we cannot be so. He expected\\nus at the gate and we heard his voice, but he seemed (to be) angry.\\nThat he may depend on me and on my friends, is my sincere wish.\\nV. PRONOMINAL VERBS.\\nThey walked for several hours in the garden, and when they had\\nwalked enough, they proposed to each other to withdraw into the\\nhouse. Why did she not prepare herself for this event, she knew\\nthat it might come soon. We have ruined ourselves in this enter-\\nprise, and you would ruin yourself if you engaged in the same.\\nThey applauded themselves, but they were mistaken they had\\nnot escaped yet. Do not forget yourselves when you are in his\\nhouse. Should she betray herself by her tears, or should she\\nnot rather control herself and hide her sorrow They fought each\\nother all that day, and when evening came they withdrew to their\\ncamp. Let us not reproach ourselves with (de) faults of others; we\\nhave enough to do with our own faults. You would degrade yourself\\nif you were not deceived they have loved each other all their life.\\nWill not that man submit to so just a law? She will dishonor her-\\nself, if she forgets herself so far. He grew rich by the misfortunes of\\nothers, and now chance has reduced him to poverty. Do not expose\\nyourself to the air we exposed ourselves last night and we made our-\\nselves sick.\\nVI. PASSIVE VERBS.\\nHe was esteemed by all his friends, but now he is hated and de-\\nspised. They would be feared and dreaded if they were stronger. I\\nwish that the doors were opened they have been closed since yester-\\nday. I suspect that the artifice will have been discovered, and the\\nauthor, no doubt, has been exposed. My father was respected and\\nmy mother was revered. These young ladies retired, although they", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n261\\nwere recognized. He performed witli so much ability that he was\\napplauded universally. Would he have been praised, as he was, if\\nhe had been less modest He is known by nobody, but, still, he is\\nvery happy. How many countries, unknown to the ancients, have\\nbeen discovered in our days\\nVII. IMPERSONAL VERBS.\\nDoes it rain this morning or does it freeze It did not snow during\\nthe winter, but it snows this morning. When did it hail in your\\ncity Do you think (that) it will freeze again to-morrow It hap-\\npened that I was present at that remarkable adventure, and it appears\\nnow that I was the only witness. Would it be proper that I should\\nspeak to her, or would it appear presumptuous? It thundered twice\\nwhen I was absent has it thundered again It will lighten after\\nseveral seconds.\\nVIII. ON THE VERB Il y Cl\\nThere was a great difference of age between these two persons.\\nWas there a great crowd at the theatre I wish there could be a law\\nto prevent this there has been too much of it. What has there\\nbeen better than this in the history of our country There being so\\nmany difficulties, the affair has been abandoned. There was one\\nwoman in the company, but there were a hundred men, and there\\nwould have been many children also, if it had been permitted. There\\nhas been a festival every day, and there will be a solemn feast to-mor-\\nrow. 1 vdoii that there might be a larger crowd.\\nIX. ON THE VERB B faut\\n[All expressions implying necessity, duty, obligation, or want, are in\\nFrench expressed by falloir, followed by que with the verb in the Sub-\\njunctive. I must remain; it is necessary that I remain: il faut que je\\nreste, lie had to work it was necessary that he worked il fallait qu il\\ntravaill\u00c3\u00a2t.]\\nYou must speak to him about this affair, and he must answer you\\npolitely or there will be a difficulty. We were obliged to set out yes-\\nterday, for we had to be in the city before Thursday. What must I\\ndo in order to please you You must do your duty faithfully and\\nyou will please everybody. What does he want He wants something\\nto eat and something to drink. I had to abandon all hope of seeing\\nhim again. You must not forget that you promised me a letter you\\nmust, on the contrary, remember your promise and write very often", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "262\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nI do not think that it is necessary to be a magician, to guess your\\nsecrets. You ought to ask pardon for your faults, and they will be\\nreadily forgiven.\\nX. ON THE IRREGULAR YERBS OP THE FIRST CONJUGATION.\\nHe will go this evening into the country will you go with him\\nI will go when you go for I would have gone yesterday, if I had not\\npreferred to go with you. Well, let us go at once, for if we go later\\nit will be too hot. Let him go with us, he is a pleasant companion,\\nand if we go together we shall have a pleasant walk. When will\\nyou send those flowers to your sister, or have you sent them already\\nNo, I would have sent them this morning, but the gardener had given\\nthem to a friend 1 shall send my bouquet this evening. I would not\\nsend them so late, she will not be at home then. Did you send the\\nletters to the post-office Yes, I sent all by the servant. 1 wish that\\nyou would send me a little money, I have none.\\nXI. IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION.\\nBlessed be the man who has converted so many heathens The\\narts and sciences flourished at Athens in the time of Pericles. They\\nfled from the battle-field, and I fled with them you saw us, perhaps,\\nin our flight we acted not with prudence and care, for we were\\nfrightened the enemy assailed us with an enormous force, and when\\nwe began to flee, we ran as fast as we could. Would he not hate\\nthat man, if he knew all He hated him before, but now he will de-\\nspise him. Does she really hate the vain pomp and parade of worldly\\ngreatness They discoursed on the certainty of another life, and that\\nwe should not run after shadows. He is very sick, and his strength\\nfails him every day more he came near dying yesterday. How did\\nhe acquire his riches I have inquired after it and requested his\\nfriends to tell me, but I have not learnt it. Would you dress your\\nchildren better if you could collect your money more easily Let us\\nreceive him with kindness, and he will receive us well when we come\\nto his country.\\nXII. IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION.\\nHow did he fall into poverty, and why has he fallen so suddenly in\\nthe esteem of the public He has put in the lottery, and he hopes a\\ncapital prize will fall to him. I did not believe that it was necessary\\nfor me to pay so soon the bill has not yet fallen due. It was neces-\\nsary that you should provide for its payment now, or you would have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n263\\nhad to pay much, more hereafter. Shall we see you to-night? I\\nwould see you again, if I could, and I hope that I shall be able to\\ncome. We moved him by our prayers to tears, and he promised that\\nhe would promote our interests. It will not rain to-day, for it rained\\nyesterday, and it is rare that it rains two days one after the other.\\nLet us sit down here you, madam, seat yourself in a chair, and I\\nwill sit on the .turf. We sat where we could, and when the usher\\nsaid Sit down, gentlemen, we were much embarrassed. To conclude\\nthis business it would be necessary that they should see each other at\\nonce I foresaw this, and provided for the interview. One ounce of\\ngold is equivalent to fifteen ounces of silver what would ten ounces\\nbe equivalent to? Doubt not that truth and justice will prevail in\\nthe end. If she is willing, we are willing, too. He says that he can\\ndo what he will do, because men will do nothing more than what they\\ncan do, if they are wise.\\nXIII. IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION.\\nThese substances resolve themselves into ashes when they are\\nburnt but this matter does not resolve itself at all. Who would\\nabsolve him if he should commit a great crime Have they resolved\\non war or peace My sister sewed all the day, and yet, when the\\nevening came, the dress was not sewed, and some pieces which were\\nfinished have to be sewed over again. Let him take his share I\\ntook mine yesterday, and you have taken yours before us. What\\nnews have you learnt I learnt that the city was taken, and that\\nthe enemy would live at the expense of the inhabitants for a month.\\nWould you undertake this business if I placed it in your hands You\\nreproved him too sharply bad company has corrupted him, perhaps,\\nbut he is not wicked by nature. They followed us for two days, but\\nthen they pursued us no longer, and we escaped. They fought with\\nfury, and after they had beaten the enemy and vanquished their fa-\\nmous generals, they made a triumphal procession. He did his best,\\nyou did not so well, and they would have done better if they had\\nwished it. Could it be possible that we should make such a mistake?\\nHe must make a better use of his talents. They satisfied themselves\\nthat they would do mischief if they went. He was born in this city,\\nwhere his parents were born also. They wrote their letters this\\nmorning I shall write mine now will you not write yours also Did\\nyou think me capable of a crime, when you made that remark I\\nwould not believe it of you, even if somebody said so.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "264\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nPARTICIPLES.\\nParticiples derive their name from the fact that they partake\\nof the nature of the verbs from which they derive their origin\\nand meaning, and of the adjective, which they resemble in form\\nand use.\\nThe verb has two participles\\nA participle present, which invariably ends in ant, has its\\nfeminine in ante, and its two plural forms in ants and antes,\\nEx. charmant une femme charmante, a charming woman\\ndes enfants charmants, charming children; deux histoires char-\\nmantes, two charming stories.\\nA participle past, which ends in the first conjugation in\\n(\u00c3\u00a9e, \u00c3\u00a9s, \u00c3\u00a9es), in the second in i (ie, is, ies), in the third and\\nfourth in u (ne, us, ues).\\nEx. un homme cache, a concealed man une beaut\u00c3\u00a9 c\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9br\u00c3\u00a9e,\\na celebrated beauty des gens desesp\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9s, desperate people.\\nBoth participles are declined like adjectives, and have to\\nagree with the noun they qualify, whenever they are not used\\nas mere parts of the verb, but have the meaning of adjectives.\\nThe following rule will easily determine in what capacity they\\nare used.\\n1. They are parts of the verb when they express an action,\\nand consequently have an object. In this case they remain\\nunchanged.\\nEx. Je Vai vue charmant tout le monde, I have seen her\\ncharming (who charmed) everybody mon ami, \u00c3\u00a9tonnant les\\nassistants, tomba sur eux, my friend, astonishing the bystanders,\\nfell upon them.\\n2. They are adjectives when they express, not an action,\\nbut a quality. Then they agree with the noun which they\\nqualify.\\nEx. Cest une femme charmante, she is a charming woman\\nquelle nouvelle \u00c3\u00a9tonnante! what surprising news", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n265\\nIt must be remembered, that as adjectives, they are invariably\\nplaced after the noun, contrary to the usage in English.\\n3. The Participle Past agrees, besides, with the subject of\\nthe verb, whenever it is used with the auxiliary \u00c3\u00aatre.\\nEx. Elle est \u00c3\u00a9tonn\u00c3\u00a9e, she is astonished; ils se sont bathes, they\\nhave fought elles s \u00c3\u00a9taient promen\u00c3\u00a9es, they had walked.\\n4. The Participle Past, when used with the auxiliary avoir,\\nagrees with the direct object, when this object precedes it.\\nEx. Quelle femme avez-vous vue? which woman have\\nyou seen combien des hommes a-t-il tu\u00c3\u00a9s? how many of the\\nmen has he killed je Vai rencontr\u00c3\u00a9e, I have met her les\\nchoses que f ai oubli\u00c3\u00a9es, the things I have forgotten.\\nExercise.\\nThese ladies are charming they have entertained us for an hour\\nbut now they will not stay, for you have frightened them. I left them\\nin an embarrassing situation, and even his consoling words had no\\neffect. This was one of the ladies whom we had obliged, and yet she\\nhas ill-treated and deceived us. Your servant has washed your plates,\\nbut he has not wiped them they are spoilt. She had spoken to us,\\nbut she has not saluted us with her usual kindness. This amusing\\nstory is not true it has been invented by a celebrated novelist. He\\ntold us several instances of amazing bravery they have astonished\\nus beyond measure. How many of them has he seen himself He\\nhas seen all those which he related to us.\\nCHAPTER VI.\\nADVERBS.\\nAdverbs are words so called because they principally serve\\nto qualify verbs they may, however, qualify adjectives and\\nother adverbs also. But, whatever may be their uses, they\\nalways remain unchanged.\\nEx. Vous avez fait bien, you have done well; elle est bien\\nbelle, she is very handsome; vous \u00c3\u00a9crivez bien n\u00c3\u00a9gligemment,\\nyou write very negligently.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "266\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nThere are four different kinds of adverbs, according to their\\nmanner of formation\\n1. Simple Adverbs, or such as are nothing but adverbs, and are\\nnot derived from other parts of speech. Such are tr\u00c3\u00a8s, fort,\\nand bien, very peu, little mal, ill ici, here l\u00c3\u00a0, there t\u00c3\u00b4t,\\nsoon tard, late.\\n2. Derivative Adverbs, or such as are derived from adjectives.\\nThis is done by the addition of ment (the Latin ablative of\\nmens, mente.)\\na. To the adjective simply, when it ends in a vowel.\\nEx. riche: richement, richly; poli poliment, politely in-\\ng\u00c3\u00a9nu ing\u00c3\u00a9nument, ingenuously.\\nb. To the feminine of the Adjective, if the masculine ends\\nin a consonant.\\nEx. grand grandement, grandly franc franchement, frank-\\nly na\u00c3\u00aff: na\u00c3\u00afvement, artlessly; frais: fra\u00c3\u00aechement, freshly;\\nnouveau nouvellement, newly.\\nc. By a change of the final syllables ant and ent into ammant\\nand emment, which are both pronounced like the first.\\nEx. constant constamment, constantly; \u00c3\u00a9loquent: \u00c3\u00a9loquem-\\nment, eloquently.\\nExcept lent, which makes lentement, slowly and present, which\\nmakes pr\u00c3\u00a9sentement, presently.\\nd. The following Adverbs accent the final e of the Adjective,\\nwhen adding ment\\naveugl\u00c3\u00a9ment, blindly. \u00c3\u00a9norm\u00c3\u00a9ment, enormously.\\ncommod\u00c3\u00a9ment, commodiously. opini\u00c3\u00a2trement, obstinately.\\nconform\u00c3\u00a9ment, conformably.\\nExercise.\\nThis orator spoke very eloquently, but he did not touch the heart\\nhis sentiments were not delivered ingenuously. He entered blindly\\ninto the conspiracy and suffered severely. I will tell you frankly that\\nyou have deserved abundantly all your punishments, for you have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "ADVEKBS.\\n267\\nacted wickedly, and the judge has treated you after all very leniently*\\nShe endured her sufferings patiently, and gave us a good example.\\nHe was one of the best writers of the last century he thought deeply\\nand wrote nobly. The battle was fought conformably to his orders,\\nand all went well, but instantly after his death every thing was in\\nconfusion.\\n3. Compound Adverbs, or such as consist of a noun or a\\npreposition, as d abord, at first or at once en effet, indeed\\npar force, forcibly pr\u00c3\u00a9sent, now apr\u00c3\u00a8s demain, after to-mor-\\nrow.\\nAdverbs of Quantity, when followed by nouns, must be con-\\nnected with them by the preposition de, of which is not used\\nin English.\\nEx. beaucoup de peine, much trouble peu d? argent, little\\nmoney trop de z\u00c3\u00a8le, too much zeal moins de bruit, less noise.\\nExcept only bien, very much, a great deal, which is not followed by\\nde, but by th\u00c3\u00a9 partitive article.\\nEx. bien de la peine, very much trouble bien des amis, very many\\nfriends.\\nExercise.\\nMuch money and little wisdom are less desirable than much wis-\\ndom and little money. He has as many friends as I, but he has more\\nenemies. I had not enough patience with this child perhaps she\\nhad too many faults. How many dollars have you in your purse I\\nhave not enough to pay him. Few men learn by experience. Give\\nme a little attention and I will tell you more secrets than your wife.\\nHe did it with less hesitation than his brother, who has more pru-\\ndence. Too much zeal is almost as bad as too little, but no zeal at all\\nis fatal to any enterprise.\\nNegative Adverbs, used with the verb, require, a*s has already\\nbeen stated, the addition of ne before the verb, whether they\\nprecede or follow the verb.\\nEx. Je n ai vu rien, I have seen nothing; rien ne peut \u00c3\u00aatre\\nmieux, nothing can be better il n y est jamais, he is never\\nthere; jam tin de ma vie rJ ai-je vu le pareil, never in my life\\nhave 1 seen the Lke.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "268\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nExercise.\\nI have not seen him this week he has never been absent so long,\\nand nothing is more probable than his death. She said nothing to\\nme, and I said nothing to her have you ever heard of two more\\nsilent persons Nobody came to her party, and she had invited all.\\nI know nobody in this city, for I have never been here before. We\\nhave no more time to give you, and we have only one room in which\\nwe live. Nothing will persuade me that he is not dishonest I have\\nnever seen a more wicked face.\\nCOMPARATIVE DEGREES.\\nAdverbs form their Comparatives and Superlatives in pre-\\ncisely the same manner as Adjectives.\\nEx. plus richement, more richly moins abondamment, less\\nabundantly; le plus gaiment, most gaily le moins promjrte-\\nment, least promptly.\\nThe irregular comparatives of Adjectives have their corres-\\nponding irregular comparatives of Adverbs, and both are here\\nplaced side by side for the better comparison.\\nCOMPARATIVE.\\nSUPERLATIVE.\\nAdj.\\nbon,\\ngood\\nmeilleur, better\\nle meilleur, best.\\nAdv.\\nbien.\\nwell\\nmieux, better\\nle mieux, best.\\nAdj.\\nmauvais f\\nbad\\npire, worse\\nle pire, worst.\\nAdv.\\nmaty\\nill;\\npis, worse\\nle pis, worst.\\nAdj.\\npetit.\\nsmall\\nmoindre, smaller;\\nle moindre, smallest.\\nAdv.\\npeu,\\nlittle\\nmoins, less\\nle moins, least.\\nIt will be seen that in English adjectives and adverbs fre-\\nquently look ajike, as is the case with better and worse, and\\nbest and worst; whilst in French the two parts of speech differ\\nessentially. This requires, therefore, careful attention.\\nExercise.\\nHe did it more promptly than we expected. He behaved most\\nhandsomely, although he was the least informed of all. I like him\\nbetter every day but his brother is the better man of the two. Have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS.\\n269\\nyou seen a worse child than Mary No but Anna is the worst of all\\nthe children. Is she worse to-day or better She was worse yester-\\nday, and the doctor said that to-morrow will be the worst day of her\\nillness. I have drunk a better wine, but I have never seen a worse\\ncook. He does it well, but she does it badly.\\nCHAPTER VII.\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\nPrepositions placed before nouns, pronouns, and verbs, show\\ntheir relation to each other in the same sentence.\\nAccording to their uses they are either\\nSimple prepositions, which are placed immediately before\\nthe nouns\\nEx. le fruit de V arbre, the fruit of the tree la mort de C\u00c3\u00a9sar,\\nthe death of Ca3sar tu\u00c3\u00a9 par lui, killed by him or,\\nCompound prepositions, which require an additional prepo-\\nsition, de or a, to connect them with the noun.\\nEx. quant vous, concerning you vis-\u00c3\u00a0-vis de la maison,\\nopposite the house jusqu midi, until noon pr\u00c3\u00a8s de Gen\u00c3\u00a8ve,\\nnear Geneva.\\nThe three Prepositions which occur most frequently are de,\\nand^ar.\\nDe coi responds to all the meanings of the English of or\\nfrom, and in passive constructions to by.\\nEx. un homme de g\u00c3\u00a9nie, a man of genius je viens de Borne,\\nI come from Rome elle est aim\u00c3\u00a9e de ses parents, she is beloved\\nby her parents.\\nA corresponds to the English to with names of cities, to at\\nor in, and generally expresses purpose or intention.\\nEx. J ai beaucoup faire, I bave much to do donnez-la\\nJean, give it to John il est Londres, he is in London cela", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "270\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\narriva Paris, that happened at Paris est-il bon manger, is\\nit good to eat (for the purpose of eating)\\nPar corresponds to the English through, and in passive con-\\nstructions to by, when a physical agency is referred to, while de\\nis used when the agency is moral or mental.\\nEx. Passez par ma chambre, go through my chamber; il fut\\ntu\u00c3\u00a9 par un soldat, he was killed by a soldier; elle Va fait par\\npiti\u00c3\u00a9, she did it from (through) pity.\\nDans and en both mean in, but with this distinction, that\\ndans always means within and into, and is accompanied by the\\narticle, whilst en has no such meaning and is used only when\\nthe Noun has no Article.\\nEx. Il entra dans la ville, he entered into the city elle n est\\npas dans la maison, she is not inside the house.\\nIl est en France, he is in France il faut le faire en h\u00c3\u00a2te, it\\nmust be done in haste.\\nWhen Prepositions are placed before Verbs they require to be\\nfollowed by the Infinitive (instead of the Participle Present\\nused in English).\\nEx. Without saying a word, sans dire mot he was scolded\\nfor having done it, il fut bl\u00c3\u00a2m\u00c3\u00a9 de Favoir fait it is good for\\neating, il est bon manger.\\nExcept en when it means by or while, which is followed by the\\nPart. Present.\\nEx. Il tomba en descendant, he fell while coming down on\\nV apprend en V \u00c3\u00a9tudiant, it is acquired by studying it.\\nExercise.\\nI shall not leave you without explaining to you my motives. Has he\\nnot found his book while looking for the other things She will have\\npaid you well by giving you that sum of money; are you not content\\nwith a hundred dollars? This house is good for the winter, but it is\\nnot cool enough for the summer. He was not found in the suburbs,\\nbut they discovered him within Paris. I went there before them, and\\nthus I obtained a seat before you. While going to the concert we dis-\\ncussel the matter, but we did not decide on any thing. Did you see", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS.\\n271\\nthem wlien you passed through that country, or did you return with-\\nout having met them He was punished because he said the laws\\nwere good to punish but not to prevent crime. As for me, I know\\nnothing of it but as for you, you know every thing. He lives oppo-\\nsite us, and we see him often fall asleep while reading.\\nCHAPTER VIII.\\nCONJUNCTIONS.\\nConjunctions serve to connect words in the same sentence,\\nor sentences and parts of sentences with each other.\\nEx. Pierre et Paul, Peter and Paul je le vis et je le saluai,\\nI saw him and spoke to him il Va fait et elle ne Va pas fait,\\nhe has done it and she has not done it.\\nEt besides meaning and, is also repeated, and then corres-\\nponds to the English as well as, or both.\\nEx. Je Vai et vu et admir\u00c3\u00a9, I have both seen and admired him\\non a pris et le p\u00c3\u00a8re et le fils, they have caught the father as\\nwell as the son.\\nOu, meaning or, may also be repeated, and then corresponds\\nto the English either or.\\nEx. Ou le roi ou le ministre va parler, either the king or\\nthe minister will speak ou il s est tromp\u00c3\u00a9 ou il nous a d\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a7us,\\nhe has either been mistaken or he has deceived us.\\nThe negative alternative is expressed by ni ni, which\\nrequires, like all negative expressions, the additional use ot ne\\nbefore the verb.\\nEx. Ni le roi ni le ministre ne parlera, neither the king nor\\nthe minister will speak je ne Vai ni vu ni salu\u00c3\u00a9, I have neither\\nseen him nor greeted him ni Vun ni Vautre, neither the one\\nnor the other.\\nQue corresponds to the English that and loses its e before\\nwords beginning with a vowel or mute h it cannot be omitted in", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "272\\nON THE PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nFrench as in English, but must be used (and supplied) when-\\never two verbs are connected with each other.\\nEx. I know he is here, je sais qu il est ici I hope you will\\ncome, f esp\u00c3\u00a8re que vous viendrez he said he would go, il dit\\nqu il irait.\\nSi, when it corresponds to the English conditional if, can\\nin French be followed only by two tenses of the Verb by the\\nPresent Indicative, for the English Present and Future and\\nby the Imperfect Indicative, for any other Tenses or Moods\\nthat may be used in English\\nEx. If he comes, s il vient if he will say yes, sHl dit qu oui\\nif he should come to-morrow, s il venait demain if she were\\nto promise again, si elle promettait de nouveau\u00c2\u00bb\\nExercise.\\nI have given him both my love and my esteem, and I shall with-\\ndraw neither the one nor the other for all your arguments. I saw he\\nwas angry, and since I did not wish to make matters worse or to\\nengage myself in the quarrel, I went away. Either you or he must\\ndo it, for it has to be done to-day, or you as well as he will suffer\\nseverely. I had seen neither your friend nor his wife when I met\\nyou and if you were never to pardon me for it, I cannot say other-\\nwise. If he comes this morning, tell him I will be there certainly,\\nand if he will wait, my library is open if he should refuse to wait,\\nyou must lock the house. She would not sing last night because she\\nwas not well perhaps she will sing to-day, since she says she is quite\\nwell again.\\nCHAPTER IX.\\nINTERJECTIONS.\\nInterjections are short, indeclinable words which serve to\\nexpress the sudden emotions of man. They are, of course, as\\nnumerous and varied as the latter. The following are the", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0280.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "INTEEJECTIONS.\\n273\\nmost familiar, whilst others are either of rare occurrence, as\\ne. g., only in poets, or of objectionable nature\\nAh, ai, oitf\u00e2\u0080\u0094o\u00c3\u00ae pain h\u00c3\u00a9las, alas fi, fi donc, fie gare, hem,\\nhol\u00c3\u00a0, ho of warning; bravo, vivat of applause; ouais?\\nof surprise; hol\u00c3\u00a0, hem, ho, eh of calling; chut, hush!\\nallons, alerte, vite of encouragement tiens look, look here\\n12*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0281.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0282.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "GRAMMAR OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE.\\nPART II.\\nFOR ADVANCED SCHOLAES.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0283.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "In the First Part of this Grammar the different parts of speech\\nhave heen considered simply with a view to their form and ordi-\\nnary meaning.\\nIn the Second Part they will be treated as forming part of a\\nsentence, and with a view to their relations to each other. The\\nsame order will be observed as in the First Part, and the student\\nis expected continually to refer to the elementary explanations\\nthere given, which will not be repeated.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0284.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS.\\nPAGB\\nPreface 2\\nCHAPTER I.\\nNOUNS.\\nGender of Nouns 9\\nBy Signification 10\\nBy Termination 12\\nExercise 17\\nNumber of Nouns 18\\nExercise 20\\nPlural of Proper Names 21\\nExercise 22\\nPlural of Compound Nouns 22\\nExercise 25\\nPlural of Abstract Nouns 26\\nCHAPTER II.\\nARTICLES.\\nFormation 26\\nPlace of the Article 28\\nRepetition of the Article 28\\nUse of the Article 29\\nUse of the Definite Article 30\\nUse of the Indefinite Article 30\\nExercise 31\\nUse of the Partitive Article 32\\nExercise 32\\nExercise 33", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0285.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "4 CONTENTS.\\nPAGE\\nThe Article with Proper Names 34\\nExercise 35\\nThe Article with Names of Countries, etc 36-\\nExercise 37\\nThe Article with Names of Months, etc 38\\nExercise 38\\nThe Article with Nouns in Apposition 39\\nExercise 39\\nExercise 40\\nThe Article with Names of Measure 41\\nExercise 41\\nExercise 42\\nOmission of the Article 42\\nExercise 43\\nExercise 45\\nEnglish Compound Nouns in French 45\\nExercise 47\\nMonsieur Madame, etc 48\\nExercise 52\\nCHAPTER III.\\nADJECTIVES.\\nAgreement of Adjectives 52\\nNu, demi, feu, etc 53\\nAdjectives as Adverbs 55\\nExercise 56\\nCompound Adjectives 56\\nAdjectives qualifying several Nouns 57\\nAdjectives used as Nouns 58\\nExercise 58\\nThe Place of Adjectives 59\\nList of Adjectives with double meaning 59\\nExercise 63\\nComparative Degrees 63\\nExercise 65\\nThe Relative Superlative 66\\nExercise v 67\\nThe Absolute Superlative 68\\nExercise 69\\nRegimen of Adjectives 69", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0286.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS. 5\\nPAGK\\nList of Adjectives and their Prepositions 70\\nExercise 72\\nAdjectives of Measure 72\\nExercise 74\\nAdjectives of Number 74\\nCardinal Numbers 74\\nDefinitions of Time 75\\nExercise 78\\nOrdinal Numbers and other Numerals.. 79\\nExercise 81\\nCHAPTER IV.\\nPRONOUNS.\\nPersonal Pronouns 82\\nConjunctive Personal Pronouns 84\\nSubjects (as nominatives) 84\\nDirect Object (accusative) 87\\nExercise 90\\nIndirect Object (Dative) 90\\nExercise 93\\nIndirect Object (Genitive) 93\\nMeaning and use of en 93\\nExercise 96\\nPlace of Conjunctive Personal Pronouns 97\\nAs Subject 97\\nExercise 99\\nAs Object 99\\nExercise 100\\nRepetition of Personal Pronouns 101\\nExercise 102\\nPersonal Pronouns for Possessive Pronouns 102\\nExercise 104\\nHow to translate it 104\\nExercise 106\\nPersonal Pronouns with Neuter Verbs 106\\nReflexive Personal Pronouns 107\\nAbsolute Personal Pronouns 108\\nExercise 109\\nExercise Ill", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0287.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "6\\nCONTENTS.\\nPAOB\\nThe Pronoun soi Ill\\nExercise 112\\nPossessive Pronouns 113\\nExercise 114\\nWith Articles, etc 114\\nExercise 116\\nDemonstrative Pronouns 116\\nExercise 118\\nAbsolute forms 119\\nExercise 120\\nWith ci and l\u00c3\u00a0. 120\\nExercise 122\\nRelative Pronouns 123\\nExercise 125\\nQuoi and o\u00c3\u00b9 126\\nExercise 127\\nAbsolute and Interrogative Pronouns 127\\nExercise 129\\nLequel and quel 130\\nExercise 131\\nIndefinite Pronouns 131\\nUsed alone 131\\nExercise 134\\nUsed with Nouns 140\\nExercise 141\\nUsed with or without Nouns 142\\nExercise 145\\nThe same continued 146\\nExercise 150\\nFollowed by que 151\\nExercise 152\\nCHAPTER V.\\nVERBS.\\nClasses of Verbs 154\\nThe Verb and its Subject 157\\nExercise 159", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0288.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS. 7\\nPAGTC\\nThe Verb and Collective Nouns 100\\nExercise 161\\nThe Place of the Subject 162\\nExercise 164\\nThe Place of the Object 164\\nExercise 167\\nThe Tenses and Moods of the Verb 167\\nThe Infinitive 167\\nExercise, 171\\nThe Present.. 172\\nExercise 173\\nThe Past Tenses 173\\nExercise 176\\nThe Compound Past Tenses 177\\nExercise 179\\nThe Future 179\\nExercise 181\\nThe Conditional 181\\nExercise 182\\nThe Imperative 182\\nThe Subjunctive Mood 183\\nThe Sequence of Tenses 184\\nThe Use of the Subj uncti ve 185\\nFour Exercises 192\\nThe Participle Present 194\\nExercise 195\\nThe Participle Past 196\\nExercise 199\\nSpecial Rules on the same subject 200\\nExercise 202\\nThe English Auxiliary Verbs in French 202\\nPouvoir 202\\nExercise 204\\nVouloir 205\\nExercise 206\\nDevoir 207\\nExercise 208\\nLaisser 209\\nExercise 210", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0289.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "8 CONTENTS.\\nPAGX\\nFalloir 210\\nExercise 2\\\\2\\nIdiomatic Use of Verbs 212\\nA voir and y avoir 212\\nExercise 212\\nEire 217\\nFaire 220\\nExercise 222\\nAller and Venir 223\\nExercise 224\\nCHAPTER VI.\\nADVERBS.\\nPlace of Adverbs 227\\nSi, aussi, tant, and autant 228\\nExercise 229\\nBeaucoup amibien 229\\nInterrogative Adverbs 231\\nExercise 232\\nNegative Adverbs 233\\nExercise 236\\nCHAPTER VII.\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\nSpecial Rules on some Prepositions 239\\nExercise 242\\nSame subject continued 242\\nLists of Verbs with their Prepositions 248\\nExercise 249\\nCHAPTER VIII.\\nCONJUNCTIONS 250\\nCHAPTER IX.\\nINTERJECTIONS 255", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0290.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "FRENCH GRAMMAR.\\nPART II.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nNOUNS.\\nThe two most important relations, which influence the form\\nof French Nouns in a sentence, and through them affect all words\\nconnected with them, are their Gender and their Number, the\\nmanner in which they convey the idea of sex, and that of a\\nsingular or plural number.\\nI. GENDER OF NOUNS.\\nThe idea of sex is expressed by tlie Gender of Nouns, which\\nin French is double Masculine and Feminine. The Neuter\\nGender of the Latin language, from which most French Nouns\\nare derived, has been lost at a time when all Latin termina-\\ntions were lost and hence, to the eye and to the ear, the dis-\\ntinction between Masculine and Neuter ceased to be clear.\\nHence, Nouns which were Neuter in Latin, are either Masculine\\nor Feminine in French, though the majority belong to the\\nformer class. Hence, also, Nouns which are Neuter in English,\\nare either Masculine or Feminine in French.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0291.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "10\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nThe Gender, in French, is determined\\na. By the Meaning of the nouns. This gives the following\\nrules\\nMasculine are\\n1. The names of male beings.\\nEx. Alexandre C\u00c3\u00a9sar; cheval, horse \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9phant, elephant.\\nExcept the following words, which, for etymological reasons,\\nare feminine, although they designate men sentinelle, sentinel\\nestafette, express; vedette, mounted sentinel, and vigie, lookout\\nSentinelle is occasionlly used as a masculine.\\n2. The names of beings generally considered as male.\\nEx. ange, angel; g\u00c3\u00a9nie, genius; centaure, centaur.\\nThis includes all diminutive names of animals, even when\\nthe original name was feminine.\\nEx. le lionceau, a young lion un souriceau, a young mouse\\nun b\u00c3\u00a9casseau, a young woodcock.\\n3. The names of days, months, and seasons.\\nEx. dimanche, Sunday; Janvier, January; \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, summer.\\nExcept saints days, where la f\u00c3\u00aate is understood as, La Ste.\\nJean, St. John s day La Toussaint, All Saints Day.\\n4. The words of decimal nomenclature.\\nEx. centime, cent gramme.\\n5. The names of metals and so-called elementary bodies.\\nEx. or, gold fer, iron oxigene, oxygen sulfate, sulphate.\\nExcept platine, which the Academy treats as a feminine.\\n6. The names of trees and shrubs.\\nEx. pene, beech ch\u00c3\u00aane, oak.\\nExcept yeuse, holly aub\u00c3\u00a9pine, hawthorn bourdaine, alder\\n\u00c3\u00a9pine, thorn ronce, brier, and vigne, vine.\\n7. The names of winds.\\nEx. Est, East; Sud, South Ouest, West; Nord, North.\\nExcept bise and tramontane biaise and moussons, monsoon.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0292.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "GENDER OF NOUNS.\\n11\\n8. The names of mountains.\\nEx. \u00c3\u0087himboraso C\u00c3\u00a9nis Liban, Lebanon Etna.\\nExcept those used only in the plural Alpes, Pyrenees, Cordil-\\nl\u00c3\u00a8res and Vosges.\\n9. The names of cities, towns and villages.\\nEx. Londres, Paris, Berlin, Vienne.\\nExcept those derived from a Latin feminine, as Roma:\\nBorne Mantua Mantoue and those which are used with a fem-\\ninine article, as La Pochette, La Nouvelle Orl\u00c3\u00a9ans.\\nWhen towns are personified, they are always addressed as\\nf\u00c3\u00a9minines.\\nEx. Oh malheureuse Tyr dans-quelles mains es- tu tomb\u00c3\u00a9e\\nOh, unhappy Tyre, in whose hands art thou fallen\\n10. The names of countries which do not end in mute e.\\nEx. Lanemarck,Denmark; Pi\u00c3\u00a9mont, Piedmont.\\n11. All other parts of speech, like numerals, verbs, adjectives,\\nprepositions, etc., when used as nouns.\\nEx. le manger, eating le pourquoi, the wherefore un si,\\nan if; le tiers, the third le noir, the black.\\nExcept la moiti\u00c3\u00a9, half and technical terms like une parall\u00c3\u00a8le, a\\nparallel {ligne being understood).\\nFeminine are\\n1. The names of female beings.\\nEx. V\u00c3\u00a9nus d\u00c3\u00a9esse, goddess nymphe femme, woman.\\n2. The names of virtues and qualities.\\nEx. la bont\u00c3\u00a9, kindness Vopini\u00c3\u00a2tret\u00c3\u00a9, obstinacy.\\nExcept courage and m\u00c3\u00a9rite.\\nb. By the Termination of the noun. This gives the follow-\\ning rule\\nNouns ending in mute e are generally feminine, and all others\\ngenerally masculine.\\nThis rule is, however, subject to numerous exceptions,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0293.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "12\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nmost of which have been given in the First Part of this Gram\\nmar. They arise mainly from these two considerations, which\\nwill guide the educated foreigner better in ascertaining the\\ngender of French nouns than a multitude of rules\\n1st. The meaning of a noun prevails over the mere form.\\n2d. The derivation of a noun from a Latin word aids in so\\nmuch, as the original gender is generally preserved, the neuter,\\nof course, being excepted.\\nIt must be borne in mind, also, that these and other rules in\\nFrench are subject to the influence of fashion and caprice. Thus\\naffaire and rencontre were formerly both masculine, the latter as\\nlate as the date of J. B. Rousseau they are now feminine.\\nInsulte, \u00c3\u00a2ge and art have changed their gender in more recent\\ntimes. Carrosse, formerly a feminine noun, became mascuiine,\\nbecause Louis XIV., as a boy, forgot its gender, and called for\\nLe carrosse This uncertainty of genders has led to the fact,\\nthat many nouns are even now of both genders.\\nAn important class of nouns are those which have to be\\napplied to both sexes. We observe here the following rules\\n1. When they end in mute e, they remain unchanged\\nEx. aigle, eagle cygne, swan esclave, slave sauvage, sav-\\nage cr\u00c3\u00a9ole, cr\u00c3\u00a9ole.\\nExcept doge, Fern, dogaresse. druide, Fern, druidesse.\\ndr\u00c3\u00b4le y dr\u00c3\u00b4lesse. ivrogne, ivrognesse,\\nogre, ogresse. pauvre, pauvresse,\\ntigre, tigresse.\\n2. Some have a different termination for the feminine\\nEx. loup, Fern, louve. daim, Fern, daine,\\ncanard, cane. chevreuil, chevrette.\\ncompagnon,\\nfarceur,\\njouvenceau,\\ncompagne,\\nfarceuse,\\njouvencelle.\\nbachelier, bachelette.\\nserviteur, servante.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0294.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "GENDER OF NOUNS.\\n13\\n3. The following nouns retain their gender as well as their\\nform, whet\\n1er app\\nlied to man\\nor woman\\nAgresseur,\\nmasc.\\naggressor.\\nguide,\\nmasc.\\nguide.\\namateur,\\nmasc.\\namateur.\\nmonstre,\\nmasc.\\nmonster.\\nange,\\nmasc.\\nangel.\\norateur,\\nmasc.\\norator.\\nappui,\\nmasc.\\nsupport.\\npartisan,\\nmasc.\\npartisan.\\nartisan,\\nmasc.\\ntradesman.\\nphilosophe,\\nmasc.\\nphilosopher.\\nartiste.\\nmasc.\\nartist.\\npersonne,\\nfem.\\nperson.\\nassassin,\\nauteur,\\nmasc.\\nmasc.\\nmurderer.\\nauthor.\\nauthoress.\\npo\u00c3\u00a8te,\\npratique,\\nmasc.\\nfem.\\nj poet.\\npoetess,\\ncustomer.\\nb\u00c3\u00aate,\\nfem.\\nfool.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9cepteur,\\nmasc.\\npreceptor.\\nbotaniste,\\nmasc.\\nbotanist.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9d\u00c3\u00a9cesseur\\nmasc.\\npredecessor.\\nbourreau,\\nmasc.\\ntormentor.\\nprofesseur,\\nmasc.\\nprofessor.\\ncaution,\\nfem.\\nsecurity.\\nprosateur,\\nmasc.\\nproser.\\ncenseur,\\ncharlatan,\\nmasc.\\nmasc.\\ncensor,\\nquack.\\nr\u00c3\u00a9dacteur,\\nmasc.\\nj writer in\\nnewspapers*\\nchef,\\nmasc.\\nchief.\\nsecr\u00c3\u00a9taire,\\nmasc.\\nsecretary.\\ncommis,\\nmasc.\\nclerk.\\nsouscripteur, masc.\\nsubscriber.\\nconnaissance ,fem.\\nacquaintance, successeur,\\nmasc.\\nsuccessor.\\ndiable,\\nmasc.\\na passionate person, or one who succeeds in dif\\ncult undertakings.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9fenseur,\\nmasc.\\ndefender.\\nt\u00c3\u00a9moin,\\nmasc.\\nwitness.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9tracteur,\\nmasc.\\nslanderer.\\ntraducteur,\\nmasc.\\ntranslator.\\ndisciple,\\nmasc.\\ndisciple.\\ntyran,\\nmasc.\\ntyrant.\\ndupe,\\nfem.\\ndupe.\\nvainqueur,\\nmasc.\\nvanquisher.\\n\u00c3\u00a9crivain,\\nmasc.\\nwriter.\\nversificateur,\\nmasc.\\nversifier.\\ngage,\\nmasc.\\npledge.\\nvictime,\\nfem.\\nvictim.\\nEnfant, child, also is invariable, but takes the feminine article\\nwhen applied to a girl, as la pauvre enfant, the poor little girl.\\n4. The following nouns occur both as masculine and as femi-\\nnine, without any change of meaning\\nAmour, which is masculine in the singular and feminine in\\nthe plural, unless it designates little amours.\\nEx. Un vif amour, warm love; il n est point d \u00c3\u00a9ternelles\\namours, there is no everlasting love.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0295.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "14\\nOK THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nAutomne is masculine when the adjective stands before it,\\nand feminine when it follows it.\\nEx. Et toi, riant automne and thou, smiling autumn une\\nautomne nouvelle, a new autumn.\\nCouleur, color, is feminine, except when it designates any\\nparticular color. It then becomes masculine.\\nEx. Une belle couleur, sl fine color; un beau couleur rose, a\\npretty pink-color.\\nCouple, couple, is masculine when it designates the union of\\na man and a woman in marriage and friendship, and feminine\\nwhen it merely serves to express the number two.\\nEx. Quel beau couple what a handsome couple Donnez-\\nmoi une couple d \u00c5\u0093ufs. give me a couple (two) of eggs.\\nWhen two of the same kind go together by necessity, paire is\\nsubstituted for couple, as in English.\\nEx. Une paire de (/ants, a pair of gloves une paire de bottes, a\\npair of boots.\\nD\u00c3\u00a9lice retains, from its Latin original, the peculiarity of being\\nmasculine in the singular and feminine in the plural.\\nEx. Cest un vrai d\u00c3\u00a9lice, this is perfect delight craignez ses\\ntrompeuses d\u00c3\u00a9lices, fear her treacherous charms.\\nGens, people, is essentially masculine, only it gives the femi-\\nnine form to those adjectives which immediately precede it.\\nEx. Toutes ces bonnes gens, all these good people instruits\\npar V exp\u00c3\u00a9rience, les vieilles gens sont soup\u00c3\u00a7onneux, taught by ex-\\nperience, old people are suspicious.\\nHymne, hymn, is feminine when used to designate Christian\\nhymns, and masculine in all other cases.\\nEx. Chantons ces belles hymnes de Luther, let us sing those\\nbeautiful hymns by Luther; un hymne adress\u00c3\u00a9 V\u00c3\u00a9nus, a\\nhymn to Venus.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0296.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "GENDER OF NOUNS.\\n15\\nOrge, barley, is feminine as long as it means barley stand-\\ning, and becomes masculine when barley is prepared for use.\\nEx. Voil\u00c3\u00a0 de belles orges, that is fine barley Vorge mond\u00c3\u00a9,\\npealed barley.\\nOrgue, organ, is, like d\u00c3\u00a9lice, masculine in the singular and\\nfeminine in the plural.\\nEx. Cet orgue est excellent, this organ is excellent y a-t-il de\\nbonnes orgues are there fine organs there\\n\u00c5\u0092uvre, work, is feminine when it means any one great work\\nof art, etc., and masculine when it has the sense of deed or\\ncreation. In the plural, where it means the works of an\\nauthor, it is always feminine.\\nEx. Cest une \u00c5\u0093uvre brillante, cet op\u00c3\u00a9ra, this opera is a bril-\\nliant work. Les \u00c5\u0093uvres compl\u00c3\u00a8tes de Voltaire, Voltaire s com-\\nplete works.\\n5. The following nouns occur, also, as masculines and as f\u00c3\u00a9mi-\\nnines, but they change their meaning with their gender\\nMASCULINE.\\nAide\\naid, adjutant\\nj eagle, a reading\\nAigle\\ndesk (at church)\\nbarbe\\na Barbary horse\\nberce\\nredbreast\\nc\u00c3\u00a2pre\\nprivateer\\ncarpe\\nwrist (in anatomy)\\ncartouche\\nscroll\\ncloaque\\nsink\\nc stage-coach, or\\ncoche\\npacket-boat on\\na river.\\ncravate\\nCroat\\ncr\u00c3\u00aape\\ncrape\\nespace\\nspace\\nfollicule\\nfollicle\\nfor\u00c3\u00aat\\ndrill\\nFEMININE.\\naide\\nassistance\\naigle\\nj the Roman stand*\\nard\\nbarbe\\nbeard\\nberce\\ncow-parsnip\\nc\u00c3\u00a2pre\\ncaper\\ncarpe\\ncarp\\ncartouche\\ncartridge\\ncloaque\\nancient aqueduct\\ncoche\\nj notch\\n1 fat sow\\ncravate\\ncravat\\ncr\u00c3\u00aape\\npancake\\nespace\\nspace (in printing)\\nfollicule\\npod\\nforet\\nforest", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0297.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "16\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nMASCULINE.\\nFEMININE.\\nfoudre\\nlarge tun, thun-\\nderbolt (in ele-\\nvated style)\\nfoudre\\nJ thunderbolt (lite-\\n1 rally)\\ngivre\\nhoar-frost\\ngivre\\nsnake (in her-\\naldry)\\ngreffe\\nregister s office\\ngreffe\\ngraft\\nguide\\nguide\\nguide\\nrein\\ngueule\\ngules, in heraldry\\ngueule\\nmouth of animals\\nheliotrope\\nturnsoll (flower)\\nheliotrope\\nj heliotrope, (pre-\\nclous stone)\\ninterligne\\ninterline\\ninterligne\\nlead (in printing)\\niris\\nrainbow\\niris\\nsprig-crystal\\nlaque\\nChina varnish\\nlaque\\ngum -lac\\nlit\\nlily\\nLis or Lys\\nLys (a river)\\nlivre\\nbook\\nliv?*e\\npound\\nloutre\\nhat or muff of\\notter hair\\nloutre\\notter\\nmanche\\nhandle\\nmanche\\ni sleeve, the British\\nLnannel\\nm\u00c3\u00a9moire\\nbill\\nm\u00c3\u00a9moire\\nmemory\\n7nerci\\nTn on ira\\nny) /3.7V\\nIILoI L\u00c3\u00b9\\nJIlCI L,J\\nmode\\nmood\\nmode\\nfashion\\nmole\\nmole, pier\\nmole\\n(a surgical word)\\nmoufle\\na tackle of pulleys\\nmoujle\\nmitten\\nmoule\\nmould\\nmoule\\nmu scle (a shell-\\nfish}\\noffice\\noffice, business\\noffice\\npantry, larder\\nomore\\nj a game at cards,\\n51 fish\\nombre\\nshade\\ncompari son\\nparall\u00c3\u00a8le\\nparallel\\nnPTiflnlnm\\npendule\\nclock\\nPerche\\nj Perche (a prov-\\nince)\\nperche\\npole, perch (a fish)\\np\u00c3\u00a9riode\\nthe highest pitch\\np\u00c3\u00a9riode\\nperiod\\npique\\nspade at cards\\npique\\npique, grudge\\npivoine\\ngnat-snapper\\npivoine\\npeony (a flower)\\nplane\\nplane-tree\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2plane\\nplane (a tool)\\npo\u00c3\u00aale\\nstove, canopy\\npo\u00c3\u00aale\\nfrying-pan\\nponte\\npunto (at cards)\\nponte\\nlaying of eggs", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0298.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "GENDER\\nOF ISTOUKS.\\n17\\nMASCULINE.\\nFEMININE.\\nposte\\npost\\nposte\\nJUi/Lt/I \\\\Ji. ilUloCJ\\nUU A/1 JJ 1 o\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0mivulp n fabric*.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9texte\\npretext\\npr\u00c3\u00a9texte\\nRoman virile robe\\nr\u00c3\u00a9clame\\nf\u00c2\u00bbn 1 1 i n o* A rlr fl\\nhawk\\nreclame\\nC f\u00c2\u00bb*itY*li wnrr\u00c3\u00af /in\\nprinting)\\nft*ol r 0T1 p\\nl-OUL/OG\\ntpI fi Yti f\u00c3\u00aemi\\nffpl iipll P\\ncilcllcl ^lUIdfcilip^\\n1 V 1 1 (/(/OU\\nlivery coach\\ni Utll vO^/\\ncoach-h ouse\\nQp-prvprit l v\\\\ lid\\nQpwnpti fpii vp\\nD l a. IV o 1 Lf U o\\nDCA. LUS\\nsexte\\nsolde\\nbalance of an ac-\\ncount\\nsolde\\npay\\nS0771 \u00c3\u008fYie\\nnap, slumber\\nsomme\\nsum, load\\nQf\u00c3\u00aeii.vi.si\\n(SU I III VO\\nsmile\\nsouris\\nmouse\\ntour\\nturn, trick\\ntour\\ntower\\ntriomphe\\ntriumph\\ntriomphe\\ntrumps (in cards)\\ntrompette\\ntrumpeter\\nil omptLLo\\ntrumpet\\nvague\\nvague, airy plains\\nvague\\nwave, surge\\nvass\\nvase\\nvase\\nmud, slime\\nvigogne\\nt cloth of Vigone\\nhair\\nvigogne\\nLlama\\nvoile\\nveil\\nvoile\\nsail\\nExercise.\\nThis great singer was a beautiful lady she was a stranger here, but\\nyour cousin and her husband had seen her before. There was hoar-\\nfrost this morning, and later it rained this will spoil the wheat and\\nthe barley. Mme. de Genlis was the governess of one of the kings oi\\nFrance and the author of several books. Her collected works have\\nbeen published. Has your neighbor, the grocer, many customers now\\nHe has lost many who have gone to my other neighbor, the corporal s\\nwidow. When I was in that country I admired the excellent organs\\nfor which Holland is famous. He has paid for that book one pound\\nsterling, and he thinks it cheap. She has played us a bad trick and\\ndeserves to be punished. That tower is very old it was probably\\nbuilt by the Romans. Our guide was a peasant woman, and when I\\nlost the reins of my horse she helped me better than a man would\\nhave done. The trumpeter sounded his trumpet and summoned them", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0299.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "18\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nto surrender. We were all in the boat, when the wind tore the sail\\nand my sister s veil was carried off.\\nII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 NUMBER OF NOUNS.\\nCommon Nouns can represent one person or object, or several\\npersons or objects, and, having a form for each, are said to be\\nin the singular or plural.\\nProper Names, designating but one person or object, can\\ntherefore have no plural as long as they are used as genuine\\nproper names. It will be seen, hereafter, that they are fre-\\nquently used as Common Nouns, and that they then occur in\\nthe plural also.\\nThe rules on the formation of the plural have been fully given\\nin the First Part of this Grammar.\\nThe following nouns have no plural in French\\n1. The names of metals and so-called elements, when used in\\ntheir general meaning.\\nEx. Vor, gold la cuivre, copper le vif-argent, mercury.\\n2. The names of virtues and vices, and certain conditions of\\nman, being used as abstract nouns.\\nEx. t ardeur, zeal la foi, faith V adolescence, youth le bon-\\nheur, happiness; le courage, courage Vhymen, marriage.\\n3. Adjectives used as nouns.\\nEx. le beau, the beautiful le vrai, truth.\\n4. Infinitives of verbs used as nouns.\\nEx. le lever et le coucher, rising and retiring le dormir, sleeping.\\nExcept when they are qualified by an adjective.\\nEx. les bons d\u00c3\u00aeners, good dinners les rires ironiques, ironical\\nlaughs.\\n5. Foreign words take a plural form when they have become\\nfully naturalized as long as they are considered as genuine\\nforeign words, they are used only in the singular. The follow.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0300.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "jSTUMBER OF NOUNS.\\n19\\ning words of such origin appear to have been naturalized, and\\noccur in the plural form in standard authors:\\npanorama\\npanorama,\\nlady\\nlady,\\nopera\\nopera,\\ndeficit\\ndeficit,\\nimpromptu\\nimpromptu,\\nexamen\\nexamination.\\ndebet\\nbalance\\nimbroglio\\ndifficulty,\\nduo\\nduo,\\nincognito\\nincognito,\\necho\\necho,\\nmacaroni\\nmacaroni,\\nalin\u00c3\u00a9a\\nparagraph,\\nwhig\\nwhig,\\napart\u00c3\u00a9\\naside,\\nnum\u00c3\u00a9ro\\nnumber,\\nbravo\\nbravo,\\npiano\\npiano,\\nzero\\nzero,\\npensum\\ntask,\\nquolibet\\nquodlibet,\\nr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9piss\u00c3\u00a9\\nreceipt.\\nplacet\\npetition,\\n6. Other parts of speech, used for the occasion as nouns.\\nEx. Trois un de suite, three ones in succession les oui et les\\nlions, the ayes and noes.\\nThe following nouns are singular in French and plural in\\nEnglish\\navome\\ncompensation\\ncresson\\nfraisil\\nlie\\nlinge\\nmorale\\noats,\\namends,\\ncresses,\\ncinders,\\ndregs,\\nclothes,\\nethics, morals,\\nm\u00c3\u00a9taphysique metaphysics,\\noptique\\npolitique\\npneumatique\\npourpre\\nrougeole\\noptics,\\npolitics,\\npneumatics,\\npurples (a fever),\\nmeasles.\\nThe following nouns are plural in French and singular in\\nEnglish\\nPLURAL.\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL.\\nSINGULAR.\\naccordailles\\nmarriage (articles),\\nconfins\\nboundary,\\nalentours\\nneighborhood,\\nconnaissances\\nknowledge,\\narmoiries\\ncoat of arms,\\nd\u00c3\u00a9combres\\nrubbish,\\nassistants\\naudience,\\nd\u00c3\u00a9pens\\nexpense,\\natours\\ndress,\\n\u00c3\u00a9pinards\\nspinach,\\nbroussailles\\nthicket,\\nerrements\\ntracks,\\nbroutilles\\nbrushwood,\\nfian\u00c3\u00a7ailles\\nbetrothal,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0301.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "20\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nPLURAL.\\nfonts (de bapt\u00c3\u00aame\\nfrais\\nimmeubles\\nimmondices\\ninstances\\nlimites\\nmunes\\nSINGULAR.\\nfont (baptismal),\\nexpense,\\nreal estate,\\nfilth,\\nentreaty,\\nboundary,\\nghost,\\nPLURAL.\\nmeubles\\nnippes\\nobs\u00c3\u00a8ques\\nt\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a8bres\\nver g et tes\\nSINGULAR.\\nfurniture,\\n(small wearing-\\napparel,\\nfuneral,\\ndarkness,\\nbrush.\\nThe following nouns have both numbers in French and are\\nused in only one in English\\nPLURAL. SING. AND PLUR. SINGULAR. SING. AND PLUR.\\nAlms aum\u00c3\u00b4ne, aum\u00c3\u00b4nes, Property bien, biens,\\npains peine, peines, kindness bont\u00c3\u00a9, bont\u00c3\u00a9s,\\nashes cendre, cendres, hair clieveu, cheveux,\\nriches richesse, richesses, advice conseil, conseils,\\nnews nouvelle, nouvelles, people peuple, peuples,\\nprogress progr\u00c3\u00a8s, progr\u00c3\u00a8s, poetry po\u00c3\u00a9sie, po\u00c3\u00a9sies.\\nExercise.\\nWho bore the great expense of this enterprise? Burke s most\\nfamous book has the title The Beautiful and the Sublime/ The\\nboundary has been crossed and the war has begun. When did his\\nbetrothal take place, and will the wedding follow soon It is the\\nsaddest sight that one can witness, to see a wedding followed imme-\\ndiately by a funeral. To give alms is the precious privilege of those\\nwho possess riches to give advice belongs to the wise. The real\\nestate was left to the children, the plate and the furniture in the house\\nwore given to the widow. My knowledge is not very extensive. Is\\nhe a relative, or only an acquaintance? Did you stand the examina-\\ntions in law? He uses a coat of arms as if he were noble, but I have\\nknown his father, who used to gather brushwood in the forests and\\nsold it for fuel. We stayed with her until dark when they brought\\nlights, we left her. Which do you like better, optics or acoustics I\\nhave not studied those subjects.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0302.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "NUMBEK OF NOUNS.\\n21\\nPLURAL OF PROPER NAMES.\\nProper Names, as has been mentioned before, do not form a\\nplural as long as they serve to designate but one person or\\nobject Thus they remain unchanged even when they repre-\\nsent two or more members of the same family, without forming\\na class of them.\\nEx. Les deux Corneille se sont distingu\u00c3\u00a9s, both Corneilles have\\nbeen distinguished V Espagne a produit les deux S\u00c3\u00a9u\u00c3\u00a8que, Spain\\nhas given birth to the two Senecas.\\nThey retain the singular form even before a plural article in\\nelevated style, when their merit is referred to, by using a forci-\\nble ellipsis.\\nEx. Le m\u00c3\u00a9rite des Hom\u00c3\u00a8re, des Virgile et des Milton, the merit\\nof (poets like) Homer, Virgil and Milton.\\nProper names, however, are frequently used as common nouns,\\nand then they will appear in the plural form. This is done\\n1. When they are applied to whole classes of men, so that\\nthe individuality is completely sunk in the number.\\nEx. L histoire des douze C\u00c3\u00a9sars, the history of the twelve\\nCassars; les Stuarts n y rentr\u00c3\u00a8rent plus, the Stuarts did not\\nreturn there any more; parlons des Pharaons, let us speak of\\nthe Pharaos.\\n2. When they are used to designate character or qualities\\ntaken from the bearer of the proper name.\\nEx. M\u00c3\u00aame aux N\u00c3\u00a9rons on doit Vob\u00c3\u00a9issance, we must obey\\neven (men like) the Neros. Louis Jit des Boileaux Auguste\\ndes Virgiles, Louis made (poets like) Boileaus\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Augustus, Vir-\\ngils.\\n3. When they are used to designate the works of the bearers\\nof these proper names.\\nEx. Ce Mus\u00c3\u00a9e poss\u00c3\u00a8de deux Raphaels, that museum possesses\\ntwo (paintings by) Raphael. Les vrais Elz\u00c3\u00a9virs sont rares,\\ngenuine (editions by the) Elzevirs are scarce.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0303.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "22\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nExercise,\\nMy brother lias bought two Horaces, one in Latin and one in Eng-\\nlish I bought for myself a fine history of the twelve Caesars, in four\\nvolumes, which are bound like my Virgils and my Juvenals. Great\\ngenerals are forgotten, but the people will never forget the Washingtons\\nand the Lafayettes. The last of the Bourbons, who has yet a throne in\\nEurope, is the Queen of Spain the Stuarts have long ceased to be a\\nreigning family. The Christians taught the pagans to respect their\\nrulers, and that we owe obedience even to men like Nero. It is a\\ncurious fact in the history of French literature that there were two\\nBoileaus and two Racines. The Catos never travelled otherwise,\\nneither alone nor with their armies.\\nPLURAL OF COMPOUND NOUNS.\\nCompound Nouus are in French only those which consist of\\ntwo or three words connected with each other by a hyphen.\\nEx. Arc-en~ciel, rainbow coq-a-Vane, fanny story eau-de-vie^\\nbrandy.\\nIt will be seen at once that they do not often correspond in\\nFrench and in English, the latter language having a tendency\\neither to express them by a single word, as dandy and castor\\nfor petit-ma\u00c3\u00aetre and porte-huilier, or to write the two component\\nelements in one word, as fireman, pompier, and bookseller,\\nlibraire,\\nFrench compound nouns, which are not united by hyphens,\\nbut written in one word, are of course subject to the elemen-\\ntary rules on the formation of the plural, and simply add an s\\nto the last letter.\\nEx. pompier, pompiers libraire, libraires.\\nExcept gentil homme, nobleman, which adds s to both parts\\nand makes gentils hom mes, and Momeigneur, Monsieur, Madame\\nand Mademoiselle, which make Messeigneurs, Messieurs, Mesdames,\\nand Mesdemoiselles.\\nThe general principles which alone can guide foreigners safely\\nin learning how to form the plural of compound nouns are\\nthese", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0304.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "NUMBEK OF NOUNS.\\n23\\nOnly such parts of a compound noun as are declinable\\nwnen standing alone, can take the sign of the plural.\\nEx. des fauces clefs, false keys adjective and noun.\\ndes chefs-lieux, principal towns noun and noun.\\ndes vice-pr\u00c3\u00a9sidents, vice-presidents noun only.\\ndes passe-partout, master keys neither part.\\n2. Those parts only take the sign of the plural, which are\\nused with a plural meaning.\\nEx. des arcs-en-ciel, rainbows ciel is not plural.\\ndes t\u00c3\u00aate-\u00c3\u00a0-t\u00c3\u00aate, private interview t\u00c3\u00aate is taken in the singu-\\nlar meaning.\\nHence are obtained the following rules\\nIn compound nouns consisting of a noun and an adjective\\nor a noun and a noun, without preposition, both parts take\\nthe sign of the plural.\\nEx. les francs-ma\u00c3\u00a7ons, the free-masons.\\nles basses-cours, the poultry-yards.\\ndes choux-fleurs, cauliflowers.\\nles chefs-lieux, the principal towns.\\nExcept the following\\ndes blanc-seings, blanks.\\ndes terre-pleins, platforms.\\ndes chevau-l\u00c3\u00a9gers, lighthorse men.\\ndes h\u00c3\u00b4tels-dieu, hospitals (God s houses),\\nand a few others of rare occurrence.\\nExcept, also, that the Adjective demi remains unchanged in\\ncompound nouns.\\nEx. des demi-heures, half-hours les demi-dieux, the demigods.\\nCompound nouns, consisting of nouns connected by a pre-\\nposition, give the sign of the plural to the first only.\\nEx. des arcs-en-ciel, rainbows deux chefs d oeuvre, two master-\\npieces; les eaux- de-vie, the brandies; des vers-\u00c3\u00a0-soie, silkworms.\\nExcept des coq-\u00c3\u00a0-Vane, idle tales des pied-\u00c3\u00a0-terre, temporary\\nresidences des Ute-d-t\u00c3\u00aate, private interviews.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0305.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "24\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nCompound nouns consisting partly or wholly of indeclina-\\nble parts of speech like adverbs, verbs or prepositions, take\\nthe sign of the plural only where it is admissible or not at all.\\nEx. les porte-huiliers (verb and noun), the castors.\\nles avant-gardes (preposition and noun), the vanguards.\\ndes essuie-mmns (verb and noun), the towels.\\ndes cure-dents (verb and noun), the toothpicks.\\ndes passe-partout (verb and preposition), master-keys.\\ndes pour-boire (preposition and verb), servants fees.\\nExcept that when the meaning is not plural, even the declina-\\nble parts of such compound nouns will not take the sign of the\\nplural.\\nEx. les serre-t\u00c3\u00aate, the night-caps (for one head only).\\ndes r\u00c3\u00a9veille-matin, alarm-clocks (the morning only).\\ndes contre-poison, counter-poison (not against many poisons.)\\nThe word garde, of frequent occurrence in compound nouns,\\nforms a plural when it is the noun garde, a keeper, but it\\nremains unchanged when it is the verb garde, referring to a\\nthing.\\nEx. les gardes-chasse, the game-keepers.\\nles garde-vue, the screen (preserve-sight).\\nCompound nouns consisting of foreign elements, remain un-\\nchanged in the plural.\\nEx. des pique-nique, pic-nics (German).\\ndes auto-da-fe, public executions (Portuguese).\\ndes post-scriptum, postscripts (Latin).\\nA list of certain compound nouns, with their plural appended,\\nis added here, because they contain component parts of rare\\noccurrence alone or of peculiar meaning\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\naigue-marine aqua-marine aigues-marines\\narc-boutant buttress arcs-boutants\\nUanc-seing blank (signed) blancs-seings\\nboute-feu lintstock boute-feu\\nchevau4\u00c3\u00a9ger lighthorse chevau-l\u00c3\u00a9gers", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0306.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "NUMBER OF NOUNS.\\n25\\nSINGULAR.\\ncontre-danse\\nepine-rinette\\nex-president (and others\\ncompounded with ex)\\nfesse-mathieu\\nfier-\u00c3\u00a0-bras\\nfranc-alleu\\nfranc-r\u00c3\u00a9al\\ngomme-gutte\\nguet-apens\\ngrand m\u00c3\u00a8re (and all others\\nin which grand is fol-\\nlowed by an apostrophe)\\nhavre-sac\\nloup-cervier\\nloup-garou\\nma\u00c3\u00aetre-\u00c3\u00a8s-arts\\nmi-car\u00c3\u00a8me\\nnerf-f\u00c3\u00aarure\\norang-outang\\npasse-port\\nporc-\u00c3\u00a9pic\\npie-gri\u00c3\u00a8che\\nsemi-ton (and all combined\\nwith semi) J\\ntragi-comedie\\nvice-roi (and all combined I\\nwith vice)\\nand others com-\\nbined with \u00c3\u00a8s\\nor mi\\nPLURAL.\\ncotillion\\ncontre-danses\\nraspberry\\nepines-vinettcs\\nex-president\\nex -presidents\\nmiser\\nfesse-mathieu\\nbully\\nJler-d-bras\\nfreehold\\nfrancs-alleux\\na sort of pear\\nfrancs-r\u00c3\u00aaals\\ngamboge\\ngommes-guttes\\nambush\\nguets-apens\\ngrandmother\\ngrand meres\\nknapsack\\nhavre-sacs\\nlynx\\nloups-cerners\\nwere-wolf\\nloups-garous\\nmaster of arts\\nmaitres-es-arts\\nmid-lent\\nmi-car\u00c3\u00a8mes\\noverreach\\nnerfs-ferures\\norang-outang\\norangs-outangs\\npassport\\npasse-ports\\njJUx U UJJJ.ii.t5\\nJJU 1 L o-V JJ tvo\\nspeckled magpie\\npies-gri\u00c3\u00a8ches\\nsemi-tone\\nsemi-tons\\ntragi-comedy\\ntragi-com\u00c3\u00a9dies\\nviceroy\\nvice-rois\\nExercise.\\nHave you ever seen silkworms? they eat more voraciously than\\nany other animals. These young ladies were his granddaughters, and\\nthere were two grandmothers in the house. We have lost the key to\\nour room perhaps you have a master-key, with which we can open\\nthe door. Send the game-keepers and let them come up to-morrow\\nearly I want to go out shooting tell them especially to see if there\\nare any hedgehogs in the garden I have never seen those animals.\\nAfter the polonaise they danced several cotillions, and at last they", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0307.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "26\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nfinished with a reel. Dandies are not contemptible, because they may\\nbe very good men but they are often very ridiculous. Have you\\nheard that the thieves broke last night into the poultry -yards of our\\nneighbors and stole all their fowls The vanguards of the two armies\\nmet when the rearguards were at the distance of twenty miles the\\none from the other. The masons of this country have done a great\\ndeal of good to both parties during the last war.\\nPLURAL OF ABSTRACT NOUNS.\\nAbstract Nouns which designate a quality, virtue or vice, a\\ncondition or a general idea, independent of any connection with\\nactual life, can have no plural as long as they are strictly used\\nin that sense.\\nEx. La bont\u00c3\u00a9 nous rend aimables, kindness makes us agreeable\\nla beaut\u00c3\u00a9 passe, V esprit reste, beauty fades, wit remains la re-\\ncherche du bonheur, the search after happiness la charit\u00c3\u00a9 est la\\npremi\u00c3\u00a8re des vertus, charity is the first virtue.\\nThese same nouns are, however, frequently employed as\\ncommon nouns, to designate special acts, the effects of such\\nqualities or the actual results of general ideas, and then they\\nappear in the plural form.\\nEx. Elle m a combl\u00c3\u00a9 de bont\u00c3\u00a9s, she has overwhelmed me with\\nkind acts il y a des beaut\u00c3\u00a9s de tous le temps, there are beauties\\nfor all seasons que de petits bonheurs ne lui devons-nous pas\\nhow many moments of happiness we owe him faites vos char?\\nt\u00c3\u00a9s en secret, perform your chanties in secret.\\nCHAPTER II.\\nARTICLES.\\nThe three Articles which the French language employs for\\nthe purpose of defining accurately the extent of the significa-\\ntion of nouns are derived from other parts of speech, as the\\nLatin, the original form of the French, possessed no such part", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0308.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n27\\nof speech. There, on the contrary, the duty of the modern\\narticle was performed by the great variety of terminations,\\nwhich formed the so-called declensions of Latin nouns. The\\ncomplicated system of these varied and numerous forms was\\naccessible neither to the dull ear of the barbarians, who con-\\nquered the Roman Empire, nor to their uncultivated intellect.\\nHence the total loss of all inflections and the reduction of\\nFrench nouns to one single form. The latter was now no longer\\ncapable of expressing case or number, and yet, as the newly\\nformed language, arising from a mixture of Latin words with\\nGerman forms, regained slowly its former power, a necessity\\narose for expressing the more delicate shades of meaning, and\\nthe relations which nouns had to other words in the same sen-\\ntence. To supply the lost inflections, all the idioms that were\\ndescended from the Latin, the so-called Romance lanomacres,\\nbegan to place certain words before the nouns, which gradually\\nfulfilled the same purpose. These were pronouns or numerals\\nand prepositions. They took uniformly\\n1. The Demonstrative Pronoun, ille, ilia, illnd, and placed it\\nbefore the noun to give it a more definite meaning. By con-\\nstant use it lost part of its substance when thus employed, and\\nsoon nothing was left but the forms uow in use,\\nle, la y V and les.\\nBefore these pronouns they placed the two prepositions ale,\\nof, and ad, to, which from the same frequency of joined use,\\ncombined and produced the forms\\ndu, de la, de V and des,\\nau, la, a V and aux.\\nSo that de Vhomme literally means de ille homo, of that man,\\nand a la femme, a$ ilia femina, to that woman.\\n2. The Numeral Adjective unus, una, unum, to give to the\\nnoun before which it was placed an indefinite meaning. This", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0309.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "28\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nalso lost, with all other words, its termination, retaining only for\\nthe feminine a mute e, and thus producing the forms\\nun, une,\\nand with the same prepositions\\nd un, d une,\\na un, une,\\nso that dun homme is literally de unus homo, of one man, and\\ndune femme, de una femina, of one woman.\\nThis is the origin of the forms of the Definite and Indefinite\\nArticle. The Partitive Article consists, as has been shown in\\nthe First Part of this Grammar, simply of the preposition de or\\nof its combinations with the Definite Article\\ndu, de la, de V, des.\\nPLACE OF THE ARTICLE.\\nThe place of the Article is invariably before the noun which\\nit serves to qualify it allows, however, adjectives and the ad-\\nverbs that qualify them, to interpose between it and the noun,\\nbecause it qualifies these words together with the noun.\\nEx. La raison veut Vutile, reason calls for that which is use-\\nful. Les petites mis\u00c3\u00a8res, little miseries le plus affreux objet, the\\nmost frightful object.\\nTout, all, and the compound nouns Monseigneur, Monsieur\\nMadame and Mademoiselle alone place the article after them-\\nselves.\\nEx. Tout le monde, the whole world toute Vann\u00c3\u00a9e, the whole\\nyear Monsieur le Pr\u00c3\u00a9sident, Mr. President Madame la Com-\\ntesse, the (lady) Countess.\\nREPETITION OF THE ARTICLB.\\nThe Article used to determine the signification of several\\nnouns must be repeated before each noun.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0310.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n29\\nEx. Les lettres, les paquets et V argent doivent \u00c3\u00aatre affranchis,\\nletters, parcels and money must be prepaid Tai vu le p\u00c3\u00a8re et\\nla m\u00c3\u00a8re de cet enfant, I have seen the father and mother of this\\nchild.\\nThe article before adjectives is not repeated when both ad-\\njectives qualify the same person or object.\\nEx. Le sage et pieux F\u00c3\u00aan\u00c3\u00a9lon, the wise and pious F\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9lon la\\ngrande et magnifique f\u00c3\u00aate du roi, the large and magnificent\\nentertainment of the king.\\nThe article before adjectives must be repeated, if the two\\nadjectives* refer to distinct persons or objects.\\nEx. Le premier et le second surintendant, the first and the second\\nsuperintendent (two different persons) Vancien et le nouveau\\ncontinent, the Old and the New World le second et le troisi\u00c3\u00a8me\\n\u00c3\u00a9tage, the second and third story.\\nThe article may be omitted\\nBefore two plural nouns taken in a general sense\\nEx. Le d\u00c3\u00a9vouement des p\u00c3\u00a8res et m\u00c3\u00a8res, the devotion of fathers\\nand mothers.\\nBefore two nouns connected by ou, or, which explain each other\\nEx. Les d\u00c3\u00a9put\u00c3\u00a9s ou repr\u00c3\u00a9sentatifs du peuple, the deputies or\\nrepresentatives of the people les C\u00c3\u00a9sars ou empereurs de\\nBorne, the Caesars or emperors of Rome.\\nUSE OF THE ARTICLES.\\nThe great principle which forms the basis of all the rules\\non the use of articles in French is this\\nEvery noun must be accompanied by an article or its equiv-\\nalent, unless it is so united with another noun, a verb or\\na preposition as to form but one idea with them.\\nThe following classes of words are equivalent to the article,\\nand therefore fulfil the purposes of this fundamental rule as well\\nas the article\\nThe Possessive Adjectives ?non, ton, son, etc.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0311.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "30\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nThe Demonstrative Adjectives ce, cette, ces, etc.\\nThe Interrogative Adjectives quel, lequel, etc.\\nThe Cardinal Numbers un, dix, cent, etc.\\nThe Pronominal Adjectives: aucun, no; chaque, every; cer-\\ntain, certain maint, many a; nul, no plusieurs, several quelque,\\nsome, tel, many a, in proverbial expressions, tout in the sense\\nof every.\\nBeing equivalent to the article, these words, of course, can-\\nnot be accompanied by the article.\\nUSE OF DEFINITE ARTICLE.\\nThe Definite Article is placed before common nouns, wh^n\\nit is desired to take their meaning in a general sense to repre-\\nsent the whole class or species, or some definite part of the\\nwhole. The purpose is to give a definite meaning to the noun.\\nEx. L or est un m\u00c3\u00a9tal, gold is a metal.\\nJ \u00c3\u00a9tudie le Fran\u00c3\u00a7ais, I study French.\\nLes hommes sont rn.orte.ls, man is mortal.\\nElle aime la musique, she is fond of music.\\nJe pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a8re les chevaux noirs, I prefer black horses.\\nLa force n est pas la raison, force is not reason.\\nLa suite des grandes passions, the effect of great passions.\\nThis rule applies in like manner to other parts of speech used\\nfor the occasion as nouns.\\nEx. Lavare est mis\u00c3\u00a9rable, misers are unhappy (Adjective).\\nLe manger et le boire, drinking and eating (Verb).\\nIl demande le pourquoi, he asks why (Adverb).\\nUSE OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.\\nThe Indefinite Article is used in French as in English, when-\\never a vague, indefinite meaning- is to be given to the noun.\\nEx. Nous avons vu un soldat, we saw a soldier.\\nY a-Uil une \u00c3\u00a9glise is there a church there", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0312.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "AETICLES.\\n81\\nIt supplies the place of the partitive article, when a quality,\\nvirtue or vice is taken in a partitive sense and qualified by\\nan adjective or other word following it.\\nEx. Cet homme a du talent, that man has talent (Partitive\\nArticle).\\nCet homme* a un talent remarquable, that man has re-\\nmarkable talent.\\nIl montre un grand courage, he shows great courage.\\nIt is used, also, with the meaning of the English a certain\\nkind of, when the noun is accompanied by an adjective.\\nEx. Nous y avons bu un vin d\u00c3\u00a9licieux, we drank there a de-\\nlicious (kind of) wine.\\nIl fit un temps atroce, it was horrible weather.\\nExercise.\\nPoverty is often the fruit of vice, but wealth is rarely the result of\\nwisdom. Men are credulous, they believe every story that is told them\\nwith an air of authority. Bad books are often more dangerous than\\nbad men they have subtle poison in tiieir most charming pages.\\nThese laws give encouragement to industry, and agriculture is not\\nneglected. Children are often unhappier than they appear, for griefs\\nand sorrows are not measured by years. Youth is a happy age, but\\nit passes away swifter than all other seasons of our life. Patience is\\none of those virtues which it is most difficult to acquire. Do you like\\nstrawberries I like raspberries better, but I cannot procure any at\\nthis season of the year spring is the only season when we have an\\nabundance of them. The husband teaches mathematics and the wife\\nmusic, but who teaches Latin and Greek Wine is very dear, and\\ntherefore beer is recommended by many physicians, but I like wine\\nbest. If we wish to distinguish truth from falsehood we must be\\nvery prudent, for fiction is often stranger than truth. Weak men are\\ngoverned by their passions, and good men endeavor to follow princi-\\nples; lut men generally act more by impulse than from conviction.\\nYoung children are exposed to many dangers, yet, how many escape\\nLife is a joy in youth, a duty in later years, and a burden in old age.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0313.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "32\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nUSE OF THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE.\\nThe Partitive Article serves to designate some part of a\\nspecies, some individuals of a class, or some portions of a whole.\\nAs there is no such article in English, the end is here obtained\\nby the use of some and aray, or by the suppression of the article,\\nleaving some or any to be understood.\\nEx. J ai du pain et du fromage, I have (some) bread and\\ncheese.\\nVoulez-vous de la cr\u00c3\u00a8me? will you take (some) cream\\nNous ri e\u00c3\u00bbmes pas de chevaux, we had no (not any) horses.\\nII a montr\u00c3\u00a9 de la sagesse, he has shown (some) wisdom.\\nAvez-vous du th\u00c3\u00a9 et du caf\u00c3\u00a9 have you any tea and\\ncoffee\\nThe difference between this article and the definite article\\nis especially striking, when verbs like manger, to eat, boire, to\\ndrink, prendre, to take, are followed by their object.\\nEx. Prenez-vous du th\u00c3\u00a9 do you take tea\\nPrenez-vous le th\u00c3\u00a9 do you eat supper\\nThe partitive article is de simply, before adjectives and in\\nnegative sentences.\\nEx. Il y a de beaux chevaux, there are fine horses there.\\nNous n avons ])as de pain, we have no bread.\\nN^eut-il pas de cr\u00c3\u00a9anciers? had he no creditors?\\nExercise.\\nHave patience and you will overcome all these difficulties. Give\\nme bread and butter and I want no cake. Do you take tea or coffee\\nI take tea at breakfast and coffee at supper, but I like tea better than\\ncoffee. Has she any friends with her? I know that she has no\\nenemies, for everybody loves her; but there are always envious men\\nin the world who hate us. He wanted money, and I had no money in\\nthe house. I gave him some provisions, but he said he had meat and\\nbread. Do you like sweet wines Come and I will give you glasses\\nin order to try my wine. He has shown some courage in this affair,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0314.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n33\\nbut I expected that he would also nave prudence. Are there any\\nslaves in that country There are no slaves there now, they have\\ngiven them their liberty. I have seen men who had never known\\nfear, but I have always doubted their courage. I wish I had pens,\\nink and paper, I would write letters to all my friends I have leisure\\nnow, and to-morrow I shall have work to do during the whole day.\\nThey have shown profound wisdom in the management of their affairs\\nif we had had experience we would have succeeded.\\nThe rule that the partitive article consists of de only before\\nadjectives, does not apply to compound nouns, consisting of\\nan adjective and a noun, because here the former is a part of\\nthe noun itself.\\nEx. Ce sont des petits-ma\u00c3\u00aetres, they are dandies.\\nNous connaissons des franc-ma\u00c3\u00a7ons, we know some free-\\nmasons.\\nNor to adjectives, used as nouns.\\nEx. Y a-t-il du nouveau? is there any news\\nM\u00c3\u00aalez du rouge et du bleu, mix some red and blue.\\nThe partitive article is, in a few instances, expressed in\\nEnglish by some of the, all of which is rendered by da, etc.,\\nonly.\\nEx. Donnez-moi du doux, give me some of the sweet (wine).\\nAurez-vous des dor\u00c3\u00a9s will you have some of the gilt\\nExercise.\\nWill you not buy good lemons they are fresh and better than\\nlemons are generally. The children are going to have new aprons,\\nand their mother will buy linen for them. He told us long stories\\nabout the war, and wonderful adventures through which he had\\npassed. We received them with hesitation, for although he loves\\nTruth generally, he sometimes tells things which are not btrictly true.\\nDo you like novels, or do you think they do harm to young people\\nThis author shows that he has imagination, but he lacks judgment.\\nThat man has bad children and he does not punish them, although", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0315.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "34\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nlie knows that bad examples are pernicious. Do you not think that\\neven soldiers are tired of long wars The Prussian troops have bet-\\nter guns than the Austrians, but these have more experienced gen-\\nerals. When he sat down at table he found himself surrounded by\\nchildren and grandchildren, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law.\\nThe partitive article resumes its full form, du, de la, de V,\\nand des after negative verbs, when they are used interroga-\\ntively at the same time. This is also the case when the nega-\\ntive is not absolute, but only added with regard to the object\\nof the verb.\\nEx. Ne jouez pas des airs trop longs, do not play too long\\ntunes.\\nJe ne vous donnerai pas des vers, I will give you no verses.\\nNa-t-il pas des amis qui puissent venir son aide? has\\nhe no friends that could come to his aid\\nN eurent-elles ]jas des chapeaux did they not wear bonnets\\nThe partitive article is altogether suppressed, for the sake of\\neuphony, when it is preceded by the preposition de.\\nEx. La d\u00c3\u00a9position de (des) t\u00c3\u00a9moins suborn\u00c3\u00a9s, the evidence of\\nbribed witnesses.\\nOn lui donna du vinaigre au lieu d eau, they gave hira\\nvinegar instead of water.\\nJe d\u00c3\u00a9clare en faveur de bi\u00c3\u00a8re, I declare in favor of beer.\\nTHE ARTICLE WITH CERTAIN CLASSES OF NOUNS.\\nI. WITH PROPER NAMES.\\nProper Names, as has already been seen in the chapter on\\nnouns, take no article as long as they are used as genuine\\nproper names.\\nEx. C\u00c3\u00a9sar fut tu\u00c3\u00a9 trop t\u00c3\u00b4t; C\u00c5\u0093sar was killed too soon,\\nII ressemble un peu Racine, he resembles Racine some-\\nwhat.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0316.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n35\\nBut when they are used as common nouns, they are sub-\\nject to the same rules as the latter.\\nEx. Les Racines et les Moli\u00c3\u00a8res sont rares, (men like) Racine\\nand Moli\u00c3\u00a8re are rare. Charles XII. \u00c3\u00a9tait P Alexandre du Nord,\\nCharles XII. was the Alexander of the North. Cest un\\nvrai Caton, he is a real Cato. Donnez-moi le Virgile annot\u00c3\u00a9,\\ngive me the (copy of) Virgil with notes. O\u00c3\u00b9 est V Horace de\\nmon fr ere where is my brother s Horace J 1 ai vendu le Guide\\nque vous avez vu, I have sold the (painting by) Guido which\\nyou saw.\\nItalian artists and writers are, after the manner of their\\ncountry, spoken of with the article. Female singers also are\\nthus quoted.\\nEx. Le Tasse est V Hom\u00c3\u00a8re de P Italie, Tasso is the Homer of\\nItaly. Le Michel Ange n aurait pas mieux fait, Michael Angelo\\ncould not have done better. La Grisi va repara\u00c3\u00aetre, Madame\\nGrisi is going to perform again.\\nProper names, preceded by titles, require the article before\\nthe latter, contrary to English usage.\\nEx. Le G\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral Washington et les d\u00c3\u00a9put\u00c3\u00a9s, General Wash-\\nington and the Representatives. O\u00c3\u00b9 est le docteur N. where is\\nDr. N.\\nThe article is also required before adjectives which qualify\\nproper names, except Saint, which is considered as forming\\npart of the name itself.\\nEx. Allez chercher le jeune Pierre, go and look for young Peter.\\nO\u00c3\u00b9 est donc la petite Marie? where is little Mary\\nCest la f\u00c3\u00aate de St. Jean, this is St. John s day.\\nExercise.\\nMarshal Lannes was the friend of the Emperor Napoleon and received\\nmany favors from his patron. Doctor Johnson was one of the first\\nwriters of England, and one of her most remarkable men. Have you\\nread the history of Cardinal Woolsey, of his brilliant career, and his", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0317.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "OK THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nBudden downfall I went to see poor James and his sick brother\\nto-day they were both very sad. King Richard went to the Holy\\nLand, and when he returned he was made prisoner by his enemy, the\\nDuke of Austria. Where is young Lewis now I have not seen him\\nfor many years he and pretty Mary came every day to my house,\\nand brought me a bouquet of flowers.\\nII. WITH THE NAMES OF COUNTRIES AND CITIES.\\nThe names of Countries are used in French with the definite\\narticle.\\na. When the countries are taken as a whole, or in any way\\nindividualized, as by ascribing to them certain qualities or func-\\ntions.\\nEx. La France est un empire florissant, France is a flourishing\\nempire. V Italie a d\u00c3\u00a9clar\u00c3\u00a9 la guerre P Autriche, Italy has de-\\nclared war against Austria. On ne saurait trop admirer la con-\\nduite de V Angleterre, England s conduct cannot be too much\\nadmired.\\nWhen the countries are situated out of Europe and little\\nknown.\\nEx. L empereur de la Chine n est qu une poup\u00c3\u00a9e, the emperor\\nof China is but a puppet. JTai v\u00c3\u00a9cu deux ans au Mexique, I have\\nlived two years in Mexico.\\nHence all the States of the Union, les Etats- Unis, are accom-\\npanied by the article.\\nEx. Du Maine au Texas, from Maine to Texas la Virginie et\\nla Caroline du Sud, Virginia and South Carolina il vient de la\\nLouisiane, he comes from Louisiana.\\nThe names of countries are used without the article\\na. When only a part, and not the whole, is referred to.\\nEx. Il demeure en Espagne, he lives in Spain (somewhere)\\nil vient d Angleterre et il va en Suisse, he comes from England\\nand is going to Switzerland.\\nThe prepositions to and in are both translated in French by en.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0318.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n37\\nb. When they are used to qualify another noun in the man-\\nner of an adjective.\\nEx. Les rois de France en faisaient de m\u00c3\u00aame, the kings of\\nFrance (French kings) did the same. Il pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a8re le tabac d Es-\\npagne, he prefers Spanish tobacco. Achetez-vous du coton\\nd Am\u00c3\u00a9rique do you buy American cotton\\nThe names of Cities take no article, when they are genuine\\nproper names.\\nEx. Londres est plus grand que Paris, London is larger than\\nParis. Il y a., le plus beau mus\u00c3\u00a9e a Dresde, there is a most beautiful\\nmuseum at Dresden. Il demeure Vienne, he lives in Vienna.\\nThe prepositions in and at with the names of cities are both\\nrendered in French by d, unless they have the meaning of within,\\nwhen it is dans.\\nEx. Qui est wtre banquier Paris f who is your banker in Paris\\nIl mourut Naples, he died at Naples. La E\u00c3\u00aavolution \u00c3\u00a9tait dans\\nParis, the revolution was in (inside of) Paris.\\nBut when they are made like common nouns, they are ac-\\ncompanied by the article.\\nEx. Le Havre de Grace (harbor of refuge) est un grand port,\\nHavre is a large port. Nous irons la Nouvelle Orl\u00c3\u00a9ans, we\\nshall go to New Orleans. La Haye est une grande ville en Hol-\\nlande, The Hague is a large city in Holland.\\nExercise.\\nItaly is truly the garden of Europe, and Norway the most sterile of\\nall countries. Prussia and Austria are old and bitter enemies, but\\nFrance induced them to make war against each other for her own\\nbenefit. The Pyrenees separate France from Spain and the Alps\\nfrom Italy. I had lived ten years in Germany, when I emigrated to\\nthe United States and settled in North Carolina. Michigan is a pen\\ninsula, surrounded by great lakes and traversed by railroads. We\\nlanded at Havre, when we first came to France, and from thence w r e\\nwent to La Rochelle, where we remained two years after that we\\nlived in Lyons and Marseilles. Have you ever been in New Orleans\\nIt is not the capital of Louisiana. The Bourbons were at one time\\nkings of France, of Spain, and of Naples now the Queen of Spain is", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0319.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "38\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nthe only member of that family on a throne. He likes Burgundy\\nwines better than any other wines for my part, I prefer Italian\\nwines, and after them, the light French wines. The goldsmiths melt\\ndown Spanish dollars and French crowns.\\nIII. WITH THE NAMES OF MONTHS AND DAYS.\\nThe names of Months in definitions of time are never used\\nwith the article, but accompanied by the preposition era, even\\nwhen there is no preposition used in English.\\nEx. Il arrivera ici en Ao\u00c3\u00bbt prochain, he will reach here next\\nAugust la bataille fut livr\u00c3\u00a9e en Juin, the battle was fought in\\nJune nous y resterons jusqu en Avril, we shall stay there till\\nApril.\\nThe names of Days, used as definitions of time, have no\\narticle nor preposition before them.\\nEx. Elle fut ici dimanche, she was here on Sunday nous\\nnous reverrons mercredi prochain, we shall meet again on next\\nWednesday.\\nThe addition of the Definite Article gives the meaning\\neither\\na. Of a definite day of that name.\\nEx. Il fut pris le Lundi et il \u00c3\u00a9chappa le Mardi, he was taken\\non Monday and escaped on Tuesday je Vai vu le Vendredi\\nSaint, I saw him on Good Friday.\\nb. Or of every to the name of the day.\\nEx. Le courrier arrive le Jeudi, the mail comes on every\\nThursday. Nous avons nos le\u00c3\u00a7ons le Samedi et le Mercredi, we\\nhave our lessons on Saturdays and Wednesdays.\\nThe Indefinite Article may be added as in English.\\nEx. C \u00c3\u00a9tait un Dimanche V \u00c3\u00a9glise, it w T as on a Sunday at\\nchurch.\\nExercise.\\nHe will arrive in France in January or February and stay there\\nuntil March, when he will leave for Denmark. We go to the country", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0320.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n39\\nin July and do not return to town until October. May is the month I like\\nbest of all the months of the year. In that remote neighborhood they\\nhave no mail but on Tuesdays and Thursdays my cousin receives\\nher letters on Saturday. I saw her last Christmas-day she was then\\nin bad health on Tuesday she was taken sick, and on Friday she\\ndied. Sailors have a general superstition that Friday is an unlucky\\nday, and all the efforts made by intelligent captains and others to\\novercome the prejudice, have proved in vain. The laws of this coun-\\ntry do not permit any work to be done on Sundays, but the Jews are\\nexempted, because they do not work on Saturdays.\\nIV.- WITH NOUNS IN APPOSITION.\\nTwo nouns are said to be used in apposition to each other\\nwhen one is added to explain the other, so that both designate\\nthe same person or object.\\nThe noun in apposition takes, in French, the article when\\nit serves to distinguish the first from others of its kind, or\\nwhen it is followed by a relative pronoun or other word, which\\nshows its definite* character.\\nEx. Votre fr\u00c3\u00a8re, le capitaine, est la, your brother, the captain,\\nis here. Il n eut qu une \u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9e, son arrne favorite, he only had a\\nsword, his favorite weapon. Musard, l homme qui dirigeait,\\nMusard, the man who led.\\nBut when the noun in apposition is used as a mere adjec-\\ntive, it lias no article.\\nEx. Le p\u00c3\u00a2on, embl\u00c3\u00a8me de V orgueil, the peacock, emblem of\\npride 3 Tarie. divine beaut\u00c3\u00a9, Marie, divine beauty Tartufe,\\ncom\u00c3\u00a9die de Moli\u00c3\u00a8re, Tartufe, a comedy by Moli\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nExercise.\\nI have read in the newspapers that your brother, the sailor, has\\nreturned from abroad is your other brother, the soldier, also at home\\nnow The poet says the butterfly, the perfect model of inconstancy,\\ncaresses all the flowers. Malherbes, a man of extraordinary know-\\nledge, was simple and artless, whilst his adversary, an ignorant man,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0321.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "40\\nON THE PAKTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nclaimed the highest honors. We were reading Ivanhoe, a novel by Wal\\nter Scott, when she entered the room, and Louisa, the eldest sister, ex\\nclaimed There comes Mary, the true copy of Rebecca Those gen-\\ntlemen, strangers to our country, were hospitably received, and Kos-\\nsuth, a man of rare genius, went almost in triumph through the\\nNorthern States.\\nNouns may be used in apposition to the verb to be, and\\nother verbs of like nature, as, to become, to be made, chosen,\\nappointed, etc., in which case they will not be preceded by any\\narticle, although the English uses the indefinite article in\\nsuch constructions.\\nEx. Il est musicien, he is a musician on Va nomm\u00c3\u00a9 pr\u00c3\u00a9sident,\\nhe has been appointed president qui a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 \u00c3\u00a9lu maire who\\nhas been chosen Mayor il s est fait moine 1 he has become a\\nmonk.\\nBut if the noun in apposition mark a distinction from the\\nfirst or express the character, either by a name or a designation^\\nit will be accompanied, as in English, by the indefinite or the\\npartitive article.\\nEx. Cet homme est un Hercule, that man is a Hercules.\\nCes demoiselles ne sont pas des beaut\u00c3\u00a9s, those young ladies\\nare no beauties.\\nUne telle r\u00c3\u00a9ponse est une insulte, such an answer is an\\ninsult.\\nWith the third person singular of \u00c3\u00aatre the subject is, in such\\ncases, expressed by ce and not by it.\\nEx. C est un ivrogne, he is a drunkard. C \u00c3\u00a9tait une femme\\ncomme il y en a peu, she was a woman such as there are few\\nce sont vos vrais amis, they are your true friends.\\nExercise.\\nI shall prefer speaking Italian to him, as he is an Italian if he\\nwere a Portuguese, I could not do the same, as I dislike Portuguese,\\na miserable language. You have never read Camoens, the author of", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0322.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n41\\nthe Lusiades, or you would not say that. Do you see those two\\nladies They were nuns, but they have escaped from Cosenza, a\\nfamous convent now they are ladies of the great world, without that\\nawkwardness,, the effect of long seclusion. He was a man of genius\\nand of great merit, and when he was chosen Governor of the State,\\nthe citizens were rejoiced at it. I thought you were a Spaniard, but I\\nhave learned since that you are a German. That man deserves no\\nrespect he is a gambler and leads a disreputable life. She is an\\nexcellent woman, and I hope that she will earn a livelihood she has\\nbeen appointed governess to the Queen s children. He would have\\nbeen a captain if he had not been a drunkard.\\nV. WITH NOUNS OF MEASURE.\\nThe definite article is used in French with nouns, express-\\ning measurement in weight, time or money, where the English\\nuses the indefinite article or a preposition.\\nEx. Coffee costs twenty cents a pound, le caf\u00c3\u00a9 co\u00c3\u00bbte vingt\\nsous la livre.\\nWe pay him ten dollars a week, nous lui payons dix\\ndollars la semaine.\\nFour times a year, quatre fois Van,\\nGive them three francs for each person, donnez-leur trois\\nfrancs la personne.\\nExercise.\\nThese men agreed to work for a dollar a day, but they ask now ten\\ndollars a week, which is nearly two dollars a day. How do you sell\\nyour coffee I can sell you some for thirty cents a pound or for ninety\\ndollars a bag. The mail used to arrive here twice a week now we\\nget it five times a week. I see him twice a day, in the morning at\\nbreakfast and at night before going to bed. I will give you twenty-\\none pounds per barrel, if you can sell me a hundred and twenty each\\nyear. These engravings were very cheap they only cost twelve\\ncents a piece or ten dollars a hundred. There was one pineapple for\\neach person, but several guests did not eat that dangerous fruit.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0323.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "42\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nPer cent, is translated in French lay pour cent.\\nEx. I will pay you ten per cent., Je vous payerai dix pour cent.\\nThe English usage of employing names of relationship, like\\nfather, mother, etc., without any article, is inadmissible in\\nFrench. There the possessive pronoun is used before such words.\\nEx. Father says it is so, mon p\u00c3\u00a8re dit que c en eat ainsi.\\nWhere is uncle gone to votre oncle, o\u00c3\u00b9 est-il all\u00c3\u00a9\\nCall sister at once, appelez votre s\u00c5\u0093ur de suite.\\nThe English usage of employing the preposition to in terms\\nexpressive of blood or business relations and the like, is also not\\nfound in French. The preposition de is used in all such cases.\\nEx. He is physician to the Queen, c est le m\u00c3\u00a9decin de la Reine.\\nHe was appointed architect to the Institute, on Ca nom-\\nm\u00c3\u00a9 architecte de C Institut.\\nExercise.\\nBrother said he would never consent to the captain s marriage with\\nsister, because she was too young yet. It is considered a great honor\\nin England to be appointed physician to the Queen. She is the only\\nheir to that immense property, for the prince, a man of genius, but\\nvery miserly, had acquired vast estates in Spain and in Portugal. What\\ndoes mother say to this extraordinary event\\nTHE OMISSION OF THE ARTICLE.\\nThe Article is omitted before Nouns, contrary to the general\\nprinciple that every noun in French must be preceded by an\\narticle or its equivalent, in the following cases\\n1. In addressing persons or things, by apostrophe.\\nEx. Homme qui que tu sois, man, whoever thou art fleurs\\ncharmantes, qui ornez la campagne! charming flowers, adorning\\nthe fields", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0324.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n43\\n2. To give greater energy to animated style, as e. g. in\\nenumerating several persons or objects, in proverbial expres-\\nsions, etc.\\nEx. Je ne trouve partout que l\u00c3\u00a2che flatterie,\\nQu injustice, int\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00aat, trahison, fourberie.\\nEverywhere I meet with nothing but mean flattery,\\nInjustice, selfishness, treachery, dishonesty.\\nPlus fait douceur que violence, we can do more by gentle\\nmeans than by violence.\\nContentement passe richesse, contentedness is better than riches.\\n3. In giving titles to books and addresses of persons.\\nEx. Pr\u00c3\u00a9face. Reflexions g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9rales.\\nIl demeure rue Piccadilly f Quartier St. James, Londres.\\nHe lives in Piccadilly, St. James London.\\n4. After the following conjunctions and adverbs: ni, soit,\\njamais and tout, when the nouns following them are used in a\\npartitive sense.\\nEx. Le sage ria ni amour ni haine, wise men know neither\\nlove nor hatred soit inspiration de Dieu, soit erreur de V homme,\\neither divine inspiration or human error; jamais, peut-\u00c3\u00aatre, his-\\ntorien ria \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 plus attrayant, never perhaps was a historian more\\nattractive tout est vanit\u00c3\u00a9, all is vanity.\\nThe indefinite article used in English after what is omitted in\\nFrench.\\nEx. Quel homme what a man Quelle aventure what an\\nadventure\\nExercise.\\nMan, whoever thou art, remember, when pride tempts thee, that\\nthy existence was a play of Nature, that Hfe is but a play of Fate,\\nand that thou wilt soon be the play of Death When Fk-chier spoke\\nof him in his sermon he said Citizens, foreigners, enemies, nations,\\nkings, emperors, weep for him and revere him Nations, praise the\\nLord Why do you not speak, brother John, are you sick He gave\\nme a list of the books, which he had lent you Voltaire s novels, La", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0325.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "44\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nFontaine s Fables, Boileau s Poems and Flechier s Funeral Sermons.\\n1 saw written on this sheet of paper, French Exercises, but I think it\\nwas a letter. What a beautiful landscape! It is the loveliest I have\\never seen in all my journeyings. He did it unconsciously and his\\nmotive was neither ignorance nor malice. Never has general earned\\na purer renown and never were battles fought more carefully. Every\\nthing was confusion and terror, and never was nation more seriously\\nfrightened.\\nThe Article is omitted also, when a noun forms with another\\npart of speech such a close union as to represent but one idea.\\nThis is done by joining a Noun\\n1. To another Noun, which it qualifies after the manner of\\nan adjective, thus forming a compound noun. The union is\\nestablished by means of the preposition de or or en, after\\nwhich, then, no article is used.\\nEx. une cloche cf alarme, an alarm-bell.\\nune brosse a dents, a tooth-brush.\\nune grille en fer, an iron railing.\\n3. To a Verb, with which it forms a new verb.\\nEx. avoir peur, to be afraid.\\navoir soif, to be thirsty.\\nprendre cong\u00c3\u00a9, to take leave.\\nporter t\u00c3\u00a9moignage^ to give evidence.\\n3. To a Preposition, by which union adverbs are made.\\nEx. en effet, indeed.\\npa r force, fo rci b 1 y\\nde suite, immediately.\\nIf the purpose is not to form an adverb, but if e. g. the noun\\nis separated from the preposition by an adjective, the general\\nrule applies again and the article must be supplied.\\nEx. Avec courage, bravely acec un grand courage, with great\\ncourage par force, forcibly par une force sup\u00c3\u00a9rieure, by superior\\nforce.\\nThe article is, also, omitted for euphony s sake before the two", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0326.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n45\\nadjectives divers and diff\u00c3\u00a9rent, to avoid the immediate repetition\\nof two ds.\\nEx. Nous avons employe diff\u00c3\u00a9rents moyens, we have used differ-\\nent means; diverses personnes me Vont recommand\u00c3\u00a9, various\\npeople have recommended him to me.\\nExercise.\\nSoldiers, this day of glory has been crowned with complete success\\ncontinue to serve your country zealously and courageously and you\\nwill restore peace to your fellow citizens. Let us receive them with\\npoliteness, for Machiavelli, an Italian writer, says we must treat our\\nenemies as if they might become our friends, and our friends as if\\nthey might become our enemies. We were hungry and thirsty, but\\nshe was even more thirsty than the others. Different persons use\\ndifferent words, for some think with rapidity, others with grave con-\\nsideration. Windmills are unknown in this country, but steam-mills\\nare not rare. Have you any coffee-cups or teacups in your sideboard\\nI would like a cup of tea before supper, for I am quite exhausted.\\nENGLISH COMPOUND NOUNS IN FRENCH.\\nEnglish Compound Nouns are generally made by uniting\\nsimply two nouns in one and writing them in one word, as\\npenman, nightcap, windmill, c. In French a preposition is\\nrequired to unite the two nouns, and this preposition varies\\naccording to the precise relation in which, according to the\\nmeaning, one noun stands to the other. That noun which\\nqualifies the other is placed after it, and is, as has been stated\\nabove, not preceded by an article, because it forms with the\\nfirst but one idea, that of the new compound.\\nThe prepositions which serve for this purpose are principally\\nen, and de, which are used in the following manner:\\nThe preposition en expresses the material of which the first\\nnoun is made, and this only in such cases where special atten-\\ntion is called to the substance in ordinary cases de suffices.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0327.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "46 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Cette coupe est en or, et point en argent dor\u00c3\u00a9, this cup is of\\ngold, and not of silver gilt.\\nUne grille en bronze co\u00c3\u00bbterait phis qu une grille en fer, a\\nbronze railing would cost more than an iron railing.\\nUne \u00c3\u00a9glise en pierre taill\u00c3\u00a9e, a church built of cut rock.\\nThe preposition expresses\\n1. The purpose for which the first noun is intended.\\nEx. Une tasse th\u00c3\u00a9 et un verre vin, a teacup and a wine-glass.\\nC est un moulin farine, this is a flour-mill.\\nDes bateaux vapeur, voiles, a rames, steamers, sailing-\\nvessels, rowboats.\\n2. The main characteristic by which the first noun is distin-\\nguished from others of the same class.\\nEx. J ai \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 mordu par un serpent sonnettes, I have been\\nbitten by a rattlesnake.\\nC est un homme lettres, he is a literary man.\\nIls n eurent que des instruments a cordes, they had only\\nstringed instruments.\\nThe preposition de expresses all other relations between the\\ntwo parts of a compound noun, not conveyed by en and\\nEx. They took our watches and gold rings, ils prirent nos\\nmontres et nos bagues d or.\\nI prefer river-fish to sea-fish, je pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a8re les poissons de\\nrivi\u00c3\u00a8re aux poissons de mer.\\nWill you take a cup of tea or of coffee? Voulez-vous\\nune tasse de th\u00c3\u00a9 ou de caf\u00c3\u00a9\\nIf the second noun should express something that enters into\\nthe composition of the first, it retains, in its meaning, its inde-\\npendence, and will, therefore, have to be preceded by the arti-\\ncle, since it does not produce a new idea, nor form a genuine\\ncompound noun.\\nEx. Vous aurez une soupe aux hu\u00c3\u00aetres et une omelette aux con-\\nfitures, you shall have oyster soup and an omelet with\\npreserves.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0328.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n47\\nDonnez-moi un pot de pommade au jasmin, give me a box\\nof pomatum of jasmine.\\nDes tableaux l 1 huile et au pastel, oil paintings and pas-\\ntel paintings.\\nEnglish compound nouns have occasionally a present par-\\nticiple for their first part. According to the rules on the use of\\nprepositions, they can only be followed by the Infinitive, and\\nthis is, therefore, the form that must be given to these par-\\nticiples.\\nEx. He wants a frying-pan, il lui faut un po\u00c3\u00aale f rire.\\nThey are in the dining-room, ils sont dans la salle\\nmanger.\\nIn English, the words man, woman, boy and girl are often used\\nin compound nouns to designate the vendor of the article\\nexpressed by the first noun. In French, marchand or marchande\\nare used for this purpose.\\nEx. Here comes the milkman with his bells, voil\u00c3\u00a0 le marchand\\nde lait avec sa sonnette.\\nThe little apple-girl did not come to-day, la petite mar-\\nchande de pommes n est pas venue aujourdhui.\\nIn English compound nouns the first part is left in the\\nsingular number, although it may have a plural meaning. No\\nsuch anomaly exists in French, where the noun takes its proper\\nform.\\nEx. A five-dollar bill, un billet de cinq dollars.\\nWhere is the ox-stall? o\u00c3\u00b9 est V\u00c3\u00a8table a b\u00c5\u0093ufs?\\nExercise.\\nV\\nIt is strange for so rich a man to wear a silver watch, and especially\\nwhen it is fastened to a costly gold chain. The fashion for this sum-\\nmer is to wear silk dresses, straw bonnets and thread gloves in win-\\nter I prefer buckskin gloves. They stole all our silver spoons, and wo\\nwere compelled for some days to use iron spoons, which w\u00c3\u00a9 found with\\nour servants. Have you ever drunk goat s milk It is very rich, but", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0329.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "4S\\nOS THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nthe odor is unpleasant. When the enemy entered the town, one man\\nran out with a table-knife, another with a kitchen-knife in his hand\\nbut everybody had a weapon. He has in his store excellent printing-\\npaper, but he has no fine letter-paper. I would like to give you some\\nwine, but I have not a wine-glass nor any glass in the house the\\ndwelling-house was burnt, and this is nothing but a tool-house, which\\nserves me for a week. She hid the note in the dining-room on the\\ntea table under a flower-pot, and we were all looking for it in the\\nsleeping-rooms up stairs. Steamers and screws of every kind cross\\nthe Atlantic during the whole year, and some are iron vessels sailing-\\nships and wooden vessels diminish constantly in number. I saw in\\nVenice two beautiful alabaster columns before the high altar of an old\\nchurch they are far more beautiful than marble pillars. Are these\\nreally gold chandeliers, or is it only an imitation in silver I can give\\nyou a ten-dollar bill, if you can repay me to-morrow; I cannot pay\\nmy bill at the shoe-store, and I owe some money to the sign-painter.\\nHave you ever heard a charcoal-man in London? his cry is very\\npeculiar.\\nMONSIEUR, MADAME, ETC.\\nWhen it became the custom to address persons by some title\\nexpressive of reverence, the nations that had spoken Latin\\nemployed generally the word senior, elder, for that purpose.\\nIts full form is in French preserved in the softened word seigneur,\\nwhich still holds the preeminence as the Lord by excellence.\\nEx. Notre Seigneur, J\u00c3\u00a9sus- Christ.\\nThis was united to the possessive pronoun and formed the\\ntitle Monseigneur, formerly given to the princes of the royal\\nblood and still bestowed on very high personages, such as\\nCardinals. Seigneur, however, proved too long and cumber-\\nsome for daily use and soon dwindled down into Sieur, which\\nwas formerly largely used, but now occurs only in legal docu-\\nments.\\nEx. Le Sieur N. JSF. est cit\u00c3\u00a9 de para\u00c3\u00aetre, \u00c3\u00a9c, Mr, N. N. is\\nsummoned to appear, c.\\nThis sieur again was still further shortened into sire, which", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0330.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "ARTICLES.\\n49\\nalso, once very generally used, is now strictly confined to sover-\\neign rulers.\\nEx. Sire, les sujets de Voire Majest\u00c3\u00a9 la f\u00c3\u00a9licitent, Sire, the\\nsubjects of your Majesty congratulate you.\\nThrough the Norman French, finally, this sire became familiar\\nto the English people, by whom it was reduced to its present\\nform of sir, now the universal title given to man.\\nIn like manner was the word domina, lady or mistress, chosen\\nto address women, and with it a spurious diminutive form, do-\\nmicella, little lady. Softened and slightly changed, these words\\nhave become dame and demoiselle, and are in this form used\\ntogether with sieur.\\nAll four words are habitually combined with the possessive pro-\\nnouns mon, ma, and mes, and thus produce the words Monseigneur\\nand Messeigneurs, Monsieur and Messieurs, Madame and Mes-\\ndames, Mademoiselle and Mesdemoiselles, As the use of these\\nwords is somewhat different from English words of the kind, the\\nfollowing rules will be given\\nMonsieur and Messieurs are used\\n1. Before proper names, like the English Mr, and Messrs.\\nEx. Connaissez-vous Mr. Lef\u00c3\u00a8bvre do you know Mr. Le-\\nfebvre\\nCette lettre est adress\u00c3\u00a9e a M. M, Blond Cie., this\\nletter is directed to Messrs. Blond Co.\\n2. Without a name, like the English Sir and Gentlemen, in\\naddressing others.\\nEx. Monsieur, je ne vous comprends pas, Sir, I do not under-\\nstand you.\\nMais, Messieurs, vous demandez trop, but, Gentlemen,\\nyou ask for too much.\\n3. With the article or pronoun, like the English gentleman\\nand gentlemen, to designate persons as such.\\nEx. Est-ce un monsieur, qui d\u00c3\u00a9sire me voir is it a gentie\u00c2\u00bb\\nman who wants to see me", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0331.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "50\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nIl y eut plus de dames que de messieurs, there were more\\nladies there than gentlemen.\\nCe monsieur-l\u00c3\u00a0 -pourrait vous le dire, that gentleman there\\nmight be able to tell you.\\nMonsieur does not exprass the English gentleman, when this has\\nany other meaning, but that of man in contrast with child or woman.\\nWhen gentleman is used to express a man of good manners, well-\\ndressed, etc., the French say un homme comme il faut, a man as he\\nought to be. When it is used to convey the idea of a man of high\\nprinciples and sterling character, they say un homme d honneur, a\\nman of honor.\\nMadame and Mesdames are used\\n1. Before proper names, like the English Mrs. and the\\nplural.\\nEx. Mme. Vieuxtemps o\u00c3\u00b9 demeure- t-elle where does Mrs.\\nYieuxtemps live\\nCette \u00c3\u00a9cole est tenue par Mesdames Viardot, that school\\nis kept by the ladies Viardot.\\n2. Without a name, like the English Madam and Ladies in\\naddressing others.\\nEx. Madame, vous me comblez de bont\u00c3\u00a9s, Madam, you over-\\nwhelm me with kindness.\\nVeuillez me suivre, Mesdames, please follow me, ladies.\\nThe words lady and ladies, used in speaking not to but of\\nthird persons, are rendered by dame and dames without the\\npossessive pronoun.\\nEx. Voyez donc ces dames, que vont-elles faire just look at\\nthose ladies, what are they about\\nCette dame para\u00c3\u00aet me conna\u00c3\u00aetre, that lady seems to know\\nme.\\nMademoiselle and Mesdemoiselles are used precisely in the\\nsame way as Madame and Mesdames, but apply only to unmar-\\nried ladies, without regard to their age.\\nEx. tPai Vhonneur de parler Mlle. Blot I have the honor\\nof speaking to Miss Biot", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0332.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "ABTICLES.\\n51\\nJe ne saurai rien vous refuser, Mademoiselle, I can refuse\\nyou nothing, young lady.\\nThe simple word demoiselle and its plural, are used to desig-\\nnate unmarried ladies.\\nEx. Sa s\u00c5\u0093ur est encore demoiselle, his sister is still unmarried.\\nLes dames attendront ici les mari\u00c3\u00a9es de ce cot\u00c3\u00a9, les\\ndemoiselles de Vautre, the ladies will wait here the\\nmarried ladies on this side, the unmarried on that.\\nAll three forms, Monsieur, Madame and Mademoiselle, and\\ntheir plurals, are in French prefixed to titles of dignity and of\\nrelationship, the latter, however, only when referring to rela-\\ntives of the person to whom we speak.\\nEx. Monsieur le comte est parti ce matin, the count left this\\nmorning.\\nMadame la, baronne est-elle chez elle is the baroness at\\nhome\\nMessieurs les S\u00c3\u00a9nateurs se sont rassembl\u00c3\u00a9s, the Senators\\nhave reassembled.\\nComment se porte Mme. votre m\u00c3\u00a8re? how is your mother?\\nJ ai vu Mesdemoiselles vos s\u00c5\u0093urs qui viennent de rentrer.\\nI have seen your sisters who have just come back.\\nThe same words are used occasionally instead of the pro-\\nnouns, as expressions of extreme politeness, from motives of\\ngreat courtesy or of bitter irony.\\nEx. Monsieur voudrait-il me rendre ce service could you\\nrender me this service\\nMadame rC est-elle pas Fran\u00c3\u00a7aise? are you not French,\\nMadam\\nOn ne saurait rendre trop de gr\u00c3\u00a2ces a Monsieur, we cannot\\nbe too grateful to you, Sir.\\nQue Madame ne se f\u00c3\u00a2che, on s en va de ce pas, do not get\\nangry, Madam, I am going at once.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0333.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "52\\nOK THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nExercise.\\nI know these ladies, but they do not know me two of them were\\nthe same young ladies we met last night after the opera. He intro-\\nduced me to two gentlemen from Mexico, who are here on a political\\nmission, with a letter from the Cardinal. Here are seats for the ladies,\\nbut where are you g nng to place the gentlemen A man who\\ncan act thus is not a gentleman, whatever may be his wealth\\nand his social position. Who was it that rang the bell was it\\na beggar or a gentleman It was your father, Sir. accompanied by\\nyour grandmother. Did you meet your sisters, Madam they were\\ntaking a walk by the sea-shore. When he had done this, he said in a\\nlow tone Captain, T am sorry for it, and I beg your pardon. Doctor,\\nI wish you would have the kindness to come and see my daughter\\nshe is now with your wife, and awaits your return with impatience.\\nThose gentlemen have met your mother in Paris the young dies\\nwere well and enjoyed the pleasures of that great, and brilliant ci.y.\\nCHAPTER III.\\nADJECTIVES.\\nThe great principle which determines the form under which\\nthe adjective appears in a sentence is this that the Adjective,\\nexpressing nothing but a quality belonging to the noun, and\\nbeing, therefore, dependent on the latter, must agree with it in\\ngender and number.\\nIt makes no difference, whether adjective or noun stand\\nside by side or are separated from each other; if in meaning\\nthey belong together, they must also correspond in form.\\nEx. Il y a des hommes qu il ne faut jamais voir petits, there\\nare men who ought never to be seen, when they are\\nlittle.\\nIn compound nouns care must be had to make the adjective\\nagree with that part which it qualifies.\\nEx. On vend cher les peaux (F.) de renards (M.) noirs (M.),\\nblack fox-skins are sold high.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0334.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n53\\nIls portaient des bas (M.) de soie (F.) blancs (M.), they\\nused to wear white silk stockings.\\nDonnez-moi une brosse (S.) dents (P.) molle (S.), give\\nme a soft tooth-brush.\\nA few adjectives appear to be exceptions to this fundamental\\nrule, but the exceptions are only apparent, and the non-agree-\\nment of these adjectives with their nouns is easily explained.\\nThey are the following\\n1. Nu, demi and feu, under certain circumstances, remain\\nunchanged before feminine or plural nouns.\\nAu, bare, is placed before nouns, connected with them by a\\nhyphen, and forms, then, so far a part of the noun that it re-\\nmains unchanged. If it is placed after a noun, it becomes\\nagain a common adjective, subject to the rule.\\nEx. On Pa vu gui marchait nu-t\u00c3\u00aate et nu-pieds, he has been\\nseen walking bare-headed and bare-footed.\\nIl avait la t\u00c3\u00aate nue et point de gants, his head was bare and\\nhe had no gloves.\\n2. Demi, half, is in like manner prefixed to nouns, and then\\nforms part of them. When separated, it is declined like all\\nadjectives.\\nEx. Restez ici une demi-heure jusqu mon retour, stay here\\nhalf an hour until I return.\\nUn homme issu d un sang f\u00c3\u00a9cond en demi-dieux, a man\\nborn of a race fertile in demigods.\\nLe discours a dur\u00c3\u00a9 une heure et demie, the speech lasted\\nan hour and a half.\\nDemi may also sometimes be used before adjectives, as demi-\\nmort, half dead, bat generally its place is supplied by moiti\u00c3\u00a9 or\\ndemi, because in these cases it becomes a genuine adverb. When half\\nis repeated, it is rendered by moiti\u00c3\u00a9.\\nEx. Le drapeau est moiti\u00c3\u00a9 rouge moiti\u00c3\u00a9 blanc, the flag is half white\\nhalf red.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0335.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "54\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nHalf before a noun is expressed, when not forming, as demi,\\npart of the noun, by d moiti\u00c3\u00a9.\\nEx. Apr\u00c3\u00a8s le drame on est admis d moiti\u00c3\u00a9 prix, after the drama, ad-\\nmittance at half price.\\nFeu, late, is used either before the article or after it in\\nthe former case it remains unchanged, in the latter, which\\noccurs when we wish to distinguish a deceased person from a\\nliving one of the same rank or name, it is declined.\\nEx. J ai ou\u00c3\u00af dire a feu ma s\u00c5\u0093ur, 1 have heard my late sister\\nsay.\\nLa feue reine n en usait pas comme la Reine actuelle, the\\nlate Queen did not act like the present Queen.\\n2. Grand, great, in its feminine form, grande, is occasionally\\nused as part of a compound noun. It is then written grand\\nand remains unchanged.\\nEx. Il y aura deux grand? fetes ce mois, there will be two\\ngreat holidays this month.\\nIl porte trois grand 1 voiles aux grand vergues, she carries\\nthree mainsails at the mainyards.\\nThe following are the most frequent expressions of this kind\\nGrand m\u00c3\u00a8re, grandmother. Grand peine, hard labor.\\nGrand chambre, high court. Grand peur, great fear.\\nGrand ch\u00c3\u00a8re, high cheer. Grand piti\u00c3\u00a9, great piety.\\nGrand chose, much. Grand rue, main street.\\nGrand faim, extreme hunger. Grand salle, great hall.\\nGrand garde, main guard. Grand soif, extreme thirst.\\n3. Franc de port, postpaid, is used adverbially, and then re-\\nmains unchanged; as an adjective it is subject to the general rule.\\nEx. Je vous ai envoy\u00c3\u00a9, franc de port, toutes vos lettres, I have\\nsent you, prepaid, all your lettres.\\nVotre courrier ne vous apporta que deux lettres franches\\nde port, your mail brought you only two prepaid letters.\\n4. Except\u00c3\u00a9, except, suppos\u00c3\u00a9, supposed, ci-joint, enclosed, y com-\\npris, inclusive, and inclus, enclosed, although participles, and", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0336.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n55\\nas such subject to the same rules as adjectives, remain un-\\nchanged when they are used as adverbs, before their nouns.\\nEx. Except\u00c3\u00a9 ces cas, il n y a pas de diff\u00c3\u00a9rence, except in these\\ncases, there is no difference.\\nCes cas sont except\u00c3\u00a9s, these cases are excepted.\\nVous trouverez ci-joint deux lettres cachet\u00c3\u00a9es, you will find\\nenclosed two sealed letters.\\nBeaucoup and peu, being adverbs, cannot be used for many\\nand few as adjectives, but their place is supplied by rare and\\nnombreux.\\nEx. True friends are few, les vrais amis sont rares.\\nThe book is good but its faults are many, le livre est bon\\nmais les fautes sont nombreuses.\\nA large number of adjectives are used adverbially in French,\\ni. e., without any change of form. They are mainly such as\\nexpress an impression made upon the senses, like haut, loud, bas,\\nlow, bon, good, and mauvais, bad (of odor), vite, quick, lent, slow,\\nand those representing languages, Fran\u00c3\u00a7ais, French, Anglais,\\nEnglish, etc. Being true adverbs in these cases, where they\\nqualify, not a noun but a verb, they remain unchanged.\\nEx. Elle chante trop bas pour une salle de concert, she sings\\ntoo low for a concert-room.\\nParlez donc plus haut, on ne vous entend pas, speak\\nlouder, they do not hear you.\\nAllez vite chercher le m\u00c3\u00a9decin, go quickly for the doctor.\\nIl parle Italien, Espagnol, et deux autres langues, he\\nspeaks Italian, Spanish and two other languages.\\nAdjectives of color, finally, are sometimes nothing else but\\nnouns used adverbially. In that case they remain unchanged.\\nthe expression being evidently elliptical and the words couleur\\nde, color of, supplied in mind.\\nEx. Elle avait une robe rouge et des rubans marron, she had\\non a red dress and chestnut colored ribbons.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0337.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "56\\nON THE PAKTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nIl porte toujours des gants paille, he always wears straw-\\ncolored gloves.\\nExercise.\\nI went to my tailor and told liim to make me a dress-coat of his\\nbest black cloth. St. Louis carried a crown of thorns, barefooted and\\nbareheaded, from the wood of Vincennes to Notre-Dame. I waited\\nthere half an hour, and I would have waited an hour and a half, but\\nhe came soon after my arrival. Two pounds and a half of meat make\\na very good soup, especially if you have an abundance of vegetables.\\nShe was as well as the late princess of Conti among those who\\nflattered themselves with, this hope. He has studied three years and\\na half in some of the German universities. The Spanish flag is half\\nred and half yellow, the French flag is the tricolor. He is much to\\nbe pitied, for, although the causes of his ruin are many, such cases of\\nperfect honesty as his are few. It is an order of the Gods, that is\\nnever broken, that they sell us very dear the gifts which they make\\nus. If you walk fast, you can easily overtake him, but when you\\napproach him, speak loud or he will not hear you. These flowers\\nsmell bad I wish you would bring me some that smell good.\\nCOMPOUND ADJECTIVES.\\nCompound Adjectives consist of two adjectives connected,\\nlike compound nouns, by a hyphen. The manner in which\\nthey agree with the noun they qualify depends not on their\\nform but on their meaning.\\nIf both adjectives qualify the noun, both will agree with it.\\nEx. Nous avons dans ce pays des perdrix grises blanches, we\\nhave in this country white and gray partridges.\\nIf one adjective qualifies the other, the latter alone is\\ndeclined.\\nEx. Il y a dans ce champs de F avoine clairsem\u00c3\u00a9e, this field has\\nthinly sown oats in it.\\nDes enfants nouveau-n\u00c3\u00a9s la plupart meurt, of new-born\\nchildren the majority die.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0338.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n57\\nIf the two adjectives qualify each other, which is the case in\\nadjectives of color, both remain unchanged.\\nEx. J aime beaucoup la soie bleu-clair, I am very fond of\\nlightrblue silk.\\nADJECTIVES QUALIFYING SEVERAL NOUNS.\\nThe manner in which adjectives that qualify two or more\\nnouns agree with the latter, is determined by the following\\nrules\\nAn adjective which qualifies two or more nouns of the same\\ngender is put in the plural and agrees in gender with them.\\nEx. Le riche et V indigent sont sujets la m\u00c3\u00aame loi, rich and\\npoor are subject to the same law.\\nJ admire sa douceur et son \u00c3\u00a9galit\u00c3\u00a9 d esprit merveilleuses, I\\nadmire her marvellous gentleness and equanimity.\\nIf the nouns are of different gender, the adjective is put in\\nthe plural masculine, but care is taken to place the masculine\\nnoun nearest to the adjective.\\nEx. Il avait sa vie et son bonheur attach\u00c3\u00a9s au succ\u00c3\u00a8s, his life\\nand his happiness depended on success.\\nJ ai trouv\u00c3\u00a9 ma plume et mon papier g\u00c3\u00a2t\u00c3\u00a9s, I found paper\\nand pen spoilt.\\nAn adjective placed after several nouns which are syno-\\nnyms, agrees with the last only.\\nEx. Toute sa vie n a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 qu un travail, qu une occupation con-\\ntinue, all his life has been but one continued work and\\nlabor.\\nLe fer, le bandeau, la flamme est toute pr\u00c3\u00aate, the sword,\\nthe bandage, the pile is quite ready.\\nAn adjective qualifying two nouns, connected by a conjunc-\\ntion so as to exclude one another, appears in the plural mascu-\\nline.\\nEx. Il y a un homme ou une femme \u00c3\u00a2g\u00c3\u00a9s, there is an old man\\nor an old woman.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0339.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "58\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nADJECTIVES USED AS NOUNS.\\nMany French adjectives can be used as nouns by the simple\\naddition of the article. Their form will be that of the noun\\nwhich is understood.\\nEx. Le sage (V homme soge) se sert des fous pour aller ses\\nfins, the wise man uses the fool to attain his end.\\nU tie coupable (femme coupable) aim\u00c3\u00a9e est bient\u00c3\u00b4t innocente,\\na beloved criminal is easily (thought) innocent.\\nLes menteurs les plus grands disent le vrai quelquefois t\\nthe greatest liars tell the truth sometimes.\\nAttention must be had, however, to the fact that in French,\\nas in English, not all adjectives can be used as nouns alike some\\ndesignate men only, as le riche, the rich, le panure, the poor, le noir\\nthe negro, le blanc, the white man, le sage, the wise man, V avare,\\nthe miser, while others designate abstract qualities only, as le\\nbeau, the beautiful, le vrai, all that is true, le faux, all that is\\nfalse, etc. These latter, expressing abstract ideas, cannot take\\nthe plural form.\\nExercise.\\nYour brothers and sisters are present, but your mother has not yet\\ncome in how long will she or your father be absent The poor and\\nthe rich, the imprudent and the prudent, subject to the same law,\\nundergo the same fate. Clemency and majesty depicted on the face of\\nthis august infant foretell us the happiness of his people. lie was\\nthere, listening to the sermon, mouth and eyes open and all attention,\\nAugustus governed Rome with a sustained gentleness and sweetness.\\nThat secrecy, that mystery, that improper confidence will make you\\nlove your old friends, without gaining any new friends. When the\\nfiremen rushed from the house, they had their faces and hands burnt\\nand their clothes and boots torn to pieces. Avaricious men are foes to\\nthe whole world, spendthrifts are only their own enemies. The rich\\nowe help to the poor, but the rich are often too lazy to grant it and\\nthe poor too proud to accept it. We 1 ought always to search for the\\nTrue and abhor the False.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0340.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n59\\nTHE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES.\\nThe general rules on the place of Adjectives have been given\\nin the First Part of this Grammar, and it remains here only to\\nrepeat, that no absolute law exists on the subject, the place\\ndepending more on the peculiar genius of the language and the\\nestablished usage than on any general principle. The adjec-\\ntive placed before the noun is considered as more intimately\\nconnected with it, and as making, by falling first upon the ear of\\nthe listener, a stronger impression. Hence accented adjectives\\nare placed before the noun. In the next place, the laws of\\neuphony forbid long adjectives being placed before monosyllabic\\nnouns; and generally, shorter adjectives precede longer nouns.\\nLes champ\u00c3\u00aatres airs, country air; des terrestres soins, earthly\\ncares, and the like, are intolerable in French. On the other\\nhand, plural adjectives have to precede nouns beginning with\\na vowel, as de brillants atours, brilliant surroundings, de cou-\\nrageux amis, bold friends.\\nThe construction of the sentence has its influence on the\\npiace of the adjective in so far as an adjective followed by its\\nregimen must necessarily be placed after the noun, else it would\\nbe separated from its regimen.\\nEx. C est un malheur commun tous, that is a misfortune\\ncommon to all.\\nQuels sont les fiefs d\u00c3\u00a9pendants de ce duch\u00c3\u00a9? which are\\nthe fiefs that belong to this duchy?\\nThe place of the adjective depends, finally, so completely\\non the genius of the language, that large numbers of these\\nwords actually change their signification with their place,\\nhaving one meaning before and another after the noun. The\\nfollowing are the most important adjectives of this class,\\naccompanied generally by those nouns in connection with\\nwhich alone they have the double meaning\\nUn bon homme un homme bon\\na simple artless man a good, affectionate man.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0341.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "GO\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nun brave homme\\nun homme brave\\nan honest man\\na brave man.\\nune certaine nouvelle\\nune nouvelle certaine\\nsome sort of news\\nsure news.\\nmon cher ami\\nun habillement cher\\nmy dear friend\\nan expensive dress.\\nune COMMUNE wix\\nun voix commune\\na unanimous voice\\nan indifferent voice.\\nquel cruel homme\\nquel hom me cruel\\nwhat a tiresome fellow\\nwhat a cruel man\\nla derni\u00c3\u00a8re ann\u00c3\u00a9e\\nVann\u00c3\u00a9e derni\u00c3\u00a8re\\nthe last year of any period\\nlast year.\\nune fausse corde\\nune corde fausse\\na string out of tune\\na false string.\\nun faux jour\\nun jour faux\\na bad light\\nan ill-painted light.\\nun fier poltron\\nun poltron fier\\na great coward\\na proud coward.\\nun furieux menteur\\nun lion furieux\\nan excessive liar\\na furious lion.\\nun galant homme\\nun homme galant\\na clever man\\na man who is complaisant to the\\nladies.\\nun grand homme\\nun homme grand\\na great man\\na tall man.\\nle grand air\\nVoir GRAND\\nthe air of high society\\na noble countenance\\nle haut ton\\nle ton haut\\na haughty tone\\na loud tone\\nun honn\u00c3\u00aate homme\\nun homme honn\u00c3\u00aate\\nan honest man\\na polite man.\\nle jeune Scipion\\nScipion le jeune\\nyoung Scipio\\nScipio the younger.\\nce malheureux homme\\nun homme malheureux\\nthat contemptible wretch\\na destitute.\\nun malhonn\u00c3\u00aate homme\\nun homme malhonn\u00c3\u00aate\\na dishonest man\\nan impolite man.\\nmauvais air\\nVoir mauvais\\nbad appearance\\nwicked appearance.\\nun m\u00c3\u00a9chant homme\\nun homme m\u00c3\u00a9chant", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0342.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\na bad man\\nune m\u00c3\u00a9chante \u00c3\u00aapigramme\\na miserable epigram\\nun mis\u00c3\u00a9rable enfant\\nan ill-natured child\\nMORT-bois\\nwood of little value, such as\\nbrooms, brambles, etc.\\nmorte eau\\nthe lowest tides\\nune mortelle heure\\nan excessively long hour\\nun nouveau livre\\na new book another book\\nun pauvre auteur\\nan author without merit\\npauvre petit\\npoor child\\nun plaisant homme\\na whimsical, ridiculous man\\nun petit homme\\na small man\\nles propres termes\\nthe same words\\npropres mains\\nown hands\\nSAmT-Esprit\\nHoly Ghost\\nfemme sage\\na prudent woman\\nun seul enfant\\nan only child\\nun simple domestique\\na single servant\\nun triste homme\\na worthless man\\nunique tableau\\nsingle painting\\nun- vilain homme\\nan unpleasant man\\nan ill-thinking man\\nune \u00c3\u00aapigramme m\u00c3\u00a9chante.\\na wicked epigram.\\nun enfant mis\u00c3\u00a9rable\\na destitute child.\\nbois MORT\\ndead wood.\\neau MORTE\\nstanding water.\\ncette me mortelle\\nthis mortal life.\\nun livre nouveau\\na book lately published.\\nun auteur pauvre\\nan author without fortune.\\nun petit pauvre\\na little beggar.\\nun homme plaisant\\nan agreeable, merry man.\\nun homme petit\\na mean man.\\nles termes propres\\nthe proper words.\\nmains propres\\nclean hands.\\nEsprit SALNT\\nSpirit of God.\\nsage femme\\na midwife.\\nun enfant seul\\na child alone.\\nun domestique simple\\na foolish servant.\\nun homme triste\\na sad man.\\ntableau unique\\nunparalleled painting.\\nun homme vilain\\na wicked man.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0343.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "62\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nun VRAI ctfft\u00c3\u00aee un conte vitAi\\na mere story, a true story,\\nWhen two adjectives qualify one noun, they are generally\\nplaced after it for the same reason which places long adjectives\\nafter short nouns.\\nEx. Cest un voyage long et fatigant, that is a long and\\nfatiguing journey.\\nCes tableaux nobles et imposants, these fine and imposing\\npaintings.\\nBut if one or both of these adjectives belong to classes to\\nwhich special rules assign a given place, these rules must be\\nstrictly observed.\\nEx. J aime une grande table ronde au salon y I like a large\\nround table in the parlor.\\nCe petit enfant g\u00c3\u00a2t\u00c3\u00a9 a tout dit, this spoilt little child has\\ntold every thing.\\nL histoire d un jeune homme pauvre, the story of a poor\\nyoung man.\\nIt has already been stated, in speaking of the use of the\\narticle, that if the two adjectives refer to two different nouns,\\nalthough but one may be mentioned, the article must be\\nrepeated before each.\\nEx. Le premier et le second volume, the first and the second\\nvolume.\\nLa langue Italienne et V Espagnole sont deux s\u00c5\u0093urs, the\\nItalian and Spanish languages are sisters.\\nHeureux, happy, is perhaps the only adjective which, in inter-\\njections, may be placed before article and noun. Otherwise\\nit is only allowed to poetical license to place sometimes an ad-\\njective before the verb \u00c3\u00aatre.\\nEx, Heureux Vhomme qui sait endurer happy the man who\\nknows how to endure\\nSacr\u00c3\u00a9s ils sont, car personne n y touche, sacred they are,\\nfor nobody touches them.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0344.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n63\\nExercise.\\nIf the living frighten us, what have we to fear of the dead? The\\nincomparable author of this great work was hardly known during his\\nlifetime. Socrates, at the last hour of his life and surrounded by his\\nfriends and followers, showed that he was a true philosopher. These\\nburglars used false keys in order to open all the doors of houses which\\nhad been left empty by their occupants. You shall not touch that\\nbeautiful, new book, if you have not clean hands it is too easily\\nspoilt. A cruel man is an inhuman, miserable person, who loves to\\nmake others suffer or see them suffer. That good old soldier has\\nbeen in all the wars of his country, and he still looks a strong, healthy\\nman. I have not been much at home last year, but I promise you\\nthat that shall have been the last year in which I travel so far. Will\\nyou wear to-night your fine blue dress, or do you prefer the new\\ngreen dress, which you bought recently That rich old miser will\\nleave his immense wealth to a spendthrift nephew, who will spend it\\nall in a few short years. She has bought a large, commodious house,\\nwhere she will entertain all her young, gallant friends. His former\\nglory had passed away, when he, the first man of the Republic, made\\nhimself ruler of his native State.\\nCOMPARATIVE DEGREES.\\nThree Comparative Degrees are generally spoken of The\\nPositive, which is nothing more than the simple meaning of\\nthe adjective, without any comparison, and therefore not in\\nreality a degree of comparison the Comparative in its three-\\nfold nature as a comparative of superiority, of inferiority and\\nof equality, and the Superlative, relative or absolute.\\nThe simple rules on the formation of the comparatives and\\nsuperlatives have already been given in the First Part of this\\nGrammar. It remains here only to add the rules on the use of\\nthe so-called irregular comparatives.\\nMeilleur (from the Latin melior), better, is the only com-\\nparative of bon, as plus bon is never used mieux, is the com-\\nparative of bien, instead of plus bien, which also cannot be used.\\nEx. C est un meilleur r\u00c3\u00a9sultat qu on n avait expect\u00c3\u00aa, that is\\na better result than had been expected.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0345.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "64\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nMeilleur enters also into the idiomatic expressions de bonne\\nheure, \u00c3\u00a8arly, and bon marche, cheap.\\nEx. Nous nous levons de meilleure heure que nos voisins, we rise\\nearlier than onr neighbors.\\nIl Va achet\u00c3\u00a9 meilleur march\u00c3\u00a9 que nous, he has bought it\\ncheaper than we.\\nPire (from the Latin pejor), worse, is the comparative of\\nmauvais, by the side of plus mauvais, which is also used, but\\nwith this distinction, that pire is used to express something\\nworse than a bad thing, whilst plies mauvais suggests no such\\ncomparison.\\nEx. Sa condition est mauvaise, mais elle a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 pire, his con-\\ndition is bad, but it has been worse.\\nIl rllest pas plus m\u00c3\u00a9chant que les autres, he is no worse\\nthan the others.\\nMoindre (from the Latin minor), less, is the comparative of\\npetit, small, and is used, like pire, to compare two objects small\\nin themselves, while pluspetii is simply smaller than any object,\\nhowever large or small in itself.\\nEx. ^Est-ce qu elle est moindre que cette petite fille is she\\nsmaller than this little girl\\nElle ri v \u00c3\u00a9tait pas plus petite que moi, she was not smaller\\nthan L\\nMoindre is also used as a comparative of inferiority of\\nbon, in the sense of less good.\\nEx. Ce vin-l\u00c3\u00a0 est moindre que Vautre, that wine there is in-\\nferior to the other.\\nThe English better, worse, and less are adverbs as well as ad-\\njectives. In French two separate forms answer the two purposes.\\nThe adverbs corresponding to the adjectives meilleur, pire and\\nmoindre are mieux (Latin minus), pis (Latin pejus), and moins\\n(Latin minus).\\nEx. Est-ce qu il va mieux ce matin is he any better this\\nmorning", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0346.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n65\\nJ ai peur qu il ne se porte pis m\u00c3\u00aame qu hier, I fear he is\\neven worse than yesterday.\\nIl m aime moins que tous ses amis, he loves me less than all\\nhis friends.\\nExercise.\\nHis reasoning is not better than yours, but his style is much clearer\\nand more pleasing. In many cases the remedy is worse than the\\ndisease. Do you rise earlier in summer than in winter? No, we\\nthink it better to rise during the whole year at the same hour. I\\ncould have bought these books cheaper, but I did not wish to take\\nadvantage of his distress. Have you seen the Spanish dwarf? They\\nsay he is even smaller than Tom Thumb. This criminal was surely\\nvery wicked, but I doubt whether he was worse than his brother,\\nwho was pardoned last year. That block of marble weighs a thousand\\npounds, and yet it is smaller than many others in the same building.\\nBad friends are worse than wise enemies we fear our enemies, but\\nwe are deceived by our friends. Shipwreck and death are less fatal\\nto man than the sins he commits. I like him better, not because he\\nis better than his brother, but because we have known each other so\\nmany years.\\nPlus end moins, more and less, are frequently used, not to form\\ncomparative degrees, but as Adverbs of Quantity. Then they\\nmust 1 e followed, like the whole class of those words, by de and\\nn t by que.\\nEx. Ce tableau co\u00c3\u00bbte plus de cent dollars, that painting costs\\nmore than a hundred dollars.\\nCependant f aurais pu racheter pour moins de cinquante,\\nyet I might have bought it for less than fifty.\\nIn comparisons of inequality, i. e., superiority and inferiority,\\nthe verb of the second term takes the negative particle ne\\nbefore it, without however becoming negative itself.\\nEx. Elle est moins belle qu elle n \u00c3\u00a9tait il y a deux ans, she is\\nless handsome than she was two years ago.\\nIl s est montr\u00c3\u00a9 meilleur g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral qu on n avait esp\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9, he\\nhas shown himself a better general than was hoped for.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0347.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "66\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nWith regatd to the construction of the Relative Superlative,\\nthe following rules have to be observed\\n1. If the second term of the comparison consists of a noun,\\nthe connection with the first term is made in French by de, in-\\nstead of any other preposition, unless the latter be emphasized.\\nEx. C est V homme le plus savant du pays, he is the most\\nlearned man in the country. Elle est toujours la\\npremiere de l \u00c3\u00a9cole, she is always the first in her school.\\nC est ce qu il y a de mieux dans Paris il y en a d autres\\ndehors, this is the best to be had inside of Paris there\\nare others outside.\\n2. If the second term contains a verb, this must be used in\\nthe form of the subjunctive.\\nEx. C est le plus grand navire qu on ait jamais construit, this\\nis the largest vessel that has ever been built.\\nQuel est le meilleur vin que vous puissiez me donner?\\nWhich is the best wine you can give me\\nAttention must be paid to the form of the article before the\\nsuperlative, especially with regard to the following two points\\n1. The definite article being the only mark of distinction\\nbetween the comparative and the superlative, it can neither be\\nomitted nor supplied by the indefinite article, as in English.\\nEx. Elle est sans doute la femme la plus aimable, she is be-\\nyond doubt the most lovely woman.\\nVous aurez toujours mes v\u00c5\u0093ux les plus sinc\u00c3\u00a8res, you will\\nalways have my best wishes.\\nElle me regarda de Voir le plus affectueux, she looked at\\nme with a most affectionate look.\\n2. The article agrees, of course, with the adjective and its\\nnoun, but frequently le plus and le moins are used adverbially\\nbefore such adjectives, and then they remain unchanged.\\nEx. C est la femme la plus gaie que je connaisse, she is the\\ngayest lady I know.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0348.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n67\\nElle a Voir triste, m\u00c3\u00aame quand elle est le plus gaie, she\\nlooks sad even when she is most gay.\\nLes arbres les plus hauts sont le plus expos\u00c3\u00a9s a la foudre\\nthe highest trees are most exposed to lightning.\\nElle est le mieux m\u00c3\u00b9e quand elle est le moins par\u00c3\u00a9e, she\\nis best dressed when she is least adorned.\\nExercise.\\nThey say she is the best singer in the world now, but I like her\\nthe least of all I have heard, although her voice is the most cultivated\\nI know. That enigma has been given to the most learned men in\\nthe city, and they have not guessed it it is the best I have ever read.\\nI have noticed that, even when she is least attentive to what happens\\naround her, nothing escapes her attention. The first cotton-press\\nthat w as introduced in this country is not as old as the oldest man\\nin the State. He said to me, with a most affected manner: I cannot\\nimagine that he is a better tailor than mine when I tried him, I\\nfound him less skilful than I had hoped. She is much prettier than\\nwe had thought, but she is the worst educated young lady we have\\never known. The best-established opinions are often overthrown in\\ntimes of revolutions. Of all these musicians, she is the one who\\npleases me best, for she sings more correctly than the best singer I\\nhave ever heard sing.\\nCertain classes of adjectives have no degrees of comparison\\nbut as this arises simply from their signification and not from\\nany peculiarity of form, no rules for their use are required.\\nThey are principally such as express an absolute quality, as\\n\u00c3\u00a9ternel, eternal mortel, mortal divin, divine supreme, su-\\npreme unique, and negative adjectives, as immortel, immor-\\ntal impuni, unpunished immense, immeasurable, etc. Their\\nmeaning can never be made relative to others, as what is\\nunique or immortal cannot possibly be more or less so, and this\\nis the only reason why they are said to have no comparatives\\nor superlatives.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0349.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "6S\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nThe Absolute Superlative, male by prefixing an adverb\\nexpressive of lie highest degree to i lie adjective, employs for\\nthat purpose most frequently tr\u00c3\u00a8^ fort and bien, all three of\\nwhich correspond to the English very, with this distinction\\nTr\u00c3\u00a8s expresses simply a generally admitted opinion, without\\nany special emphasis.\\nEx. Tr\u00c3\u00a8sbien, vous pouvez vous en a lier, very well, you may go.\\nCest une terre tr\u00c3\u00a8s fertile, that is very rich soil.\\nFort is stronger in its effect, and is, alone, employed before\\nparticiples past, when it expresses the English very much.\\nEx. C \u00c3\u00a9tait un homme fort savant, he was a very learned man.\\nJe suis fort surpris de vous voir ici, I am very much\\nsurprised to see you here.\\nBien is used to express our personal conviction, and repre-\\nsents, therefore, the English very much indeed, or similar ex-\\npressions.\\nEx. Madame, vous \u00c3\u00aates bien aimable, madam, you are very\\nkind indeed.\\n77 \u00c3\u00a9tait bien honn\u00c3\u00aate et me comblait de bont\u00c3\u00a9s, he used to\\nbe extremely civil and loaded me with kindness.\\nThe English very or very much, when used without an ad-\\njective, is translated simply by beaucoup tr\u00c3\u00a8s beaucoup, or any\\nsimilar combination being inadmissible, as beaucoup is an ad-\\nverb, and as such cannot be qualified by another adverb.\\nEx. Je Vai beaucoup aim\u00c3\u00a9, I have loved him very much.\\nComment vous plait-elle Mais beaucoup, plus que je\\nn ai pens\u00c3\u00a9. How do you like her Why, very much\\nbetter than I thought.\\nThere are a few adjectives in French which make a super-\\nlative by adding issime. They are formed in imitation of the\\nword g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ralissime, which the great Cardinal Richelieu made,\\nby his own will and authority, when he went to take command\\nof the French army in Italy. The termination comes, through", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0350.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n69\\nthe Italian, from the Latin issimus, and is confined to adjectives\\nused as titles. They are mainly the following illustrissime,\\nmost illustrious r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9rendissime most reverend excelle ntissime,\\nmost excellent \u00c3\u00a9minentissime, most eminent, and s\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9nissime,\\nmost serene (highness). Others, which have occasionally been\\nformed after the same manner, belong exclusively to the familiar\\nor comic style.\\nExercise.\\nThese two brothers were not very much, esteemed in spite of their\\nriches, since everybody knew how they gained their wealth. This\\nwine is very good, but after all only an ordinary wine I like some-\\nthing better. I told him that he had been very imprudent indeed,\\nand that his best friends w r ould show him less sympathy than they\\nwould have done if he had been more cautious. She was very much\\ninterested in the proceedings and watched them with a most attentive\\neye she was perhaps the best-informed person in the audience. I\\nam extremely sorry, Madam, if I have said any thing that could give\\nyou a worse opinion of him; he is the most excellent man in the\\nworld and the best friend 1 have upon earth. When the ambassador\\napproached, the master of ceremonies said Will your Serene High-\\nness permit me to present the minister of his majesty the king\\nYou are very, polite indeed, gentlemen, and I* am most sincerely\\nobliged to you for all your kindness.\\nREGIMEN OF ADJECTIVES.\\nCertain adjectives in French, as in English, do not have a\\ncomplete meaning, unless a nonn or a verb be added. The w T ord\\nso added is cal led their r\u00c3\u00a9gime, regimen, and is always connected\\nwith the adjective by a preposition.\\nEx. Cest une arme -peu propre la guerre, that is a weapon\\nhardly fit for war.\\nLa charrue est V instrument le plus utile V homme, the\\nplough is the most useful instrument for man.\\nCet empereur n \u00c3\u00a9tait pas digne de r\u00c3\u00a9gner, that emperor\\nwas not worthy to reign.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0351.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "70\\nOST THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nOther adjectives have no regimen, their signification being\\ncomplete in itself, as intr\u00c3\u00a9pide, vertueux, virtuous, inviolable^\\nh rave, sage, etc.\\nStill others may be used with or without a regimen accord-\\ning to the meaning which they have in the sentence.\\nEx. Un digne vieillard s approcha de nous, a worthy old man\\ncame near us.\\nC est une faute digne de la plus s\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a8re punition, that\\nfault deserves the severest punishment.\\nThe following adjectives use different prepositions for their\\nconnection with the regimen, from the English. In all other\\ncases the same prepositions are used in both languages\\nAdroit profite}\\nApprochant de la v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9,\\nBon pour ses enfants,\\nC\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8bre j- son g\u00c3\u00a9nie, j\\nCivil envers tous,\\nComplice de ce crime,\\nCurieux de voir,\\nD\u00c3\u00a9daigneux d* apprendre,\\nIgnorant en m\u00c3\u00a9decine,\\nEtranger aux intrigues,\\nEvident pour nous,\\nF\u00c3\u00a2ch\u00c3\u00a9 de V accident,\\nFort de mes principes,\\nFort au jeu,\\nFort sur l histoire,\\nFou de musique,\\nImpatient d arriver,\\nIncompatible avec nos m\u00c5\u0093urs,\\nInconciliable avec le bon sens,\\nInconsolable de cette perte,\\nIndulgent pour ses enfants,\\nInquiet de voir le cours des affaires,\\nInquiet sur mes enfants,\\nInsensible la honte,\\nInsolent avec son p\u00c3\u00a9re,\\nSkilful in profiting.\\nApproaching to truth.\\nGood to his children.\\nFamous for his genius.\\nCivil to all.\\nAccomplice in this crime.\\nCurious to see.\\nWho disdains to learn.\\nIgnorant medicine.\\nUnacquainted with intrigue.\\nObvious to us.\\nSorry for the accident.\\nStrong in my principles.\\nSuperior in playing.\\nWell versed in history.\\nCrazy for music.\\nImpatient to arrive.\\nIncompatible with our manners.\\nIrreconcilable to good sense.\\nInconsolable for that loss.\\nIndulgent to his children.\\nUneasy about the course of affairs.\\nUneasy about my children.\\nInsensible to shame.\\nInsolent to his father.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0352.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\nInt\u00c3\u00a9ress\u00c3\u00a9 votre succ\u00c3\u00a8s,\\nOccup\u00c3\u00a9 \u00c3\u00a9crire.\\nParent du roi,\\nParesseux d \u00c3\u00a9crire,\\nPoli avec or envers les dames,\\nPropre la guerre,\\nPavi de vous voir,\\nReconnaissant de vos bont\u00c3\u00a9s,\\nRedevable de votre \u00c3\u00a9ducation,\\nSensible vos bont\u00c3\u00a9s,\\nSourd ma voix,\\nSurpris de la nouvelle,\\nTributaire du grand seigneur,\\nVictime d un pr\u00c3\u00a9jug\u00c3\u00a9,\\n71\\nInterested in your success.\\nBusy writing.\\nRelated to the king.\\nLazy \u00c2\u00a3/i writing.\\nPolite to the ladies.\\nFit /or war.\\nOverjoyed to see you.\\nGrateful for your kindness.\\nIndebted for your education.\\nSensible 0/ your kindness.\\nHeedless of my voice.\\nSurprised at the news.\\nTributary to the grand seigneur.\\nVictim to a prejudice.\\nSome adjectives are connected by c ywhen they follow the\\nverb \u00c3\u00aatre, preceded by a personal pronoun, and by when \u00c3\u00aatre\\nhas ce for its subject.\\nEx. Il est beau de mourir pour la patrie, it is beautiful to die\\nfor one s country.\\nCest beau a voir, that is pretty to look at.\\nII est doux de jouir de la solitude, it is pleasant to enjoy\\nsolitude.\\nCela est doux aie toucher, that is soft to the touch.\\nFacile, followed by a verb preceded by d, gives to the infinitive\\na passive signification.\\nLa forteresse ne sera pas si facile d r\u00c3\u00a9duire, the fortress will not\\nbe so easily reduced.\\nC est facile d faire, that is easily done.\\nThe same difference is made by some adjectives according\\nas they are followed by a noun, when they take or a verb,\\nwhen they take de.\\nEx. Il est bon de manger du fruit le matin, it is good to eat\\nfruit in the morning.\\nCe fruit n est pas bon manger, that fruit is not good to\\neat.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0353.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "72\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nII est utile de s habituer au travail, it is useful to get ac-\\ncustomed to work.\\nNous aimons ceux qui sont utiles a leurs confr\u00c3\u00a8res, we like\\nthose who are useful to their brethren.\\nIf a uoun should be governed by two adjectives, which\\nrequire different prepositions, the construction of the .sentence\\nmust be so changed as to prevent any incorrectness. Respon-\\nsable, for instance, requires before things and envers before\\npersons hence it cannot be said\\nEx. Vous \u00c3\u00aates responsable la Providence et Dieu, but,\\nVous \u00c3\u00aates responsable la Providence et envers Dieu, you\\nare responsible to God and to Providence.\\nExercise.\\nThey were very impatient to see us, for they w r ere inconsolable for\\ntheir loss, and hoped that we -would come and, indulgent to their\\ngrief, help them in their misfortunes. A man ready to avenge him-\\nself, awaits only the right moment to do harm. Those who are most\\neager for praise are rarely lavish of it themselves. Although my\\nson is not lazy in writing, I never have letters like the others he is\\ntoo busy with the duties of his office. He was celebrated for his great\\npower of mind, but he had a strange weakness he was liable to for-\\nget what he had said, and thus he often repeated the same things.\\nHe always comes to school early, but he is by no means as punctual\\nin fulfilling his other duties. Rousseau, endowed with a strong and\\nfiery imagination, was all his life subject to frequent fits of melancholy\\nand liable to all its sad effects. A heart free from care is a guaranty\\nfor the greatest happiness but such a heart is not easy to be found.\\nADJECTIVES OF MEASURE,\\nAdjectives of Measure have a different construction in French\\nfrom that which is used in English. The difference is mainly\\nthe following\\nIn English there is but one construction admissible the\\nmeasure itself (ten pounds, two yards, six years, etc.) is placed\\nfirst, and the adjective of measure (heavy, long, old) after it.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0354.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n73\\nIn French two modes of construction may be employ ed\\n1. The adjective of measure is placed first, and connected by\\nthe preposition de with the measure itself.\\nEx. Une tour haute de deux cents pieds, a tower two hundred\\nfeet high.\\n2. The more elegant construction, however, is to use the verb\\navoir instead of the English to be, followed by the measure,\\nand then to use either the adjective of measure or the cor-\\nresponding noun.\\nEx. Une tour qui a cent pieds de hauteur, a tower which is\\na hundred feet high.\\nCette riviere a quatre-vingt metres de largeur, this river\\nis eighty metres wide.\\nLes murs d Alger avaient douze pieds d \u00c3\u00a9paisseur, tho\\nwalls of Algiers were twelve feet thick.\\nIn speaking of age the word \u00c3\u00a2ge is left out, when the verb\\navoir is thus substituted for to be, bat not with other verbs.\\nEx. Cette petite fille n a que six ans, this little girl is only six\\nyears old.\\nElle mourut l \u00c3\u00a2ge de soixante- dix, site died at the age of\\nseventy.\\nWhen two measures are mentioned in connection, the\\nEnglish preposition by or the conjunction and, are both trans-\\nlated by sur.\\nEx. Cette chambre a vingt pieds de largeur sur trente de\\nlongueur, this room is twenty feet wide by thirty feet\\nlong.\\nLes murs n ont que trois pieds oV \u00c3\u00a9paisseur sur douze de\\nhaut, the walls are only three feet thick and twelve\\nfeet high.\\nWhen two objects are compared by means of measurement\\nof any kind, the English preposition by is translated by de.\\nEx. Elle est plus grande de sa s\u00c5\u0093ur de toute la t\u00c3\u00aate, she is\\ntaller than her sister by a whole head.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0355.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "74\\nON THE PAETS OF A SENTENCE.\\nIl est plus \u00c3\u00a2g\u00c3\u00a9 que sa femme de dix ans, lie is older than\\nhis wife by ten years.\\nThe preposition in before nouns of measure, is also rendered\\nin French by de.\\nEx. Il a trois pieds de diam\u00c3\u00a8tre, it is three feet in diameter.\\nExercise.\\nHow many men will you have to dig the foundations of a\\nhouse, the walls of which are four feet thick I have a ditch in my\\ngarden, to drain it, which is seven feet wide, three feet deep, and a\\nhundred and twenty feet long. She was only seventeen years of age\\nwhen she was married, and she died when she was sixty-one years\\nold. That table does not suit me, it is round and has two feet and a\\nhalf in diameter, but it is nearly three feet high, and that is too high\\nby half a foot. This poor prisoner w r as confined in a cell, four feet\\nwide by six feet long the walls were four feet thick, and the little\\nwindow, which pierced them, gave very little light. The Amazon\\nriver is in that place twenty miles wide, though it is wider than the\\nGanges by two miles.\\nADJECTIVES OF NUMBER.\\nThe Cardinal Numbers are so called from the Latin word\\ncardoj hinge, to express, as it were, that upon them depend,\\nas the door hangs on its hinges, all other numerals. This is\\nthe same idea which has led to the naming of Cardinals in the\\nchurch, of the cardinal points in geography, and the cardinal\\nvirtues prudence, justice, force and temperance. These nume-\\nrals answer to the question Combien y a-t-il how many are\\nthere\\nThe Ordinal Numbers are so called because they give the\\norder or rank which persons and things hold among them-\\nselves.\\nCollective Numerals are nouns made from the Cardinal\\nNumbers and express a number collectively. Such are dix-", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0356.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n75\\naine, half a score douzaine, dozen vingtaine, score centaine, a\\nhundred.\\nDistributive Numerals express a portion of a whole, such as\\nun demi, a half; un tiers, a third un quart, a fourth.\\nProportional Numerals express the multiplication of the\\ncardinals, le double, le trijile, le quadruple le centuple, a hun-\\ndred-fold.\\nWith regard to the use which is made of these diff\u00c3\u00a9rent\\nclasses of numerals, the following* rules are to be observed\\nThe Cardinal Numbers are used in d\u00c3\u00a9finitions of time some-\\nwhat differently from the English, as will be seen in these\\npoints\\n1. The date of the year is invariably given in cardinal num-\\nbers preceded by en, or, more formally, en Pan, in the year,\\nwriting a thousand mil (not mille), and using no conjunction.\\nEx. Nous sommes en Van mil huit cent soixante-sept, we are\\nin the year 1867.\\nIl mourut en dix-sept cent quatre-vingt-seize, he died in 1 7 96.\\n2. The date of the month is given in cardinal numbers, ex-\\ncept the first, which is always le premier, and the second, which\\nmay be le second, though le deux is more frequent. The pre-\\nposition on is never translated.\\nEx. Nous reviendrons le onze de ce mois, we shall return on\\nthe eleventh of this month.\\nLe vingt-cinq du mois prochain il y aura une temp\u00c3\u00aate, on\\nthe twenty-fifth of next month there will be a sturm.\\nThe preposition of before the names of months is generally\\nomitted.\\nEx. Il naquit le treize Avril, il y a trente ans, he was born on\\nthe thirteenth of April, thirty years ago.\\nLa bataille fut livr\u00c3\u00a9e le trois Mars, the battle was fough/\\non the third of March,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0357.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\n3. The hour of the day is given in cardinal numbers, accord-\\ning to the nature of the question: Quelle heure est-il? what\\ntime is it\\nEx. II est une heure, it is one o clock.\\nNous y serons trois heures, we shall be there at three\\no clock.\\nThe fractions of an hour are simply placed after the numeral\\nthe expressions a quarter to or before half-past two, etc.,\\nbeing unknown to the French.\\nEx. Il arriva ici deux heures et demie, he got here at half-\\npast two o clock,\\nJVous finirons onze heures et quart, we shall finish at a\\nquarter past eleven.\\nIl est huit heures trois quarts ma montre, it is a quarter\\nto nine by my watch.\\nLe temps qu il faut est huit heures cinquante-cinq (minutes),\\nthe required time is five minutes to nine.\\nTwelve o clock in the daytime is not douze heures, but midi,\\nand twelve o clock at night is minuit.\\nEx. On sonne la, grande cloche a midi et minuit, the great\\nbell is rung at noon and at midnight.\\nOn y d\u00c3\u00aene midi ou midi et demie, they dine there at\\nnoon or at half-past twelve o clock.\\nThe day, morning, and evening are expressed by jour, matin\\nand soir, when the time is merely counted, and by journ\u00c3\u00a9e,\\nmatinee and soiree, when the duration is to be expressed. The\\nsame applies to an and ann\u00c3\u00a9e.\\nEx. It venait tous les matins six heures, he came every\\nmorning at six o clock.\\nJ ai employe la matinee d me promener, I have spent the\\nmorning in walking.\\nO\u00c3\u00b9 passerez- vous la soi rte Ce soir je resterai chez moi.\\nWhere will you spend the evening? To-night I shall\\nstay at home.\\nPendant toute l ann\u00c3\u00a9e je ne l ai vu que deux fois, I have\\nseen him only twice during the whole year.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0358.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES-\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i\\nTo-night, when it means tMs evening, and last night in the\\nsame sense, are translated by ce soir and hier soir, the noun nidi\\nbeing used only for the night proper. The evening or the night\\nbefore is rendered by la veille, as the morning or the day fol-\\ning, by le lendemain.\\nEx. Je Vai vu avant hier soir et je le reverrai ce soir, I saw\\nhim night before last, and I shall see him again to-\\nnight.\\nIl dormit et la veille et le lendemain de la bataille, he\\nslept both on the day before and the day after the\\nbattle.\\n4. The names of Sovereigns are accompanied by the cardinal\\nnumbers without article, except Premier and Second, but these\\nalso have no article*\\nEx. George Trois succ\u00c3\u00a9da George Second, George III. suc-\\nceeded George II.\\nLouis Onze et Louis Quatorze ont fait beaucoup pour la\\nFrance, Louis XI. and Louis XIV. have done much\\nfor France.\\nThe great Emperor Charles V. and the famous Pope Sixtus V.\\nare both quoted as Charles Quint and Sixte Quint.\\nWhen cardinal and ordinal numbers are coupled together, the\\nformer mus! precede the latter.\\nEx. Les deux premiers jours de ce mois, the first two days of\\nthis month.\\nIf cardinal numbers follow the verb \u00c3\u00aatre, they may be placed\\nimmediately after it, when the noun belonging to the cardinal\\nmay be easily supplied if this is not the case, the words au\\nnombre de, to the number of, must be added.\\n.Ex. Nous \u00c3\u00a9tions cinq au d\u00c3\u00a9part nous sommes deux, we were\\nfive of us on starting we are two of us.\\nLes fautes sont trop nombreuse* elles sont au nombre de\\nvingt, there are too many mistakes; they are twenty.\\nLoth, when immediately followed by a noun, is translated by\\nles deux.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0359.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "78\\nOX THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. tPai achet\u00c3\u00a9 les deux volumes la fois, I have bought both\\nvolumes at the same time.\\nVoulez-vous les deux chiens ou seulement un? Do you want\\nboth dogs or only one?\\nBut if both is not followed by any noun, it is translated by\\ntous deux, when both are repr\u00c3\u00a9sent\u00c3\u00a9e! as acting together, and by\\ntous les deux, when acting separately.\\nEx. Ils sortirent tous deux, they both went out (together.)\\nIls sont sortis tous les deux, both have left (one after\\nanother.)\\nExercise.\\nThis great general died on the nineteenth of August, and w r as buried\\nwith much haste on the twenty-first: his obsequies were not cele-\\nbrated until the thirteenth of the next month. The physician\\nbad left him apparently in good health at half-past eleven o clock at\\nnight, and at a quarter to five on the next morning he was found dead.\\nThe unfortunate Louis the Sixteenth was led to the scaffold on the\\ntwenty-first of June, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-three.\\nShe was seventy-seven years old when I saw her, and she had walked\\nthe whole morning in her garden. What time was it when you saw\\nher? It was last night at half-past eight. Charles the Fifth and\\nFrancis the First were rivals for the supreme power in Europe it is\\ndifficult to tell which enjoyed the most. I was absent on the fourth\\nof July, or at least I did not return until late at night we had a nice\\nlittle supper, and a few minutes after midnight we all retired. The\\nfirst three volumes of this work are far superior to the others, and I\\nthink twenty-one have appeared. There were twenty of us in that\\nclub, but only eight have survived we are rarely four of us at table.\\nWhen the noun to which the cardinal number refers is not\\ngiven but represented by the pronoun en, the numeral must be\\npreceded by the preposition de.\\nEx. Sur cinq cents combat! ants il y en eut cent de tu\u00c3\u00a9*, out\\nof five hundred combatants there were one hundred\\nkilled.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0360.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\n70\\nC \u00c3\u00a9taient ses gravures et il n y en avait que deux de bonnes,\\nthey were his engravings, and there were only two\\ngood ones among them.\\nBut if the noun itself is given after the numeral, de is not\\nadded.\\nEx. 77 y eut cent hommes tu\u00c3\u00a9s et deux cent bless\u00c3\u00a9s, one hundred\\nmen were killed and two hundred wounded.\\nThe Ordinal Numbers are used in English in all cases where\\nthe difference has not already been stated, and where their\\nplace is not supplied by the cardinal numbers.\\nIt will be remembered that the ordinal numbers are always\\nplaced before their nouns, except when volume, chapter or page\\nof a book and the like are quoted.\\nEx. J ai re\u00c3\u00a7u le troisi\u00c3\u00a8me tome, qui vient de para\u00c3\u00aetre, I have\\nreceived the third volume, which has just been pub-\\nlished.\\nVous le trouverez, Livre troisi\u00c3\u00a8me, chapitre premier, y ou\\nwill find it, Book third, Chapter first.\\nIt must not be forgotten that le premier and le dernier are con-\\nsidered as superlatives, and hence have the same effect upon\\nthe construction of the sentence as that class of words. Thus\\nthey require the verb to appear in the subjunctive mood.\\nEx. C est la derni\u00c3\u00a8re gravure qu il ait faite, this is the last\\nengraving he has made.\\nJe suis le premier qui soit venu, I am the first who has\\ncome.\\nThe Collective Nouns are the following\\nUnite, unit. about fifteen, a fort-\\nquinzame, _\\ncouple, couple. night.\\ntrio. trio, three. (a score, about twen\\nmngtaine,\\ndemi-douzaine, half a dozen. ty.\\nhuitaine. a week. (a score and a half\\ntrentaine\\nneuvaine nine days of prayer. about thirty.\\ndizaine. half a score. (t sore, .bout\\nquarantaine,\\ndouzaine, dozen. forty.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0361.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "so\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\n(two score and a one thousand, about\\ncinquantaine, AM un milker,\\n(half, aoout fiitv. one thousand.\\nsoixantaine, -j\\nj three score, about myriade, one myriad,\\nsixty. million, one million.\\n(one hundred, pre- milliard, or) one thousand mil-\\nuncent 7 7 c v\\ncisely. billion, lions.\\none hundred, about trillion, trillion.\\ncentaine,\\none hunored.\\nExcept in commercial transactions, these words do not\\nrepresent the precise number they express, but only a number\\nnearly approaching to it. Thus une vingtaine may be a few\\nmore or less than twenty. As they are nouns, they require the\\npreposition de to connect them with other nouns.\\nEx. rrCa vendu une douzaine d oeufs, he has sold me a\\ndozen eggs.\\nCela, vous co\u00c3\u00bbtera, une dizaine de mille dollars, that will\\ncost you about $10,000.\\nLe cent de paille que vous me fourn\u00c3\u00aetes, the liund red-\\nweight of straw you furnished me.\\nThese words are occasionally used to designate the age of\\npersons, without any other word.\\nEx. Ce vieillard a pass\u00c3\u00a9 la soixantaine, this old man is over\\nsixty years old.\\nThe Distributive Numbers are la moiti\u00c3\u00a9, le tiers, le quart, un\\ncinqui\u00c3\u00a8me, and the ordinal numbers as in English.\\nEx. Les deux tiers sont plus grands que la moiti\u00c3\u00a9, two- thirds\\nare more than one-half.\\nOn lui a. donn\u00c3\u00a9 les quatre cinqui\u00c3\u00a8mes du profit, they have\\ngiven him four-fifths of the profit.\\nLe trois centi\u00c3\u00a8me, the three-hundredth (3 J\u00c3\u00b4).\\nLes trois centi\u00c3\u00a8me*, three-hundredths (j%q).\\nIt must be borne in mind that moiti\u00c3\u00a9, half, is a noun and\\nsubject to the rules on nouns.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0362.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 81\\nEx. Il a pris la plus grosse moiti\u00c3\u00a9, he has taken the largest\\nhalf.\\nLa moiti\u00c3\u00a9 ne suffirait pas, half of it would not be\\nenough.\\nWhile demi is an adjective, which is always used with a noun,\\nwhether that noun be expressed or understood.\\nEx. Je lui donne une demi-gourde le jour, I give him half a\\ndollar a day.\\nTrois heures et demie {heure) s \u00c3\u00a9taient \u00c3\u00a9coul\u00c3\u00a9es, three and\\na half hours had passed.\\nExercise.\\nDid you not find that sentence in Bacon s Works, Book fifth, Chap-\\nter second, page one hundred and first? It was the thirty-second\\nyear after that glorious peace when war broke out again, and inun-\\ndated all Europe with blood. Sixtus the Fifth lived at the same time\\nas Henry the Fourth both were very famous men, but in very dif-\\nferent ways. I have seen both brothers the likeness is indeed so\\ngreat that one can well take the one for the other. There were only\\nthree-hundred, but in spite of their inferiority, they resisted the\\nenemy for several hours they only gave way when they had two\\nhundred killed and about fifty wounded. Has he passed sixty years,\\nor, does he look older than he really is Nine-tenths of those who\\nhave heard it will not know the purport of his speech. It lasted\\nthree-quarters of an hour, and half was filled with statistics which\\ninterested nobody. I was there half an hour before him, when there\\nwere only about twenty persons in the hall later in the evening,\\nthere were perhaps a hundred. I have bought two hundred-weight\\nof straw for my cows they cost me already more than ninety -three\\ndollars, and this morning the servant told me that they had both run\\naway. He obtained her father s consent on the tenth of July, and he\\nbecame her husband before a fortnight had passed away. The wed-\\nding took place at night in the church, and after that they spent\\nabout twenty days at a friend s house in the country.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0363.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "82\\nON THE PAKTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nCHAPTER IV.\\nPRONOUNS.\\nI. PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nPersonal Pronouns, the forms of which have been given in\\nthe First Part of this Grammar, have their name from their\\noriginal purpose, that of supplying the place of names of per-\\nsons, in order to avoid their frequent, repetition. Although\\nthis is still their principal duty, their use is by no means con-\\nfined to persons, and they represent not only lifeless objects, as\\nEx. Quant la maison je la trouve d\u00c3\u00a9testable, as to the house,\\nI think it detestable,\\nbut even whole sentences\\nEx. ne me salue jamais, et moi je ne Vaper\u00c3\u00a7ois jamais, he\\nnever speaks to me, and I never notice it (that he does\\nnot speak)\\nin which cases the sentence is not unfrequently represented in a\\ndifferent construction.\\nEx. Voulez-vous que j aille vous voir Oui, je le veux [que\\nvous veniez me voir), do you wish me to go and see you\\nYes, I wish it (that you come and see me).\\nPersonal Pronouns differ\\n1. As far as they represent three persons, the first, or the\\nperson who is speaking, je, I, nous, we the second, or the\\nperson spoken to, tu, thou, vous, you and the third, or the person\\nspoken of, il, elle, he, she and it ils, elles, they on, some one. etc.\\nAs the first and second persons are always in sight of each\\nother, there is no need of expressing their gender; it is dif-\\nferent with the third person, which is absent, and hence the\\npronoun representing it bas various forms for the genders.\\n2. As far as they are conjunctive, i. e., only to be used in\\nimmediate connection with a verb, like je me y tu, te, le, lui, or", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0364.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n83\\nabsolute, i. e., only to be used by themselves, without a verb, or\\nunited to a preposition, like moi, toi, eux, etc.\\nSome pronouns are conjunctive and absolute without change\\nof form like elle, she nous, we vous, you elles, they.\\nEx. Elle (conj.) a assez, la maison est d elle (abs.), she lias\\nenough, the house belongs to her.\\nSawz-vous (conj.) qu il Va fait pour vous (abs.), do you know\\nthat he did it for you\\nQuant elles (abs.) elles (conj.), n en savent rien, as for them,\\nthey know nothing of it.\\n3. As far as they represent the subject (nominative) of a\\nverb, like je, tu, il and elle, or the direct object (accusative),\\nlike me, te, le and la, or the indirect object (genitive and dative),\\nlike en, y, lui, leur, etc.\\nSome pronouns serve for all three purposes\\nNous and vous mean we and you, nom.\\nus and you, acc.\\nu to us and to you, dat.\\nEx. Nous (nom.) nous (acc.) airaons et vous (nom.) vous (acc.)\\nflattez, we love ourselves and you flatter yourselves.\\nNous vous (dat.) donnerons ce que vous nous (dat.) donnerez,\\nwe will give you what you will give us.\\nMe, te, and se mean me, thee, one s self (acc.)\\nto me, to thee, to one s self (dat.)\\nEx. U me dit moi ce qu il te dit toi, he told me what lie told\\nthee.\\nIl me hait car il te pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a8re, toi, he hates me for he prefers\\nthee.\\nOn se (acc.) trompe toujours quand on se (dat.) pla\u00c3\u00aet trop,\\none always deceives one s self, when one is too well\\npleased with one s self.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0365.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "84\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\n^CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nPERSONAL PRONOUNS A3 SUBJECTS.\\n(Nominative.)\\nJe, not written, as in English, with a capital initial, when it\\ndoes not begin a sentence, sutlers elision when immediately\\npreceding a verb, beginning with a vowel or mute h, and has\\nthe gender of the person it represents.\\nEx. Je suis satisfaite, dit la reine, de vos services, I am satisfied,\\nsaid the queen, with your services.\\nWhen placed in interrogative sentences, after a verb which\\nends in mute e, it compels the verb to place an acute accent on\\nthis e to avoid two mute e s following each other.\\nEx. Veill\u00c3\u00aa-je puis-je croire un pareil dessein Am I awake\\nCan I believe such a plan\\nDuss\u00c3\u00a9-je en mourir, je ressaierai, even if I were to die\\nof it, I will try it.\\nWhen the verb in the present is monosyllabic, it is not used\\ninterrogatively with je, but the question is asked by means of\\nest-ce que?\\nEx. Est-ce que je dors ou est-ce que je veille? Am I asleep\\nor am I awake\\nTu, also, is of both genders according to the person it rep-\\nresents.\\nEx. Tu es b\u00c3\u00a9nie, Madone, parmi les femmes, thou art blessed,\\nMadonna, among women.\\nThe use of tu w 7 hich is expressed by the verb tutoyer\\nquelqu un, to thou a person is not as rare as in English, but\\nstill limited. Tu is employed\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nIn addressing God\\nEx. Grand Dieu! tes jugements sont remplis d \u00c3\u00a9quit\u00c3\u00a9, Great\\nGod thy judgments are full of justice*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0366.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n85\\nIn elevated and poetical style\\nEx. Grand roi, cense de vaincre ou je cesse d \u00c3\u00a9crire, great king,\\ncease conquering, or I must cease writing.\\nIn addressing very intimate friends, and, generally, members\\nof the same family\\nEx. Mon ami, je te supplie, ne fais pas cela, my friend, I pray\\nthee, don t do that.\\nTiens, mon enfant, que fais4u l\u00c3\u00a0 Why, child, what are\\nyou doing there?\\nTo address inferior persons, servants, etc., by tu, is no\\nlonger usage. Except in remote provinces, it has been aban-\\ndoned since the Revolution of 1848.\\nIn expressing contempt or intentional insult\\nEx. Connais- tu T h\u00c3\u00a9ritier du plus saint des monarques, reine?\\nDost thou know the heir of the holiest of monarchs,\\nqueen\\nII and elle, derived, like the definite article, from the Latin\\ndemonstrative pronoun ille, ilia, represent the three pronouns\\nhe, she and it, as the French has no neuter. 77 also represents\\nthe it which is the vague subject of impersonal verbs.\\nEx. Il chante, il danse, il s amuse tous les jours, he sings, he\\ndances, he amuses himself every day.\\nCe tableau me pla\u00c3\u00aet, il est original, I like this painting;\\nit is original.\\nCette table est trop petite, elle ne me convient pas, this table\\nis too small, it does not suit me.\\nU neige, ou il va, neiger tout-\u00c3\u00a0-V heure, it snows, or is going\\nto snow directly.\\nNous, we, from the Latin nos, is used for both genders and\\nfor both numbers, according as it represents a masculine or\\nfeminine noun, and as it is used in the plural, or by a figure of\\nspeechj for the singular, as is done by sovereigns, editors, etc.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0367.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "86\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Nous nommes toutes pr\u00c3\u00a9sep*es dirent-elles, we are all here,\\nthey said.\\nNous, Georye Premier, par la gr\u00c3\u00a2ce de Dieu, etc., we,\\nGeorge the First, by the grace of God, etc.\\nVous, you, from the Latin vos-, is in like manner used for\\nboth genders and numbers, as it is now-a-days the only pronoun\\nemployed in addressing persons.\\nEx. Vous \u00c3\u00aates savant. Monsieur, vous savez tout, you are learned,\\nSir, you know every thing.\\nVous vous trompez, Messieurs, on ne passe pas You are\\nmistaken, Gentlemen, you cannot pass here\\nPersuad\u00c3\u00a9 comme vous V\u00c3\u00aates, vous devez le faire, as you\\nare convinced, you ought to do it.\\nBoth of these pronouns, nous and vous, are rarely placed\\ndirectly before a noun expressive of character, station, or\\nnationality. In such cases the word autres is inserted be-\\ntween the pronoun and the noun.\\nEx. Nous autres soldats nous ne nous en soucions pas, we\\nsoldiers do not mind it.\\nVous autres philosophes, vous le savez mieux, you philo-\\nsophers know that better.\\nNous autres Am\u00c3\u00a9ricains, nous n y sommes pas encore, we\\nAmericans have not yet arrived there.\\nIls and elles, from the Latin illi and illce, represent the Eng-\\nlish they in all genders.\\nEx. Les m\u00c3\u00a9decins se sont-ils retir\u00c3\u00a9s d\u00c3\u00a9j\u00c3\u00a0 Have the doctors\\nalready left\\nParlez aux domes, elles y sont seules, speak to the ladies,\\nthey are alone there.\\nJ aime ces maisons, elles sont commodes, I like those houses,\\nthey are convenient.\\n0/?,from the Latin homo, which is also only used as a subject,\\nwill be mentioned under the head of indefinite pronouns, to which\\nit belongs, being the indefinite personal pronoun of the French.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0368.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "PKOKOTINS.\\n87\\nPERSONAL PRONOUNS AS DIRECT OBJECT.\\n(Accusative.)\\nMe is the accusative of je, and elides like the latter before a\\nverb beginning with a vowel or mute h.\\nEx. II me plaint car il m aime, he pities me, for he loves me.\\nBajazet aujourdhui m honore et me caresse, Bajazet now\\nhonors and caresses me.\\nAfter the imperative, me is always exchanged for moi, unless\\nit should be followed by en or y, when it resumes its original\\nform.\\nEx. Il me loue louez-moi (not me) donc aussi vous, he praises\\nme do you praise me also.\\nSuivez-m y (not moi), s il vous pla\u00c3\u00aet, follow me there, if\\nyou please.\\nTe is the accusative of tu, and used like me.\\nEx. Tu te trompes, mon ami, il est tard, thou art mistaken,\\nfriend, it is late.\\nTe, also, has to be exchanged for toi after the imperative,\\nand like me, resumes its original form before en. It is not used\\nbefore y.\\nEx. Ta is- toi (not te) tu fais un fracas \u00c3\u00a9norme, hush thou\\nmakest a terrible noise.\\nVa-t-en (not toi), coquin, que je ne t assomme pas! Be\\noff, rascal, or I shall kill thee\\nLe is the accusative^ of il and represents the English him\\nor it.\\nEx. C est Dieu qui me Va, donn\u00c3\u00a9, mon mari ch\u00c3\u00a9ri, it is God who\\nhas given him to me, my beloved husband.\\nCe livre Je le tiens de mon ancien pr\u00c3\u00a9cepteur, this book?\\nI received it from my former teacher.\\nLe is the pronoun which is added to all active verbs in order\\nto comply with the rule, that every active verb in French", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0369.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "88\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nmust have its object expressed, which is not the case in\\nEnglish.\\nEx. Is this your house Yes, it is. Est-ce la votre demeure\\nOui, ce Pest.\\nWill you do me this favor No, I cannot. Voulez-vous\\nme faire cette faveur? Je ne le peux pas.\\nDid they do it yesterday Yes, they did. Est-ce qu ils\\nPont fait hier? Oui, ils Vont fait.\\nLe answers also for the English so, when it can be exchanged\\nfor it and does not mean thus, in this manner.\\nEx. I thought so, but I did not like to say so, je le pensais,\\nmais je ne voulais pas le dire.\\nIt appears so, and perhaps it is so, il para\u00c3\u00aet et peut-\u00c3\u00aatre\\nil en est ainsi.\\nLa is the accusative of elle and represents the English her\\nor it.\\nEx. Voil\u00c3\u00a0 la dame je la vois qui s approche, there is the lady;\\nI see her coming.\\nL Empereur aime la France il la rend heureux, the Em-\\nperor loves France, he makes it (her) happy.\\nJe la vois, la maison de mes p\u00c3\u00a8res, I see it, the house of\\nmy fathers.\\nIt is not always easy, at first sight, to decide when the object\\nof an active verb, understood in English and to be supplied in\\nFrench, is to be translated by le simply, or by le or la or les.\\nThe rule is, that when the object is an adjective, le alone is\\nsupplied when it is a noun, that form of the pronoun is sup-\\nplied which corresponds with the noun in gender and number.\\nEx. Est-il malade Oui, il Pest {malade). Is he sick Yes,\\nhe is.\\nPuisqii il dit que nous sommes exigeants, soyons-le (exigeant),\\nsince he says we are exacting, let us be so.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0370.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "PKONOUNS-\\n89\\nVotre s\u00c5\u0093ur sera-t-elle votre h\u00c3\u00a9riti\u00c3\u00a8re Oui, elle la sera\\n(V h\u00c3\u00a9riti\u00c3\u00a8re). Will your sister bo your heir? Yes,\\nshe will.\\nSont-ce l\u00c3\u00a0 vos robes? Non, ce ne les sont pas {les robes).\\nAre those your dresses No, they are not.\\nHence the difference between\\nEtes-vous mari\u00c3\u00a9e Oui, je le s uis (adjective). Are you\\nmarried Yes, I am.\\nEtes-vous la mari\u00c3\u00a9e? Oui, je la suis (noun). Are you\\nthe bride Yes, I am.\\nEven the (English) auxiliary verbs are active verbs in\\nFrench and require the addition of their direct object, like\\nother verbs of this class.\\nEx. Je sais que je le dois, I know I ought.\\nJe le pourrais, s il le faut, I could if I must.\\nIl dit qu il le veut He says he will.\\nJe vous le dirai, I will tell you.\\nNous, unchanged, is used as accusative of the nominative\\nnous.\\nEx. Nous (nom.) nous apercevons qiCon nous (acc.) trompe, we\\nare aware that we are deceived.\\nVous, unchanged, is accusative also of vous.\\nEx. Vous (nom.) \u00c3\u00aates riche, je vous (acc.) en f\u00c3\u00a9licite, you are\\nrich, I congratulate you.\\nLes is the common accusative of Us or elles, and represents\\nthe English them in all three genders.\\nEx. Voyez-vous ces hommes Je les crains. Do you see those\\nmen I am afraid of them.\\nLes malheurs disparaissent quand on les brave, misfor-\\ntunes vanish if we face them.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0371.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "90\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nExercise.\\nIt hails and snows very hard and it is not possible to go out. Come\\nin and stand by the stove, it is warm and comfortable. I offer you\\nmy hand, and I hope you will not refuse it. Help me and I will help\\nyou, but after all it is with God to help us both. You ought to take\\nexercise every day, your health demands it. I know I ought, and\\nthe doctor says so too, but I cannot force myself to do it. Will you\\ncome to-night and take tea with us Yes, I will, with pleasure, if I may\\nbring my sister also Certainly you may, and we shall be very happy\\nto see her. Be silent and go away, you are in a passion and know not\\nwhat you say. He is not asleep. Yes, he is, and he will be for an\\nhour, if nobody awakes him. Well, young ladies, are you ready at\\nlast Yes, we are, and altogether at your service. Since you say so,\\nlet us go and take our walk. She was not very amusing to-day, per-\\nhaps she will be more so to-morrow, when there will be more company\\nat our house. Is your master at home No, sir, he is not he has\\nleft for Europe two days ago. I thought so, and would have come\\nsooner, but 1 had not time, and now I am sorry for it.\\nPERSONAL PRONOUNS AS INDIRECT OBJECT.\\n(Dative.)\\nMe is dative as well as accusative, like the English me, and\\nstands as indirect object for moi.\\nEx. Il me (acc.) voit et il me (dat.) parle tous les matins, h\u00c3\u00a9\\nsees me and he speaks to me every morning.\\nOn ne saurait me reprocher moi) d aimer la table,\\nthey cannot reproach me with a fondness for the table.\\nHence it cannot be omitted before a second verb, if it should\\nrepresent different objects with the two verbs.\\nEx. m-a plu {a moi) et enchant\u00c3\u00a9 (me), cannot be said, but\\nme must in such cases be repeated with the auxiliary verb\\nIl m a plu et ni a. enchant\u00c3\u00a9, he has pleased me and charmed me.\\nThis me, like the accusative, is changed into moi, after the\\nimperative, unless it precede en or y\u00c2\u00bb", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0372.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n91\\nEx. Donnez-moi moi) deux, give me two.\\nDonnez-m en deux, give me two of them.\\nSuivez-m y, follow me there.\\nTe, in like manner, is dative as well as accusative of tu, and\\nmeans to thee and thee.\\nEx. Tais-toi, pendard, hush (thyself), scoundrel.\\nPrends-t en tant que tu voudras, take as much of it as\\nthou wantest.\\n(Such a sentence as this would not be used in French, on\\naccount of its unpleasant sound\u00e2\u0080\u0094 it is added simply as an\\nillustration and a warning with regard to the laws of\\neuphony.)\\nLui is the dative of il and elle, and corresponds to the Eng-\\nlish to him, to her, and to it, standing, as it does, for lai and\\nelle.\\nEx. Je lui parlais f ranchement, I spoke frankly to hira.\\nh On lui a rendu son mari, they have restored her husband\\nto her.\\nQuand le vaisseau fut lanc\u00c3\u00a9 on lui mit les m\u00c3\u00a2ts, when\\nthe vessel was launched, they put the masts in (to) it.\\nIf, however, two pronouns representing persons should be\\nconnected with the same verb, lui cannot be used for to him or\\nto her, but its place must be supplied by lui and elle.\\nEx. He compares me to him, il me compare a lui.\\nShall I introduce you to her? Dois-je vous pr\u00c3\u00a9senter a\\nelle\\nHe gave himself entirely up to her, il s adonna enti\u00c3\u00a8re-\\nment a elle.\\nY (from the Latin ibi) is also a conjunctive personal pro-\\nnoun, representing as such mainly the indirect object of il or\\nelle, when applied to things. It can be applied to persons only\\nin connection with the two verbs, penser, to think, and se fier,\\nto trust.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0373.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "92 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nBz. J^eusez-vous votre bien-aim\u00c3\u00aaef Oui, f y pense jour et\\nnuit Do you think of your lady-love i Yes, 1 think\\nof her day and night\\nNe vous y fiez pas, elle a des caprices, do not rely on lier,\\nshe is tickle.\\nA lui and elle can, however, be used equally well with\\nthose verbs.\\nApplied to things, y means to it or to them,\\nEx. Ajoutez-y un peu de sucre, HI vous plait, add a little sugar\\nto it. it you please.\\nIl faut y donner toute votre attention, you ought to give\\nyour whole attention to it.\\nCes fautes sont graves, faites-y attention, these are grave\\nfaults, pay attention to them.\\nNous and vous are used as datives as well as accusatives,\\nand their precise meaning can be ascertained only from the\\nposition in the sentence.\\nEx. On nous (ace.) loue et on nous (dat.) fait des compliments,\\nthey praise and compliment us.\\nVous (nom.) cherchez toujours vous [dut.) faire des amis,\\nyou always try to win (make) friends (for yourselves).\\nLeur is the dative of the nominative Us and elles, and repre-\\nsents, therefore, to them in all genders.\\nEx. Voyez mes enfants, on leur donne des cadeaux, look at my\\nchildren, they are receiving presents.\\nMes filles nie dirent qu on leur en avait parl\u00c3\u00a9, my daugh-\\nters told me that they had spoken to them about it.\\nY occurs as a substitute for eux and elles, under the\\nsame condition, under which it can be used for lui and elle,\\nas has been explained above.\\nEx. Ces hommes sont dangereux, ne vous y fiez pas Those\\nmen are dangerous, do not trust them", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0374.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n93\\nExercise.\\nGive him all that you have and I will give you all I have Who\\nwas it that spoke to her this morning? I saw nobody who spoke to\\nher, but I sent a friend to her, who told her that the carriage was\\nwaiting for her. Tell her all of it, or, if you cannot do that, tell me\\nall of it and I will tell her. Go away, thou art too bad and be silent\\nabout it or thou wilt be punished severely. He confided in them and they\\ndeceived him. Add to it a measure of sugar and it will be very good\\nto eat. If you had given to it more attention, you would have suc-\\nceeded better. What has he told you He told me that they would\\ngo away to-morrow, in order to spend a year in Paris, and that he\\nwould go there himself next year. I have heard that news, but I have\\ngiven no credit to it, because he has told me so twice and he has not\\nyet gone there. That was the residence of Voltaire think of it, when\\nyou are on the banks of the lake of Geneva.\\nPERSONAL PRONOUNS AS INDIRECT OBJECT.\\n(Genitive.)\\nThere is but one conjunctive personal pronoun, which repre-\\nsents the genitive case, and that is en (from the Latin inde),\\nwhich is used as a genitive of all the pronouns of the third\\nperson, singular and plural, and hence represents of him, of\\nher, of it, of them, from him, etc., about him, etc.\\nEx. Voil\u00c3\u00a0 mon fr\u00c3\u00a8re, je lui en dirai quelque chose, here is my\\nbrother, I will tell him something about it.\\nSi vous avez du th\u00c3\u00a9 y donnez rrfen une tasse, if you have\\nany tea, give me a cup of it.\\nIl avait dix enfants, mais il en a perdu six, he had ten\\nchildren, but he has lost six of them.\\nLike the pronoun y, en also requires the imperative of verbs,\\nwhich ends in mute e, to add an s in order to avoid the hiatus.\\nEx. Parles-en ton p\u00c3\u00a8re quand il rentre, speak of it to thy\\nfather when he comes in.\\nSois saye, mon enfant, et donnes-en un a ta, s\u00c5\u0093ur, be good,\\nmy child, and give one of them to thy sister.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0375.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "94\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nIt will be remembered that en, like y, has also the effect of\\nchanging moi and toi after the imperative into me and te.\\nEx. Dites-m en tout ce que tous en savez, tell me all you know\\nabout it.\\nTais-fen avec tout le monde, be silent about with everybody.\\nEn is generally used with reference to persons only when\\nthey have been mentioned either in the same sentence, or at\\nleast in the one immediately preceding it.\\nEx. Vous avez vu mon ami, qu en pensez-vous? You have\\nseen my friend, what do you think of him\\nQue dit-elle de moi? Elle rien dit que du bien\u00c2\u00bb What\\ndid she say of me She said nothing but what was\\ngood of you.\\nBesides these immediate purposes for which en is used as a\\npersonal pronoun, it serves to express various other words,\\nwhich have a kindred meaning in English. Of these the fol-\\nlowing are the most important\\nEn is used for some or any, when these words are employed\\nas pronouns, and consequently not accompanied by any noun\\nthe manner of expression being that the French say, e. g., Give\\nme of them instead of the English, Give me some\\nEx. Donnez-m en, si voies en avez abondance, give me some, if\\nyou have plenty.\\nQuel dommage! Je n en ai pas. What a pity! I have\\nnot any.\\nDes amis Ten ai, mais en tr\u00c3\u00a8s petit nombre. Friends I\\nhave some, but very few.\\nIf en in such constructions be qualified by an adjective, it\\nrequires, like all pronouns, the addition of the preposition de.\\nEx. I have some very good, but they are quite dear, fen ai\\nde tr\u00c3\u00a8s bons, mais ils co\u00c3\u00bbtent cher.\\nThese are good, but I have seen some that are better,\\ncelles-ci sont bonnes, mais fen ai vu de meilleures.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0376.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n95\\nEn is also used to express the English words one and ones,\\nwhen they are added to adjectives instead of a noun.\\nEx. This apple is bad, give me a good one, cette pomme est\\nmauvaise, donnez-m en une bonne.\\nHave you no better ones I do not like these. N en\\navez-vous pas de meilleures Je n aime pas celles-ci.\\nThis can, of course, only apply to adjectives which are\\nobjects of the verb, as it has already been stated that en can\\nnever refer to the subject, the nominative. If one and ones are\\nused with the subject, they remain untranslated in French.\\nEx. A good one would cost twice as mueh, un bon co\u00c3\u00bbterait\\ndeux fois plus.\\nGood ones are very rare at this season, les bons sont\\nfort rares cette saison.\\nEn is used instead of the English it, whenever it becomes the\\nobject of a verb which in French is followed by the preposition\\nde.\\nEx. I will use it, if you will lend it to me,jc m en servirai, si\\nvous voulez me le pr\u00c3\u00aater.\\nEn is supplied in French to express the whole, of which a\\nquantity, a number, or any measure forms the direct object of a\\nverb in English, without mentioning the whole.\\nEx. How many books have you I have two thousand\\n(books). Combien de livres avez-vous? J en ai deux\\nmille,\\nI gave him half (of my money) and I kept the other\\nhalf, je lui en donnai la moiti\u00c3\u00a9 et je gardai Vautre.\\nI thought you had given him more, je croyais que vous\\nlui en aviez donn\u00c3\u00a9 plus.\\nUnless this quantity, measure, etc., is preceded by the definite\\narticle or possessive pronoun, in which case it is clearly enough\\ndefined and does not require the addition of en.\\nEx. I gave him half and kept the best part, je lai en donnai\\nla moiti\u00c3\u00a9 et je gardai la meilleure partie.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0377.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "96\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nTake six and leave me my share, prenez-en six et laissez-\\nmoi ma pari.\\nEn is omitted in French, even when of it or of them are used\\nin English, whenever the latter words refer to the indirect object\\nof the verb, accompanied by a preposition.\\nEx. I met several ladies and I spoke to two of them, fai\\nrencontr\u00c3\u00a9 plusieurs dames et fai parl\u00c3\u00a9 a deux.\\nHe was employed for all and only plead for one, il \u00c3\u00a9tait\\nengag\u00c3\u00a9 pour tous et il n a phiidoy\u00c3\u00a9 que pour un.\\nFinally, it must be borne in mind that en cannot be used for\\nthe English of it, of them, etc., or for some or any, if these words\\nare not accompanied by verbs, as en is a conjunctive personal\\npronoun, and consequently can be used only in immediate con-\\nnection with a verb. In such cases, the French either repeat\\nthe verb, or substitute d entre (from amongst) for en.\\nEx. How many did you see Two of them. Combien en\\navez-vous vus? J en ai vu deux, or deux d entre eux.\\nYou have taken six spoons. No, Sir, only four. Vous-\\navez pris six cuillers. Non, Monsieur, je n en ai pris\\nque quatre.\\nExercise.\\nI foresee that this young man will become your friend, for you are\\nalways speaking of him. I like these men, and I say of them what\\nyour friend told you. Give me a small number of them, if you please,\\nand lend her as many as you can give her, she will make a better use\\nof them than I. Can you lend me some money I am sorry, 1 have\\nnot any, but I will tell you who has some. I do not like that tea I\\nhave tried a small quantity and it is not good show me some better.\\nThe sample I gave you was of the best tea in the city now I have not\\nany, but I shall have some that is more costly, by the next vessel.\\nHow many brothers had she She had five, but she has lost one\\nlately and another last year thus she has only three now. Will you\\ntake two or three pieces of silk Only two of them, if you please\\nbut if I find I have enough money, I shall take the third also. Out of", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0378.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "PRONOUN S.\\n97\\na hundred men that buy lottery tickets, one wins a prize and ninety-\\nnine lose their money. I want a knife, and I want a large one, for I\\nhave lost all the small ones I have ever bought. You have not treated\\nme fairly, you sold me an old one for a new one.\\nPLACE OF CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\na. As Subject.\\nThe elementary rules on the place of personal pronouns have\\nalready been given, and it has been seen that, as nominatives of\\nthe verb, they precede it, except in the interrogative form, when\\nthey are placed, as in English, after the verb.\\nEx. Je Vai salu\u00c3\u00a9, pourquoi ne me salue-t-il pas I have bowed\\nto him, why does he not bow to me\\nIt has also been stated that if in questions the subject be a\\nnoun, it must be placed at the head of the sentence, and then\\nrepeated after the verb in the form of the corresponding pro-\\nnoun.\\nEx. U Empereur est-il parti pour Fontainebleau Has the\\nEmperor left for Fontainebleau\\nLes hommes ne seront-ils jamais plus sages qu pr\u00c3\u00a9sent.\\nWill men never be any wiser than they are now\\nTo these general rules must now be added the following,\\nwhich refer to more particular constructions\\nIn English a condition may be expressed by simply giving\\nto the verb the interrogative form, and instead of saying If he\\nhad been here, this would not have happened, we may say\\nHad he only been here, this would not have happened. In\\ngeneral, such constructions are not admissible in French and\\nmust be rendered by employing si, if.\\nEx. Should you go there now, it would be too late, si vous y\\nalliez maintenant, il serait trop tard.\\nBut in cases in which great emphasis is laid upon the con-\\ndition, as when we say or can say even if, the French employ", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0379.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "98 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nthe interrogative form of the whole of the subjunctive of the\\nverbs avoir, \u00c3\u00aatre and devoir, and the third person singular of the\\nsame tense and mood of all verbs, like the English, for the same\\npurpose.\\nEx. Duss\u00c3\u00a9-je en mourir, je le ferais n\u00c3\u00a9anmoins, even if I were\\nto die of it, I would do it nevertheless.\\nF\u00c3\u00bbt-il plus riche que Cr\u00c3\u00a9sus, il ne serait p as heureux,\\neven if he were richer than Cr\u00c5\u0093sus, he would not be\\nhappy.\\nEussent-ils eu six cents canons, ils ne V auraient f p as\\nemport\u00c3\u00a9, even if they had had six hundred guns, they\\nwould not have gained the battle.\\nDonn\u00c3\u00a2t-il tout son bien aux pauvres, il ne gagnerait pas le\\nciel, even if he were to give all he has to the poor, he\\nwould not enter into heaven.\\nPersonal pronouns are, also, generally placed after the verb,\\nwhen for the sake of emphasis one of the following adverbs\\nis placed at the beginning of the sentence peine, scarcely en\\nvain, in vain; au moins, at least; encore, yet; toujours, still;\\npeut-\u00c3\u00aatre, perhaps, aud several others, expressing a conclusion.\\nEx. A peine fut-il entr\u00c3\u00a9, qu il \u00c3\u00a9clata en injures, hardly had\\nhe come in, when he broke forth in insults.\\nToujours sera-t-il suspect a tous ceux qui Vont connu,\\nstill he will be suspected by all who have known him.\\nPeut-\u00c3\u00aatre auriez-vous mieux fait de vous taire, perhaps\\nyou had done better to keep silence.\\nIt must not be overlooked that the pronoun is thus placed after\\nthe verb only when the above-mentioned adverbs are placed,\\nfor some particular purpose and always with a more or less idio-\\nmatic meaning, at the head of the sentence, instead of their\\nlegitimate place after the verb.\\nIn incidental sentences personal pronouns are invariably\\nplaced after the verb.\\nEx. Eh bien, dit-il, finissons-en, well, he said, let us make an\\nend of it.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0380.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n99\\nExercise.\\nI liave seen it often enough, and I do not care to see it again. Was\\nthis man ever one of your friends, or did he merely claim your friend-\\nship to protect himself in his crimes Were he here now, he could\\nnot he admitted, because the general is too much engaged to see any\\none; but should you see him in an hour or sooner, you may send him\\nto me and I will tell him when he can succeed. Even if he were the\\nPresident of the United States, he would have no right to prohibit\\nthis. Should I lose my all, I will venture upon this enterprise and\\ncarry it Hhro ugh, even if it were the last thing I shall do upon earth.\\nNothing in this world, he repeated twice, will induce me to act thus,\\nI value my honor more than all the riches of the earth.\\ny o. As Object.\\nPersonal Pronouns which are direct or indirect objects of a\\nverb are placed immediately before it, except in the affirmative\\nimperative, when they are placed after it and connected with\\nit by a hyphen. This rule has already been stated and ex-\\nplained in the First Part of this Grammar. There remains,\\nhowever, to be considered the case in which two such pronouns\\nare connected with the same verb. Their place is, in that case,\\nentirely prescribed by rules\\nIf the two pronouns represent different persons, the first per-\\nson precedes the second, and the second the third.\\nEx. He told it to me before he told it to you, il me le dit\\navant qu il vous le dit,\\nI gave them to you yesterday at the Exchange, je vous\\nles ai donn\u00c3\u00a9s hie?* la B ourse.\\nYou owe them to me and you shall pay them to me,\\nVous me les devez et vous me les payerez.\\nIf the two pronouns represent the same person, which can,\\nof course, occur only with the third person, the direct object\\nprecedes the indirect.\\nEx. He sent them to her and she sent them back to him, il\\nles lui envoya et elle les lui renvoya.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0381.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "100\\nON THE PAETS OF A SENTENCE.\\nHe took the purse and gave it to them, with these\\nwords, il prit la bourse et la leur donna avec ces mots.\\nIf the two pronouns are placed after the imperative, that of\\nthe third person is invariably placed first, for the sake of euphony,\\nand both are joined by hyphens to the verb. If they should\\nboth be of the third person, here also the direct object precedes\\nthe indirect.\\nEx. Give it to me at once or I must take it, donnez-le-moi de\\nsuite ou je devrai le prendre.\\nSend him to us and we will take care of him, envoyez-le-\\nnous et nous nous en chargerons.\\nShow it to him and then give it back to them, montrez-\\nle-lui et apr\u00c3\u00a8s rendez-le-leur.\\nEn and y will be found, in accordance with these rules,\\nalways nearest to the verb, when before it, and farthest from it,\\nafter the imperative.\\nEx. 72 aurait d\u00c3\u00bb vous en donner autant, he ought to have\\ngiven you as many.\\nDonnez-lui-en autant qu il voudra, give him as much as\\nhe wants.\\nEst-ce que vous l y voyez tous les jours Do you see\\nhim there every day?\\nConduis ez-nous-y et nous vous rendrons gr\u00c3\u00a2ce, carry us\\nthere and we will be obliged to you.\\nIt has already been mentioned that for the sake of euphony y\\nis placed before moi and toi, as, Invitez-y-moi, invite me to it but\\nsuch phrases are of very rare occurrence and ought to be avoided\\nby foreigners.\\nExercise.\\nWhen he saw that I was a foreigner, he said to me I cannot trust\\nyou, send me a native. When he had read the book, he gave it to me,\\nwith the promise that I would return it to him to-morrow or the next", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0382.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "day.\\nPROKOUNS. 101\\nDid you see that beautiful rose I gathered it this morning in\\nmy garden I presented it to her politely at breakfast she took\\nthe leaves of it and placed them into a vase, where she collects a large\\nquantity of rose-leaves, in order to make a perfume of them. Send\\nher to him, he will know what she can do to it. If you have your\\nbooks here, take this pretty one, add it to them, and they will appear\\ntwice as handsome as before. What did he tell you aboutit? He\\ntold me no more of it than he had told you, but he promised that he\\nwould carry me there and show it to me himself. Take the dol-\\nlar and give it to them, and then take this letter and send it to her\\nshe will read it at once. When you have looked at ail the engravings,\\nreturn them to her, and tell her that I wish to see them also, if she\\ncan lend them to me for some time. Sell me a hundred of them and\\nI will give you a good price.\\nREPETITION OF CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nPersonal Pronouns must be repeated before every verb, to\\nwhich they serve as an object. This rule has no exception\\nwith regard to the pronouns of the first and second person.\\nEx. I saw and recognized her before you did, je la vis et je la\\nreconnus avant vous.\\nI will study and learn it by heart to-night, je vais V \u00c3\u00a9tudier\\net Vapprendre par c\u00c5\u0093ur ce soir.\\nThe pronouns of the third person, however, may be used\\nbut once, instead of being repeated, when the two verbs which\\nthey qualify are of the same nature.\\nEx. Il vint et dit, he came and said.\\nJe la vis et saluai, I saw and saluted her.\\nBut if the two verbs have different objects, or one is affirma-\\ntive and the other negative, or if they are separated by incidental\\nsentences, the pronouns of the third person also must be\\nseparated.\\nEx. Elle voulut et elle ne voulut pas, she would and she would\\nnot.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0383.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "102\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nJe Vax rencontr\u00c3\u00a9 et je lai ai parl\u00c3\u00a9, I have met bina and\\nspoken to him*\\nII la cassa quand f\u00c3\u00aatais absent, et il ne Va pas fut raccom-\\nmoder, he broke it when I was away, and has not had\\nit mended.\\nIf the two verbs thus used with the same pronouns are in\\nthe imperative mood, the usage is to repeat the pronoun, but\\nto place it before, instead of after, the second verb.\\nEx. Tenez ce livre Usez-le et le relisez, take this book read\\nand re-read it.\\nNettoyez-les et les polissez tant que vous pourrez, clean and\\npolish them as well as you can.\\nExercise.\\nI like this young lady as well as you, but I think you flatter and\\npraise her too much. He spoke to me for half an hour, and did not\\nsay a single word which I had not heard before. She went and came\\nback ten times; at last she made an effort and really went away.\\nSpeak to him or write to him on the subject he will give you the best\\nadvice, and accompany it with a sum of money. I will give you your\\nmother s letter read it and re-read it, it is full of good advice, and\\nyou ought to study and follow it during your whole life. She saw it\\nbut she did not recognize it, and yet it was her own child. I think\\nof it and remember it every day when I come to your house how I\\nloved and cherished it\\nPERSONAL PRONOUNS SUBSTITUTED FOR POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.\\nPossessive Pronouns referring* to parts of the body of the\\nperson speaking or spoken of and to, are not rendered in French\\nby the corresponding words, but their place is supplied by\\nthe article before the noun, and the indirect object of the proper\\npersonal pronoun before the verb. Instead of saving: His\\nhead aches, sa t\u00c3\u00aate fait mal the French say The head\\naches to him, la t\u00c3\u00aate lui fait mal.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0384.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n103\\nEx. I washed my face, je me lavai le visage.\\nI will break his head \u00c3\u00aet /e lui casserai la t\u00c3\u00aate.\\nShe bas cut her finger, elle s est bless\u00c3\u00a9 au doigt.\\nThe verb, to beg pardon, is in Frencb used after the same man-\\nner, substituting the personal for the possessive pronoun.\\nEx. I beg your pardon, je vous demande pardon.\\nWith passive verbs, the nominative of which is a person,\\nthe pronoun is superfluous, as there can arise no ambiguity in\\nsuch a case.\\nEx. I was wounded in my shoulder,^ fus bless\u00c3\u00a9 V\u00c3\u00a9paiile.\\nThe general rule of thus substituting one class of pronouns\\nfor another is, however, set aside whenever there could either\\nan ambiguity arise as to the person whose parts are spoken of,\\nor when special emphasis is resting on the possessive pronoun.\\nIn these cases the latter is translated literally.\\nEx. Push your feet (not anybody else s), poussez vos pieds.\\nShow me your teeth, montrez-moi vos dents.\\nHaving wept so much, their eyes were red, ayant tant\\npleur\u00c3\u00a9, leurs yeux \u00c3\u00a9taient rouges.\\nOn the other hand, the article alone suffices to represent the\\npossessive pronoun, without the addition of a personal pronoun,\\nwhen we speak of an action natural to the part of the body\\nreferred to, and when there can be no ambiguity.\\nEx. I opened my mouth, f ouvris la bouche\\nShut your eyes, fermez les yeux.\\nIf the noun expressing a part of the body, be accompanied\\nby an adjective, the possessive pronoun must be used.\\nEx. Give me your beautiful hand, donnez-moi votre belle\\nmain.\\nWhat has become of her bright eyes ses yeux brillants\\nque sont-ils devenus\\nIt must be borne in mind here, that in Frencii the singular of", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0385.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "104\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nnouns expressing a part of the body is used, instead of the Eng-\\nlish plurals, when each person has but one such part.\\nEx. They all lost their lives, ils perdirent tous la vi\u00c3\u00a8.\\nThe savages cut off their noses and ears, les sauvages\\nleur coup\u00c3\u00a8rent le nez et les oreilles.\\nExercise.\\nYou pull my hair too severely in combing it take care, or my head\\nwill ache for several hours. He was wounded lightly in the arm,\\nbut he lost his leg. Go into the chamber and wash your hands and\\nface. When the robbers had entered his room, they tied his arms and\\nbandaged his eyes, so that he could neither see nor hear. She said\\nshe felt a slight pain in her foot, perhaps she has sprained it. Please\\nstop my ears, I cannot endure that dreadful noise. Show me your\\nteeth, the dentist said, and I will tell you if it is necessary to draw\\nthem. I opened my mouth, but he insisted that he could not see my\\nteeth yet. He will certainly not punish you this time, if you go at\\nonce to him and beg his pardon. Do not put your feet on the cushion;\\nyour boots are not clean, and you will soil the cover. He raised his\\narms to heaven and expressed his unbounded astonishment. In his\\nfirst duel he was wounded in the shoulder and his adversary lost his\\nleft leg both combatants lost their lives during the war. He cannot\\nspeak of it, for as soon as he mentions it, the tears come into his eyes.\\nHOW TO TRANSLATE it INTO FRENCH.\\nThe personal pronoun it represents either a noun or a whole\\nsentence or a part of a sentence. In the first case it is transla-\\nted by il or elle, according to the gender of the noun which it\\nrepresents in the latter case, before \u00c3\u00aatre, by ce. An additional\\ntest to know when ce is to he substituted for il, is to see if the\\nEnglish it can be supplied by that, in which case it is invariably\\nrendered by ce.\\nEx. Try this beer, it is excellent, go\u00c3\u00bbtez cette bi\u00c3\u00a8re, elle est\\nexcellente.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0386.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n105\\nTry it again it is better already, essayez de nouveau\\nc est mieux d\u00c3\u00a9j\u00c3\u00a0.\\nTell me seriously, is it (that) really so Dites-moi s\u00c3\u00a9rieu-\\nsement, est-ce vraiment ainsi\\nIt has beeti the same each time he has come, c a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 la\\nm\u00c3\u00aame chose chaque fois qu il est venu.\\nCe is not used before an adjective followed by de.\\nEx. It is useless to go there now, il (not c est) est inutile d y\\naller maintenant.\\nNor in the familiar exclamation est-il possible But in all\\ndefinitions of time with \u00c3\u00aatre, ce will be required, as in such\\nexpressions that can always be substituted for it.\\nEx. It was in June when I saw him last, c \u00c3\u00a9tait en Juin\\nque je Vai vu la derni\u00c3\u00a8re fois.\\nWas it yesterday that he came to your house Est-ce\\nque ce fut hier quil est venu chez vous?\\nCe may be separated from the verb \u00c3\u00aatre in these cases, when\\nthe two verbs pouvoir and devoir are connected with it.\\nEx. It cannot be he, for I have seen him myself, ce ne peut\\npas \u00c3\u00aatre lui, car je Vai vu moi-m\u00c3\u00aame.\\nIt must be a queer thing, ce doit \u00c3\u00aatre une dr\u00c3\u00b4le de\\nchose.\\nAnother peculiarity in this use of ce for it, is that it is fol-\\nlowed by the plural of the verb, when connected with nouns or\\npersonal pronouns of the third person, whilst with all other\\npersons it remains singular.\\nEx. It is they who ought to be blamed for it, ce sont eux\\nqu on doit bl\u00c3\u00a2mer.\\nIt was you who told me so, c \u00c3\u00a9tait vous qui me l 1 avez\\ndit.\\nIs it your children or mine whom he wants to see Sont-\\nce vos enfants ou les miens qu il veut voir\\nIt must not be forgotten, in this connection, that it may not", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0387.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "106\\nOjST THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nonly be the subject (nominative) but also the direct object\\n(accusative) of the verb, in which case it has to be translated\\nby le.\\nEx. Ride out, your health requires it, sortez cheval, votre\\nsant\u00c3\u00a9 le demande.\\nDon t do so, you know the master prohibits it, ne le\\nfaites pas, vous savez que le ma\u00c3\u00aetre le d\u00c3\u00a9fend.\\nDo you think this is it Croytz-vous que ce Vest\\nExercise.\\nWhen I heard it first, I thought it was not true, but the papers say\\nthat it is surely so, and I fear that it cannot be doubted any longer. It\\nis difficult to understand their reasons for these measures, but it was so\\nlast year, and I presume it is so in all great crises. He offered me his\\ncredit in that city, and I knew that it was not small, but I made no\\nuse of it, because I had money enough. It is we whom they blame,\\nand yet you know very w r ell that it is they who are the cause of all\\nthese misfortunes. Is it really you, my dear friend, whom I have not\\nseen for so many years It w T as not difficult to guess what would be\\nthe consequences of his manner of living, for it was clear that he\\nspent twice as much as he took in. You are mistaken, Sir, it cannot\\nbe she whom you saw, for she was at my house at that hour, and she\\nis there now. It was half-past ten when I saw her, and I am sure it\\nwas she. It has been so in all revolutions success is the only test by\\nwhich rights are decided. It was a very cunning trick, and it will not\\nbe easy, even hereafter, to discover exactly how it was done. Is it\\npossible, he cried out, that you have committed such a blunder, and\\nyou speak of it as if it were a mere trifle Do you not know that it\\nwill be a cause of great loss and much regret to you and your family\\nPERSONAL PRONOUNS WITH NEUTER VERBS.\\nThere are some neuter verbs in French followed by the\\npreposition the meaning of which is such as not to coalesce\\neasily with their object hence the conjunctive form of the\\npersonal pronouns cannot be used with them, but they require", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0388.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n107\\nthe preposition a to be expressed, and the proper form of the\\n(absolute) personal pronoun to be used after them. These\\nverbs are principally aller a; to go to boire to drink to \u00c3\u00aatre\\nto belong to penser to think of (and other verbs express-\\ning thoughts, like m\u00c3\u00a9diter etc.) recourir to have recourse\\nto, and viser to aim at.\\nEx. I went to him and told him what I wanted, J allai a\\nlui et je lui dis ce qu il me fallait.\\nThink of me when you are in Venice, pensez a moi\\nquand vous serez Venise,\\nThis belongs to him, for he has bought it, c est lui,\\ncar il Va achet\u00c3\u00a9.\\nREFLEXIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nThe conjunctive reflexive pronoun of the French is se, which\\nrepresents all English forms of the third person, himself, herself,\\nitself, themselves and one s self, without translating the word\\nself, which is only used when there is an emphasis resting on it.\\nEx. She deceives herself if she thinks so, elle se trompe, si\\nelle le pense.\\nThey love themselves too well and others too little, ils\\ns* 1 aiment trop et les autres trop peu.\\nHe has killed himself in a moment of rage, il s est tu\u00c3\u00a9\\ndans un moment de rage.\\nSe is the only pronoun which can be used to represent the\\nnominative on, in the oblique cases.\\nEx. On se trouve en danger quand on y pense le moins, we\\nfind ourselves in danger, when we least think of it.\\nIt has already been stated in the First Part of this Grammar that\\nthis conjunctive pronoun se is used with all pronominal verbs in\\nFrench alike, but that it is differently translated into English\\naccording to the special nature of these verbs, viz. in reflexive\\nverbs by one s self, in reciprocal verbs by each other, and in pro-\\nnominal verbs proper not at ail*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0389.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "103\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. On pent \u00c3\u00aatre savant et se tromper n\u00c3\u00a9anmoins, one may\\nbe learned and yet be mistaken.\\nIls allaient se tuer tout de bon, tliey were about to kill each\\nother in good earnest.\\nIl faudra se lever de bonne heure demain, we will have to rise\\nearly to-morrow.\\nIL\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ABSOLUTE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nPersonal pronouns are called absolute, when they have no\\nconnection with the verb, but stand either entirely alone or are\\ndependent on a preposition.\\nEx. Who is there It is I, who come to see yon, qui est\\nl\u00c3\u00a0 Cest moi, qui viens vous voir.\\nHe, who had been my friend, abandoned me, lai, qui\\navait \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 mon ami, m? abandonna.\\nGo with them, they will show you the way, allez avec\\neux, ils vont vous montrer la route.\\nIn these examples, I and he are used without connection\\nwith any verb, and them depends on the preposition with.\\nThe forms of the absolute personal pronouns are\\n1st person, singular moi, I or me.\\n2d 44 toi, thou or thee.\\nlui. he or him.\\n3d i\\nelle, she or her.\\n1st person, plural nous, we or us.\\n2d 44 44 vous, you.\\neux, they (masc.) or them.\\nelles, they (fern.) or them.\\nAlthough these absolute forms cannot be used in connection\\nwith a verb, they may be added to the conjunctive form\\n1st. In order to express emphasis\\nEx. I, I saw it, and I assure you it is so, moi, je Vai vu et je\\nvous assure qu il en est ainsi.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0390.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "PROXOUNS.\\n109\\nI do not see him, whom I wished most to see, je ne le\\nvois pas lui, que je d\u00c3\u00a9sirais voir le plus.\\n2. Tti order to express distinction between several persons.\\nEx. He was here, but she was absent, lui, il fut ici mais\\nelle, elle fut absente.\\nI have seen him and her, but they have forgotten me, je\\nles ai vus, lui et elle, mais ils m ont oubli\u00c3\u00a9.\\n3. In order to couple a pronoun with a noun, both being\\nsubject or object of the same verb.\\nEx. I know them and their neighbor, je les connais, eux et\\nleur voisin.\\nShe and her brother live together, elle et son fr\u00c3\u00a8re\\nils demeurent ensemble.\\nYou and I who were there know it well, vous et moi qui\\n\u00c3\u00a9tions l\u00c3\u00a0, nous le savons bien.\\nIt will be seen from these examples, that whenever pronouns\\nare the subject or object of a verb, the conjunctive form must be\\nused in the first place and can never be omitted and the\\nabsolute form is only superadded afterwards for such specific\\npurposes as have been mentioned.\\nEx. Il nous invita vous et moi, he invited (us), you and me.\\nJe vous parlai vous et elle, I spoke (to you), to you\\nand to her.\\nNous les recevrons lui et sa femme, we will receive\\n(them), him and his wife.\\nExercise.\\nI, whose reputation he tries to ruin, I have never done him any\\nthing but good services. You and I are content with our fate, but I\\nbelieve that is a rare exception. Speak for me, if you can find an\\nopportunity, and I will speak for you whenever I can. He went away\\nwith them and he came back with them, but he did not think of them\\nafter they had parted. These ladies and I were together at the theatre\\nlast night they like the opera, but I, I was tired and nearly fell asleep.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0391.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "110\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nYou and your brother will see that I was right when I told you that\\nyou vent ured too much. I know him and her, for I have known their\\nwhole family since I have been in this country he is a nice fellow, but\\nshe is a shrew. We had invited her and her sisters, but only she and\\none of her brothers came, the others were sick. You may tell him\\nthis secret to-morrow, but you cannot tell her any thing of it until the\\naffair is over. Did she not receive you and her very well, when she\\ndiscovered who you were Yes, she was very kind to me, and so were\\nher parents, and I thanked both her and them.\\nThe absolute forms of the personal pronouns are, moreover,\\nused whenever they are followed by a relative pronoun, because\\nthe latter separates the personal pronoun from its verb, and\\npermits it thus no longer to be conjunctive.\\nEx. Moi, qui suis son fils, je le d\u00c3\u00a9clare coupable, I, who am\\nhis son, I declare him guilty.\\nQu est-ce que c est que lui qui nous traite si indignement\\nWho is he, who treats us so badly\\nEux qui ont mal calcul\u00c3\u00a9, devraient payer, they who\\nhave calculated wrong ought to pay.\\nThe absolute forms are, also, used whenever the pronoun is\\nseparated from the verb by a noun or an adjective, because\\nthen also it ceases to be truly conjunctive.\\nEx. Moi seul je le vis quand il mourut, I alone saw him as\\nhe died.\\nLui, le h\u00c3\u00a9ros, pouvait-il s oublier si tristement He, the\\nhero, could forget himself so sadly\\nThe absolute forms are, finally, placed by ellipsis before the\\ninfinitive of verbs in order to give great emphasis to the\\nexpression.\\nEx. Moi, trahir le meilleur de mes amis I (should) betray\\nthe best of my friends\\nLui, faire une telle l\u00c3\u00a2chet\u00c3\u00a9 et se conduire si mal Ile\\n(could) act bo meanly and conduct himself so badly", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0392.jp2"}, "393": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\nIll\\nExercise.\\nShe who takes such good care of her health when she is well, is\\nvery imprudent when she is the least indisposed. I know him and\\nher, both have been my friends for many years he is almost a brother\\nto me, and she will be my wife next week. They should have forgot-\\nten so far all that we have done for them, and repay us with such\\ningratitude? I cannot and will not believe it, for they have ever been\\nmy best friends. He who is your brother would not lend you this\\nsmall sum, and I whom you have hardly known am willing to give\\nyou all you may want. It is she who is always complaining of her\\nhealth and not he, for he is never sick and both he and she will live\\nyet many years. Yes, I shall punish him and no one else, for he alone\\nis guilty and the others who were caught with him, were not his\\naccomplices but his victims. He was on horseback and I was on foot,\\nnevertheless I was first at the rendezvous, and when the seconds came\\nwe saw that it was they who had given him false directions.\\nTHE PRONOUN Soi.\\nSoi is the absolute form of the reflexive pronoun, which, from\\nthe nature of its meaning, can never occur by itself, but is only-\\nused in connection with prepositions or the conjunction que,\\nwhere it has, of course, all the various meanings that have been\\nmentioned in the explanation of the conjunctive form se.\\nEx. On pense toujours plus a soi qua autrui, we always\\nthink more of ourselves than of others.\\nII est facile d \u00c3\u00aatre riche quand on n a que soi, it is easy\\nto be rich when one has only one s self.\\nHeureux qui vit chez soi Happy he who has a home\\nGenerally the use of soi is avoided, except after on, and lui or\\nelle are used instead still, in cases in which an ambiguity\\nmight arise, soi must be employed to mark the person of the\\nsubject in contradistinction to that of a third person spoken of.\\nEx. Il ne parle que de soi, or better, que de lui-m\u00c3\u00aame, he\\nonly speaks of himself.\\nL avare qui a un fils prodigue n amasse ni pour soi ni", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0393.jp2"}, "394": {"fulltext": "112\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\npour lui. The miser who has a prodigal son, hoards\\nneither for himself nor for him.\\nWhen soi is joined to m\u00c3\u00aame, it loses its pronominal character\\nand may be used like a noun.\\nEx. Un tel ami est un autre soi-m\u00c3\u00aame. Such a friend is\\nanother self {alter ego.)\\nOu mon amour me trompe ou Zaire aujourd hui pour\\nV \u00c3\u00a9lever a soi, descendrait jusqu lui. If my passion\\ndoes not deceive me, Zaire would now, in order to\\nraise him up to herself, lower herself to him.\\nSoi is also very generally used in reference to lifeless objects.\\nEx. La vertu est aimable en soi, virtue is attractive in itself.\\nLa franchise est bonne de soi, mais elle a ses exc\u00c3\u00a8s, frank-\\nness is good in itself, but it may go too far.\\nExercise.\\nWhen one speaks against his neighbor, he speaks against himself.\\nPeople think too much of themselves and rely too much on them-\\nselves, hence they are so often mistaken. He has covered himself\\nwith disgrace, and he must be ashamed when he thinks of himself.\\nHe who loves work has enough in himself, he can do without the\\n\u00c2\u00b0ompany of others. In order to have true peace, we must be in peace\\nwith God, with our neighbors and with ourselves. These things are\\nindifferent in themselves, but they may become of great importance.\\nCrime always drags after it a certain meanness, which it is not very\\neasy to conceal from an observant eye. This young man, while doing\\nthe will of his father, works for himself.\\nIt will be recollected that the absolute forms moi and toi take\\nthe place of the conjunctive forms me and te after the imperative\\nof verbs, unless they should be followed by en.\\nEx. Dites-moi donc la v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9, now tell me the truth.\\nTais-toi, pendard, tu as trop dit d\u00c3\u00a9j\u00c3\u00a0, be still, rascal, you\\nhave said too much already.\\nDonnez-m en tout ce que vous pourrez, give me as much\\nas you can.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0394.jp2"}, "395": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n113\\nMoi, however, is placed after y, contrary to general rules, for\\nthe sake of euphony.\\nEx. Tu vas l op\u00c3\u00a9ra, m\u00c3\u00a8nes-y-moi, you are goiDg to the opera,\\ntake me with you.\\nIn familiar language moi is sometimes added to the imperative,\\nas a mere expletive, to give, as it were, greater force to the\\nexpression\\nEx. Faites-moi taire ces yens-l\u00c3\u00a0 Make those people keep silence\\nthere\\nFrappez-le moi un peu sur le dos, strike him a little on the\\nback.\\nII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.\\nPossessive Pronouns have their name from the fact that they\\ngenerally qualify nouns by means of their relation to the owner\\nor possessor. It will be seen, however, that in French this\\noriginal purpose is by no means accomplished by the use of\\npossessive pronouns, except in a few limited cases.\\nThese pronouns are, like all others, divided into conjunctive,\\nor such as are invaiiably used in close connection with a noun,\\nand absolute, or such as stand instead of a noun and are conse-\\nquently always accompanied by an article.\\nThe elementary rules on the use of both classes have already\\nbeen given in the First Part of this Grammar. It will be borne\\nin mind that the conjunctive agree with the noun which they\\nqualify, while the absolute agree with the noun which they\\nrepresent.\\nEx. Cette homme parla sa m\u00c3\u00a8re et la mienne, this man\\nspoke to his mother and to mine.\\nC \u00c3\u00a9tait sa fille et point la v\u00c3\u00b4tre, this was his daughter and\\nnot yours.\\nS il prend ma bague, je prendrai la sienne, if he takes my\\nring, I ll take his.\\nPossession is in French expressed, not by means of the pos-\\nsessive pronouus as in English, but by means of the verb \u00c3\u00aatre,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0395.jp2"}, "396": {"fulltext": "114\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nin the signification of. to belong, followed by and the absolute\\nform of the personal pronoun.\\nEx. This house is mine, but it will be yours, cette maison est\\nmoi, mais elle sera vous.\\nWhose watch was it It was hers. Cette montre qui\\nfut-elle? Elle \u00c3\u00a9tait a elle.\\nThe only exception to this rule applies to the cases in which\\npossessive pronouns are used, not to express possession itself,\\nbut rather distinction between two objects by means of pos-\\nsession.\\nEx. iVe pienet pas ce chapeau, c est le mien, do not take that\\nhat, that 5s mine.\\nLaquelle u-t-il perdue, la v\u00c3\u00b4tre ou la leur? Which has\\nhe lost, yours or theirs\\nExercise.\\nThis is my brother s sentiment and mine I hope yours is not dif-\\nferent from ours. I have returned you your books, what have you\\ndone with hers? The book which I lost yesterday was not mine\\nbut my wife s she regrets the loss bitterly. Here are all the jewels\\nyou have ever given me now say, which are to be yours and which\\nmine? Your servants and ours are frequently quarrelling we shall\\nhave to change them all, or there will be no peace for you or me. This\\nis my sister s horse if you wish to see mine you must go to the stable.\\nI am too tired to go with you, but I should like to see yours, they are\\nfamous in the whole town. Whose cottage is this My dear friend,\\nto-day it is mine, but to-morrow it may be yours, for I mean to leave\\nit to you after my death. Why, my friend, do not speak so, for your\\nlife may be longer than mine. She shall not have these bracelets I\\nwill give her mine, but I will never give her these.\\nIn English, possessive pronouns may be placed, by means of\\nthe preposition of, after the noun which they qualify, and the\\nlatter can, in such cases, be accompanied by an indefinite article\\nor a demonstrative pronoun* as in A friend of mine, or These", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0396.jp2"}, "397": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n115\\nbooks of his. Both modes of expression are not known to the\\nFrench, and when they have to be translated, a choice must be\\nmade between the demonstrative and the possessive pronouns,\\nas only one can be used. The less important will be omitted,\\nand we will say either These books, or His books. For A\\nfriend of mine, we say, One of my friends.\\nEx. Un de mes amis, a friend of mine.\\nCes livres or vos livres, those books of yours.\\nTake these pictures of mine and sell them at auction,\\nprenez ces tableaux et vendez-les V encan.\\nWas that a friend of yours Est-ce que c \u00c3\u00a9tait un de vos\\namis?\\nThe possessive pronouns its and theirs, when referring to life-\\nless objects, are not translated by le sien, etc., but by en, unless\\nthe objects are personified by having some quality or action\\napplied to them.\\nEx. Voijez cet arbre les fruits en sont excellents, look at this\\ntr^e its fruit is excellent.\\nEst-ce que mon cheval a d\u00c3\u00a9j\u00c3\u00a0 mang\u00c3\u00a9 son avoine Has my\\nhorse eaten its oats already\\nThe possessive pronouns are not used before nouns followed\\nby a relative pronoun, but are exchanged, in that case, for the\\ndefinite article.\\nEx. J ai re\u00c3\u00a7u la (not voire) lettre que vous m avez \u00c3\u00a9crite, I\\nhave received your letter which you have written me.\\nTenez les (not vos) promesses que vous m avez faites, keep\\nyour promises which you have made me.\\nLe mien, le tien, and occasionally le sien, are used to express\\nmy, thy, his or her property, and treated a nouns.\\nEx. Le mien et le tien, sont la source de toutes les querelles,\\nwhat is mine and what is thine, this is the source of\\nall troubles.\\nIl a mang\u00c3\u00a9 tout le sien, he has spent all his property.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0397.jp2"}, "398": {"fulltext": "116\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nLes miens, les v\u00c3\u00b4tres and all the plurals are used to express\\nmy parents, friends, adherents, etc., and treated as nouns.\\nEx. Les miens ne m\\\\mt pas secouru dans ce danger, my friends\\nhave not stood by me in this danger.\\nIl faut amener Aime, votre \u00c3\u00a9pouse et tous les v\u00c3\u00b4tres, you\\nmust bring your wife and all your family.\\nExercise.\\nA clerk of his has defrauded him largely and brought about his\\nfailure by his dishonesty. Was this man ever a friend of yours, or did\\nhe only pretend to be acquainted with you? I am surprised at your\\nquestion a man like him never could be a friend of mine. These\\nhorses of yours are very handsome and very fast, but they are not\\nsound, they will not live long, especially if you do not change that\\ngroom of yours, who treats them badly. A neighbor of yours heard\\nthe noise the burglars made in breaking the kitchen window, and\\ncame at once to our assistance without this aid of his, the whole\\nhouse would have been stripped of every thing valuable and we would\\nhave lost all our property. When this news reaches our country, what\\nwill our people say about it You and yours will ahvays be welcome\\nat my house, and I shall ever be delighted to see you there.\\nIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nIt has already been explained in the First Part of this Gram-\\nmar that the demonstrative pronouns also are divided into two\\nclasses conjunctive, or such as are invariably connected with\\na noun or the verb \u00c3\u00aatre, and ab-olute, or such as stand alone\\nand represent themselves nouns. The former were represented\\nby ce and its various forms, the latter by compounds of ce with\\nthe absolute forms of personal pronouns, as celui, celle, etc. It\\nwas also stated that the distinction between the two English\\ndemonstrative pronouns This and That, had to be expressed in\\nFrench by the addition of ci (from ici) and l\u00c3\u00a0, either to the\\npronouns themselves, as ceci) cela, celui-ci, ceux-l\u00c3\u00a0, or to the", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0398.jp2"}, "399": {"fulltext": "PEON O UNS.\\n117\\nnouns preceded by these pronouns, as cet homme-ci, this man,\\nand cet homme-l\u00c3\u00a0, that man.\\nThe conjunctive forms agree, of course, with the noun which\\nthey qualify, the absolute with that which they represent.\\nEx. Cet homme et cette femme ne sont pas mari\u00c3\u00a9s, this man\\nand this woman are not married.\\nCette maison et celle que vous m avez vendue, this house\\nand that which you have sold me.\\nMes filles et celles de notre voisin, my daughters and those\\nof our neighbors.\\nCe is conjunctive to the verb \u00c3\u00aatre only, although in familiar\\nconversation a few other verbs occur with it, as ce me semble, it\\nseems to me. It has the peculiarity of leaving the verb in the\\ns ngular, even when referring to a plural, unless the latter\\nslould be a pronoun of the third person plural, or a word pre-\\nceded by a preposition. In these two cases the verb is used in\\ntie plural.\\nEx. Ce sera, nous tous qui lui en seront redevables, we all of\\nus will be obliged to him for it.\\nC est vous qui \u00c3\u00aates ch\u00c3\u00a9ris, it is you who are beloved.\\nCe sont eux qui ont ordonn\u00c3\u00a9 tout, it is they who have\\narranged all.\\nQuoi c est ces dieux que vous sacrifiez What is it\\nthese gods you worship\\nWhenever ce and \u00c3\u00aatre are followed by a noun or pronoun\\npreceded by a preposition, they must be connected by que with\\nthe following verb.\\nEx. Cest vous que je parle, it is to you I speak.\\nCe n est pas de cela qu il s agit aujourdhui, that is not the\\nquestion to-day.\\nWhen ce is followed by a relative pronoun, ce must be\\nrepeated before the next verb, of which it forms the subject.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0399.jp2"}, "400": {"fulltext": "118\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Ce que je crains c est d \u00c3\u00aatre surpris, what I fear is to be\\ntaken in.\\nCe que j aime le mieux c est de vous voir ici, what I like\\nbest, is to see you here.\\nCe must be supplied in French before \u00c3\u00aatre, when the subject\\nof the latter verb is the preceding part of the sentence.\\nEx. Le mieux dans ces cas c est de se taire, the best in such\\ncases is to be quiet.\\nVivre tout seul c est trop triste, to live quite alone is too sad.\\nAlthough many classic authors omit the ce when \u00c3\u00aatre is fol-\\nlowed by the nominative, as\\nEx. L enfer des femmes est la vieillesse, old age is the hell of\\nwomen.\\nExercise.\\nIt seems to me that this wine is not so good as that in the cast:.\\nThat is not possible, for this is much older and more costly, and tie\\nother is a wine of very little value. It is the number of people anl\\nthe abundance of food which make the true strength and the trie\\nwealth of a country. It is indifferent works that one ought b\\nabridge; it would be an act of injustice to shorten a work of greit\\nmerit. It is they who have done all this, and now they have tie\\nimpudence to say that it is we who are responsible for the result, [t\\nis neither the arts nor the handicrafts that can degrade man it s\\nvices only that can do that. The true praise of a poet is to retain lis\\nverses and to hear them recited in the streets. The only way to com-\\npel men to speak well of us is to act well. You have done great\\ntilings but confess the truth, it is hardly by you that they have been\\naccomplished. What I have told you is the simple truth you may\\nbelieve it or not, as you choose. What we endure with least patience,\\nare calumnies and treacheries.\\nThe absolute forms, celui, etc., have not only the general\\nmeaning of the English demonstrative pronouns, but are used,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0400.jp2"}, "401": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n119\\nbesides, to render various other expressions, of whieh the follow-\\ning are the most important\\nThey represent the one, when followed by a reia .ive pronoun.\\nEx. The one for whom I work, is a better master, celui pour\\nqui je travaille, moi, est un meilleur ma\u00c3\u00aetre.\\nThis is not the one whom I love best, ce n est pas celle\\nque f aime le mieux.\\nThey represent, also, the English personal pronoun, when it\\nis employed in a general sense and followed by a relative pronoun.\\nEx. He who weeps will be consoled, celui qui pleure sera\\nconsol\u00c3\u00a9.\\nHe who will not labor must suffer, ceux qui ne veulent\\npas travailler doivent souffrir.\\nBut when the personal pronoun refers to an individual, it is\\nliterally translated.\\nEx. He, who was rich, has lost every thing, lui, qui \u00c3\u00a9tait riche\\na perdu tout.\\nThey represent, also, the English one, followed by a relative\\npronoun.\\nEx. I do not like one who tells stories,^ riaime pas ceux qui\\nfont des contes.\\nOne who knows so well ought not to say that, celui qui\\nle sait si bien ne devrait pas le dire.\\nThey represent, finally, the English which, when it has the\\nsignification of whichever.\\nEx. Take which of these papers you prefer, prenez celui de ces\\njournaux que vous pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rez.\\nCelui, etc., must be supplied in French when in Engli-h the\\nnominative of a possessive case is omitted idiomatically.\\nEx. These horses and my father s (horses) are alike, ces che-\\nvaux et ceux de mon p\u00c3\u00a8re sont pareils.\\nI will send you yours and your wife s,^ vous enverrai les\\nv\u00c3\u00b4tres et ceux de votre femme.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0401.jp2"}, "402": {"fulltext": "120\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nExercise.\\nHe wlio wishes to be happy in this world is not always so, because\\nwe rarely know what makes our true happiness. You can read which\\nof these books you choose, only put them back again in their places\\nin the library. He who says so is either mistaken or he says delib-\\nerately what is not true you may take your choice. There is an old\\nproverb in various languages which says He to whom fortune pipes,\\ndances well. Will you please show me your picture, I mean the one\\nwhich you bought a year ago, when you were in Italy. I cannot show\\nyou that, because it is in the hands of an artist, but I can show you\\nthe one I brought from Italy when I was there before. He who wants\\nto reap where he has not sowed, is a dishonest man. They who talk\\nwill be punished, and the one who is first discovered will be punished\\nvery severely. Do you think you ever could love one who has done\\nsuch an act Do you recollect the young lady I wanted to introduce\\nyou to, the one with the auburn hair and the majestic figure? Well,\\n1 am sorry for it, but she has married and left our city.\\nCelui-ci, celui-l\u00c3\u00a0 and the other absolute forms connected\\nwith ci and l\u00c3\u00a0, lose by that combination their general character\\nand are used to point out more individually and directly, those\\nwith ci representing the English this one, those with l\u00c3\u00a0 the\\nEnglish that one, and kindred expressions.\\nEx. Donnez-moi celui-ci et prenez celui-l\u00c3\u00a0, give nie this one\\nand take that one.\\nCeux-ci ront assez bons, ceux-l\u00c3\u00a0 ne valent rien, these\\nhere are pretty good, those are worth nothing.\\nCelui-ci and its various forms represent the English the latter,\\nas being nearer to the moment of speaking, and celui-l\u00c3\u00a0, etc., the\\nformer, as being more remote.\\nEx. De ces mots celui-l\u00c3\u00a0 est vieux, celui-ci est inconnu, of\\nthese words the former is old, the latter unknown.\\nCeci and cela, not having a personal pronoun in their compo-\\nsition, can be used with reference to lifeless objects only. The\\nlatter is in familiar conversation \u00c3\u00a7onti acted into \u00c3\u00a7a.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0402.jp2"}, "403": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n121\\nEx. Ceci me pla\u00c3\u00aet, et je vous dis cela tout franchement, I like\\nthat, and I tell you that quite openly.\\nBonjour, Monsieur, comment \u00c3\u00a7a va-t-il Good-morning,\\nSir how are you\\nHence also the first words of the revolutionary song, Ca ira, etc.\\nIn very familiar conversation cela occasionally answers to repre-\\nsent persons only, but this rare use of cela is not to be imitated.\\nThus, upon seeing children at play, one may say\\nCela est heureux, cela ne fait que jouer, are they happy, they\\nhave nothing to do but to play\\nCela is used for the English it, when that pronoun repre-\\nsents not a noun, but a whole sentence, and is not the nomina-\\ntive of the verb to be (in which case it would be translated by\\nce simply.)\\nEx. N y allez pas, puisque cela lui d\u00c3\u00a9plairait fort, do not\\ngo there, since it would displease him much.\\nCela me pla\u00c3\u00aet qu il Va fait lui-m\u00c3\u00aame, it pleases me that\\nhe has done it himself.\\nThe English demonstrative pronouns this and that, when\\nfollowed by the verb to be, are frequently expressed in French\\nby the two words voici and voil\u00c3\u00a0, which thus serve, in a manner,\\nas demonstrative pronouns. They consist of the imperative of\\nthe verb voir, vois, see or behold, and the words ici and l\u00c3\u00a0.\\nHence they can only be used for objects virtually in sight, and\\nare not admissible in interrogative sentences. Their verbal origin\\nproduces, moreover, the peculiar effect, that whilst nouns, which\\nare the object, are placed after them, pronouns under the same\\ncircumstances are placed before them.\\nEx. Voici mes enfants, o\u00c3\u00b9 sont les v\u00c3\u00b4tres? Here or these are\\nmy children, where are yours\\nVoil\u00c3\u00a0 mon ami qui arrive enfin, there is my friend\\ncoming at last.\\nSont-ce l\u00c3\u00a0 vos enfants ou les miens Are those your\\nchildren or mine\\nLes voici, je V avais bien dit qu ils ne nous manqueraient", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0403.jp2"}, "404": {"fulltext": "122\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nj)as There they are had I not said that they would\\nnot disappoint us\\nVoici and voil\u00c3\u00a0 may be followed by an adjective or an adverb.\\nEx. Nous voil\u00c3\u00a0 sauv\u00c3\u00a9s pour cette fois, now we are safe for\\nthis time.\\nLes voil\u00c3\u00a0 V endroit m\u00c3\u00aame o\u00c3\u00b9 nous les attendions, there\\nthey are, at the very spot where we expected them.\\nBut they cannot, as in English, be followed by a participle\\npresent, which must be rendered in French by qui and the\\nproper tense of the verb.\\nEx. La voil\u00c3\u00a0 qui vient notre rencontre, there she is, coming\\nto meet us.\\nWhen the two words are followed by an expression of quan-\\ntity, they require en to be used before them.\\nEx. En voil\u00c3\u00a0 un, si je ne me trompe pas, there is one of\\nthem, if I am not mistaken.\\nThere is virtually no difference of meaning between voici and\\nvoil\u00c3\u00a0, except that voil\u00c3\u00a0 refers to what has been mentioned\\nbefore, and voici to what is coming after.\\nEx. Voil\u00c3\u00a0 ce quHl a propos\u00c3\u00a9 et voici ce que je d\u00c3\u00a9sire, moi, that\\nis what he proposed, and this is what I want.\\nIn familiar style voil\u00c3\u00a0 is occasionally used interrogatively.\\nEx. En voil\u00c3\u00a0-t-il tout Is that all\\nExercise.\\nA faithful magistrate and a brave officer are equally worthy of\\nesteem the former makes war upon enemies at home, the latter upon\\nonemies abroad. This machine is moved by springs and is very\\nimperfect, that one is moved by steam and is quite new. When he\\ncame into the room he exclaimed What do I see is this my son, or\\ndo my eyes deceive me V I took the boy by the hand, and leading him\\nto his father, I said This is your son, whom you thought lost and\\nthis is your daughter, whom you have never seen. These apples are\\nnot better than my neighbor s where are those you had this\\nmorning He is twice great, w T ho having great merits, never speaks", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0404.jp2"}, "405": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n123\\nof them, but leaves that to others. I do not say that, but I assure you,\\nthat I will not permit you to repeat it. That is easy enough, but you\\nought to try to work better than any of your rivals, and then you\\nwould succeed beyond doubt. How do you do, Madam Thank you,\\nSir, I am well, but my poor daughter has been quite sick, and that\\ntroubles me sorely. There she is, and I said she would never come\\nIV. RELATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nRelative Pronouns have their name from the fact that tbey\\nrelate or refer to some preceding noun or pronoun, which is\\ncalled their antecedent.\\nEx. Il y a bien des personnes qui le savent, there are a great\\nmany persons who know it.\\nCe sont eux que nous bl\u00c3\u00a2mons seuls, it is they alone\\nwhom we blame.\\nThe fundamental rule applying to the construction of all\\nrelative sentences is this\\nThere must be in French expressed the three parts of such a\\nsentence the antecedent, the relative pronoun, and its verb.\\nThese three parts must follow in the order mentioned. In\\nthe sentence, Voila l homme dont je parle, there is the man I\\nam speaking of, Vhomme is the antecedent, dont the relative\\npronoun, and je parle its verb. Thus the three parts are present,\\nand they follow each other in the prescribed order.\\nIn English, on the contrary, the three parts are not necessa-\\nrily required, one or the other being frequently omitted nor is\\nthe order in which they have to stand in French, by any means\\nalways observed. Hence arise the following different construc-\\ntions.\\n1. In English the antecedent may be omitted. Then it has\\nto be supplied in French by the proper form of the demonstra-\\ntive pronoun ce, etc., fur things, celui, etc, for persons.\\nEx. What pleases me most is her modesty, ce (supplied) qui\\nme pla\u00c3\u00aet le mieux, c est sa modestie.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0405.jp2"}, "406": {"fulltext": "124 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nI know what you want to say, je sais ce (supplied) que\\nvous voulez dire.\\nHere are all who will be present, voila tous ceux (sup-\\nplied) qui seront pr\u00c3\u00a9sents.\\n2. In English the relative pronoun may be omitted. It has\\nto be supplied in French.\\nEx. Where is the book she had in her hand? O\u00c3\u00b9 est le livre\\nqu J (supplied) elle tenait la main\\nThese are the men you wanted to see, voila les hommes\\nque (supplied) vous vouliez voir.\\n3. In English the preposition governing the relative pronoun\\nmay be placed at the end of the sentence. In French it must\\nbe placed before the pronoun.\\nEx. Can you guess what I am thinking of? Pouvez-vous\\ndevinez ce quoi je pense\\nWho w 7 as the man you were speaking to in the street\\nQui \u00c3\u00a9tait V homme qui vous parliez dans la rue\\n4. In English the relative pronoun may be separated from\\nthe antecedent by intervening words. In French the order of\\nwords must be so changed as to bring them into immediate\\nsuccession.\\nEx. A vessel has arrived which brought me a letter. Not\\nun vaisseau est arriv\u00c3\u00a9, qui, but il est arriv\u00c3\u00a9 un vaisseau\\nqui m a apport\u00c3\u00a9 une lettre.\\nfriend told me so, who had seen it himself, je Vai\\nappris (Tun ami qu i V avait vu de ses propres yeux.\\n5. In English the verb may be separated from the relative\\npronoun by intervening words. In French it must be placed\\nin its proper place, immediately after the relative pronoun.\\nEx. This is what the priest at Brussels has told me, voil\u00c3\u00a0 ce\\nque m\\\\i dit le pr\u00c3\u00aatre Bruxelles.\\nThe book which your charming sister gave me, le livre\\nque m a donn\u00c3\u00a9 votre s\u00c5\u0093ur charmante.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0406.jp2"}, "407": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n125\\nThe only exception to this general rule is furnished by dont,\\nwhich is followed by its nominative, instead of by its verb,\\nalthough, when the following noun is in any other case, the\\nrule again applies.\\nEx. You whose kindness has been so great, vous dont les\\nbont\u00c3\u00a9s ont \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 si grandes.\\nBut, You whose kindness I feel so deeply, vous dont je\\nsens tant les bont\u00c3\u00a9s.\\nI paid for the book whose cover I spoilt, f ai pay\u00c3\u00a9 le livre\\ndont f ai g\u00c3\u00a2t\u00c3\u00a9 la, couverture.\\nIt must not be forgotten that qui, etc., cannot be used whenever\\nthe relative pronoun is subject to a preposition, but that in all\\nsuch cases lequel, etc., must be substituted.\\nEx. The monarch in whose States w 7 e were, le monarque dam\\nles \u00c3\u00a9tats duquel nous \u00c3\u00a9tions.\\nThe crime for which he is condemned, le crime pour\\nlequel il a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 condamne.\\nExercise.\\nIf you cannot do it, the persons who are my true friends will obtain\\nfor me all the money I want, for my credit is what I rely on in this\\ncrisis. I know what would be the best medicine for you fresh air\\nand an abundance of exercise they are all I would prescribe for you.\\nI cannot remember against whom he spoke, but it was the best speech\\nI ever heard in my life. These men whose abominable crime has\\nbeen so severely punished, will not be allowed to re-enter society\\nwhich is not severity but simple justice. When he returned to this\\ncountry he went to see the mayor of the fortress from which he had\\nescaped, and spoke to all who had known him during his captivity.\\nThis has brought us at last a peace, the sweetness of which surpasses\\nall other pleasures, and for which we cannot be too grateful. You\\nwhose brilliant talents we all acknowledge, ought not, on that account,\\ncease to make the greatest efforts. Were you in the ship the main-\\nmast of which was struck by lightning and in which so many pas-\\nsengers were killed", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0407.jp2"}, "408": {"fulltext": "126\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nWhat is occasionally used in English before nouns, with\\nthe double power of an adjective and a pronoun, as in the\\nphrase What money he had. In French it lias t j be rendered\\nas if it meant All the money.\\nEx. What clothes they had left him were wet, tous les v\u00c3\u00aate-\\nmerits qu on lui avait laiss\u00c3\u00a9s, \u00c3\u00a9taient mouill\u00c3\u00a9s.\\nGive him what money he may want, donnez-lui tout\\nV argent qu il lui faudra.\\nQuoi, as relative pronoun, can be used only as indirect\\nobject, consequently it will be always accompanied by a prepo-\\nsition.\\nEx. La chose quoi Vavare pense le moins, the thing of which\\nmisers think least.\\nVoil\u00c3\u00a0 ce de quoi je voulais vous parler, this is what I\\nwanted to speak to you about.\\n7i y a rien sur quoi Con ait plus \u00c3\u00a9crit, there is nothing\\nabout which more has been written.\\nAfter rien, however, quoi is not used, but its place is supplied\\nby dont.\\nEx. U n y a rien dont Dieu ne soit V auteur, there is nothing of\\nwhich God is not the author.\\nDe quoi, used relatively, but without an antecedent, has the\\nsignification of Something to, and kindred expressions.\\nEx. Donnez-moi de quoi \u00c3\u00a9crire, give me something to write\\nabout.\\nIl est riche, il a de quoi \u00c3\u00aatre content, he is rich, he has\\nreason to be satisfied.\\nThe adverb o\u00c3\u00b9 (from the Latin uhi), literally meaning, w 7 here,\\nis often used instead of the two relative pronouns preceded by a\\npreposition, but its use is limited to definitions of time and\\nspace.\\nEx. L instant o\u00c3\u00b9 nous naissons, est un pas vers la morf, the\\nmoment in which we are born, is a step towards death.\\nVoil\u00c3\u00a0 la maison o\u00c3\u00b9 naquit Moli\u00c3\u00a8re, this is the house *n\\nwhich Moli\u00c3\u00a8re was born.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0408.jp2"}, "409": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n127\\nO\u00c3\u00b9 admits of the two prepositions de and par.\\nEx. Le p\u00c3\u00a9ril d 1 o\u00c3\u00b9 vous m avez sauv\u00c3\u00a9 fut terrible, the danger\\nfrom which you have rescued me was a terrible one.\\nLes moyens par o\u00c3\u00b9 cet intrigant est arriv\u00c3\u00a9 la fortune,\\nthe means by which this intriguer has been so fortunate.\\nExercise.\\nThe city in which he arrived was full of sympathizing friends, and\\nthe dangers through which he had passed endeared them to him\\nstill more. He was received with shouts, and the house in which he\\ntook his lodgings was surrounded from morning till night by en-\\nthusiastic crowds. Happy is he w r ho, content with his humble fate,\\nlives in the obscure condition in which Heaven has concealed him\\nHe would not tell us the country from which he came, and although\\nwe were sure enough that he was a foreigner, we could not tell where\\nhe was born. Tell me what you are thinking of and I will tell you\\nwhat was in my thoughts. Henry IV., to whose kindness of heart so\\nmuch praise has been given, was in reality a very selfish man. The\\ndiseases of the soul are the most dangerous we ought to work at\\ncuring them still, this is what we rarely think of. We have always\\nsomething to amuse ourselves with and when that fails us, we go out\\ninto the streets, and there is no lack of oddities there. There is\\nnothing of which we know less than the true state of our neighbor s\\nheart. Time would fail us to tell you all the dangers through which\\nwe have passed and all the difficulties from which Providence has\\nrescued us during our last journey.\\nV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ABSOLUTE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nThe same pronouns serve in English as relative and as interro-\\ngative pronouns, the only difference being that in the former\\ncapacity they have an antecedent to which they relate, while\\nin the latter they are used without an antecedent; so that they\\nare called interrogative, when they are used in questions.\\nIn French the relative and the absolute pronouns resemble\\neach other, but there are certain striking differences in the use", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0409.jp2"}, "410": {"fulltext": "128\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nof both classes, which have been already stated in the First\\nPart of this Grammar. Thus qui, as an absolute pronoun, is\\naccusative as well as nominative, when referring to persons, and\\ndont can never be used except as a relative pronoun. These\\nand similar points of importance must here be recalled.\\nQui, as an absolute pronoun, contains its antecedent in the\\nshape of a personal pronoun, which must be supplied in English.\\nEx. Qui veut parle? de tout, souvent parle au hazard, he who\\nwants to speak of every thing, often speaks at hap-\\nhazard.\\nL\u00c3\u00a2che qui veut mourir, courageux qui peut vivre, a coward\\nis he who wants to die, brave is he who can live on.\\nQui, as an interrogative pronoun, may be subject or object\\nof the sentence, and thus answers for the English who? or\\nwhom\\nEx. Qui ne sait compatir aux maux qu on a soufferts Who can-\\nnot feel for the sufferings which he has endured\\nQui avez-vous choisi pour compagnon de voyage Whom\\nhave you chosen for your travelling companion\\nQui, repeated, has in proverbial and similiar expressions the\\nmeaning of some and others.\\nEx. Qui pleurait qui riait, mais tous \u00c3\u00a9taient \u00c3\u00a9mus, some wept\\nand others laughed, but all were moved.\\nQue, never employed absolutely, is also never used as the\\nnominative of a verb, for which is substituted, for the sake of\\ngreater clearness, Qu est-ce qui?\\nEx. What made you come so late Qu est-ce qui vous a fait\\nvenir si tard\\nWhat has pleased you best Qu est-ce qui vous a plu le\\nmieux\\nQue is used only as accusative of a verb, for the English\\nwhat", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0410.jp2"}, "411": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n129\\nEx. Que voulut-il dire, en parlant si brusquement What did\\nbe mean by speaking- so rudely\\nQue voulez-vous que je fasse pour lui What do you\\nwant me to do for him\\nQuoi, from the Latin quod, may be an absolute and an inter-\\nrogative pronoun. In the former capacity it is used either\\nalone or with a preposition.\\nEx. Elle chante mais je ne saurais vous dire quoi, she is sing-\\ning, but I cannot tell you what.\\nA quoi vous attendez-vous de f\u00c3\u00a2cheux? What unpleasant\\nevent do you expect\\nQuoi, followed by a comparative, has the meaning of What\\nis?\\nEx. Quoi de plus amusant que de les voir jouer What is\\nmore amusing than to see them play?\\nJe ne sais quoi is often used in French for the words A cer-\\ntain something.\\nEx. Il y a dans cette affaire je ne sais quoi que je n entends pas,\\nthere is something in this matter which I do not un-\\nderstand.\\nExercise.\\nTo whom were you speaking when I saw you this morning I\\ncan tell you who it was, but I cannot tell you what we were speaking\\nof, for that was my friend s secret. He has always something mys-\\nterious about him, which I do not like, but this time it was an\\nimportant secret which he confided to me. What do you want and\\nwhat can I do for you Nothing, Sir, I thank you, for he who wishes\\nto be independent must learn to help himself. When the news of our\\ndelivery arrived, some cried out and others were silent, but the cause\\nof this different behavior was the same in all. What belongs to you\\nhere? Show it to me and I will send it to your house with what\\nbelongs to your sister. Will that glass contain what is in this phial,\\nor must I send for a larger one Tell me whom you frequent and I", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0411.jp2"}, "412": {"fulltext": "130\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nwill tell who you are. Whom did you do that for I worked foi\\nmyself, which is the true i*olicy of a man who wants to make his\\nfortune.\\nLequel and its various forms can be used as interrogative\\npronouns only in the signification of Which of several\\nEx. Laquelle de ces deux s\u00c5\u0093urs pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rez-vous Which of these\\ntwo sisters do you like best\\nDe tous ces livres, lesquels sont les v\u00c3\u00b4tres? Among ail\\nthese books, which are yours?\\nQuel and its forms have the same meaning when used in\\nreference to a pronoun; but when used in connection with a\\nnoun, they mean What kind of?\\nEx. Quel est le v\u00c3\u00b4tre? Je voudrai le voir. Which is yours?\\nI should like to see it.\\nQuel est cet homme? Il rCa pas Pair comme il faut.\\nWhat kind of a man is he? He does not look like a\\ngentleman.\\nQuelle est cette musique que f entends de loin? What\\nmusic is that I hear from afar\\nIt must be borne in mind, from what has been said in con-\\nnection with the possessive pronoun, that the interrogative\\nform, Whose? is in French expressed by qui when stand-\\ning alone or when followed by \u00c3\u00aatre.\\nEx. A qui est cette belle maison sur la route Whose is that\\nbeautiful house by the roadside?\\nA qui, dites-vous? Whose do you say?\\nBut when Whose? is used without the verb To be, it is ren-\\ndered either by quel or by de qui, according to the construction\\nrequired.\\nEx. I know whose daughter would suit him, je sais quelle est\\nla fille qui lui conviendrait.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0412.jp2"}, "413": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n131\\nCan you tell me whose portrait this is? Sauriez-vous\\nme dire quel est ce portrait\\nWhose ring La bayue de qui\\nExercise.\\nWhat was it you wanted to tell me when we were interrupted\\nI have entirely forgotten what I intended to mention to you, but it\\nwas nothing very important or I would remember it now. Which of\\nthese two young ladies is his sister, the light-haired or the dark-\\nhaired I can see which of them is the prettiest, but I cannot tell\\nwhich is the cleverest. What success has he had in his enterprise?\\nWhose horses are these two bays which we have seen pass our house\\nseveral times to-day They are my cousin s, who is very fond of fine\\nhorses, and if you show him a number he will tell you at once which\\nare sound and which are not. What a wonderful tale and you hope\\nthat we or anybody else will believe it\\nVL--INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.\\nThere is a class of pronouns in French, whose special purpose\\nit is to designate persons and things, not individually but vaguely\\nand generally, and hence their name of indefinite pronouns.\\nThey differ in their use, inasmuch as some are never employed\\nin connection with a noun, but stand alone and are substitutes\\nfor nouns, whilst others are only found before nouns, and a third\\nclass are used sometimes with and sometimes without a noun.\\n1. Indefinite Pronouns used alone.\\nThe principal pronoun of this class is on, a word of frequent\\nuse and great importance in French. It is derived from the\\nLatin homo, now homme, and has passed through the various\\nshortenings of horn,, om and on. This derivation is still very\\ninfluential, having the following practical effects\\nOn cannot be used for any agency but that of man, hence", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0413.jp2"}, "414": {"fulltext": "132\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nexcludes God, mechanical or indefinite agencies. It cannot.be\\nsaid, on cr\u00c3\u00a9a le monde, the world was created, because the agent\\nis not indefinite but known, and is not man, but God. Nor can\\nit be said, oil pleurait hier, there was rain yesterday, because\\nhere the agency, though indefinite, is not a personal one.\\nOn can only be used as a nominative, the subject of a sen-\\ntence, as it is derived from a nominative, and nut, like all other\\nnouns, from an oblique case.\\nOn has a way of its own to avoid the hiatus, which is every-\\nwhere else remedied by the insertion of a t between two hyphens,\\nor the addition of an s to the first word ending in a vowel.\\nWith on, the remedy is to place an l\\\\ the article le, before it,\\nwhen it is preceded by et, si. ou or que, according to euphony.\\nEx. Si Von rent rirre tranquille, on doit se taire, if we wish\\nto live quietly, we must be discreet.\\nCe que Von con\u00c3\u00a7oit bien s \u00c3\u00a9nojtce clairement, what is well\\nunderstood is clearly expressed.\\nThe same I is also frequently placed before on when it begins a\\nsentence.\\nEx. L on va et Von vient et rien nest accompli, they come and\\ngo and nothing is done.\\nBut, as this is done for the sake of euphony, care must be\\nhad not to insert this I, when the same letter occurs already,\\nas its repetition would be more offensive to the ear thau the\\nvowel sound of Oft.\\nEx. Je ne ecu.r pas qu on le tourmente, I do not want him to\\nbe troubled.\\nH alla o\u00c3\u00b9 on lui dit qu il derait aller, he went where he\\nwas told he ought to go.\\nIt has already been explained in the First Part of this Gram-\\nmar, that on cannot be translated literally into English, as the\\nlatter has no such word as an indefinite personal pronoun. The\\nsubstitutes are many, such as people, men, they, somebody,\\nwe, and especially the passive construction.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0414.jp2"}, "415": {"fulltext": "PBONOUNS.\\n133\\nEx. On n est pas toujours ma\u00c3\u00aetre de soi, we are not always\\nmasters of ourselves.\\nOu frappe la porte, si je ne me trompe pas, somebody\\nknocks, if I am not mistaken.\\nCe qu on admire le plus n est pas toujours ce qu il y a de\\nmieux, what is most admired is not always the best.\\nWhen on is referred to in the same sentence, this can only\\nbe done by the reflexive pronoun se and soi, as le and lui would\\nbe too definite to correspond to the indefinite character of on.\\nEx. On pense to tt jours plus soi qu autrui, people always\\nthink more of themselves than of others.\\nOn s en est beaucoup \u00c3\u00a9merveill\u00c3\u00a9 a la cour, they have\\nwondered very much at it at court.\\nOn is naturally masculine singular nevertheless, when it so\\nevidently refers to women or to a plural as to leave no doubt\\non the mind, it may be accompanied by an adjective or parti-\\nciple in the feminine or the plural.\\nEx. Ah, Madame, on n est pas toujours jeune et jolie, ah,\\nMadam, people (you) are not always young and\\npretty.\\nOn n est pas des esclaves pour \u00c3\u00aatre si maltrait\u00c3\u00a9s, we are\\nnot slaves to be so badly treated.\\nOn must be repeated before every verb for which it serves\\nas subject.\\nEx. On le loue, on le menace et on n obtient rien, he is praised,\\nhe is threatened, and nothing is gained by it.\\nOn may be placed before every kind of verb, except imper-\\nsonal verbs, because their agency is not that of man.\\nEx. On aime et l on est aim\u00c3\u00a9, we love and we are loved.\\nOn tombe dans de mauvaises habitudes et on s en repent,\\npeople fall into bad habits and repent.\\nOn convient qu on s est tromp\u00c3\u00a9, they admit that they have\\nbeen mistaken.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0415.jp2"}, "416": {"fulltext": "131 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nWhen on occurs twice in the same sentence it must necessa-\\nrily refer to the same subject, or the construction would be\\nincorrect. It cannot be said, on dit qu on a pris la ville, because\\nthe subject of dit is not the same as that of a pris. It must be\\nexpressed thus: on dit que la ville a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 prise, they say that the\\ncity has been taken.\\nAlthough on may be translated by one, it cannot be used for\\nthe English one, followed by a relative pronoun. This must be\\ntranslated, when indefinite, by quelqu un, and when definite by\\ncelui.\\nEx. I know one who would do it, sais quelqu un qui pour-\\nrait le faire.\\nOne who could say so would say any thing, celui qui\\ndirait cela,, dirait tout ce qu on voudrait.\\nOn is frequently used in conversation to designate persons\\npresent, either the speaker himself or the person spoken to.\\nThis is especially done when ironical politeness or downright\\nrudeness is to be conveyed and yet the directness of the personal\\npronoun is to be avoided.\\nEx. On n est pas si sage qu on pourrait me reprendre you are\\nnot so wise that you could reprove me.\\nOu vous est infiniment oblig\u00c3\u00a9, Monsieur, I am infinitely\\nobliged to you, Sir. (Ironical.)\\nExercise.\\nVice can only be overcome by fleeing from it. People often think\\nthat men who look benevolent and receive everybody with a smile,\\nare very kind, but they are mistaken. It was said that the war had\\ncome to an end, but unfortunately the last news by the telegraph is\\nnot so hopeful, and it is said now, that the war will recommence soon.\\nThey ought to have rewarded this great general by giving him an\\nestate and settling upon him a pension, for he is poor and he has lost\\nhis health in the service of his country. What do people think of his\\nlast work, do they admire it as much as his former writings, or do", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0416.jp2"}, "417": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n135\\nthey say it is inferior I do not know what has been done for him, but\\nI know that something has been given to him, either an estate or a\\nlarge sum of money. It is a maxim of French philosophers that men\\ndo not love those to whom they owe much, because gratitude is the\\nheaviest burden that can oppress men. What a sad sentiment If we\\nwish to live quietly we must learn to despise the talk of fools, the\\nhatred of the envious and the insolence of the rich. Sir, she said with\\na mocking courtesy, I am your humble servant, and I will not trouble\\nyou any more. Paris is an admirable place a hundred things happen\\nthere every day which are unknown in the provinces and admired\\neven in the great capital.\\nQuelqu un, from the Latin qualis and unus, is used absolute-\\nly, i. e. without reference to any noun, and then occurs only in\\nthe masculine singular and plural (quelques-uns), for persons.\\nEx. Quelqu un a dit que l \u00c3\u00a2me du monde est le soleil, some-\\nbody has said the sun is the soul of the world.\\nQuelques-uns s en sont d\u00c3\u00a9j\u00c3\u00a0 all\u00c3\u00a9s, some have already left.\\nIn this sense it can only be used as subject of a verb and\\nwhen Somebody is to be translated as object of a verb, the\\nFrench substitute for it quelques personnes.\\nEx. I have spoken to some, j ai parl\u00c3\u00a9 quelques personnes.\\nThat may surprise some, it has not surprised me, cela\\npeat surprendre quelques persotuces, il ne nia pus sur-\\npris, moi.\\nQuelqu un will be translated by Any or Anybody, in interro-\\ngative sentences. In this case it must be treated, when the\\nsubject of the sentence, like a noun, and repeated after the verb\\nin the form of the proper pronoun.\\nEx. L avez-vous dit quelqu un Have you told anybody\\nso?\\nQuelqu un est-il venu pendant mon absence Has anybody\\nbeen here during my absence\\nQuelqu un cannot be used in connection with a negation, in\\nwhich case personne must be substituted.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0417.jp2"}, "418": {"fulltext": "136\\nOX THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. I have not mentioned it to anybody, je ne Vai mention-\\nne personne.\\nAnybody, standing alone in English, and meaning, that there is\\nno choice, is rendered in French by n importe qui.\\nEx. As for me, you may tell it to anybody, quant moi, vous\\npourrez le dire n importe qui.\\nQuelqu un, also, represents the English one, followed by a\\nrelative pronoun.\\nEx. Je ne saurais estimer quelqu un qui agirait ainsi, I could\\nnot esteem one who could act so.\\nWhen this pronoun is referred to in the same sentence, this\\nis done by the reflexive pronoun se or soi.\\nEx. C est quelqu un qui ne pense qu a soi, that is some one\\nwho thinks only of himself.\\nQuelqu un s est tromp\u00c3\u00a9 en y allant, somebody has made\\na mistake by going there.\\nQuelqu un may be, secondly, used relatively, i. e. with refer-\\nence to a noun, and in that case it has a feminine as well as a\\nmasculine, and relates to things as well as to persons, but the\\npersons or things must be either mentioned in the same sen-\\ntence or at least represented by en.\\nEx. Connaissez-vous quelques-uns de ces messieurs Do you\\nknow any of these gentlemen\\nAvez-vous de ces \u00c3\u00a9toffes Je crois en avoir quelques-unes.\\nHave you these materials I believe I have some.\\nWhen accompanied by an adjective, quelqu un requires the\\naddition of de.\\nEx. Donnez-m en quelques uns de frais, give me some fresh\\nones.\\nQuelqu un always means so precisely some, in contradiction to\\nnone, that it cannot be used negatively. In such sentences aucun\\nis substituted.\\nEx. Have you not some to give me n en avez-vous aucun cl me\\ndonner?", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0418.jp2"}, "419": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n137\\nSome, repeated, is not translated by quelqu un, but in the fol-\\nlowing manner\\nEx. Some were good and some were bad, les uns \u00c3\u00a9taient bons,\\nles autres \u00c3\u00a9taient mauvais.\\nChacun, from the Latin quisque unies, is like quelqu un used\\nabsolutely, instead of a noun, or relatively, with reference to a\\nnoun. In the former case it means everybody or every one,\\nand occurs only in the masculine.\\nEx. Chacun croit avoir le sens commun, everybody thinks he\\nhas common sense.\\nJ^ai pay\u00c3\u00a9 chacun de mes cr\u00c3\u00a9anciers, I have paid every one\\nof my creditors.\\nAs a relative pronoun chacun occurs in the feminine also and\\nhas a distributive meaning, corresponding to the English each.\\nEx. Regardez s\u00c3\u00a9par\u00c3\u00a9ment chacune de ces m\u00c3\u00a9dailles, look at each\\nof these medals separately.\\nChacun de nous pendra son parti, each one of us will\\ndecide for himself.\\nThere is some difficulty in deciding when chacun is to be\\nrepresented by the singular pronoun son, sa and ses, or by the\\nplural pronoun leur. The decision depends entirely upon the\\nmeaning to be conveyed if the possessive pronoun refers to\\neach, individually, son must be used if it refers to each and all,\\ncollectively, leur must be used.\\nEx. Toi pny\u00c3\u00a9 ces hommes, a chacun sa part, I have paid these\\nmen, to each one his share.\\nLes langues ont, chacune, leur bizarrerie, languages have,\\neach one, their peculiarity.\\nSome additional aid may be obtained from the fact that son\\nis invariably employed when chacun is placed after the direct\\nobject of the verb, because in all such cases the latter has a dis-\\ntributive meaning, whilst leur will be used when chacun precedes\\nthe direct object.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0419.jp2"}, "420": {"fulltext": "138\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Ils ont anim\u00c3\u00a9 lew avis, chacun scion ses rues, ther have\\ngiven their opinion, each one according to bis views.\\nIls ont rempli chacun leur devoir, they have done their\\nduty, each one of them.\\nChacun may be represented in the same sentence by rY, but\\nif reflexive, se and soi only can be used.\\nEx. Chacun pense qu il le sait l j mieux, every bou y thinks he\\nknows best.\\nDims ces cas-l\u00c3\u00a0, chacun ne pense qua soi, in such cases\\neverybody thinks but of himself.\\nUn chacun and tout chacun are antiquated expressions, occur-\\nring in older authors, but not admissible now.\\nEx. Un chacun est chausse de son opinion, every one of us has\\nhis own opinion.\\nPersonne, which is also used as a noun, is employed as an\\nindefinite pronoun in the sense of anybody. It becomes nega-\\ntive, meaning nobody, only when accompanied by ne.\\nEx. Personne a-t-il \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 ici ce matin Has anybody been\\nhere this morning\\nNon, Monsieur au moins je nai vu personne, no, Sir;\\nat least I have seen nobody.\\nFollowed by an adjective, personne requires, like all pronouns,\\nthe preposition de.\\nEx. Dans ce sens-l\u00c3\u00a0 je ne connais personne d heureux, in that\\nsense 1 know nobody who is happy.\\nQuiconque, from the Latin quis and cunque, means whoever,\\nwhichever, etc., but can be used with reference to persons\\nonly. It has no plural, but it may be used with reference to\\nfeminine nouns, if they are mentioned in the same sentence.\\nEx. Quiconque r\u00c3\u00a9pand le sang des hommes, whoever spills\\nhuman blood.\\nQuiconque de vous, Mesdames, sera assez hardie, which-\\never of you, ladies, will be bold enough.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0420.jp2"}, "421": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n133\\nWhichever, etc., applied to things, are rendered in French by\\nthe demonstrative pronoun.\\nEx. Take whichever you want, prenez celui qui tous con\\nviendra.\\nRien, from the Latin accusative rem, means any thing, and\\nbecomes negative, with the meaning of nothing, only when ac-\\ncompanied by ne.\\nEx. Il Va fait srnis rien dire, he did it without saying any\\nthing.\\nRien de iilus f\u00c3\u00a2cheux est-il jamais arriv\u00c3\u00a9 Has any thing\\nmore provoking ever happened\\nJe lien suis rien et je ne veux rien savoir, I know nothing\\nof it and wish to know nothing.\\nRien is one of the few words which, being the direct object\\nof a verb., may be placed before the infinitive, and, for the pur-\\npose of great emphasis, even before the participle past.\\nEx. ne vaut rien, il ne sait rien faire, he is good for nothing,\\nhe cannot do any thing.\\nJe vous assure solennellement que je ne lai ai rien dit,\\nI assure you solemnly, I have told him nothing at all.\\nExercise.\\nSomebody told me that you left town and were living in the coun-\\ntry, but I hear so many stories now-a-days, that I have almost deter-\\nmined not to believe anybody. Had you spoken to anybody of your\\nplans, for they seem to be known by everybody I shall never be\\nable to trust one who was willing to betray his country when it was\\nin danger. Whoever expects a certain misfortune may already be con-\\nsidered as unhappy. He offered this reward to any one who would\\ndiscover the author of that atrocious murder, but nobody has yet\\nannounced I imself to claim the money. Has any one ever seriously\\ndoubted the existence of Grod? These flowers are very pretty, but\\nsome of them have thorns which hurt my hand. Several ladies had\\npromised to come, but some sent an excuse and others stayed away\\nwithout saying any thing. Try each one of your friends separately", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0421.jp2"}, "422": {"fulltext": "140 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nand vou will see how very few really sincere ones there are. They\\nbrought their offerings to the temple, each one according to his means\\nand his piety. Ca?sar and Pompey had each their merit, but they\\nwere different merits. Did jt u find any thing remarkable in the\\nworks of that author He left us without saying any thing, and con-\\nsequently nothing can be done to help him.\\n2. Indefinite Pronouns, which are always joined to a Noun.\\nQuelque, from the Latin qualisque, and its plural quelques,\\ncorrespond to the English Some, in the sense of a small quan-\\ntity, in the singular, and a small number, in the plural.\\nQuelque elides its final e only before un and autre, making\\nquelqu un and quelqu autre, somebody else.\\nEx. 77 doit avoir quelque passion secr\u00c3\u00a8te, he must have some\\nsecret passion.\\nQuelques crimes toujours pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8dent les grande crimes, some\\ncrimes always precede great crimes.\\nQuelque must be well distinguished from the partitive\\narticle, which always expresses a part of a whole, whilst quelque\\nmeans only one out of a number, or Some in contradistinction\\nto None.\\nEx. Vous aurez sans doute quelque argent, you will certainly\\nhave some money.\\nIl y aura peut-\u00c3\u00aatre quelque personne obligeante, there will\\nperhaps be some obliging person.\\nQuelque, meaning, like quelqu un, always distinctly Some, in\\ncontradistinction to None, cannot be used negatively, except in\\nquestions. Aucun is used for Some in negative sentences.\\nEx. N^y aurait il pas quelque brave homme? Might there not\\nbe some good fellow\\nQuelque unites with the noun chose, thing, to express Some-\\nthing, and is then treated as a masculine.\\nEx. J ai quelque chose de beau vous montrer, 1 have something\\npretty to show you.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0422.jp2"}, "423": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n141\\nChaque holds the same relation to chacun that quelque holds\\nto quelqu un, only it has of course no plural, as it means Each or\\nEvery.\\nEx. Chaque passion parle un diff\u00c3\u00a9rent langage, every passion\\nspeaks a different language.\\nA chaque jour suffit sa peine, each day has its own\\ntroubles.\\nQuelconque, from the Latin qualiscunque, corresponds to\\nthe English Whatever (it may be), and occurs only after a\\nnoun.\\nEx. 77 n y a chose quelconque qui puisse Vy obliger, there is\\nnothing whatever that could induce him.\\nUn homme quelconque aurait mieux fait, any man what-\\nsoever would have done better.\\nIn English, Any is often substituted for Whatever, and must\\nthen be translated by the same word.\\nEx. Vous pouvez me donner un livre quelconque, you may give\\nme any book.\\nIn mathematics, quelconque is used in the plural.\\nEx. Deux points quelconques \u00c3\u00a9tant donn\u00c3\u00a9s, any two points being\\ngiven.\\nCertain becomes a pronoun only in the sense of Some, and\\nmay in that case be preceded by the indefinite article.\\nEx. Certaines personnes nous en ont averti, some persons\\nhave warned us against it.\\nUn certain homme est venu nous le dire, a certain (some)\\nman came and told us so.\\nExercise.\\nSome ancient authors have maintained that doctrine, but in our\\nday it has long since been abandoned. Every age has its pleasure,\\nevery condition its charms good follows evil, and smiles follow tears.\\nWe went to see a certain person, who had assured us that he could cure", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0423.jp2"}, "424": {"fulltext": "142\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nus of this disease, but we found him to be an impostor. There is\\nalways sonic mystery about his movements, and his enemies intimate\\nthat he prefers it, because it gives him apparently a little more im-\\nportance. If we could find some house that would suit us in your\\nneighborhood we would take it immediately, but so far we have not\\nbeen able to find any. If I were you, I would take any house rather\\nthan to board with my wife and children; it is the saddest way\\nof living I know, to have no home. He told me, with tears in his\\neyes, that after having paid all his creditors, there would not be\\nleft him any thing whatever, but somebody else assured me that he\\nwas not quite so destitute.\\n3. Indefinite Pronouns used with or without a Noun.\\nAutre, from the Latin alter, corresponds to the English Other,\\nand precedes the nouns it qualifies, but follows other indefinite\\npronouns.\\nEx. Il ne croyait pas qu il y e\u00c3\u00bbt un autre inonde, he did not\\nbelieve there was another world.\\nIl faudra lui donner quelqiC autre m\u00c3\u00a9decine, you will have\\nto give him some other medicine.\\nRien autre ne me conviendrait, nothing else would suit me.\\nIt is, properly speaking, a genuine pronoun only when it is\\nnot accompanied by a noun, but acts as a substitute.\\nEx. Un autre ne vous parlerait pas si franchement, anybody\\nelse would not speak so openly to you.\\nAnother one, is simply translated by Another.\\nEx. You can give me now another one, vous pouvez m en donner\\nmaintenant un autre.\\nIt has already been mentioned that the plural form autres is\\noften added to the pronouns nous and vous, when a distinction\\nis to be established by nationality, profession or the like.\\nEx. Vous autres Anglais vous n en savez rien, you Englishmen\\nknow nothing of that.\\nNous y sommes accoutum\u00c3\u00a9s, nous autres m\u00c3\u00a9decins, we are\\nused to that, we who are physicians.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0424.jp2"}, "425": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n143\\nAutre chose, like quelque chose, is treated as a masculine.\\nEx. Consolez-vous, autre chose vous sera accord\u00c3\u00a9, console your-\\nself, something else will be granted you.\\nV an Vautre represents the English One another or Each\\nother, and may be used in both numbers and genders either\\njointly or separately.\\nEx. Il se ha\u00c3\u00afssent les uns les autres, they hate each other.\\n77 donne Van ce qu il retire Vautre, he grants to one\\nwhat he takes from the other.\\nIt must be borne in mind, that in English the preposition is\\nplaced before Each other or One another, whilst in French it\\nmust be placed between Pun and Vautre.\\nEx. They always speak badly of each other, ils m\u00c3\u00a9disent\\ntoujours Vun de Vautre,\\nWhat a pity to see them unchained against each other\\nQuelle piti\u00c3\u00a9 que de les voir d\u00c3\u00a9cha\u00c3\u00aen\u00c3\u00a9s les uns contre les\\nautres\\nAnother, when it means One more, must be translated by\\nencore un.\\nEx. I will lend you another hundred, if you want it, je vous\\npr\u00c3\u00aaterai encore une centaine, s il le faut.\\nVun et Vautre, represents the English Both, when united,\\nand requires the verb to be used in the plural.\\nEx. Van et Vautre rapportent les m\u00c3\u00aames circonstances, they\\nboth report the same facts.\\nWhen they are subject to a preposition, the latter must be\\nrepeated before each part.\\nEx. J ai satisfait Vune et Vautre objection, I have met\\nboth objections.\\nOn ne se sert gu\u00c3\u00a8re \u00c3\u00a9galement de V une et de Vautre main,\\nwe rarely use both hands alike.\\nWhen they are joined to a noun, the latter remains singular,\\nalthough it has a plural meaning.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0425.jp2"}, "426": {"fulltext": "144\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Ij un et Vautre climat lui conviennent peu, both climates\\ndo not suit him well.\\nAutrui, from the Latin alteri, is indeclinable, and applicable to\\nmen and women only, when they are taken in a general sense.\\nThe word is not used except as an indirect object, preceded by\\nprepositions.\\nEx. Attendez d autrui ce que vous faites a autrui, expect from\\nothers what you do unto others.\\nNous sommes prompts reprendre les fautes d autrui, we\\nare quick in blaming the faults of others.\\nNul y aucun and pas un represent the English No or None, and\\nhave, generally, the same meaning; still, there are certain ditfer-\\nrences to be noticed in the use which is made of these three\\npronouns.\\nNul and its feminine nulle is most frequently placed before\\nnouns, although nul is the only one of these pronouns which\\ncan be used as the subject of a verb, without accompanying\\na noun.\\nEx. Nul homme n est exempt du p\u00c3\u00a9ch\u00c3\u00a9 originel, no man is free\\nfrom hereditary sin.\\nV homme ne trouve nulle part son bonheur sur la terre,\\nman finds his happiness nowhere on earth.\\nNul n est content de sa fortune, no one is satisfied with\\nhis lot.\\nNul is used in the plural only in order to express null, of no\\nvalue.\\nEx. Toutes ces proc\u00c3\u00a9dures sont milles, all these proceedings\\namount to nothing.\\nAucun, from the Latin aliquis unus, has a negative meaning\\nonly when accompanied by ne, and then takes the place of\\nquelque.\\nEx. Aucun homme a-Uil jamais fait mieux lias any man\\never done better", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0426.jp2"}, "427": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n145\\nJe doute qu il y ait aucun auteur sans d\u00c3\u00a9faut, I doubt if\\nthere be any author without defect.\\nJe ne joue d? aucun instrument, I play on no instrument.\\nAucun may also be used in the plural when it accompanies\\nnouns which occur in the plural only.\\nEx. II Tb a fait aucuns pr\u00c3\u00a9paratifs pour son voyage, he has\\nmade no preparation for his journey.\\nPas un and pas une is the strongest of these negative pro-\\nnouns, meaning distinctly not one. It is used without a noun\\nonly in familiar style.\\nEx. Il n r y a pas une seule personne qui le sache, there is not a\\nsingle person who knows it.\\nU est aussi savant que pas un (familiar), he is as learned\\nas any one.\\nExercise.\\nWhen he had finished the account of Ms adventures in the Pyrenees,\\nthe boys who had listened very attentively, said Tell us something\\nelse now. There is not one of these books which I have not read, but\\nno book could ever keep me awake, when night fell. Is there any one\\nof all the painters who has better understood what artists call the\\nclair-obscur f Do not trouble yourself with the affairs of others, you\\nhave enough to do to save your own little fortune. Here are my\\nfather and my mother I have seen them both only once during the\\nlast year, and they themselves have not seen each other for the same\\ntime. People ought not to slander each other that is one of the\\nmeanest wrongs which they can commit, because it benefits no one\\nand always does much harm. These two nations have fought against\\neach other for many generations, but now they are good friends, and\\nhave learnt, both, to value the power of such a union. He has spared\\nno expense in making my sister comfortable, and when she was sick\\nhe did all for her that the most devoted husband could have done.\\nM\u00c3\u00aame, from the Latin metipsissimus (Italian medesimo y\\nSpanish mismo, French m\u00c3\u00aame), is an adjective, with the mean-", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0427.jp2"}, "428": {"fulltext": "146 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\ning of Same, an adverb with the meaning of Even, and a pronoun\\nonly when it stands instead of a noun or is placed after it in the\\nsignification of Even.\\nEx. Pierre et Cephas c est le m\u00c3\u00aame, Peter and Cephas are the\\nsame.\\nVos droits et les miens sont les m\u00c3\u00aames, your rights and\\nraine are the same.\\nLe roi m\u00c3\u00aame n oserait pas le faire, even the king would\\nnot dare do it.\\nThe conjunctions As and That, used after The same, are in\\nFrench expressed alike by que.\\nEx. Is this the same man that I saw yesterday Est-ce le\\nm\u00c3\u00aame homme que f ai vu hier?\\nRich men have the same end as poor men, les riches ont\\nla m\u00c3\u00aame Jin que les pauvres.\\nThe same as, when it means Like, is t ranslated by comme before\\nnouns and The same, when it stands alone, by de m\u00c3\u00aame.\\nEx. He treats me the same as his brother, il me traite comme\\nson fr\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nHe speaks and acts the same, il parle et agit de m\u00c3\u00aame.\\nTel, from the Latin talis, represents the English Such, but is\\nnot used like the latter with the indefinite article after it, but\\ntakes it before it. In the plural it requires the partitive article\\nde.\\nEx. Is it possible that such a man can succeed JEst-il pos-\\nsible qiCun tel homme puisse r\u00c3\u00a9ussir\\nSuch persons never know what they ought to do, de telles\\njK rsonnes ne savent jamais ce qu il faut faire.\\nSuch a, in interjections, cannot be expressed by tel, but by\\nthe adverb si before the adjective.\\nEx. She is such a beautiful woman C est une si belle femme\\nHe has told us such consoling words nous a dit des\\nparoles si consolantes", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0428.jp2"}, "429": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 147\\nSuch, before adjectives and followed by As, and consequently\\nexpressing a comparison, is translated not by tel, but like oiher\\ncomparisons.\\nEx. If I were in such a good condition as he, 67* moi, f\u00c3\u00aatais\\ndans une si bonne position comme lui.\\nSuch, before nouns and followed by As, is translated by teU\\nplaced after the noun.\\nEx. Such animals as this are dangerous, les animaux tels que\\ncelui-ci sont dangereux.\\nSuch as, is occasionally used in English with the meaning of\\nThose who, and must in that case be translated like the latter\\nphrase.\\nEx. Avoid such as may tempt you, \u00c3\u00a9vitez ceux qui peuvent vous\\ntenter.\\nTel is employed in proverbial expressions, without noun or\\narticle, to represent the English Many a one, in similar expres-\\nsions.\\nEx. Tel s\u00c3\u00a8me qui ne recueille pas, many a one sows who does\\nnot reap.\\nTel rit qui pleurera, many a one laughs who is going to\\nweep.\\nPlusieurs, which has no singular and means Several or Many,\\ncan be used without a noun only as subject to a verb in all\\nother relations it must be accompanied by a noun.\\nEx. Plusieurs se sont tromp\u00c3\u00a9s en voulant tromper les autres,\\nmany have deceived themselves, when they wished to\\ndeceive others.\\nOn le dit ainsi dans plusieurs journaux, it is said so in\\nseveral papers.\\nTout, from the Latin totus, which makes its plural in tous,\\nhas a variety of special significations, of which the following are\\nthe most important\\nTout, by itself, represents every thing or all things.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0429.jp2"}, "430": {"fulltext": "148 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Tout tombe, tout p\u00c3\u00a9rit autour de nous, all things fall and\\nperish around us.\\nTout \u00c3\u00a9tait ador\u00c3\u00a9 dans un si\u00c3\u00a8cle pa\u00c3\u00afen, every thing was\\nworshipped in a pagan age.\\nIn this signification it may, like rien, be placed before the\\ninfinitive and the participle past of the verb of which it is the\\ndirect object.\\nEx. Quand il Pa vu il lui a tout avou\u00c3\u00a9, when he saw him he\\nconfessed to him every thing.\\nMaintenant, cependant, il ne veut pas tout dire, now, how-\\never, he will not tell all (every thing).\\nIt must not be forgotten that when tout is followed by the\\nrelative pronoun, the antecedent in the form of ce must be\\nsupplied.\\nEx. All I know of it is this, tout ce que fen sais est ceci.\\nIs that all that embarrasses you Est-ce l\u00c3\u00a0 tout ce qui\\nvous embarrasse?\\nTous, by itself, represents everybody or all, and may be\\nused instead of the personal pronouns as weli as in addition to\\nthem.\\nEx. Tous s en allaient quand la c\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9monie fut finie, they all\\nwent away when the ceremony w r as over.\\nIls versaient tous des larmes, quand, le bateau fit eo/l\\nthey all shed tears when the vessel sailed.\\nTous, also, when followed by the relative pronoun, requires\\nthe addition of an antecedent.\\nEx. 1 have seen all who were there when it happened, fai vu\\ntous ceux qui \u00c3\u00a9taient l\u00c3\u00a0 quand cela arriva.\\nWhen the English All refers not indefinitely to nil, but to all\\nof a special class, as all at home, ail of a society, etc., it is\\ntranslated by tout le monde,\\nEx. How is everybody at home Comment se porte tout le\\nmonde chez vous", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0430.jp2"}, "431": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n149\\nHave they all come? Est-ce que tout ie monde est\\narriv\u00c3\u00a9\\nTout, before nouns, has a collective meaning, with the sig-\\nnification of The whole or All the, when it takes the article be-\\ntween itself and the noun.\\nEx. Tout V homme ne meurt pas, the whole of man does not\\ndie.\\nOn ne peut jamais voir tous les corps c\u00c3\u00a9lestes, we can\\nnever see all the celestial bodies.\\nIl a mang\u00c3\u00a9 toute une fortune, he has spent a whole\\nfortune.\\nTout, before nouns, has a distributive meaning, ^th the\\nsignification of Each or Every, when it takes no article but pre-\\ncedes the noun immediately.\\nEx. Tout citoyen doit servir son pays, every citizen must\\nserve his country.\\nTout homme qui aime la v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9 en est bless\u00c3\u00a9, every man\\nwho loves truth is offended by it.\\nWhen tout thus qualifies the name of a city, it remains mas-\\nculine, though the latter may be feminine.\\nEx. Tout Venise y \u00c3\u00a9tait, all Venice was there.\\nWhen tout qualifies a personal pronoun, subject or object of\\na verb, it is placed after the latter.\\nEx. They ail speak at once, Us parlent toits la fois.\\nIt appears that they have broken them all, il para\u00c3\u00aet qu il\\nles ont bris\u00c3\u00a9es toutes.\\nAll, is in English often followed by the preposition of, before\\nnouns or pronouns. Tins is not used in French, and tous is\\nplaced after the pronoun.\\nEx. Are all of these mon to follow us Tous ces hommes nous\\nsuivront-ils?\\nAll of you must do your duty, vous devrez faire tous votre\\ndevoir.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0431.jp2"}, "432": {"fulltext": "150\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nTous and toutes in definitions of time have the meaning of\\nEach or Every, with even greater force than chaque.\\nEx. Je le vois tous les matins qui se promen\u00c3\u00a9, I see him every\\nmorning taking a walk.\\nIl va nous V envoyer toutes les quatre semaines, he is going\\nto send it to us every four weeks.\\nTous and toutes, followed by the adverb tant, has the special\\nmeaning of As many as.\\nEx est ma\u00c3\u00aetre absolu de tous tant que nous sommes, he is\\nabsolute master of us all (as many as we are).\\nOn les a chass\u00c3\u00a9s tous tant qu ils furent, they have been\\ndriven off, every one of them.\\nExercise.\\nDo you know such a person I have never heard even such a\\nname, and know nothing of it. Such people always imagine that\\nthey are right and everybody else is w r rong; I dislike them even more\\nthan really disagreeable people. Several ladies had come to our house\\nand were waiting for my sister when the accident befell her, which,\\non the same day, deprived me and you of a beloved relative. He is\\nsuch a learned man that I would have thought him the best person\\nto fill that chair, but they have chosen another one. If I had been in\\nsuch a dangerous position, I would not have known how to help my-\\nself, and it is even likely that I would have perished miserably.\\nEvery good citizen must serve his country, the soldier with his blood,\\nthe priest with his zeal. All novelties in point of religion are dan-\\ngerous, but they ought not to be condemned too hastily on the con-\\ntrary, we oug|it to try them all, and perhaps something good may\\nresult from the examination. Any other place but a throne seems\\nunworthy of her, such is the loftiness of her mind and the majesty of\\nher appearance. That liberty has its limits, as well as every other\\nliberty. The whole evening was spent in singing and dancing, and\\nthev tell me they do this every evening for a week", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0432.jp2"}, "433": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n15i\\n4. Indefinite Pronouns followed by Que.\\nnumber of these indefinite pronouns are only used in con-\\nnection with a verb with which they are united by means of\\nthe conjunction que. They express, with one exception, the\\nEnglish word Ever, and as this is naturally suggestive, not of\\npositive facts, but of contingencies, they are followed by the\\nsubjunctive mood. The following are the most important of\\nthis class.\\nQui que ce soit, whoever, or anybody, any one.\\nEx. Faites entrer qui que ce soit qui me demande, admit any\\none who may ask for me.\\nQui que ce soit qui Von donne, on s en plaindra, to\\nwhomever it may be given, people will complain.\\nQuoi que ce soit, whatever, or any thing.\\nQuoi que ce soit qu on dise de moi, taisez-vous, whatever\\nthey may say of me, keep silence.\\nQuel que soil, with its feminine and plural forms, whoever\\nor whatever.\\nEx. Quel que soit le r\u00c3\u00a9sultat, nous y consentons, whatever the\\nresult may be, we agree to it.\\nJe le dirai ces dames quelles qu elles soient, I will tell it\\nthese ladies, whoever they may be.\\nQuelque que, with its plural quelques que. is used with a\\nnoun between the two parts, and then means Whatever.\\nEx. Quelques talents qu il ait, il n a pas de g\u00c3\u00a9nie, whatever\\ntalents he may have, he has no genius.\\nQuelque que, with an adjective between the two parts, has\\nthe meaning of However.\\nEx. Quelque grands que soient ces talents, il en ahu*e, how-\\never great his talents may be, he makes a bad use of\\nthem.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0433.jp2"}, "434": {"fulltext": "153 ON THE PAETS OF A SENTENCE.\\nTout que, with an adjective between the two parts, means\\nalso However, but it is the only one of these indefinite pronouns\\nwhich is followed by the verb in the indicative mood, as it\\nalways expresses a fact, and not a contingency.\\nEx. Tout \u00c3\u00a9loquent qu il est, il ne convainc pas, eloquent as he\\nis, he does not convince.\\nJe Cai vu tr\u00c3\u00a9bucher, tout savant qu il est, I have seen him\\nstumble, however learned he is.\\nIt must be noted that qui que ce soit and similar terms may,\\nof course, be followed by the past tense also.\\nEx. Qui que ce f\u00c3\u00bbt qui le demand\u00c3\u00a2t, il refusa toujours, who-\\never might ask for him, he always concealed himself.\\nQuoi que vous ayez fait, avouez-le franchement, whatever\\nyou may have done, confess it frankly.\\nWhatever, at the end of a sentence, must in French have its\\nproper verb supplied.\\nEx. I will grant you any favor whatever, je vous accorderai\\nquelque faveur que ce soit.\\nThe same expression in French answers for the English Some\\nor other.\\nEx. You can give me some book or other, vous pouvez me donner\\nquelque livre que ce soit.\\nThe same expression, finally, answers for the English Ever so,\\nfollowed by an adjective.\\nEx. I will accept any place, be it ever so humble, f accepterai\\nune place, quelque humble qu elle soit.\\nExercise.\\nA woman, whatever property she may bring to her husband s\\nhouse, soon ruins it, if she introduces there extravagance for which\\nno wealth can suffice. However powerful they may be, I do not fear\\nthem, for I have the right on my side, aud, in the end, that must\\nalways conquer. Whatever it maybe they ask of you, promise them\\nto do it but tell them, at the same time, that you cannot do any", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0434.jp2"}, "435": {"fulltext": "VEftBS.\\nthing whatever without the consent of your father. Whoever he\\nmay be, he ought not to have acted thus for, no man can do wrong,\\nwho has a conscience, without repenting it. Frivolous as she is, I\\ncan hardly think she would have treated her lover so badly, for\\nthere is dishonesty in breaking her solemn word. Do not fear the\\nempty power of men however powerful they may be, they are what\\nwe are. Whatever mortals may be, we must live among them, and a\\nfastidious man is unhappy through himself. This is a universal law,\\nand applies to all men I except from it nobody, whatever he be or\\ncan be. We ought never to speak evil of anybody whatever in his\\nabsence. Whatever merit we may have, we cannot, unless we possess\\nluck and protection at court, succeed in any thing whatsoever. We\\nshall do our duty, whatever you may say to the contrary and if we\\nreceive no other reward, we shall be content with the consciousness\\nof having done what we ought to have done.\\nCHAPTER V.\\nVERBS.\\nThe Verb has its name in French as in English from its im-\\nportance in a sentence it is verbnm, the Word, by eminence.\\nFor nouns simply name a person or an object, but do not con-\\nvey a thought it is only when we say something of this person\\nor object, when we use a verb, that an idea is communicated\\nfrom one person to another. A sentence, therefore, may consist\\nof a noun and a verb only, and will already fulfil the purposes\\nof language.\\nThe principal purpose of the verb is to affirm sonething, and\\nto qualify this affirmation by designating person, number, time\\nand mood. These four qualities of the verb are th e cause of its\\nvarious forms, and constitute what is commonly called their\\nconjugation.\\nThere are three Persons in the verb the first, or that of the\\nspeaker; the second, or that of the person spoken to an4 the", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0435.jp2"}, "436": {"fulltext": "154\\nOJS THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nthird, or that of the person spoken of. They are designated by\\ndifferent endings of the verb, and by the personal pronouns\\nplaced before it.\\nThere arc two Numbers in the verb, as in the noun, the\\nsingular and the plural, designated also by different endings of\\nthe verb and by the personal pronouns.\\nThere are two classes of Tenses, to express time viz., simnie\\ntenses, which are made from the root of the verb, as it is found\\nin the infinitive after cutting off the infinitive termination and\\ncompound tenses, which are formed by the aid of one of the\\ntwo auxiliary verbs, avoir or \u00c3\u00aatre, with the participle past of\\nthe verb.\\nThere are four Moods in the verb, to express the mood or\\nmanner of the action of the verb the Indicative, for all that is\\npositively asserted the Subjunctive, for what is mentioned only\\nas contingent; the Conditional, for actions subject to conditions\\nand the Imperative, for that which is ordered.\\nThe Infinitive, which is often called a mood, is in reality\\nnothing but the name of the verb.\\nDIFFERENT CLASSES OF VERBS.\\nVerbs are divided into different classes, according to the\\nnature of their signification.\\nActive Verbs express an action which has or may have a\\ndirect object. They are recognized as such by the power they\\nhave of placing quelqu un or quelque chose after the first per-\\nson of the present indicative. Thus chanter is an active verb,\\nbecause w e can say, Je chante quelque chose, I sing some-\\nthing; so is consoler, because we can sav, Jt console quelqu un,\\n1 comfort somebody but marcher is not an active verb, be-\\ncause we cannot say, Je marche quelqu un or quelque chose,\\nI march somebody or something.\\nPassive Verbs express that the subject of the verb undergoes", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0436.jp2"}, "437": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n155\\nits action and is its own direct object. Je suis consol\u00c3\u00a9, I am\\ncomforted, expresses that the subject, undergo comforting,\\nand am, therefore, the object of the action of comforting.\\nProperly speaking, there are no passive verbs iti French, be-\\ncause it has no power to make a verb passive by simply\\nchanging its form, as was the case in La in, where amare became\\npassive by being changed into amari, and amo by becoming\\namor. There are, therefore, various ways by which the French\\nendeavors to supply the loss of the Latin passive, of which the\\nfollowing are the most important:\\nVerbs are made passive\\n1. By the use of \u00c3\u00aatre with their participle past. Thus the\\nverb prot\u00c3\u00a9ger, to protect, is used actively in\\nLa loi prot\u00c3\u00a8ge tous les citoyens, the law protects all citizens,\\nand passively in\\nTous les citoyens sont prot\u00c3\u00a9g\u00c3\u00a9s par la loi, all citizens are pro-\\ntected by the law.\\nThis mode of forming a passive is admissible only with active\\nverbs, in cases where a real action has taken place the only\\nexception being the verb ob\u00c3\u00a9ir, to obey, which, though a neuter\\nverb, may be used passively est ob\u00c3\u00a9i, he is obeyed.\\n2. By the use of the reflexive pronoun se with the third per-\\nson, in all cases where other than active verbs are employed, or\\nwhere no real action takes place.\\nEx. Le bl\u00c3\u00a9 comment se vend-il maintenant How is wheat\\nsold now-a-days?\\nDe tels \u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9nements ne se rep\u00c3\u00a8tent pas, such events are not\\nrepeated.\\n3. By the use of the indefinite persoual pronoun on, when\\nthe agent of the action of the verb is either unknown or pur-\\nposely left undecided.\\nEx. On lit que le chol\u00c3\u00a9ra n y est pas, it is said that the\\ncholera is not there.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0437.jp2"}, "438": {"fulltext": "156\\nOis THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nOn craint la guerre qn ,nd elle vient de cesser, war is\\nfeared, when it has just ceased.\\nNeuter Verba express either an action which has no direct\\nobject, though it may have an indirect object with which it is\\nconnected by a preposition, or a mere state or condition. Thus\\nvenir, to come, expresses an action, but one which cannot have\\na direct object, as we cannot say venir quelqu l un or quelque\\nchose, to come somebody or something, though we may say\\nvenir de la ville, to come from town. Thus dormir, to sleep, is\\na neuter verb, because it expresses no action at all, but simply a\\nstate, in which man may be.\\nPronominal Verbs are all those which are accompanied in the\\ninfinitive by the reflexive pronoun se, and in all other parts of\\ntheir conjugation by two personal pronouns. They are\\nReflexive verbs, when the action of the verb reacts upon the\\nsubject. Se, in this case, is translated by one s self, and the second\\npronoun by myself, thyself, etc.\\nEx. Il faut se vaincre quand on s estime, we must conquer\\nourselves, if we esteem ourselves.\\nReciprocal verbs, when the aciion of the verb reacts mutually\\nupon subject and object. Se, in this case, is translated by Each\\nother, and so is the second pronoun.\\nEx. Ils allaient se battre et ils se tu\u00c3\u00a8rent, they went to fight\\neach other, and they killed each other.\\nPronominal verbs proper, when they are pronominal only in\\nFrench and not so in English. Se, in this case, and the second\\npronoun remain untranslated in English.\\nEx. Elle se repent de tout ce qu elle a. fait, she repents all she\\nhas done.\\n77 faut se d\u00c3\u00a9fier de ces gens-la, you ought to mistrust\\nthose people.\\nIt must not be forgotten that active verbs may become prono-\\nminal, and take the pronoun so in the infinitive and a second pro-", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0438.jp2"}, "439": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n157\\nnoun in the whole conjugation, when the personal pronouns are\\nsubstituted for possessive pronouns. They are then conjugated\\nwith \u00c3\u00aatre, like all pronominal verbs without exception.\\nEx. Elle est all\u00c3\u00a9e se laver les mains, she has gone to wash her\\nhands.\\nJe me suis casse la jambe en sautant, I have broken my leg\\nby jumping.\\nImpersonal Verbs express an action, the subject of which is\\nnot a person, but a vague, indefinite agency. They are used\\nonly in the third person singular, and the pronoun il, which\\nserves as subject, corresponds to the English It or There.\\nEx. Il convient que vous suiviez ses conseils, it is proper for you\\nto follow his advice.\\nIl y a un charme inconcevable dans sa voix, there is an\\nincomprehensible charm in her voice.\\nEvery thing that concerns the form of the verb has already\\nbeen mentioned in the First Part of this Grammar. It is only\\non the use of the verb, in connection with other words, that\\nadditional rules will be given here.\\nTHE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT.\\nThe subject of the verb is either a noun or a pronoun, and is\\nascertained by asking Who? with the aid of the verb. In the\\nsentence, la philosophie triomphe de tous les maux, philosophy\\ntriumphs over all evils, the question, Who triumphs will give\\nthe answer philosophy; and this noun is therefore the subject.\\nThe rule which directs the form of the verb in this relation is\\nsimply this\\nThe verb agrees with its subject in number and person.\\nEx. La religion veille sur les crimes secrets, les lois veillent sur\\nles crimes publics, religion guards against secret crimes,\\nthe laws against public crimes.\\nWhen a verb has two or more subjects it is put in the", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0439.jp2"}, "440": {"fulltext": "15S\\nOX THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nplural, provided the subjects arc not cither synonymous or\\nfinally summed up in one as the most important.\\nEx. Lui et elle viendront la campagne avec nous t he and she\\nwill come with us to the country.\\nBut:\\nSon courage, son intr\u00c3\u00a9pidit\u00c3\u00a9, \u00c3\u00a9tonnait tous, his courage,\\nhis intrepidity, amazed all.\\nUne parole, un sourire, un seul regard suffit, a word, a\\nsmile, a single look is enough.\\nWhen a verb has several subjects of different persons, the\\nso-called rule of grammatical precedence applies, i. e., the first\\nperson prevails over the second, and the second over the third.\\nEx. Vous et moi nous sommes contents de notre sort, you and\\nI are satisfied with our fate.\\nVous et lui vous savez la chose, you and he know the\\nthing.\\nWhen a verb has several subjects connected by ou. or, the\\nverb will be in the singular, when the nouns exclude one\\nanother, and in the plural, when they are represented as acting\\nboth, though alternately.\\nEx. Cest Cic\u00c3\u00aaron ou Demos th\u00c3\u00a8ne gui a dit cela, it is Gicero\\nor Demosthenes who has said so.\\nLe temps ou la. mort sont nos rem\u00c3\u00a8des, time or death are\\nour remedies.\\nWhen the two subjects are different persons, the verb must\\nalways be in the plural.\\nEx. (Test lui ou moi qui devrons le faire, it is he or I who\\nwill have to do it.\\nVous vous trompez, vous ou elle, you or she are mis-\\ntaken.\\nThe same rule applies to several subjects connected by ni,\\nneither nor; for here also the verb will be in the singular if\\nthe two nouns exclude each other, and in the plural when they\\nare jointly subjects of the verb.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0440.jp2"}, "441": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n159\\nEx. Ni Tun ni Vautre ri est mon p\u00c3\u00a8re, neither of the two is\\nmy father.\\nNi la douceur ni la force ne V \u00c3\u00a9branl\u00c3\u00a8rent, neither gentle-\\nness nor violence moved him.\\nWhen the two subjects are different persons, the verb, must\\nhere also be in the plural.\\nEx. Ni lui ni moi ne sommes coupables, neither he nor I are\\nguilty.\\nThe verb \u00c3\u00aatre placed between two nouns of different number,\\nis always put in the plural, but if the first should be in the\\nsingular, it requires the addition of ce.\\nEx. Ses enfants sont la seule consolation qui lui reste, her\\nchildren are the only comfort that remains to her.\\nSon seul orgueil ce sont ces en/ants, his only pride are his\\nchildren.\\nWhen the subject of a verb is un, one, followed by a genitive\\nplural, the verb is singular, when it refers distinctly to un, and\\nplural, when it refers in like manner to the plural. The mean-\\ning of the sentence alone determines, therefore, the form of the\\nverb.\\nEx. Est-ce un des soldats qui a fait cela Is it one of the\\nsoldiers who has done this\\nEst-ce un des soldats qui se sont si bien battus Is this\\none of the soldiers who have fought so well\\nPlus d un, more than one, is always followed by the singular,\\nin spite of its plural meaning, unless it should be repeated.\\nEx. Plus d un ami m en avait averti, more than one friend\\nhad warned me.\\nExercise.\\nYour father and mother have promised to take tea with us to-night,\\nwill you and your sister do us the favor to come with them Youth\\nand inexperience expose us to many mistakes and consequently to", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0441.jp2"}, "442": {"fulltext": "1G0\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nmuch suffering. The merchant, the workman, the priest, the soldier,\\nare all alike members of the State. A single word, a sigh, a glance\\nmay betray you. When you speak of such a sacrifice, you must not\\nforget that your interest, your honor, God, demands it of you, and you\\nought not to hesitate. Into whatever part of the known earth the\\ntempest or the wrath of some hostile god may have thrown him, I\\nshall know how to rescue him from it. It is thou or I who has done\\nthis who shall decide between us Either the king himself or his\\nminister will be held responsible for this fearful outrage against law\\nand justice but the process will be so tedious, that neither you nor\\nI will probably see the end of it. When I left the prison, my clothes,\\nmy papers, every thing was returned to me, and I found that all was\\nin perfect order. This is one of the tilings I valued least, and yet it is\\nalso one of the things that have most contributed to my happiness.\\nWhen a collective noun is the subject of a verb, its agree-\\nment depends upon the precise nature of the collective, and the\\nfollowing rales must be observed\\nWhen the collective noun consists of a single word, the verb\\nagrees with it in form, without regard to its meaning.\\nEx. Le comit\u00c3\u00a9 des finances a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 instruit, the finance commit-\\ntee has been instructed.\\nLe peuple Va d\u00c3\u00a9cid\u00c3\u00a9 par acclamation, the people have\\ndecided it by acclamation.\\nWhen the collective noun is followed by de with another\\nnoun, the verb will agree with that part of it to which it has\\nmore specially reference.\\nEx. La plupart du monde ne s en soucie pas, the majority of\\nthe world does not mind it.\\nQuantit\u00c3\u00a9 de gens ont dit cela, a number of people have\\nsaid so.\\nGrammarians generally make a difference between collectives\\ngeneral, which designate the totality of persons or things spoken\\nof, as an army, a people, a forest, a fleet, and collectives part-\\nitive, which designate only a partial collection, an indefinite", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0442.jp2"}, "443": {"fulltext": "YE RI S.\\n161\\n(but r ot the total) number of such persons or things, as a\\nmajority, a number, a crowd. The former are invariably\\naccompanied by the definite article or an adjective, which\\npoints them out as collectives general, while the latter are only\\npreceded by the indefinite article, with the exception of la\\nplupart, the majority. In this connection the following rule\\napplies\\nVerbs agree with the first word of collectives general, and\\nwith the second of collectives partitive.\\nEx. La pluralit\u00c3\u00a9 des ma\u00c3\u00aetres n est joas bonne, the majority of\\nmasters are not good.\\nLa plupart des animaux ont plus d agilit\u00c3\u00a9 que l homme,\\nmost animals have more agility than man.\\nIt must not be overlooked, however, that some collectives\\nmay be used in both senses, as general and as partitive, but\\nthey will always indicate this by the article which precedes\\nthem.\\nEx. Une bande de voleurs ont pill\u00c3\u00a9 le village, a band of robbers\\nhave plundered the village.\\nLa bande de voleurs, qui Va fait, a disparu, the band of\\nrobbers who did it has disappeared.\\nAdverbs of quantity, followed by a plural, determine the\\nnumber of the verb by precisely the same rule.\\nEx. Beaucoup d eux jouent au lieu d \u00c3\u00a9tudier, many of them\\nplay instead of studying.\\nCe peu de mots suffit pour ranimer V arm\u00c3\u00a9e, these few\\nwords sufficed to encourage the army.*\\nExercise.\\nBy the valor of Richard and those knights who emulated his bravery,\\nthe army of the Infidels was entirely destroyed, and the road to Jernsa\\nlem was open. They quote a number of words spoken by Spartan\\nwomen, that show remarkable courage and strength. I cannot think", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0443.jp2"}, "444": {"fulltext": "162\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nthat the majority of members can be so corrupt as to agree to such a\\nmeasure, which will only benefit themselves and cost the country\\nlarge sums. The majority of men remember much better the services\\nthey have rendered than those they have received from others. Few\\nprinces, in history, have earned the same character of kindness as\\nHenry IV., and yet he deserved it perhaps less than most of his ances-\\ntors. A troop of mountaineers held possession of the pass, and\\nalthough a perfect hail of balls fell upon them, they stood their\\nground. A number of men live from day to day as if they were im-\\nmortal, and apparently never think of the world to come. How many\\npersons have bought tickets in the lottery with the hope of obtaining\\nsome large prize, and how few have ever seen their hopes realized\\nThe Committee, it is said, cannot agree, and the matter will be\\nreported back to the Senate.\\nPLACE OF THE SUBJECT.\\nThe legitimate place of the subject of a verb is before it,\\nexcept in questions, which are expressed by placing it after the\\nverb. It lias already been stated that, if the subject of a ques-\\ntion is a noun, it is placed at the head of the sentence, and then\\nrepeated in the form of the proper pronoun after the verb.\\nEx. Cette femme est-elle vraiment la mere de ces enfants? Is\\ntit is woman really the mother of these children\\nAlso, that if the subject of a question is a pronoun, it must be\\njoined by a hyphen to the verb, and avoid the hiatus by the\\ninsertion of t, and the immediate succession of two mute e s by\\naccenting the first.\\nEx. A-t-on jamais vu une telle chose? Has such a thing ever\\nbeen seen\\nDuss\u00c3\u00a9-je \u00c3\u00aatre chass\u00c3\u00a9, je veux parler, even if I were to be\\ndriven away, I will speak.\\nThe manner in which the French express an emphatic con-\\ndition, like that of the last example, by placing the pronouns\\nafter the verbs \u00c3\u00aatre, avoir, and devoir, has been fully explained\\nunder the head of the personal pronouns*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0444.jp2"}, "445": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n103\\nThe subject is, however, occasionally p.iiced after the verb\\nfor special purposes, of which the following are the principal\\ninstances\\nIncidental sentences, showing that the words of another are\\nquoted, are formed by placing the subject after the verb.\\nEx. Tous les hommes sont fous, a dit Boileau, all men are\\nmad, Boileau has said.\\nEh bien, r\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9ta- t-il, pourquoi ne venez -vous pas? Well,\\nhe repeated, why don t you come\\nAfter certain adverbs, taken in an idiomatic sense, like ad-\\nverbs of place, of manner or conclusion, which, for that purpose,\\nare placed at the head of the sentence, the subject is placed after\\nthe verb.\\nEx. lei repose la Sainte C\u00c3\u00a9cile, here lies St. Cecilia.\\nAinsi se termina cette f\u00c3\u00a2cheuse affaire, thus ended this dis-\\nagreeable business.\\nEu vain le lui a-t-on offert deux fois, in vain they have\\noffered it to him twice.\\nSentences expressive of a strong wish employ for that pur-\\npose the subjunctive mood, followed by the subject.\\nEx. Puissent tous les peuples aimer la paix Oh that all\\nnations would love peace\\nIn relative constructions, as has been stated under the head\\nof relative pronouns, the subject follows the verb, because the\\nverb is oblig d to follow immediately the relative pronoun.\\nEx. Les conseils que nous donnent nos amis, the advice our\\nfriends give us.\\nJe ferai ce que nta dit votre fr\u00c3\u00a8re, I shall do what your\\nbrother told me.\\nIt must be borne in mind here, that when the verb is mono-\\nsyllabic, or the construction is in any manner likely to become\\ninvolved, as in negative questions, the simple interrogative form", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0445.jp2"}, "446": {"fulltext": "16\u00c3\u00a9 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nis not used in French, but the quest ion is asked by means of\\nest-ce que\\nEx. Est-ce que je dors ou est ce que je r\u00c3\u00aave Am I asleep or\\ndreaming\\nEst-ce que l agent ne l aurait pas fait f Could not the agent\\nhave done it\\nExercise.\\nEven if Caesar had not passed the Rubicon, he would probably have\\nended as he did, for his ambition would have led him to the same\\nmeasures, although it might have been by a different way. Per-\\nhaps the doctor was not at home, when your servant was there, or\\nperhaps he was fast asleep and did not hear the bell. In vain did we\\ntry to shake his resolution he was firm, and finally asked us not to\\nspeak to him any more about it thus ended our interview. We hear\\neagerly the advice which, those give us who know how to flatter our\\npassions, but we shut our ears to that which our true friends suggest\\nto us. Does such an answer offend you, or have you sufficient courage\\nto hear the truth Will business be better next winter Perhaps it\\nwill be, therefore I have laid in a large stock of merchandise, and\\npropose to buy even more, if I can obtain more money. His last\\nwords w r ere May you succeed in your enterprise you will always\\nhave my best wishes for your welfare. You will do, he said, what\\nyour father, whose memory you cannot honor too much, has told you,\\nand you will never be at fault. It is said he discovered by an acci-\\ndent what the greatest philosophers, with all their learning and their\\nresearch, had not found out.\\nTHE PLACE OF THE OBJECT.\\nThe legitimate place of the object of the verb is after it, when\\nit is a noun or a verb; and immediately before it. when it is a\\npronoun. The rules given on the place of personal pronouns,\\nwhen they are direct or indirect objects of the verb, must here\\nbe borne in mind.\\nEx. Respectez la, vieillesse, car vous serez vieux aussi, respect\\nold age, for you also will be old.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0446.jp2"}, "447": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n165\\nLa religion seule peut faire supporter de telles infortunes,\\nreligion alone can make us bear such misfortunes.\\nLes yeux de V amiti\u00c3\u00a9 se trompent rarement, the eyes of\\nfriendship are rarely deceived.\\nActive Verbs alone have a direct object, and only one if\\nthey have a second object, that can only be an indirect one.\\nHence, when an active verb has for its direct object a verb, the\\nnoun or pronoun, which is also connected with it, must neces-\\nsarily be an indirect object.\\nEx. Je lui ai entendu chanter cela souvent, I have often heard\\nhim sing that.\\nChanter, here, is the direct object, consequently Him must be\\ntranslated by lui.\\nIl a donn\u00c3\u00a9 le meilleur avis cet homme, he has given this\\nman the best advice.\\nPassive Verbs have an indirect object by means of the pre-\\npositions de or par the former is used when the action of the\\nverb is of a moral or mental nature, the latter, when it applies\\nto physical agencies.\\nEx. Elle est aim\u00c3\u00a9e de tout le monde, she is beloved by every-\\nbody.\\nU a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 vaincu par un nombre sup\u00c3\u00a9rieur, he has been\\nbeaten by superior numbers.\\nNeuter Verbs have no object at all, when they express a\\nmere state or condition, although they may be followed by a\\nword which has the appearance of an object, whilst it is in\\nreality but a repetition of their own meaning.\\nEx. Malgr\u00c3\u00a9 les soins des m\u00c3\u00a9decins elle languit toujours, in\\nspite of the care of the physicians she is still lan-\\nguishing.\\nDormir le sommeil des justes, to sleep the sleep of th\\njust.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0447.jp2"}, "448": {"fulltext": "166 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nOthei neuter verbs have an indirect object, with which they\\nare connected by different prepositions.\\nEx. Les exc\u00c3\u00a8s de tous les genres nuisent la sant\u00c3\u00a9, excess of\\nevery kind is injurious to health.\\nIl ne faut jamais m\u00c3\u00a9dire de son voisin, we must never\\nspeak ill of our neighbor.\\nPronominal verbs have for their object the personal pronoun\\nwith which they are connected. This may be the direct or the\\nindirect object, a difference which does not appear in the infin-\\nitive, where all such verbs have se, but in the conjugation.\\nEx. Est-ce qu il s est \u00c3\u00a9cart\u00c3\u00a9 du chemin droit (accus.) Has he\\nlost the right road\\nOn se reproche souvent trop tard, (dat.) We reproach our-\\nselves often too late.\\nImpersonal verbs have only an indirect object.\\nEx. Il convient a votre fr\u00c3\u00a8re de vous aider, it is proper for\\nyour brother to assist you.\\nThe only case in which the object is placed before its verb is\\nin questions, when the object is connected with an interrogative\\npronoun or adverb of quantity.\\nEx. Quel livre voulez-vous que je vous donne? What book do\\nyou want me to give you\\nCombien de ces enfants vont votre \u00c3\u00a9cole How many of\\nthese children go to your school\\nIf, in any other case, emphasis or any other motive should\\ninduce us to place the object before the verb, it must be\\nrepeated in its proper place with the verb, as a personal\\npronoun.\\nEx. That I knew before you told me of it, cela, je le savais\\navant que vous m en -parliez.\\nThese pictures I know, those I have never seen before,\\nces tableaux-ci, je les connais, quant ceux-l\u00c3\u00a0, je ne les\\nai jamais vus avant.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0448.jp2"}, "449": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n167\\nWhen two verbs have one and the same direct object, it is\\nfrequently though not necessarily placed after the fir^t verb\\nand repeated in the form of a pronoun with the second.\\nEx. Les voleurs pill\u00c3\u00a8rent et br\u00c3\u00bbl\u00c3\u00a8rent la maison, the robbers\\nplundered and burnt the house.\\nJ 1 ai \u00c3\u00a9crit la lettre et je l ai envoy\u00c3\u00a9e, I have written and\\nsent the letter.\\nExercise.\\nHe lias recommended this young man to study at some German\\nuniversity, because they teach students there to speak Latin. How\\nmuch money did you give him I gave your friend all I had ahout\\nme, which was not much, but I promised him more, if he should want\\nit. Those men I once saw on a steamboat in the United States, but I\\nhave never seen them again since. He struck and broke the pitcher,\\nwhilst he was so much excited that he did not know what he was\\ndoing. The first operation of the kind was made on Louis XIV. by a\\ncelebrated surgeon, whose fame has come down to our day. An\\nignorant and proud young man is despised by all who know him, and\\nis rarely beloved even by his nearest friends. Gunpowder was invented\\nin Germany by a shoemaker, if we may believe the legend, and shells\\nby a bishop of the same country. When I asked him if he was happy\\nnow, he replied very gruffly That you know as well as I I shall give\\nyou no answer.\\nTHE TENSES AND MOODS OP THE VERB.\\nI. THE INFINITIVE.\\nThe Infinitive, giving simply the meaning of the verb, is to\\nall intents and purposes a noun, which names the verb. Its\\ngeneral nature is the same as in English, except that it is not\\naccompanied in French by a particle, corresponding to the\\nEnglish To. The latter is required in English to mark words,\\nwhich are otherwise perfectly like nouns, as verbs, like The\\nlove and To love, The sleep and To sleep. In French, verbs", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0449.jp2"}, "450": {"fulltext": "168 ON THE PAETS OF A SENTENCE.\\nhaving a peculiar form need no such mark of distinction, and\\nhence the English to is translated only when it has the sig-\\nnification of In order to, or a similar one.\\nEx. He would like to please you in every thing, il voudrait\\nvous plaire en tout.\\nHe did it to please you, il Va fait pour vous plaire.\\nThe infinitive is so truly a noun, as the name of the verb,\\nthat it may be used with the definite and indefinite article.\\nEx. Ce n est pas la mort que je crains, c est le mourir, it is\\nnot death I fear, it is dying.\\nLa paix devient n\u00c3\u00a9cessaire, comme le manger et le boire,\\npeace becomes necessary, like eating and drinking.\\nThere are, however, peculiar purposes for which the infinitive\\nis used in French differently from the English usage, of which\\nthe following cases are the most important.\\nThe infinitive, simply, is used after all verbs of motion, instead\\nof the English conjunction And or the particle To.\\nEx. I went to see him, but he was not at home, f allai le voir,\\nmais il n \u00c3\u00a9tait pas chez lui.\\nGo and look for the doctor, wherever he may be, allez\\nchercher le m\u00c3\u00a9decin, partout o\u00c3\u00b9 il peut \u00c3\u00aatre.\\nThe infinitive, simply, is also used for the second of two verbs\\nfollowing each other immediately in the same tense.\\nEx. I thought I saw you in that store, je croyais vous voir\\ndans ce magasin.\\nThey imagined they had lost every thing by his failure,\\nils s imagin\u00c3\u00a8rent avoir tout perdu clans sa banque-\\nroute.\\nThe infinitive is used after all prepositions but one, instead of\\nthe participle present in English,\\nEx. Without saying a word he went away, sans dire moi il\\ns en alla.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0450.jp2"}, "451": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n169\\nHe never returned after having said farewell, il ne revint\\njamais a]?r\u00c3\u00a8s avoir dit adieu.\\nThe preposition en alone is used with the participle present\\nm the sense of By or While.\\nEx. He has succeeded only by working day and night, il n a\\nr\u00c3\u00a9ussi qu en travaillant jour et nuit.\\nShe fell asleep while reading the new novel, elle s endor-\\nmit en lisant le nouveau roman.\\nThe English preposition In is not translated by en, but by d\\nwith the infinitive.\\nEx. Je passe mon temps d lire et d \u00c3\u00a9crire, I spend my time in\\nreading and writing.\\nThe infinitive with de is used for a verb which is the imme-\\ndiate object of another verb, instead of the English participle\\npresent.\\nEx. Have you done reading this paper Avez-vous fini de\\nlire ce journal\\nShe will try pleasing you better next time, elle essayera\\nde vous plaire mieux la prochaine fois\\nThe English a, sometimes placed before such participles,\\nremains, of course, untranslated in French.\\nEx. He has gone a-shooting to-day, il est all\u00c3\u00a9 chasser aujour-\\nd hui.\\nWhen they saw him they burst out a-laughing, quand Us\\nle virent ils \u00c3\u00a9clat\u00c3\u00a8rent de rire.\\nThe infinitive, simply, is used for English participles that are\\nused as nouns, unless a French noun should express the same\\nidea.\\nEx. That is to say seeing is believing, c est comme qui dirait\\nvoir c est croire.\\nI am surprised to hear you do not like dancing,;^ suis\\nsurpris d apprendre que vous n aimez pas la danse.\\nThe infinitive, preceded by \u00c3\u00aatre has the power of the\\npassive verb in English.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0451.jp2"}, "452": {"fulltext": "170\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Cette maison est a louer de suite, this house is to be rented\\nout at once.\\nCes pauvres orphelins sont beaucoup plaindre, these poor\\norphans are much to be pitied.\\nIn placards and notices of every kind, the verb \u00c3\u00aatre is often\\nomitted. Hence louer, or vendre, means simply, For rent, or\\nFor sale, and continuer, at the end of a fragment of a story, To\\nbe continued.\\nThe infinitive is occasionally, by ellipsis, placed directly after\\nadverbs interrogative.\\nEx. Comment faire cela sans aide et sans argent How can\\nthis be done without help and without money\\nThe infinitive is used instead of the English participle present,\\nwhich qualifies the direct object of a preceding verb.\\nEx. I have seen your brother painting, fai vu peindre votre\\nfr\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nI have also heard him singing in a low voice, je Vax\\nentendu aussi chanter bas.\\nWhen the participle present belongs to a verb expressing an\\naction, it is preferable to translate it by the relative pronoun qui\\nwith the proper tense.\\nEx. I have met her walking in the street,^ Vai rencontr\u00c3\u00a9e qui\\nse promenait dans la rue.\\nThey have detected him hiding the stolen money, ils Vont\\nattrape qui cachait V argent vol\u00c3\u00a9.\\nThe English participle present, used as a noun, may be\\naccompanied by a possessive pronoun, as in the phrase, My\\nsaying so. This is utterly out of the question, and expressions of\\nthis kind must be entirely changed, so as to be in conformity\\nwith the rules above given.\\nEx. The reason of my saying so was this, la raison pourquoi\\nje l^ai dit fut ceci.\\nAs for his refusing to work, that does not matter, quant\\nce qiCil refuse de travailler, il rt importe.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0452.jp2"}, "453": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n171\\nThe English participle present, used as a noun, may also\\nenter into the composition of compound nouns. This is im-\\npossible in French, and the participle must be rendered by a\\nnoun or a verb in the infinitive.\\nEx. Where can T find the dancing-master O\u00c3\u00a0 pourrais-je\\ntrouver le ma\u00c3\u00aetre de danse?\\nI have mislaid my writing-paper, fai d\u00c3\u00a9plac\u00c3\u00a9 mon papier\\na \u00c3\u00a9crire.\\nIt must not be forgotten that the participle present cannot, as\\nin English, be used with the verb \u00c3\u00aatre, but that, instead, the\\nsimple verb is employed.\\nEx. He was reading when I saw him, il lisait quand, je le vis.\\nThe table at which I was sitting was a round one, la table\\no\u00c3\u00b9 je fus assis, \u00c3\u00a9tait ronde.\\nExercise.\\nI thought I knew every thing until I became his pupil, and then I\\nfound I had only commenced learning. He did it for the purpose of\\npleasing me, but he did not succeed, for I had expected hearing him\\nsing, and he would not do that. Eating, drinking and sleeping is all\\nshe has been doing this week, for she is too weak still for walking, or\\neven for riding out. He has gone and paid all his debts with the\\nmoney you gave him for having saved your plate during the fire.\\nThis little girl took great pains in knitting for her grandmother, but\\nshe did not understand sewing it up, and it all resulted in nothing. If\\nyou find any difficulty in doing this for me, you must not give your-\\nself any unnecessary trouble. I can easily find somebody else, who\\nwould like undertaking it for me. We could see the soldiers marching\\nup and down the square, but we were too far to hear the music. You\\nare always taking pleasure in teasing her but she is very gentle, and\\nyesterday, while going to church, she praised you lor your good\\nbehavior. You write so badly, you ought to take a good writing-\\nmaster and practise writing every day.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0453.jp2"}, "454": {"fulltext": "172\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nII. THE PRESENT TENSE.\\nThe present is used as in English to denote an action which\\nis now going on, or one which is immediately to follow or for\\nwhich preparations are being made.\\nEx. Dans ce moment je suis encore incertain, at this moment\\nI am yet undecided.\\nVous savez que je vais en France avec mon p\u00c3\u00a8re, you know\\nI am going to France with my father.\\nBut, when the future is not of this immediate nature, the\\nfuture must be used in French for the English present.\\nEx. I will tell him so, when I see him, je le lui dirai quand\\nje le verrai.\\nThe present is used instead of the English future after the\\nconjunction si, if, and is the only tense, besides the imperfect,\\nwhich can be used after si.\\nEx. I will pay him well if he will do it, je le payerai bien s il\\nle fait.\\nThe present is used in historical writing or in oratorical and\\nvery animated style, instead of the past tense, for the purpose\\nof greater liveliness and emphasis.\\nEx. C\u00c3\u00a9sar s avance, ses troupes se jettent sur Vennemi, Ca ar\\nadvances his troops throw themselves upon the\\nenemy.\\nLe malheureux! Il veut s enfuir, il est trop tard The\\nunhappy man He wants to flee it is too late\\nConjunctions which express a future like when, while, as\\nsoon as, etc, and others, which express a past like after,\\nbefore, etc., are frequently used in English with the present\\ntense. The French is more precise in these cases and requires\\nrespectively the past or the future after them.\\nEx. When he comes back, he will dine at once, quand il ren-\\ntrera, il va d\u00c3\u00aener de suite.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0454.jp2"}, "455": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n173\\nI will tell him as soon as T see h\u00c3\u00afm, je le lid dirai aussi-\\nt\u00c3\u00b4t queje le verrai.\\nHe ahvavs sleeps after he dines, il dort toujours apr\u00c3\u00a8s\\navoir d\u00c3\u00aen\u00c3\u00a9.\\nExercise.\\nHe loves peace, he blames all extremes, and enjoys the happy\\nchanges which take place under his benevolent rale. My friends are\\nall ready the boat is at the landing let us bid farewell, and we will\\nstart as soon as you have done w r eeping. I shall certainly punish him\\nif he does it again, for it is a bad habit, which must be overcome at\\nonce or it becomes his master. Will you be very glad when she be\\ncomes your brother s wife? I do not know yet, for I have never seen\\nher but I will tell you frankly how I like her after I have made her\\nacquaintance. Do not l^ave this place till he tells you to do so it is\\nvery important that somebody should be here to receive visitors in\\nhis absence. You can take a walk along the shore while I am re-\\nmaining by the boat to see that nobody steals the oars and our\\nclothes. If you will allow me to go away for a few minutes, I shall\\nbe very much obliged to you. It is not necessary for you to come\\nback till I am ready to accompany you.\\nIII. THE PAST TENSES.\\nThe French verb has three past tenses, which represent the\\nmeaning of the English two past tenses; hence, there arises\\nsome difficulty in knowing exactly which of the three to employ.\\nFortunately, the rules in French are very positive and at the\\nsame time very clear, so that very little attention suffices to\\nacquire the tact necessary for their use. Of the se three tenses,\\ntwo are simple\u00e2\u0080\u0094 the imperfect and the preterit definite and\\none is compound, the preterit indefinite.\\nThe Imperfect has its name from the fact that it refers to a\\npast action, the time of which is purposely left undecided in\\nitself, imperfect, but measured only by another action, begin-\\nning or ending at the same time.\\nEx. J pensais vous quand vous \u00c3\u00aates entr\u00c3\u00a9, I was thinking\\nof you when you came in.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0455.jp2"}, "456": {"fulltext": "174\\nOX THE PAETS OF A SENTENCE.\\nElle dormait profond\u00c3\u00a9ment, quand je cessai de lire, she\\nslept profoundly when I stopped reading.\\nIt is generally, though not necessarily, expressed in English\\nby the verb To be, with the participle present.\\nIts principal purposes are to express an action, which is\\ncontinued for a long time, and this is generally expressed iu\\nEnglish by I was, with the participle present.\\nEx. I was living ten years in that house, je vivais dix ans\\ndans cette maison.\\nI loved her so much, when she was with us Je V aimais\\ntant quand elle \u00c3\u00a9tait a ec nous\\nOr an action frequently repeated, and this is generally expressed\\nby I used to, etc.\\nEx. Formerly I used to read very little, autrefois je ne lisais\\nque fort peu.\\nThey used to come to see us every Sunday, ils venaient\\nnous voir tous les Dimanches.\\nThe imperfect expresses, thirdly, any past action, which is\\nnot designated definitely by any expression of time.\\nEx. Nous \u00c3\u00a9tions vainqueurs, we were victorious (so far).\\nC\u00c3\u00a9sar \u00c3\u00a9tait un des plus grands hommes, Caesar was one\\nof the greatest men.\\nJe ne savais pas cela, I did not know that (before).\\nThe imperfect is, as has already been stated, the only tense\\nwhich can be used after si, if, for any English tense except the\\npresent.\\nEx. If he were to come to-morrow, it would be too late, sHl\\nvenait demain, cela serait trop tard.\\nI would do it, if he should insist upon it, je le ferais, s il\\ninsistait.\\nThe Preterit Definite has its name from the fact that it\\nrefers to a past action, the time of which is well determined by\\nsome definition of time, and hence fully elapsed.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0456.jp2"}, "457": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n175\\nEx. Nous y all\u00c3\u00a2mes hier, we went there yesterday.\\nC est le m\u00c3\u00aame jour o\u00c3\u00b9 naquit Moli\u00c3\u00a8re, that is the same\\nday on which Moli\u00c3\u00a8re was born.\\nThe principal purposes of this tense are to express actions\\nwhich have ended completely, and hence it is the historical\\ntense of the French.\\nEx. Cette bataille fut livr\u00c3\u00a9e en 1812, this battle was fought in\\n1812.\\nCet infortun\u00c3\u00a9 roi expia ses crimes sur V\u00c3\u00a9chafaud, that most\\nunfortunate king expiated his crimes on the scaffold.\\nIt cannot, therefore, be used for actions accompanied by\\nwords, like This year, this week, etc., because these periods of\\ntime have not yet completely elapsed nor can it state what\\nhas been done to-day.\\nThe preterit definite is, secondly, used to express all past\\nactions accompanied by a definition of time, as the date, etc.\\nEx. Je rty arrivai que le quinze Juin, I only arrived there\\nthe fifteenth of June.\\nIl me le dit un jour que nous fumes ensemble, he told me\\nso one day when we were together.\\nThe Preterit Indefinite has its name from the fact that it\\nrefers to a past action, the time of which is not yet com-\\npletely elapsed, although the action itself has come to an end,\\nHence, this is the tense which expresses all actions accom-\\npanied by words like This year, this month, to-day, etc.\\nEx. Eavez-vous rencontr\u00c3\u00a9e ce matin Did you meet her this\\nmorning\\nJai eu la fi\u00c3\u00a8vre deux fois cette ann\u00c3\u00a9e, I had the fever twice\\nthis year.\\nIt is used, secondly, to express past actions, the effects o\\\\\\nwhich have not yet entirely passed away, or are at least repro\\nsen ted as still continuing.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0457.jp2"}, "458": {"fulltext": "176 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Avez-vous conclu votre march\u00c3\u00a9 avec cet homme Did you\\nclose your bargain with this man\\nLes Grecs nous ont donn\u00c3\u00a9 les Beaux Arts, the Greeks\\nhave given us the Fine Arts.\\nHence, past tenses accompanied by adverbs, like Always,\\noften, never, etc., will be expressed by the preterit indefinite,\\nbecause these adverbs extend the action indefinitely.\\nEx. J ai toujours craint qu il n en soit ainsi, I always feared it\\nmight be so.\\nIl n a jamais voulu nous avouer son crime, he never would\\nacknowledge his crime.\\nExercise.\\nWhilst we were at dinner, a band of musicians came into the room\\nthey played for several hours, until the time for the evening concert,\\nwhen they left the hotel. Louis XI. was a wise, but a wicked king\\nhe did many great acts and not a good one he suffered all his life\\nfrom jealousy and fear of being murdered. We used to sit on that\\nbench and look upon the lake every evening last summer we always\\nliked that place better than any other in this neighborhood. The\\nbattle was fought on the eighteenth of June it lasted for ten hours\\nabout noon the fate of the conflict changed, and finally our troops\\ngained a brilliant victory. Did you see him this morning going to\\nthe spring and filling a tumbler with its fresh and pure water for his\\ndaughter? No, I did not see him to-day, but I saw him yesterday\\nmorning. When we visited the beautiful castle at Pau, they showed\\nus a large room, and the servant said, with an air of great solemnity\\nIn this room Henry IV. was born We always hoped he would come\\nand bring his family with him, but whilst we were expecting him\\nhere, he had gone to the West. He came to this country late last\\nfall, and went on the first of December to the little farm of his son-in-\\nlaw, where he has been living ever since. We were playing a game\\nof billiards, when she came into the room and called her husband he\\nstopped playing at once, and since that time we have not played\\nanother game. His father gave him all he wanted as long as he saw\\nthat he reasonable in his wishes but when he found that there", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0458.jp2"}, "459": {"fulltext": "VKEBS.\\n177\\nwas no Limit to his extravagance, lie ceased supplying him with\\nmoney. If I were in his place, I would not think of it any more\\nthe money is lost, and it is of no avail to regret such losses. If it\\nshould be found again, even that would not make much difference,\\nfor the money was not his. When we reached the gate of the city,\\nwhich used to be open during the whole night, we found it shut, to\\nour surprise and as the watchman was sleeping, we did not rouse him\\nfor half an hour, during which we stood in the rain, wet and\\nshivering.\\nCOMPOUND PAST TENSES.\\nThe Pluperfect, formed of the imperfect of auxiliary verbs\\nwith the participle past, is used in precisely the same manner\\nas the imperfect itself, only with regard to a past action, which\\nprecedes another past action.\\nEx. X avais d\u00c3\u00a9je\u00c3\u00bbn\u00c3\u00a9, quand vous v\u00c3\u00aentes me demander, I had\\nbreakfasted when you came for me.\\nThe action of breakfasting, here, is represented not only as\\npast in itself, but as past previously to the other past action of\\nyour coming. This second action, however, need not be\\nspecially expressed it may be represented by a definition of\\ntime.\\nEx. Il avait fini son ouvrage minuit, he had finished his\\nwork at midnight.\\nThe pluperfect is employed, also, like the imperfect, for\\nactions accompanied in English by t\\\\e words thed to.\\nEx. I used to read as soon as I had dined, je lisais aussit\u00c3\u00b4t\\nque f avais d\u00c3\u00aen\u00c3\u00a9.\\nIt is, likewise, employed after si, if, because that conjunction\\ncannot be used with any other past tense but the imperfect, and\\nthe pluperfect contains the imperfect of the auxiliary verbs.\\nEx. S y il il avait pas fait cela, il aurait \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 perda, if he had\\nnot done that he would have been lost.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0459.jp2"}, "460": {"fulltext": "178\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nModern writers are disposed occasionally to substitute the\\nsubjunctive of the preterit anterior for tlie pluperfect, but it-\\nremains to be seen whether this elegant though bold form of ex-\\npression will be adopted by standard authors.\\nEx. S il e\u00c3\u00bbt \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 le chef, il y aurait peut-\u00c3\u00aatre rem\u00c3\u00a9di\u00c3\u00a9, if he had\\nbeen the commander, he might have mended it.\\nThe Preterit Anterior, formed of the preterit definite of\\nauxiliary verbs with the participle past, partakes again of the\\nnature of the simple preterit and expresses a past action, which\\nis immediately followed by another past action, so that it is\\nfully classed and marked as such by the second action, to which\\nit is anterior.\\nEx. Quand feus reconnu mon erreur, fen fus honteux, when\\nI had seen my error, I was ashamed of it.\\nIt will, likewise, be used whenever the time of the past\\naction is determined by a definition of time, or words like bien-\\nt\u00c3\u00b4t, soon de suite, at once, etc.\\nEx. JTeus bient\u00c3\u00b4t lu le billet de ma s\u00c5\u0093ur, I had soon read my\\nsister s note.\\nApr\u00c3\u00a8s V avoir saisi, il Veut renvers\u00c3\u00a9 en un instant, having\\nonce seized him, he had overthrown him in an instant.\\nHence, al o, it must be used after such conjunctions as ex-\\npress immediate, definite action, as quand, when aussit\u00c3\u00b4t que,\\nas soon as apr\u00c3\u00a8s que, after d\u00c3\u00a8s que, from the time that, etc.\\nEx. Aussit\u00c3\u00b4t que je V eus fini, je ni en allai, as soon as I had\\nfinished it. I went away.\\nD\u00c3\u00a8s que je Feus vu, je le soup\u00c3\u00a7onnais, as soon as I had\\nseen him, I suspected him.\\nThe so-called preterit anterior indefinite, mentioned by some\\ngrammarians, and formed from the preterit indefinite of the\\nauxiliary verbs with the participle past, is of such rare occurrence\\nthat it has not been specially mentioned. Foreigners do better to\\navoid using it altogether, and a noun or the infinitive is prefer-\\nable in all cases.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0460.jp2"}, "461": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n179\\nEx. Je Vai vu apr\u00c3\u00a8s que j ai etc d\u00c3\u00a9 je\u00c3\u00bbne ce matin, I saw liim\\nafter I had breakfasted tins morning.\\nOr, Je Vai vu apr\u00c3\u00a8s mon d\u00c3\u00a9jeuner ce matin.\\nExercise.\\nAs soon as I had heard of your misfortune, I took all the necessary\\nmeasures to come to your aid and when I had told my wife of my\\nintentions, I went to the depot and took the cars. He was not satis-\\nfied with the picture, but, after he had changed the sketch several\\ntimes, he gave it up in despair. We only stopped when we had\\nwalked halt-way, because we saw that we would not have arrived\\nthere before sunset, even if we had started before noon. When he\\nhad taken a hearty meal, at dinner or at supper, he used to sleep; and\\nthat habit injured his health so much, that he died before he had\\nreached the age of sixty. It was a great disappointment to the crowd\\nof curious people, who had gone to see the review when they reached\\nthe place they found that they had come too late, and that the troops\\nhad all returned to the barracks. When I was the first time in\\nRome, nothing had made a greater impression upon me than the\\nPope and the ceremonies of the Roman Church when I was there\\nlast year, the charm had lost its power, for I had become another\\nman. As soon as the matter had been reported to the police, they\\nhad gone to work to find out the thieves and hence, while you had as\\nyet heard nothing of the robbery, the criminals were already in\\nprison.\\nV. FUTURE AND CONDITIONAL.\\nThe Future simply expresses an action which is still to take\\nplace, as in English, and represents, therefore, the English\\nexpression I am going to occasionally.\\nEx. Nos corps resusciteront au jour dernier, our bodies will\\narise on the last day.\\nIl ne vous reconna\u00c3\u00aetra pas sous ce d\u00c3\u00a9guisement, he will\\nnot recognize yon in that disguise.\\nIt is employed als as a mild form of the imperative.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0461.jp2"}, "462": {"fulltext": "180\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Vous remercierez ce monsieur qid a tant fait pour vous,\\nyou will thank that gentleman, who has done so much\\nfor you.\\nIt is occasionally placed at the head of a sentence, before the\\nsubject, to convey a peculiar emphasis urged with doubt.\\nEx. Croira, qui voudra ce conte, moi je ne le peux pas, let those\\nwho choose, believe this story, I cannot.\\nThe Future Anterior, formed of the future of the auxiliary\\nverb with the participle past, expresses a future action which\\nwill precede another future action.\\nEx. Quand je serai r\u00c3\u00a9tafdi, j irai vous voir, when I am well\\nagain, I will come and see you.\\nJ aurai tout fait, quand vous rentrerez, I shall have done\\nevery thing, when you come back.\\nIt has been mentioned already with the remarks on the\\npresent, that the future must in French be used instead of the\\nEnglish present, after conjunctions which have a future mean-\\ning.\\nEx. Je le lui dirai aussit\u00c3\u00b4t que je le verrai, I will tell him so,\\nas soon as I see him.\\nviendra sans doute apr\u00c3\u00a8s qu il aura \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 chez nous, he\\nwill certainly come after he has been at our house.\\nIt must be borne in mind, here, that the English verbs Will\\nand Shall are used, now as independent verbs and now as aux-\\niliaries, to form the future. In the latter ease, they are, of course,\\nsimply translated by the French future in the former case they\\nmust be rendered by the verbs vouloir and devoir.\\nEx. He will come if he possibly can do it, il viendra s il le perd\\nfaire possible.\\nAsk him if he will come or not, demandez-lui s il veut venir\\nou non.\\nIt shall be done, Sir, to your satisfaction, il sera fait, Mon-\\nsieur, et vous en serez satisfait.\\nShall it be done to-day or to-morrow Doit-on le faire\\naujourd hui ou demain", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0462.jp2"}, "463": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n181\\nExercise.\\nI beg you, do what you can to keep him from going away now, for,\\nif he does so, he will surely lose the best opportunity he has ever had\\nof distinguishing himself. Let those who choose believe the historians\\nwho give this account of the great Alexander they give us nothing\\nbut fictions. What will he do if he lose his place he has no fortune\\nand he will have to work for his living. When the doctor left us he\\nsaid to the nurse, You will give her her medicine every two hours\\nand you will watch her sleep carefully, so that she is not disturbed by\\nany noise. If she sleeps through the night, she will escape the danger,\\nand her life is saved. I had no money about me, and told him I will\\npay your bill when you bring it to my house I shall be at home after\\nI have dined at the Club, and I shall not leave the house again until\\nto-morrow. He will have accomplished a great deed if he succeeds in\\nthis enterprise it will be recorded in history as one of the most\\ndaring things that have ever been undertaken by man.\\nThe Conditional expresses an action dependent on a con-\\ndition.\\nEx. Nous serions bien contents si nous en avions autant, we\\nwould be well pleased if we had as much.\\nThis condition, however, is not always expressed by si, if, or\\nat all, but may be understood.\\nEx. Dites-lui que je le verrais avec plaisir, mais que je suis\\nmalade, tell him I would see him with pleasure, but\\nthat I am sick.\\nJe serais f\u00c3\u00a2ch\u00c3\u00a9 de le trouver malade, I should be sorry to\\nfind him sick.\\nPourriez-vous le croire coupable d un tel forfait Could\\nyou think him guilty of such a crime\\nThe Conditional Anterior, formed of the conditional of the\\nauxiliary verb and the participle past, expresses an action thus\\ndependent, and preceding a condition.\\nEx. iP aurais fini si Von ne m? avait interrompu, I would have\\nfinished, if I had not been interrupted.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0463.jp2"}, "464": {"fulltext": "182\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nQue serait il arriv\u00c3\u00a9 s 7 il n \u00c3\u00a9tait pas venu? What would\\nhave happened if he had not come\\nInstead of this form of the past conditional, French authors\\nfrequently employ the subjunctive of the past, with the par-\\nticiple past, but the use of this form belongs more to elevated\\nthan to conversational style.\\nEx. S il m e\u00c3\u00bbt cru, il e\u00c3\u00bbt abandonn\u00c3\u00a9 V entreprise, if he had\\nbelieved me, he would have abandoned the enter-\\nprise.\\nThe French conditional can never be nsed, as in English, after\\nsi, if, but in its place the imperfect must be employed.\\nEx. If he should say yes, I would be delighted, s il disait que\\noui, je serais charm\u00c3\u00a9.\\nExercise.\\nI would prefer that you should read the letter yourself it was\\naddressed to you, and if I were to read it, your Mend might be dis-\\npleased. What would you do if he were to leave you alone in a dark\\nroom, after having told you such a ghost-story? I would not be much\\nafraid, for I have no fear of ghosts, and my parents have accustomed\\nme early to control my feelings. I would have told you so before, if\\nyou had consulted me, but you were so eager, that you would not ha ve\\npaid any attention to my words, if I had then spoken to you. Would\\nyon ever have suspected him of such vices, who had the appearance\\nof a most virtuous and honorable man I am sure that I would never\\nhave believed it, if anybody had told me so but now, Having seen it\\nwith my own eyes, it would be folly to doubt it any longer. If I could\\nsee her for a few minutes, I would be delighted, for I have not seen\\nher for two years, and it would be a great disappointment to me to\\nleave the country without saying good-bye to her.\\nVI. THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.\\nThe Imperative mood states the meaning o c the verb in the\\nmanner of commanding, entreating or permitting.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0464.jp2"}, "465": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n183\\nEx. Allez de suite chercher le m\u00c3\u00a9decin, go immediately for the\\ndoctor.\\nVeuillez agr\u00c3\u00a9er ones hommages, accept my respects.\\nFaites ce que vous voudrez, il importe peu, do what you\\nlike, it matters little.\\nThe French imperative expresses no pronoun as nominative,\\nas is sometimes done in English.\\nEx. Let us be prudent and we shall escape, soyons sages et\\nnous en \u00c3\u00a9chapperons.\\nThe first person singular is never used, because man does not\\ncommand himself in an audible tone he wills, and without con-\\nveying his will to himself, he acts. On the stage, however, and\\nin poetry, where his thoughts are clad in words, the first person\\nplural is used in monologues.\\nEx. Allons, vaincons nos passions Up, let me overcome my\\npassions.\\nThe third person of the imperative is borrowed from the\\nsubjunctive of the present, and hence is always preceded by the\\nconjunction que, as the first part of the sentence,^ veux, and\\nthe like, is understood.\\nEx. Qu il s en aille de suite ou je le chasserai, let him go\\naway instantly or I shall drive him off.\\nQu ils ne le fassent plus s il veulent que je leur pardonne,\\nlet them not do it again, if they wish to be forgiven.\\nVII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.\\nThe Subjunctive mood has its name from the fact that in form\\nand in meaning it is always subjoined, subordinate to another\\nidea for it never expresses any thing, that is, any positive action,\\nlike the indicative, but something that may be, a contingent\\naction. Now, what is contingent, depends upon something\\nelse, and this is the principal part of the proposition, of which", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0465.jp2"}, "466": {"fulltext": "184\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nthe verb in the subjunctive forms the subordinate part. The\\ntwo parts of the proposition must, like any two verbs, which\\nexpress distinct ideas and yet are brought into connection with\\neach other, be united by the conjunction que; and hence it\\ncomes that the subjunctive is never found in French unaccom-\\npanied by a conjunction. It would, however, be a grave error\\nto imagine that this conjunction governs the subjunctive it is\\nthe meaning given to the verb alone, which determines whether\\nit is to be used in the indicative or subjunctive mood, and the\\nsame conjunction may, therefore, be followed by either.\\nEx. Je doute qu il soit venu aujourd hui, I doubt whether he\\ncame to-day.\\nJe sais qu il est venu aujourd hui, I know he did come\\nto-day.\\nThe general rule for the use of the subjunctive mood is\\nsimply, that it must be employed whenever the meaning of the\\nverb is not positive but contingent, and consequently dependent\\non another part of the proposition.\\nThe tense of the subjunctive to be used is determined by the\\nso-called rule of the Sequence of Tenses, which has reference to\\nthe manner in which the tenses follow each other in the two\\nparts of the proposition. The principal part will contain the\\nindicative, which has five tenses the subordinate part, the\\nsubjunctive, which has only two tenses, the present and the\\npast: hence the necessity of precisely attributing the latter two\\nto the former five. The rule is this The present and future\\nof the indicative are followed by the subjunctive of the present;\\nthe past tenses and the conditional of the indicative are\\nfollowed by the subjunctive of the past.\\nEx. Il faut rYou have to do it.\\nIl faudra j V ue WUS Y ou will have to do it.\\nIl fallait que wm u j. sdez j to do it\\nIl fallut\\nIl a fallu c You have had to do it.\\nIl faudrait S 1 W vous fissiez, j you WQuld haye to do", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0466.jp2"}, "467": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\nt\\n185\\nThe general principle which determines the use of the sub-\\njunctive mood produces the following practical results\\n1. Verbs expressive of a wish, from the gentlest desire to the\\npositive command, and verbs expressive of fear or doubt, are\\nfollowed by the subjunctive, because whatever is wished,\\nordered, feared or doubted is not represented as actually being\\nthe case, but only as a thing that may or may not be, according\\nas the wish, fear or doubt is realized or not.\\nEx. Ta. veux qu en ta faveur on croie V impossible, thou wilt\\nhave us believe the impossible for thy sake.\\nJ attends tous les moments qu il vienne, I expect him to\\ncome any moment.\\nIl avait peur que je ne m en allasse de suite, he was afraid\\nI would go away at once.\\nDoutez-vous qu il y ait un Dieu? Do you doubt that\\nthere is a God\\nEven some of these verbs, however, may be followed by the\\nindicative, as e. g., the verbs, arr\u00c3\u00aater, to enact, commander, to\\ncommand, exiger, to require, etc., when they are used in laws of\\nthe country or orders of the Government, because then they\\nadmit of no contingency, but state what must positively be\\ndone.\\nEx. Arr\u00c3\u00aate que la cour s assemblera demain, it is enacted that\\nthe court will meet to morrow.\\n2. Verbs expressive of what exists only in our mind, as pen-\\nser, to think, soutenir, to maintain, soup\u00c3\u00a7onner, to suspect,\\nesp\u00c3\u00a9rer, to hope, parier, to bet, s imaginer, to imagine, and all\\nwith similar meaning, are followed by the subjunctive, because\\nwhat we only think, imagine, suspect, etc., is likewise represented\\nnot as actual but only as possible.\\nEx. Pensez-vous qu il soit d\u00c3\u00a9j\u00c3\u00a0 sorti? Do you think he has\\nalready gone ou*", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0467.jp2"}, "468": {"fulltext": "186 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nIls s* Imaginent que tous soient m\u00c3\u00a9chants comme eux, they\\nfancy everybody is as wicked as they.\\nJe ne crois pas qu il fait dit, I do not think he said so.\\nBut, whenever these same verbs are employed to state our\\nconviction or some positive fact, they must be followed by the\\nindicative.\\nEx. Je pense que vous avez appris cela bien, I think you have\\n(positively) learnt this well.\\nSongez qu on veut vous perdre et ne n\u00c3\u00a9gligez rien, think\\nthat they want to ruin you, and neglect nothing.\\nJe crois qu il y a un Dieu qui m a, cr\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a9, I believe that\\nthere is a God who has created me.\\n3. Impersonal verbs which express duty, satisfaction, etc., and\\nthe verb \u00c3\u00aatre used impersonally before adjectives of similar\\nmeaning, are followed by the subjunctive.\\nEx. 77 importe qu on le lui fasse savoir en secret, it is impor-\\ntant he should be informed of it secretly.\\nII est possible quelle ne soit plus jeune, it is possible she\\nmay be no longer young.\\nIl \u00c3\u00a9tait triste qu on Veut abandonn\u00c3\u00a9e ainsi, it was sad she\\nshould have been left thus.\\nBut if these impersonal verbs or the adjective after \u00c3\u00aatre have\\nor assume a positive meaning, the indicative will here also be\\nsubstituted for the subjunctive.\\nEx. Il para\u00c3\u00aet qu il est venu apr\u00c3\u00a8s tout, it appears he did come\\nafter all.\\nII est \u00c3\u00a9vident qu il n est plus riche, it is evident he is no\\nlonger rich.\\nII arrive souver 4 qu on est tromp\u00c3\u00a9, it often happens that\\nwe are mistaken.\\nSeveral verbs have two significations, and are, in accordance", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0468.jp2"}, "469": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 1S7\\nwilli these, followed either by the indicative or the subjunctive\\nThe principal verbs of this class are\\nAttendre que, to wait until,\\nentendre y to require,\\npr\u00c3\u00a9tendre, to expect,\\nsupposer, to suppose,\\nsembler, to seem (and not to be),\\nattendre, to expect,\\nentendre, to hear, understand,\\npr\u00c3\u00a9tendre, to maintain,\\nsupposer, to admit,\\nsembler, to seem (and to be so),\\nwith the subjunctive.\\nwith the indicative.\\nEx. Il semble que ce mal soit sans rem\u00c3\u00a8de, it looks as if this dis-\\nease is incurable.\\nIl semble qu elle a vraiment \u00c3\u00a9pous\u00c3\u00a9 cet homme, it seems she\\nhas actually married that man.\\nAttendez qu il vienne et je vous pr\u00c3\u00a9senterai, wait till he\\ncomes and I will introduce you.\\nJ attends qu il est mort hier, I expect he did die yesterday.\\n4. Relative superlatives, which state the highest degree of a\\nquality, not as it is absolutely, but relatively to what may be,\\nwords of the same meaning, as premier, principal, unique, seul,\\netc., and indefinite pronouns followed by a relative pronoun,\\nrequire the subjunctive after them, because of the vague and\\nindefinite meaning which they necessarily give to that part of\\nthe proposition.\\nEx. Cest la plus belle femme que faie jamais vue, she is the\\nfinest woman I have ever seen.\\nLe seul homme qui soit plus grand que sa r\u00c3\u00a9putation, the\\nonly man who is greater than his reputation.\\nJe voudrais voir quelqu un qui put mieux faire, I should\\nlike to see any one who could do better.\\ny a peu de gens qui en sachent autant, there are few\\npeople who know as much.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0469.jp2"}, "470": {"fulltext": "18S\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nBat hero, also, the meaning* may be a positive one, and then\\nthe indicative is required.\\nEx. Peu de gens qui Vont essay\u00c3\u00a9 ont r\u00c3\u00a9ussi, few who have\\ntried it have succeeded.\\nJ ai vu quelqu un qui le conna\u00c3\u00aet de vue, I have seen\\nsomebody who knows him by sight.\\n5. Verbs expressive of fear, from mere apprehension to\\ntrembling, etc., and of denial of any kind, are not only followed\\nby the verb in the subjunctive mood, but the verb must also be\\npreceded by the negative particle ne.\\nEx. Elle nie qu elle ne Vait vu hier, she d\u00c3\u00a9nies having seen\\nhim yesterday.\\nJe c?*ains qu on ne soit venu trop tard, I fear they have\\ncome too late.\\nNe tremblez-vous pas que Dieu ne vous punisse? Do you\\nnot tremble lest God should punish you\\nVerbs of fear, etc., used negatively, are not followed by ne.\\nEx. Je n ai pas peur qu il s enfuie, I do not fear that he will\\nflee.\\nThe verbs emp\u00c3\u00aacher, to prevent, \u00c3\u00a9viter, to avoid, and prendre\\ngarde, to take care, are likewise followed by the subjunctive\\nwith ne.\\nEx. emp\u00c3\u00aachera qu on n aille trop vite, he will prevent their\\ngoing too fast.\\nPrenez-garde que vous ne tombiez l\u00c3\u00a0 Take care not to\\nfall there.\\n6. There are, finally, certain conjunctions which are followed\\nby the subjunctive, not from any power of their own to govern\\nthat mood, as it is often erroneously expressed, but from the\\nfact that their meaning is such as to apply only to contingent\\nac;ions or events. Such are avant que, before, bien que, although,\\npour ou que, provided that, mit que, be it that, moins que,\\nunless, etc.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0470.jp2"}, "471": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n189\\nEx. Avant que V empire \u00c3\u00a9prouv\u00c3\u00a2t sa puissance, before tlie\\nEmpire felt his power.\\nPourvu qu il ne le sache pas, il ne fera rien, provided that\\nhe does not know it, he will do nothing.\\nA moins que vous ne pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9riez rester ici, unless you should\\nprefer staying here.\\nIt will have been seen, from all the examples given, that the\\nconstruction of the subjunctive in French differs essentially\\nfrom that in English. In the former, the connection 01\\nthe two parts of the proposition by que is the rule in the\\nlatter, the infinitive or the participle present can be substituted.\\nThus, for the phrase, Je n aime pas qu il vienne ici, the English\\nmay be I do not like it that he comes here, or, I do not like\\nhim to come here, or, I do not like his coming here.\\nThe general rule on the subject is, that, with the limited ex-\\nceptions which will be mentioned hereafter, all such construc-\\ntions must be rendered in French by means of que and the\\nsubjunctive.\\nEx. I was afraid of his betraying his secret, f avais peur qu il\\nne r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a2t son secret.\\nWould you wish him to be presented to you Voudriez-\\nvous qu on vous le pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\u00c3\u00a2t\\nBut the infinitive may be used in French also\\n1. When the subject of the two verbs in the two parts of\\nthe proposition is one and the same.\\nEx. Il veut avoir raison contre tout le monde, he wants to be\\nright against everybody.\\n77 a consenti abandonner le proc\u00c3\u00a8s, he has consented to\\nabandon the lawsuit.\\nVerbs which take ne after them before the subjunctive, do not\\nadd it before the infinitive.\\nEx. Il craignait toujours de tomber, he was always afraid of\\nfalling.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0471.jp2"}, "472": {"fulltext": "190 ON THE PAKTS OF A SENTENCE.\\n2. Verbs expressing command, consent, or obligation, in\\npersonal verbs, and \u00c3\u00aatre with an adjective, may, in simpl\\nphrases, be followed by the infinitive with de.\\nEx. Lui permettrez-vous d^y aller Will you permit him to\\ngo there\\nOn Va forc\u00c3\u00a9 de se taire, they have compelled him to keep\\nquiet.\\nIl est doux de rentrer chez soi, it is pleasant to return\\nhome.\\nWhen que with the subjunctive is followed by another que, as\\nin comparisons, the last que must have de after it.\\nEx. Il voudrait mieux que vous partissiez que de rester avec elle,\\nit would be better for you to leave than to stay with her.\\n3. Some of those conjunctions which were mentioned before\\nas apt to be followed by the subjunctive, like avant que, afin\\nque, moins que, de peur que, en cas que, and loin que, may also\\nbe followed by the infinitive with de, and pou?-, for, and sans,\\nwithout, or by the infinitive without de, whenever the subject of\\nthe two parts of the proposition, which they connect, is the\\nsame.\\nEx. Je vous le dirai avant de quitter ces lieux, I will tell you\\nbefore leaving here.\\nIl Va fait surtout afin de plaire ses parents, he did it\\nmainly in order to please his parents.\\nIl le cachait pour le garder contre les soldats, he hid it to\\nkeep it from the soldiers.\\nAvant que is by many authors used with ne before the subjunc-\\ntive, when it refers to a future action which is yet uncertain.\\nEx. On aurait d\u00c3\u00bb le faire avant qu il mourut (certain), it ought\\nto have been done before he died.\\nOn devrait le faire avant qu il n f arriv\u00c3\u00a2t, it ought to be\\ndone before he could come.\\nUntil, followed by a verb, is translated by jusqu ce que, and\\nrequires the subjunctive for contingent, the indicative for positive\\nand certain actions.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0472.jp2"}, "473": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n191\\nEx. J ai caus\u00c3\u00a9 avec elle jusqu ce qu elle s endormit, I talked\\nto her until she fell asleep.\\nIl promit d attendre jusqu ce qu il fut rentre, he promised\\nto wait until he should come back.\\nWhen two verbs succeed each other, subject to the same\\nconjunction, the latter must be repeated before the second verb,\\nbut only in the form of que, which also takes the place of si, if,\\nto be thus repeated.\\nEx. Il sera assez pourvu quil vienne et qu il vous voie, it will\\nbe enough, so he comes and sees you.\\nSi Von vient et qu on me demande, if anybody comes and.\\nasks for me.\\nThere are, finally, a few cases in French, in which the general\\nrule that the subjunctive always forms the secondary dependent\\npart of a proposition, seems to be disregarded. With one ex-\\nception such constructions are elliptical, and therefore only in\\nappearance different from the general form. They are the fol-\\nlowing.\\n1. The imperative and emphatic wish is expressed by que\\nwith the subjunctive, the word of command or wish being\\nomitted but understood.\\nEx. (Je veux) Que chacun reste h sa place Let everybody\\nremain in his seat\\nQue Dieu vous pardonne, la Justice ne le peut pas, may\\nGod pardon you, Justice cannot pardon you.\\n2. In a few proverbial or technical expressions, not only the\\npreceding verb, but even que is by ellipsis omitted.\\nEx. Vive V Empereur! Vive le prince imperial Long live\\nthe Emperor Long life to the Imperial Prince\\nFais ton devoir, arrive que voudra Do your dutv, hap-\\npen what may\\nThe use of the subjunctive of certain verbs instead of the con-\\nditional construction with si, f, has already been explained.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0473.jp2"}, "474": {"fulltext": "192\\nOK THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\n3. The only true exception to the general rule is the first\\nperson of the subjunctive present of the verb savoir, to know,\\nwhich is used without being preceded by or dependent on a\\nprevious verb.\\nEx. Sera-i-il ici? Pas que je sache. Will he be here Not\\nthat I know.\\nJe ne sache rien qui me plairait mieux que cela, I know\\nnothing that would please me better than that.\\nJe ne sache que ce g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral qui puisse la commander, I\\nknow but this one general who could command it.\\nExercise.\\nThe soldiers cried out, with one voice Permit us to die before your\\neyes, fighting for your glory and your name Do you really wish me\\nto flee and to avoid you hereafter We had intended to have a\\npleasant pic-nic this afternoon, but the rain prevented our going to\\nthe forest, where it was the intention that all should collect. I prefer\\nthat he should be unhappy rather than that lie should commit so\\ngreat a wrong. He is astonished that people should have been able\\nto live in such times, and to suffer as much as these unfortunate beings\\nhave suffered during the war. Do you think that in creating a repub-\\nlic of bees, God would not instruct kings to rule with gentleness and\\nsubjects to obey with willingness Do you suspect it was one of your\\nservants who has robbed you of your money, or did you not rather\\nthink it was a person from the neighborhood He doubted that it\\nwould rain this morning, but when we awoke, we thought we heard\\nit patter against the window-panes. I do not mean you to make any\\nexpense on my account, or to send and buy any thing for me. It is\\nbetter he should not do it at all than to do it by halves. Sir, it is\\nimpossible that you should have seen him to-day, for he was sick and in\\nbed when I left him this morning, and the doctor doubted whether\\nhe would ever be able to go out again. It is clear that you have been\\nmistaken when you imagined lie was in your house and talking to\\nyour friends in the parlor.\\nIt seems he wished to publish a book on that subject, but no book-\\nseller was willing to undertake the enterprise, as it would have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0474.jp2"}, "475": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n193\\nrequired a large sum of money. It looks as if he had foreseen all the\\ndifficulties, for he had made his will and desired it to be deposited in\\nbank. He was the most learned man Russia had ever produced, and\\nhe received all the honors which were due only to the man who then\\nshed such lustre upon a half barbarous nation. There are few people\\nwho know how to enjoy themselves in a simple, unpretending way\\nmost of the amusements which we enjoy, cost more than they are\\nworth. Let all the men step on one side and all the women remain on\\nthe other side then ]et them advance, one by one, and receive their\\nwages. This was done, so that there might be no confusion, for the\\ncrowd was very large, and it was feared some tumult might arise amid\\nso great an assemblage but all went off better than had been\\nexpected. He denies ever having taken opium for such purposes,\\nbut he admits having been forced to eat large quantities, when he\\nwas sick and in the hands of a poor physician. I am not afraid that\\nhe will escape from jail, for he is far too anxious that he should be\\ntried and his innocence be established.\\nThis prevented our going abroad for this year, but we hope, if no\\nmisfortune overtakes us, that another year will see us all assembled\\nat the paternal hearth of our native land. Take care not to forget\\nthe letters which must be written before the mail leaves if I were\\nyou, I would not wait until there is but half an hour s time before its\\nclose. I hope we shall be safe before the tempest breaks out, for the\\nboat is fast, and the little port, for which we are all bound, only a few\\nmiles distant. I will give him the money he wants, provided he will\\npromise me to repay it before he goes away. Be it that there really\\nwas not enough or that they had not the good-will to be liberal, they\\ngave us very little. Were you not afraid of her succumbing to the\\nviolence of the attack, especially as there was no doctor to whom you\\ncould apply at once for assistance I must confess, I was afraid she\\nmight die at any moment, but I also knew that her life was in God s\\nhands, and thus my mind was less disturbed.\\nWould he wish me to come instantly asked the man and when\\nhe understood that he was wanted on the spot, he did not even say\\ngood-bye to his family, but went with the messenger, that he might\\nsee and relieve the sufferer. When the king saw the reluctance of his", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0475.jp2"}, "476": {"fulltext": "194\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nministers to sign the proclamation, lie said in an angry tone\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I\\nwill be obeyed and after that all resistance was in vain. Louis XL\\nalways feared to be murdered by poison or by the dagger, and sur-\\nrounded himself with guards on all sides but his one great enemy,\\nDeath, found him when he least expected him. It is odd to see the\\nfather and the son- together they resemble each other so closely, and\\nthe former looks so young and the latter so old, that it seems as if\\nthey were brothers rather. You must tell me your secret before leav-\\ning my room, for I burn to know it, and I will not let you go until\\nyou have told me all. Unless he should spend all his money and be\\nreduced to poverty, he will never consent to his father s conditions,\\nfor I do not know anybody who is more obstinate than he. When\\nthey asked him if anybody had been at the house, he answered in a\\nvery rude manner, Nobody, that I know of, and went away.\\nVIII. THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT.\\nThe Participle Present presents some difficulties on account\\nof its double nature, as a part of the verb from which it derives\\nits form, its meaning and its regimen, and as an adjective, the\\nfunctions of which it performs by expressing a quality. To do\\nthis, the participle present, which invariably ends in ant, as-\\nsumes a feminine form in mute e and a plural form in s.\\nThe general rule on the use of this participle is this\\nThe participle present is declined, when it serves as an ad-\\njective, so as to agree in gender and number with the noun it\\nqualifies it is left unchanged when it serves as a verb.\\nIn order to know when it is an adjective and when a verb,\\nit need only be inquired if it express a quality, and then it is\\nthe former or if it express an action and have an object, and\\nthen it is a verb.\\nEx. J 1 ai vu souvent cette dame charmante, I have often seen\\nthis charming lady (quality).\\nJ 1 ai vu souvent cette darne charment tout un cercle (action),\\nI have often seen this lady charming a whole crowd.\\nUne ceinture brillante de pierres pr\u00c3\u00a9cieuses, a belt shining\\nwith precious stones.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0476.jp2"}, "477": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n195\\nIt must not be forgotten that participles as adjectives are sub-\\nject to a special rule as to their place, and invariably follow the\\nnoun they qualify.\\nSeveral rules requiring the English participle present to be\\nchanged into the infinitive or a relative pronoun and verb, in\\nFrench, have been mentioned with the rules on the use of the\\ninfinitive.\\nThe participle present of avoir and \u00c3\u00aatre is invariable, because\\nayant and \u00c3\u00a9tant cannot, from their signification, be used as\\nadjectives to express a quality.\\nEx. Ces hommes ayant les m\u00c3\u00aames travaux s entr aident, these\\nmen having the same work to do, help each other.\\nMes s\u00c5\u0093urs \u00c3\u00a9tant absentes ne le virent pas, my sisters being\\nabsent, did not see it.\\nIt must be borne in mind here that the participle present\\nmay be the object of another verb, whenever it expresses action\\nand consequently has an object.\\nEx. J 1 ai vu mon fr\u00c3\u00a8re plus d une fois lisant Horace, I have\\nseen ray brother more than once reading Horace.\\nOn le voit de temps en temps se promenant l\u00c3\u00a0-bas, he is\\noccasionally seen walking down there.\\nBut by placing en before the participle, it becomes referable\\nto the subject of the sentence.\\nEx. J ai vu mon fr\u00c3\u00a8re en lisant Horace, while I was reading\\nHorace, I saw my brother.\\nIl le voit de temps en temps en se promenant, he sees him\\noccasionally, when he takes a walk.\\nExercise.\\nThis kind lady was obliging all the unfortunate refugees by her\\ngifts and her kindness of every kind, and they all declared her the\\nmost charming lady they had ever known. When we arrived on the\\nbattle-field we heard all around us the shells exploding with a terrible\\ncrash, and a cannon-ball, falling on his aid, killed him on the spot.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0477.jp2"}, "478": {"fulltext": "196\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nThese ladies uttered piercing cries when the men broke open the door,\\nand two fell fainting on the ground. Was it not a pleasant sight to\\nhis eyes to see the widow of his enemy falling on her knees and\\nweeping before him We heard these distressing words with sincere\\ngrief, and they fell like burning sparks upon our hearts. He possesses\\nthe rare art of instructing his pupiis while amusing them, and I have\\nseen them writing their exercises without being bored. She looked\\nat him with withering scorn, and then said to him in a threatening\\nvoice Never show yourself in my presence again, if you wish to save\\nyour life.\\nIX. THE PARTICIPLE PAST.\\nThe Participle Past, which ends in i and s or t, serves\\nlikewise both purposes, as a verb and as an adjective, and\\nvaries accordingly in its form, making a feminine and a plural\\nin the former capacity, and remaining unchanged in the latter.\\nIt is used in the following ways\\n1. The participle past may occur without an auxiliary verb\\nas an adjective to qualify a noun, and then it has to agree with\\nit in gender and number.\\nEx. Que de remparts d\u00c3\u00a9truits Que de villes forc\u00c3\u00a9es/ How\\nmany walls razed How many towns taken by storm\\nJe les ai vus tous morts ou bless\u00c3\u00a9s, I have seen them all\\ndead or wounded.\\nIt may, also, occur without an auxiliary as an adverb, in\\nwhich case it remains, of course, unchanged and precedes the\\nnoun.\\nEx. Vous trouverez ci-joint un billet d elle, you will find\\nenclosed a note from her.\\nVu les circonstances ils ont bien fait, considering the\\ncircumstances they have done well.\\nExcept\u00c3\u00a9 vous et moi, ils sont tous partis, except you and\\nI, they have all left.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0478.jp2"}, "479": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n197\\n2. The participle past may occur in connection with the\\nverb \u00c3\u00aatre, in which case it wiil invariably agree with its subject.\\nThis may be the case\\nIn passive verbs\\nEx. Nous serons tous charm\u00c3\u00a9s de vous voir, we shall all be\\ndelighted to see you.\\nLa vertu timide est souvent opprim\u00c3\u00a9e, timid virtue is often\\noppressed.\\nIn neuter verbs, the compound tenses of which are made\\nwith the auxiliary verb \u00c3\u00aatre.\\nEx. Nous sommes venus vous f\u00c3\u00a9liciter de votre succ\u00c3\u00a8s, we have\\ncorne to congratulate you on your success.\\nTous les arts sont n\u00c3\u00a9s V ombre de la paix, all the arts\\nwere born under the shadow of peace.\\nIn pronominal verbs, the compound tenses of which are\\ninvariably made by the aid of the auxiliary verb \u00c3\u00aatre.\\nEx. Elle s^est tue un -peu trop longtemps, she has kept silence\\na little too long.\\nIls se seraient tu\u00c3\u00a9s si on ne les avaient pas emp\u00c3\u00aach\u00c3\u00a9s,\\nthey would have killed each other, if they had not\\nbeen prevented.\\nElle s est tromp\u00c3\u00a9e en voulant tromper les autres, she\\ndeceived herself while trying to deceive others.\\nIt must, however, be borne in mind that the object of some\\npronominal vei bs is riot a direct but an indirect object, in which\\ncase the participle past remains unchanged.\\nEx. Ils se sont parl\u00c3\u00a9 (Tan Vautre) toute une heure, they\\nhave spoken with one another a whole hour.\\nCes deux rois se sont succ\u00c3\u00a9d\u00c3\u00a9 de suite, these two kings\\nfollowed each other directly.\\nThe same rule applies to verbs which become pronominal\\nonly by the substitution of the personal for the possessive\\npronouns.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0479.jp2"}, "480": {"fulltext": "198 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Elle s est br\u00c3\u00bbl\u00c3\u00a9 la main et le bras, she burnt lier band\\nand her arm.\\nEst-ce que vous vous \u00c3\u00aates lav\u00c3\u00a9 les mains Did you wash\\nyour hands\\nThe same rule applies to the past tenses of verbs made\\npassive by the addition of the pronoun se.\\nEx. Il s est assembl\u00c3\u00a9 une foule de gens arm\u00c3\u00a9s, a crowd of\\narmed men has been gathered together.\\nIl s est trouv\u00c3\u00a9 dix hommes de tu\u00c3\u00a9s, there have been found\\nten men who were killed.\\n3. The participle past may occur in connection with the verb\\navoir, in which case it will agree only with the direct object,\\nthat precedes it.\\nIf the object is an indirect one, the participle remains\\nunchanged.\\nEx. On leur a dit tout ce qu on a pu dire, they have been told\\nall that could be told.\\nIf there is no object at all, the participle remains unchanged.\\nEx. On avait caus\u00c3\u00a9 beaucoup et dormi peu, there had been\\nmuch talk and little sleep.\\nIf the direct object follows the participle, it remains un-\\nchanged.\\nEx. Elle a vu tous ces gens qui Vadorent, she has seen all\\nthese people who admire her.\\nBut, we repeat, if there is an object, and that object is a\\ndirect one and it precedes the verb, the participle will agree\\nwith it in gender and number.\\nEx. Donnez-moi les pommes que vous m avez promises, give\\nme the apples you have promised me.\\nThe direct object, which thus precedes the participle past,\\nmay be\\nA noun, accompanied by an interrogative adverb.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0480.jp2"}, "481": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n199\\nEx. Combien de livres lui avez-vous donn\u00c3\u00a9s Hi w many\\nbooks have you given him\\nQuelle dame a-t-il salu\u00c3\u00a9e en passant? Which lady did he\\nspeak to in passing\\nA relative pronoun, relating to its antecedent.\\nEx. Les livres que vous m avez vendus sont venus, the books\\nyou sold me have come.\\nVoici V \u00c3\u00a9toffe que fai achet\u00c3\u00a9e pour vous, this is the\\nmaterial I have bought for you.\\nA personal pronoun, preceding the auxiliary verb.\\nEx. O\u00c3\u00b9 sont ces dames et qui les a accompagn\u00c3\u00a9es Where are\\nthose ladies, and who accompanied them\\nJ J a,i vu cette trag\u00c3\u00a9die et je Vai admir\u00c3\u00a9e, I have seen that\\ntragedy and I have admired it.\\nVous avez bien fait, Messieurs, et on vous a lou\u00c3\u00a9s, you\\nhave done well, Gentlemen, and you have been praised.\\nThe participle past of \u00c3\u00aatre remains always unchanged.\\nEx. Les hommes qui ont \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 ici, n y sont plus, the men who were\\nhere, are no longer here.\\nExercise.\\nThe United States are the greatest republic in the w r orld, and\\nRussia is the largest empire. He cherishes ill-founded prejudices, and\\nhence his life is a continuous series of disappointments and of-\\nfended feelings. Considering his youth and his inexperience, he has\\novercome the difficulties of this unexpected adventure with great tact.\\nI send you these lines to inform you of her arrival, and enclosed you\\nwill find the money required to come here. The best speeches have\\never been those which the heart has dictated. My friends were very\\nhappy to hear the new T s which the messenger brought they had\\nbelieved their brother dead, and now they heard that the wounds\\nwhich he had received were not fatal. How many young men have\\nlost the best years of their life, because they had no friends who could\\nhave given them good advice We have seen you often, when you\\ndid not think that we w r ere near and we have heard you, w T hen you", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0481.jp2"}, "482": {"fulltext": "200\\nON THE PAETS OF A SENTENCE.\\nimagined you were quite alone. These young ladies ventured too far,\\nand they have been severely punished for their temerity, for the men\\nin the house which they had passed rushed out and ran after them,\\nuntil their friends, who had seen them at a distance, came to their\\nrescue. It was said of this remarkable man, that he had created the\\nlanguage, which he alone had spoken. She has saved herself from\\nthis danger, but she has injured herself in the estimation of many\\npeople.\\nThe participle past, with a direct object before it, is some-\\ntimes followed by an infinitive, and then the question may arise,\\nwhether the object is that of ihe first verb or of the infinitive?\\nIn this case the nature of the first verb must be ascertained\\nif it is an active verb, the object will be its own, and then the\\nparticiple past will, according to rule, agree with it in number\\nand gender; if it is a neuter verb, then the direct object must\\nnecessarily belong to the following infinitive, and therefore the\\nparticiple past will remain unchanged.\\nEx. La dame que fai entendue chanter, the lady I have heard\\nsing.\\nVoil\u00c3\u00a0 les livres que vous avez paru d\u00c3\u00a9sirer, these are the\\nbooks which you seemed to wish for.\\nIt may, however, happen that both verbs, that in the parti-\\nciple past and the following infinitive, are active verbs. In that\\ncase, we must carefully inquire to which of the two the direct\\nobject properly belongs, and accordingly modify or not modify\\nthe participle past.\\nEx. La dame que fai entendue chanter, the lady I have heard\\nsing (I heard the lady singing).\\nLes airs que fai entendu chanter, the melodies I heard\\nsing (I heard sung).\\nJe les ai fait venir, I made them come.\\nThe same sentence, therefore, may be used in two ways,\\nsimply determined by the agreement or non-agreement of the\\nparticiple past.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0482.jp2"}, "483": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n201\\nEx. Je les ai vu peindre, I bave seen them paint (being\\npainted).\\nJe les ai vus peindre, I have seen them paint (painting).\\nOn les a laiss\u00c3\u00a9s piller, they have let them rob.\\nOn les a laiss\u00c3\u00a9 piller, they have let them be robbed.\\nThe verb faire is the only one which forms an apparent excep-\\ntion to this rule, as it never varies but this arises not from any\\nanomaly, but from the fact that it is considered as part of the fol-\\nlowing infinitive, with which it forms but one word.\\nEx. On les a tous fait venir ici, they have made them all come\\nhere.\\nLes tables que f avais fait faire dans cette ville, the tables I\\nhad ordered in that city.\\nA participle past which has two or more direct objects pre-\\nceding it, will agree with both, in the plural, if its meaning\\napplies clearly to both, or it will remain unchanged if it refers\\nbut to one.\\nEx. Cest votre int\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00aat plut\u00c3\u00b4t que votre ambition qu il a consult\u00c3\u00a9,\\nit is your interest rather than your ambition which he\\nhas consulted.\\nC \u00c3\u00a9tait sa, femme et sa s\u00c5\u0093ur qv\u00c3\u00afil a accompagn\u00c3\u00a9es, it was\\nhis wife and his sister whom he accompanied.\\nThe same distinction must be made, whenever the direct\\nobject preceding a participle past is an adverb or other expres-\\nsion of quantity followed by de with a plurai noun.\\nEx. Que de msiux ce pauvre homme a soufferts How many\\nills this poor man has endured\\nCe fut le plus grand nombre des r\u00c3\u00a9volt\u00c3\u00a9s qu on a fusil\u00c3\u00a9,\\nit was the greater number of the rebels they have shot.\\nThe conj unction que is not unfrequently used instead of a rela-\\ntive pronoun preceded by a preposition in such cases it is not a\\ngenuine direct object, however much it may have the appearance,\\nand hence the participle past will remain unchanged.\\nEx. Les jours qu il a v\u00c3\u00a9cu, the days (during) which he has\\nlived.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0483.jp2"}, "484": {"fulltext": "202\\n(XNT THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEXKRCISE.\\nThese books, which I have often seen you read with such interest,\\nare the same which I heard read aloud last winter in my brother s\\nfamily. I saw her paint that portrait myself, and now she denies\\nthat it is her work. These melodies were those which the Swiss\\nsoldiers had heard sung in their mountains they made them so\\nhomesick, that an order was given prohibiting their being played by\\nthe band. What civil war has this great man kindled, and when\\nwas it terminated by his death That is a part of ancient history\\nwhich I have not read for a long time, and I have forgotten the events\\nwhich you have mentioned. We travelled very far that day, but\\ntowards noon the horses refused to work well, and I did not know to\\nwhat cause I could ascribe this until I found out that the driver had\\nnot let them eat enough in the morning. The services which he had\\nrendered the minister were so great, that the latter did not know\\nhow to reward them thus the poor man has received neither money\\nnor office. How many duties have you neglected, and how many\\ntimes have I told you so, but you would never listen to the warnings\\nwhich you have received from so many friends\\nENGLISH AUXILIARIES OF MOOD IN FRENCH.\\nThere is a class of English verbs which are frequently called\\nauxiliaries of mood, because, unlike the two auxiliary verbs, To\\nhave and To be, they do not help to form tenses, but to express\\nthe various moods in which the action of the verb may be\\nrepresented. Such are the verbs, I may, I will, I shall, I must,\\nI let, etc. These verbs are sometimes rendered in French by a\\nmood, and at other times they are translated literally, as has\\nalready been explained in the case of the imperative mood, which\\nis formed, in French, from the verb directly, while in English\\nit requires the auxiliary To let. We propose to state here the\\nprincipal rules which determine the use of these verbs.\\nPouvoir.\\nThe verb pouvoir, as an independent verb, corresponds to the\\nEnglish verb, To be able, but refers only to physical ability,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0484.jp2"}, "485": {"fulltext": "VEKBS.\\n203\\nwhile savoir has to be employed whenever moral or mental\\nability is to be expressed.\\nEx. L? homme le plus fort ne peut lever ce fardeau, the strongest\\nman cannot take up this load.\\nL homme le plus savant ne sait d\u00c3\u00a9chiffrer ces signes, the\\nmost learned man cannot decipher these signs.\\nPourez-vous marcher Can you (are you strong enough\\nto) walk.\\nSavez-vous danser Can you (do you know how to)\\ndance\\nAs an auxiliary verb, pouvoir corresponds to the English\\nverbs I can and I may, and their past tenses, could and might.\\nEx. Je veux et je peux faire tout autant, I will and I can do\\nquite as much.\\nPuis-je aller le voir demain soir? May I go and see him\\nto-morrow night?\\nWhen used negatively, pouvoir means only I can if it is to\\nmean I may, the negation must be added to the following\\ninfinitive.\\nEx. Je ne peux pas marcher si vite, I cannot walk so fast.\\nJe peux ne pas le faire, si je le pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a8re, I may not do it, if\\nI prefer.\\nI could, is in English used for two purposes it is either the\\npast tense of I can, and then must be translated by the corres-\\nponding tense of pouvoir or it is the conditional, and then it\\nwill be translated by the French conditional.\\nEx. I could do it formerly, but I am too weak now, je pouvais\\nle faire autrefois, mais je suis trop faible maintenant.\\nI never could tell him the whole truth, je rfai jamais\\npu lui dire toute la v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9.\\nI could do- it if I chose, je pourrais le faire si je le pr\u00c3\u00a9-\\nf\u00c3\u00a9rais.\\nI might, is never a past tense in English, but only used as the", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0485.jp2"}, "486": {"fulltext": "204\\nOX THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE,\\nconditional form, and hence it is always translated by the\\nconditional of JMNtvotr,\\nEx. I might go to-morrow it you wore ready,/* poumris\\njxirtir demain, si vous \u00c3\u00a9tiez pr\u00c3\u00aat.\\n1 can have been, is translated simply by the preterit indefinite\\nof pouvoir and 1 could, and I might have been, by the\\nconditional of the past.\\nEx. How can you have been so careless Comment avez-vqus\\npu \u00c3\u00aatre si n\u00c3\u00a9 /tipent\\nI could have been here before you, if I had made bas e,\\n/aurais pu \u00c3\u00aatre ici avant vous, si je m \u00c3\u00a9tais d\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00aach\u00c3\u00a9.\\nThey might have been kinder to us, ils auraient pu \u00c3\u00aatre\\nplus ajrables envers nous.\\nFrench authors say indifferently je peux ot je puis, but in inter\\nrogative sentences puis- alone, is usa!.\\nEx. Pu is je ne pa$ lire? May I not read (he excused from\\nreading)\\nExercise.\\nThey may say what they choose. I cannot believe it, for they have\\ntold me an untruth once, and after that I can give them credit no\\nlonger. May we put on our shawls and hats, and take a walk in the\\ngarden You can do it, if you do not think it is too damp, and that\\nyou might take a cold by exposing yourself. May you know one day\\nwhat tender love she bore you the knowledge of it will be a great\\nconsolation to you, if ever trouble should come to sadden you I could\\nhave embraced him. so grear was my joy when I saw him again. Can\\nyou tell me who the twelve Oesars were 1 I used to be able to recite\\nthem all. but it is so long since I have read their history that I cannot\\nnow promise you to tell them in order. I believe he could have doue\\nthat and more also, if the time had been given to him but it may\\nbe asked, if anybody could have succeeded in so little time. They\\ncould easily tell you all about this man. and his int\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00aats, if they were\\ndisposed to do so bu: they are very discreet persons, and they may\\nthink that they have no right to betray his secrets.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0486.jp2"}, "487": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n205\\nVouloir.\\nThe verb vouloir, as an independent verb, corresponds to the\\nEnglish verb To be willing.\\nEx. Elle n a pas voulu m\u00c3\u00aame r\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a9couter, she was not even\\nwilling to listen to me.\\nIn its imperative form, second person plural, it has the mean-\\ning of the English word Please, or similar expressions.\\nEx. Veuillez me passe r le sel, please pass the salt*\\nVeuillez bien me dire o\u00c3\u00b9 demeure le cur\u00c3\u00a9, be so kind as to\\ntell me where the priest lives.\\nIt has occasionally the same meaning when used interroga-\\ntively and accompanied by bien.\\nEx. Voulez-vous bien lui pr\u00c3\u00aater vos secours? Please lend him\\nyour assistance.\\nIt must not be forgotten that vouloir is, as has already been\\nstated, an active verb in French, and consequently does not\\nrequire the additional verb To have, as in English, where it is\\nintransitive.\\nEx. Will you have some coffee or some tea Voulez-vous du\\ncaf\u00c3\u00a9 ou du th\u00c3\u00a9\\nAs an auxiliary verb, the English I will is used to form the\\nfuture hence attention must be had to distinguish between 1\\nwill, as an independent verb expressing volition or readiness,\\nand I will, as an auxiliary verb forming the future.\\nEx. He will meddle with things which do not concern him,\\nil veut se m\u00c3\u00aaler des choses qui ne le regardent p is.\\nIle will give you all you a^k of him, il vous donnera\\ntout ce que vous lui demanderez.\\nThe past tense, I would, is used in the same manner both\\nas the past of I will, and as the conditional mood, and must be\\ntranslated accordingly.\\nEx. I would come and see you, but I could not, je voulais\\naller vous voir, mais je ne le pouvais pas.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0487.jp2"}, "488": {"fulltext": "206 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nI would go and see you, if I could, j irais vous voir, si je\\nle pouvais.\\nShe never would speak to me about her lovers, elle n a\\njamais voulu me parler de ses amants.\\nI wish, is frequently substituted for I would, in English,\\nand is in such cases translated by the past conditional of\\nvouloir.\\nEx. I wish he had never come to this place, j aurais voulu\\nqu il ne f\u00c3\u00bbt jamais venu en ces lieux.\\nI will have and I would have, followed by personal pronouns\\nin English, are translated by vouloir simply.\\nEx. I will have you know, Sir, that I am master here, je veux\\nque v\u00c3\u00b4us sachiez, Monsieur, que moi je suis ma\u00c3\u00aetre ici.\\nI would not have you do that for all the world, je ne\\nvoudrais pas que vous fissiez cela pour tout au monde.\\nVouloir, in the conditional mood and after si, if, has often\\nthe meaning of the English verb Like.\\nEx. Je voudrais vous voir quand vous dansez, I should like to\\nsee you, when you dance.\\nNous irons ensemble, si vous voulez, we will go together,\\nif you like.\\nVouloir in the conditional represents, finally, the English\\nI wish, followed by would or could.\\nEx. I wish you would not speak so loud,^ voudrais que vous\\nne parlassiez pas si haut.\\nHe wishes he were at home, il voudrait \u00c3\u00aatre chez lui.\\nExercise.\\nWill you go with ns, or do you prefer going there alone w r e will\\nwait for you until one o clock, and if you do not come then, we will\\nconclude that you would rather not have our company. They would\\ndo it with pleasure, I am sure of it, if you were to tell them\\nthat it was for a sick lacly. Make haste and bring the carriage up,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0488.jp2"}, "489": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n207\\nfor I should like to reach there before it is quite dark, and the days\\nare short at this season of the year. He said, with an air of injured\\ninnocence I would have you know, Gentlemen, that I am an honest\\nman, and that I will not do a thing which such a man is ashamed of\\ndoing. He wishes me to accompany him to Europe next year, and I\\nam willing to go, but I fear I shall not have money enough to pay the\\nexpenses. What will she have for her supper to-day Let us know\\nsoon and tell us also, how many dishes you will have for dinner to-\\nmorrow. I should like very much to buy this picture, but it is very\\ncostly and it will require an expensive frame.\\nDevoir.\\nDevoir represents a number of English expressions conveying\\nthe idea of duty or obligation but it is limited to moral\\nobligations, physical necessity, and such duty as admit! of no\\nchoice being expressed by falloir. It answers, therefore, for the\\nEnglish.\\nTo be, followed by To and a verb.\\nEx. He was to be here, but he has not come, il devait \u00c3\u00aatre ici,\\nmais il n est pas venu.\\nShe is to sing to-night her favorite song, elle doit chanter\\nce soir sa chanson favorite.\\nOught to, followed by a verb, when it is commonly employed\\nin the conditional mood.\\nEx. You ought to see him when he is a little excited, vous\\ndevriez le voir quand il est un peu excit\u00c3\u00a9.\\nThey ought to have been here long before us, ils auraient\\nd\u00c3\u00bb \u00c3\u00aatre ici beaucoup avant nous.\\nShould, followed by a verb, when it expresses a duty in this\\ncase, also, it is used in the conditional mood.\\nEx. These men should be made to do their duty, on devrait\\nforcer ces gens a faire leur devoir.\\nHe should not have been allowed to leave so soon, on\\nn aurait pas d\u00c3\u00bb lui permettre de partir sit\u00c3\u00b4t.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0489.jp2"}, "490": {"fulltext": "208 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nI shall, etc., is never expressed by devoir except in interrog-\\native sentences; otherwise the future alone is used.\\nEx. I shall have lost half my fortune before this is over,\\nf aurai perdu la moiti\u00c3\u00a9 de ma fortune, avant que cela\\nsera fin i.\\nShall I tell you what I think of it Dois-je vous dire ce\\nque fen pense?\\nWhat shall I do, if that should happen Que dois-je\\nfaire si cela arrivait\\nThe past tenses of the verb devoir have a double meaning.\\nThey represent either simply the verb, I was to, etc., or they\\nexpress the conviction that the action of the verb following\\nhas really taken place.\\nEx. Elle devait le lui dire, mais elle Va oubli\u00c3\u00a9, she was to tell\\nhim so, but she has forgotten it.\\nElle devait \u00c3\u00aatre demi endormi quand je le lui dis, she\\nmust have been half asleep, when I told her so.\\nDevoir, like pouvoir, may, in the third person singular, be pre-\\nceded by the demonstrative pronoun ce.\\nEx. Ce doit avoir eu lieu Mer ou avant Mer, that must have\\nhappened yesterday or the day before.\\nDevoir, as has been stated already, in the subjunctive of the past\\ntense, is elegantly used interrogatively to mark a conditional\\nsentence.\\nEx. D\u00c3\u00bbt-il en \u00c3\u00aatre offense, je le lui dirai, even if he should be\\nhurt by it, I will tell him so.\\nDussiez-vous tout perdre, U faut le faire, you must do it,\\nshould you lose every thing.\\nExercise.\\nYou ought to have been ashamed of your violence, for a man of\\nyour age ought to have more control over his passions. She should\\nbe more careful of her health, for it is already delicate, and if she\\nneglects ordinary precautions, she will have to suffer much for her", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0490.jp2"}, "491": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n209\\ncarelessness. They must be men of note, for everybody salutes them\\nand the greatest honors are shown them wherever they appear. I\\nought to know them, for I am sure I have seen their faces, but I can-\\nnot recollect who they may be. Even if they were to be our masters,\\nwe could never be made to love them, although we might learn to\\nobey them. These books must have suffered very much on their\\nvoyage across the ocean, for they are all more or less mouldy, and\\nsome are entirely spoiled they ought to have been cleaned and dried\\nas soon as the vessel came into port. Shall I tell him to bring you\\nthe wine, or will you tell him yourself?\\nLaisser,\\nThe verb laisser answers the purpose of translating the Eng-\\nlish verb To let, when it has the meaning of, To give permission,\\nto allow.\\nEx. Will you let us go out this evening Nous laisserez-\\nvous sortir ce soir\\nLet me out, or I shall be stifled in this room, laissez-moi\\nsortir, ou f \u00c3\u00a9touffe dans cette salle.\\nBut it must be remembered that the English verb To let, is\\nmade use of, also, to form the imperative mood. In that case\\nit is not translated at all into French, the imperative itself\\nanswering the purpose there.\\nEx. Let us go at once, or we shall be too late, allons de suite,\\nou nous serons en retard.\\nLet him do it if he chooses I do not care, qu il le fasse\\ns il le veut moi, je ne in 1 en soucie pas.\\nLet them go (wish), qu il s en aillent let them go (leave),\\nlaissez-les partir. Laisser, being an active verb in French, does\\nnot require the addition of the auxiliary verb To have, which is\\nnecessary in English, where To let is intransitive,\\nEx. I will let you have what you want for the same price, je\\nvous laisserai ce qiCil vous faut, pour le m\u00c3\u00aame prix.\\nLaisser is not the proper verb to translate To let, when it is", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0491.jp2"}, "492": {"fulltext": "210\\nOX THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nfollowed by a double object, a verb and a pronoun. In such\\ncases it is better to change the construction.\\nEx. I cannot let him ill-treat you so, je ne peux lui permettre\\nde vous maltraiter ainsi.\\nDo not let him read so much at night, ne lui permettez\\npas de lire tant le soir.\\nExercise.\\nLet me tell you what I have seen first, and then you can tell me\\nyour adventures, if you have anything to tell. Let us go now, before\\nthe moon is too low the night is calm and cool, and a walk around\\nthe lake will be delightful. Let her go out, if she cannot stay in any\\nlonger I do not like to force her to do what is so unpleasant to her,\\nbut she ought to let me tell her, that her conduct is not that of a nice\\ngirl, and that I am much distressed on that account. Leave me, and\\ndo not say any thing more about this sad affair it has given me pain\\nenough, and has not let me sleep for several nights. Let him come\\nout, if he dares, and say all I can only gain by the truth being made\\nknown. Friends, let us honor his memory, and let us never forget\\nwhat we owe to his honest and strenuous efforts to advance the good\\ncause and to overcome all the difficulties which were in our way.\\nFalloir.\\nThe verb falloir expresses, in French, all the English words\\nwhich convey the idea of absolute necessity, physical force,\\nand unavoidable obligation, as far as these expressions are not\\ntranslated by devoir. In this signification it has a double con-\\nstruction it may either be followed by que with the subjunc-\\ntive mood\\nEx. 77 faut que vous lisiez plus haut, you must read louder,\\nIl fallait que vous vinssiez ce matin, you ought to have\\ncome this morning,\\nIl faudra qu\\\\l s en aille avec elle he will have to go away\\nwith her,", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0492.jp2"}, "493": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n211\\nII faudrait que cette mesure f\u00c3\u00bbt prise de suite, it would be\\nproper to take that measure at once\\nor it may be used with a personal pronoun as its indirect\\nobject, and be followed by the infinitive of the verb.\\nEx. Il nous faut travailler jour et nuit, we have to work\\nday and night.\\nIl lui faudra s en passer pour quelque temps, he will have\\nto do without it for some time.\\nleur faudrait en \u00c3\u00aatre bien contents, they ought to be\\nwell pleased with it.\\nFalloir has also the meaning of the English verb To want,\\nwhen it is thus used with the personal pronoun and in that case,\\nthe object of the want, a noun, may be used after it instead of\\na verb.\\nEx. I want a new hat and a pair of gloves, il me faut un\\nchapeau neuf et une paire de gants.\\nHe wanted more money than he had, to succeed, il lui\\nfallut plus d argent qu il n avait pour r\u00c3\u00a9ussir.\\nFalloir may be used with the infinitive after it and no\\npronoun, if the necessity applies to the person spoken to or is\\ngeneral.\\nEx. Il faut mourir t\u00c3\u00b4t ou tard, we must all die sooner or\\nlater.\\nMon ami, il faut le faire, co\u00c3\u00bbte que co\u00c3\u00bbte, my friend, you\\nmust do it, cost what it may.\\nFalloir is, finally, used quite alone but then, being an active\\nverb, it requires the addition of le, as every active verb in\\nFrench must have its object expressed.\\nEx. J en suis bien f\u00c3\u00a2ch\u00c3\u00a9, mais il le faut, I am sorry for it, but\\nit must be.\\nEst-ce quil le faut absolument Is it absolutely neces-\\nsary", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0493.jp2"}, "494": {"fulltext": "212\\nOX THE PAETS OF A SENTENCE.\\nExercise.\\nWe must learn to obey others before we can hope to be able to\\ncommand. You ought not to have done that, for you knew that it\\nmust distress your parents and the commandment tells us that we\\nmust honor father and mother. Caesar had to conquer a number of\\npowerful tribes before he could reach the Rhine, and then he had to\\nencounter even larger armies than those of the Swiss. What must they\\ndo if they should find that they have not money enough to make all the\\npurchases which you have ordered They will have to come back\\nand postpone their plans until some future day, when money is more\\nabundant. The poor child wants a thick warm cloak for these\\nwintry days she also wants a pair of thick shoes. We must work,\\nif we want to eat, and he who does not sow must not expect to reap.\\nLet us do it, since it is necessary, and let us do it cheerfully. You\\nmust have been very careless in walking through the streets, or you\\nwould not have soiled your dresses so much you must learn to be\\nmore careful hereafter.\\nIDIOMATIC USE OF VERBS.\\nEvery nation has its own peculiar expressions, as every\\nindividual is well known to have certain turns of phrases and\\ncertain expressions, which he uses by preference, and which\\ndistinguish his conversation from that of others. Such expres-\\nsions, which are peculiar to one language, and therefore cannot\\nbe translated literally into another language, are called Idioms.\\nThus, when an Englishman is at home, the Frenchman is chez\\nlui, and the German zu Hause (in the house). Such idiomatic\\nphrases occur, of course, with all parts of speech, but principally\\nwith verbs, and hence the expediency of here giving the most\\nimportant idioms connected with this class of words.\\nAvoir,\\nThe verb avoir, to have, is in French used with a large num-\\nber of nouns, so as to form a compound verb, expressing but", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0494.jp2"}, "495": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n213\\none idea. The majority of these expressions are in English\\nexpressed by the verb To be, with an adjective e. g.\\na\\nfaim,\\nlo be\\nhungry.\\nii\\ndes affaires.\\nbusy.\\nii\\nchaud,\\na\\nwarm.\\nii\\nfroid,\\na\\ncold.\\na\\nhonte,\\na\\nashamed.\\na\\npeur,\\na\\nafraid.\\na\\nraison,\\nu\\nright.\\nu\\ntort,\\nil\\nwrong.\\nsoif,\\na\\nthirsty.\\na\\nsommeil,\\nu\\nsleepy.\\nBut with this additional peculiarity, that these verbs can be\\nused only with reference to living beings, while \u00c3\u00aatre is used, in\\nFrench as in English, when they are applied to inanimate\\nobjects.\\nEx. Il a toujours trop chaud ou trop froid, he is always\\neither too warm or too cold.\\nCette cave est toujours froide, m\u00c3\u00aame en \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9, this cave is\\nalways cold, even in summer.\\nIf the place where heat or cold are felt is mentioned, the\\nnoun is preceded by the preposition\\nEx. J ai froid aux pieds et je ne puis pas les rechauffer, my\\nfeet are cold, and I cannot get them warm again.\\nWhen the English adjective is qualified by the adverb Very,\\nits place is supplied in French by bien or by grand.\\nEx. Il avait Men faim quand il arriva ici, he was very hungry\\nwhen he reached here.\\nElle avait grand peur que je ne V oubliasse, she was very\\nmuch afraid I would forget her.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0495.jp2"}, "496": {"fulltext": "214\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nAvoir is also used with nouns to express Age and Measure,\\nwhere in English the verb To be, with an adjective, is employed.\\nEx. Quand est-ce qiCelle aura dix ans When will she be\\nten years old\\nCet homme a au moins six pieds de hauteur that man is\\nat least six feet high.\\nAvoir mal, followed by the preposition before its noun,\\nexpresses all the English words for Pain, ache, sore, etc.\\nEx. J\\\\ii eu mal a la t\u00c3\u00aate depuis le matin, my head has ached\\nsince this morning.\\nJe ne peux pas marcher, fai mal au pied, I cannot walk,\\nmy foot is sore.\\nAvoir mal au c\u00c5\u0093ur has the peculiar signification of being sick\\nat the stomach. To suffer pain in the heart is avoir des douleurs\\nau c\u00c5\u0093ur.\\nEnglish compound nouns, containing the word ache, are in\\nFrench made with the same word mal, followed by the preposition\\nde.\\nEx. Mon mal de dent est aussi fort que jamais, my toothache is\\nas bad as ever.\\nWhen this word mal is qualified by an adjective, it requires the\\nindefinite article before it.\\nEx. Ce vin m a donne un mal de t\u00c3\u00a8te atroce, this wine has given\\nme a severe headache.\\nAvoir Vair has the various meanings of To look, when it is\\nfollowed by an adjective or adverb, and To look like, or Look\\nas if, when followed by the preposition de. In the first case, the\\nadjective remains masculine, when it refers to moral qualities,\\nbut agrees with the person it refers to, when it expresses physi-\\ncal qualities.\\nEx. Cet homme a Vair b\u00c3\u00a9nin, this man looks benign.\\nCette femme a Vair petite quand elle est assise, this woman\\nlooks small when she is seated.\\nCette maison a plut\u00c3\u00b4t Vair dhm palais, this house looks\\nrather like a palace.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0496.jp2"}, "497": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n215\\nLe temps a l air de vouloir s \u00c3\u00a9claircir, the weather looks\\nas if it would clear up.\\nAvoir without any object but parts of dress, means To have on.\\nEx. Est ce quelle avait sa robe neuve quand vous la v\u00c3\u00aetes?\\nDid she have her new dress on when you saw her?\\nAvoir, followed by parts of the body which are qna ified by\\nan adjective, requires the definite article before them instead of\\nthe possessive pronoun, which is used in English.\\nEx. Elle a toujours les mains froides, her hands are always cold.\\nIl se trouva qu il n eut que les doigts br\u00c3\u00bbl\u00c3\u00a9s, it turned out\\nthat only his fingers were burnt.\\nWhen the adjective, by special rule, precedes the noun, the\\nindefinite article is used in French as in English.\\nEx. Elle avait une fort petite main et de belles dents, she had a\\nvery small hand and fine teeth.\\nAvoir beau, followed by an infinitive, expresses the English\\nphrase, To do a thing in vain. It can, however, never be used\\nnegatiyely.\\nEx. Il eut beau me prier, je n ai pas c\u00c3\u00a9d\u00c3\u00a9, he tried in vain to\\nbeg, I did not yield.\\nVous avez beau crier, il n y a personne qui vous entende,\\nyou cry in vain, there is nobody here who can hear you.\\nAvoir, preceded by the pronoun y, is used for a great variety\\nof expressions, which are translated in the most varied way in\\nEnglish. The most ordinary use made of il y a, etc., is to\\ntranslate the English There is and There are, as has already\\nbeen explained.\\nIl y a is sometimes, though rarely, followed by a noun with-\\nout an article, with which it forms a compound verb.\\nEx. Il y eut apparence comme s il allait neiger, it looked as if\\nit were going to snow.\\nEst-ce qu il n y a pas moyen de le sauver? Is there no\\nway of saving him", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0497.jp2"}, "498": {"fulltext": "216 OX THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nThe two principal purposes, however, for which il y a, etc.,\\nare used is to express Time and Distance.\\nWhen applied to expressions of time, il y a answers for all\\nthe various English phrases used for the purpose as, It is, since,\\nago, etc.\\nEx. It is now five years that I have not seen him, il y a\\nmaintenant cinq ans que je ne V ai pas vu.\\nI heard this news two days ago, fat appris cette nouvelle\\nil y a deux jours.\\nThat must have happened six weeks since, cela doit\\n\u00c3\u00aatre arriv\u00c3\u00a9 il y a six semaines.\\nThe proper tense to be used after il y a depends entirely\\nupon the general rules which determine the choice between\\ntenses. It will be the present, when the action still continues\\nthe imperfect, when the action is represented as going on, con-\\ntinuing at the past time; the preterit definite, when it took\\nplace but once and the preterit indefinite, when the action\\nor its effects extend to the present time.\\nEx. Combien y a-t-il que vous demeurez ici How long have\\nyou been living here\\nII y a deux ans que j \u00c3\u00a9tais votre \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8ve, it is two years ago\\nI was your pupil.\\n77 11 y a que six mois que f arrivai ici, it is only six months\\nsince I came here.\\ny a un an que foi quitt\u00c3\u00a9 ma patrie, it is a year since I\\nleft my country.\\nIl y a r\u00c3\u00a9quires the negative ne before the following verb,\\nwhenever the action of that verb has ceased to take place, after\\nhabitual occurrence.\\nEx. Il y aura quinze jours demain que je ne Pai vu, it will be\\na fortnight to-morrow since I saw him.\\nSince, after U y a, is not translated otherwise than by the con-\\njunction que.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0498.jp2"}, "499": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nEx. Il y aura huit jours que vous n avez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 ici, it will be a\\nweek since you were here.\\nWhen applied to the measurement of distances, il y a is fol-\\nlowed simply by the measure itself.\\nEx. Il y a cent lieues d ici a la capitale, it is a hundred miles\\nfrom here to the capital.\\nCombien y a-t-il du village V \u00c3\u00a9glise How far is it from\\nthe village to the church\\nExercise.\\nIt was, I believe, two years ago when I first had the pleasure of\\nmeeting with you at the Springs. How old are you now I am only\\nsixteen, but I look older than I am, because I have been very sick\\nseveral weeks ago, and I have not quite recovered my strength. How\\nlong is it since you spoke for the first time in public It must have\\nbeen thirty years ago, for it was then I commenced my public career,\\nand I remember well, I was very much afraid I would not succeed.\\nIt is the lot of the poor to be always hungry and thirsty but they\\nhave no cause to be ashamed of it, if their poverty is not the effect of\\ntheir vices. I had a new coat on, and therefore I did not wish to ex-\\npose myself to the rain, and I told you before we started that it looked\\nas if it were going to rain. He was only four feet high, when he was\\ntwelve years old, but he has grown very rapidly since he was placed\\nunder your care six years ago. There is no reason why he should\\nalways be right and you always wrong, but there are many people\\nin the world who imagine that they cannot be wrong. She has a\\nhigh forehead and a prominent nose, but her eyes are not handsome,\\nand her mouth is too large. Can you tell me, my friend, how far it is\\nfrom here to the next inn I can tell you the exact distance it is\\nsix miles and a half.\\nEtre.\\nThe verb \u00c3\u00aatre also, like avoir, is used with a large number of\\nnouns in such intimate connection as to form with them com-\\npound verbs, which express but one idea.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0499.jp2"}, "500": {"fulltext": "218 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. Je suis en peine de vous voir souffrir, I am distressed to\\nsee you suffer.\\nEst-ce que vous serez m\u00c3\u00aame de faire cela tout seul? AVill\\nyou be able to do that quite aloue\\nElle \u00c3\u00a9tait debout quand je lui parlai, she was standing\\nwhen I spoke to her.\\nY \u00c3\u00aatre has the idiomatic meaning of being there, in a figura-\\ntive sense viz., to understand a matter of which we speak;\\nthough y \u00c3\u00aatre may also literally mean to be there viz., at\\nhome.\\nEx. Maintenant que vous parlez net, fy suis, now that you\\nspeak clearly, I understand it.\\nMadame votre m\u00c3\u00a8re y est-elle Non, Monsieur, elle n y est\\npas, is your mother at home No, Sir, she is not.\\nEn \u00c3\u00aatre means to be of the company, to be one of a set and\\nin a narrative, to have left off.\\nEx. Nous allons la chasse, en \u00c3\u00aates-vous? We are going to\\nhunt, will you go with us?\\nCes livres ont la m\u00c3\u00aame reliure, mais ils n en sont pas,\\nthese books have the same binding, but they do not\\nbelong to the set.\\nEh bien, mes enfants o\u00c3\u00b9 en \u00c3\u00a9tions-nous hier soir? Well,\\nchildren, where did we break off last night\\nIt will be remembered that \u00c3\u00aatre means to belong to, and\\nstands instead of To be, with the possessive pronoun in English.\\nEx. This is my book, and that is my brother s, c est mon livre,\\net celui-l\u00c3\u00a0 est mon fr\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nThe preterit indefinite of \u00c3\u00aatre is frequently used instead of the\\nsame tense of the verb aller, whenever it means to have gone\\nand to have returned again.\\nEx. He has gone to church and will not be back till dinner,\\nil est all\u00c3\u00a9 V \u00c3\u00a9glise et il ne sera de retour que pour le\\nd\u00c3\u00aener.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0500.jp2"}, "501": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n210\\nHe has gone to church and returned an hour ago, il a\\n\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 F \u00c3\u00a9glise et il est rentr\u00c3\u00a9 il y a une heure.\\nThe English auxiliary verbs To have and To be, as well as\\nthe so-called auxiliaries of mood, I will, I can, I may, etc., all\\nof which are active verbs in French and there require the\\naddition of a direct object, are very frequently used alone, to\\nexpress assent, dissent, surprise or mere emphasis, in order to\\nkeep up the conversation. Thus in English it is said: You are\\na little afraid, are you not? Give me that book, will you\\nThese expressions are inadmissible in French, and some other\\nmeans must be sought for to produce the same effect. The\\nfollowing are the most frequently employed\\nWhen the auxiliaries are used merely to express assent or\\ndissent, the adverbs oui and non, certainement or point du tout,\\nsupply their place.\\nEx. Are you the man I sent for? I am. Est-ce que vous \u00c3\u00aates\\nV homme que fat envoy\u00c3\u00a9 chercher? Oui, Monsieur\\nWill you do it No, I will not, voulez-vous le faire\\nNon, Monsieur.\\nWhen the auxiliaries are used interrogatively, merely to\\nrepeat the question, as it were, rt est-ce pas is used in French.\\nEx. Vous \u00c3\u00aates le ma\u00c3\u00aetre d h\u00c3\u00b4tel, ii est-ce pas You are the\\nhead steward, are you not?\\nIls sont tous partis ce matin, n est-ce pas They all left\\nthis morning, did they not\\nWhen the auxiliaries are thus used after another verb to\\nascertain the action of other persons, the simple personal pro-\\nnoun, wish et before it, is used in French.\\nEx. Nous avons d\u00c3\u00aen\u00c3\u00a9, et vous? We have dined, have you\\nJE lie a promis de venir, et lui She has promised to come,\\nwill he?\\nWhen the auxiliary verb To do is employed in repetition of\\nother verbs, the latter must in French be repeated themselves.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0501.jp2"}, "502": {"fulltext": "2 20 OX THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. I see it pretty clearly, do you? Moi, je le vois assez\\nclairement, le voyez- vous\\nI believe it, do not you Moi je le crois, ne le croyez-vous\\np as\\nDoes she go to church now? I believe she does, est-ce\\nqiCelle va a V \u00c3\u00a9glise maintenant Je crois qu elle y va.\\nWhen the auxiliary verb To be is used elliptic-ally, without\\nthe adverb which ought to be used with it, the latter must be\\nsupplied in French.\\nEx. Is your sister here Yes she is, est-ce que votre s\u00c5\u0093ur est\\nici Oui, elle est ici.\\nHave you been there recently No, I have not, est-ce\\nque vous y avez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 r\u00c3\u00a9cemment Non, je n y ai pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9.\\nFaire.\\nThe verb faire, To do or To make, also forms a very large\\nnumber of compound verbs, by being joined immediately to a\\nnoun, most of which are represented in English by simple\\nverbs. Such are, for instance,\\nFaire mal a,\\ngr\u00c3\u00a2ce,\\npart,\\nla barbe,\\nla cour,\\nhonneur,\\nd\u00c3\u00a9shonneur\\ntort,\\nface,\\nvoir,\\ntenir,\\ncas (de),\\nTo hurt.\\npardon.\\ninform.\\nshave.\\ncourt.\\nbe creditable.\\ndisgrace.\\nwrong.\\nface.\\nshow.\\nhand.\\nesteem.\\nEx. Il s est fait mal la poitrine par sa chute, he has hurt\\nhis chest by his fall.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0502.jp2"}, "503": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 221\\nPrenez-donc garde, voies me faites mal au bras, but take\\ncare, you hurt my arm.\\nJEsl-ce qiCon ne va pas lui faire gr\u00c3\u00a2ce? Is he not to be\\npardoned\\nJe vous ferai voir ce que peut faire un honn\u00c3\u00aate homme, I\\nwill show you what an honest man can do.\\nFaire may also be followed by ano her verb in the infinitive\\nand form with it a compound verb; in which case it is likewise\\ngenerally represented by a simple verb in English. Such are,\\nfor instance,\\nFaire faire,\\nTo order (to\\nsortir,\\nturn out.\\nu venir,\\nsend for.\\npayer,\\ncharge.\\na entrer,\\nadmit.\\nbouillir,\\nboil.\\nfrire,\\n4 p\u00c3\u00a9rir,\\nkill.\\nEx. O\u00c3\u00b9 avez-vous fait faire cette belle robe? Where did you\\nhave that beautiful dress made?\\nIl aurait fallu faire venir le m\u00c3\u00a9decin F instant m\u00c3\u00aame,\\nthe doctor ought to have been sent for at once.\\nAussit\u00c3\u00b4t que le courrier arrive, faites entrer, as soon as\\nthe courier comes, send him in.\\nNe faire que literally, to do nothing but serves in French\\nto translate the English adverb Only, when it qualifies a verb.\\nEx. Je n ai fait que V entrevoir dans la rue, I only caught a\\nglimpse of her in the street.\\nIl ne fit qu y toucher et Vobus \u00c3\u00a9clata, he only touched it\\nand the shell exploded.\\nFaire, placed before an infinitive, which does not serve to\\nform a compound verb, gives to the second verb a passive\\nsignification.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0503.jp2"}, "504": {"fulltext": "222\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. II a fait copier re beau tableau, he has had this beautiful\\npicture copied.\\nOn fera blanchir les murailles et peindre les boiseries, they\\nwill have the walls whitewashed and the wood-work\\npainted.\\nFaire, followed by an adjective, expresses an effort to repre-\\nsent the quality conveyed by the latter.\\nEx. Fa\u00c3\u00aetes-donc Vu rare, on n y croit ]ms, don t pretend to be\\nmiserly, we don t believe it.\\nIl fait le savant, mais il est on ne peut plus ignorant, he\\npretends to be learned, but he is ever so ignorant.\\nFaire, used impersonally, is the universal verb for all expres-\\nsions referring to the state of the weather and its effects.\\nEx. A midi il fit chaud, maintenant il fait froid, at noon it\\nwas warm, now it is cold.\\nVous ne pourrez pas sortir, il fait trop crott\u00c3\u00a9, you will\\nnot be able to go out, it is too muddy.\\nIl fait beau temps, clair et sec, it is fine weather, clear and\\ndry.\\nExercise.\\nDo you pretend to be offended or are you really se I should be\\nsorry to have hurt your feelings when I was only jesting. You will\\norder a round table to be made, around which twelve persons can be\\nseated you will have it polished and sent home before I return. It\\nwas bad walking this morning, but it has been cold and windy since,\\nso that I think the roads must be dry now. He courted several ladies\\nat the same time, and the consequence was that he did not win the\\ngood-will of any one as soon as they discovered his faithlessness,\\nthey would not pardon him any more they felt too deeply how much\\nhe had wronged them. It is the custom in France, when an impor-\\ntant event occurs in a family, to inform all the friends of it by notes or\\nby an advertisement in the newspapers. Send for the carpenter, and\\nshow him what you want to be done if he is an intelligent man he\\nwill be able to tell you how much it will cost you, and if he is an", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0504.jp2"}, "505": {"fulltext": "VEEBS.\\n223\\nhonest man, lie will not charge yon more than a fair price. I have\\nonly met him, I cannot say, therefore, that I am acquainted with him,\\njut I should like very much to be presented to him. The cook askeci\\nme if she should boil or fry the meat for dinner, and I could not tell\\nher what she ought to do.\\nAller and Venir,\\nThe French use the two verbs aller, to go, and venir, to come,\\nto express an immediate future and an immediate past, the\\nformer corresponding in a general way to the English phrase,\\nI am going to; the latter to the English phrase, I had just.\\nThus, the future itself becomes limited to any indefinite, future\\ntime whilst the use of aller implies that the future action is\\nto take place immediately. In like manner, the past tense\\nrepresents the past but vaguely, but the use of venir implies\\nthat it has elapsed but this very moment.\\nEx. Je vais lui \u00c3\u00a9crire un petit mot tout V heure, I shall write\\nhim a few words instantly.\\nIl nous a dit qu il va sortir, he has told us that he is\\ngoing out.\\nNous venons de rentrer et nous y serons de suite, we have\\nbut just come in, and we shall be there directly.\\nIls venaient de s endormir quand on les appela, they had\\njust fallen asleep, when they were called.\\nAller is also used in French to express the English To be, in\\nreference to health or to business. Hence the familiar phrases\\nComment \u00c3\u00a7a va-t-\u00c3\u00afU Merci, \u00c3\u00a7a va bien. How are you?\\nThank you, I am pretty well.\\nEt comment vont les affaires? Comme ci, comme \u00c3\u00a7a.\\nAnd how is business So, so.\\nIl va mieux ce matin depuis qu on la saign\u00c3\u00a9, he is better\\nthis morning since be has been bled.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0505.jp2"}, "506": {"fulltext": "221\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nAller, when used in connection with parts of dress, means To\\nbecome.\\nEx. Trouvez-vous que cette robe me va bien Do vou think\\nthis dress is becoming to me\\nExercise.\\nWe had j ust dined when the ladies arrived, and fortunately there\\nwas enough left to provide for them but we sent at once for the\\ncook, and told him he must fry some chicken and boil some potatoes,\\nbecause all the ladies liked that dish. When will you let me see that\\nnote I will show it to you this instant, if you will promise me,\\nsolemnly, never to tell anybody that you have read it. Are you going\\nto write to your sister to-day, or must I do it for you I shall do it\\ndirectly, in order not to give you so much trouble, for you have already\\nbeen very kind in rendering me many services, and you have but\\njust now r placed me under new obligations by lending me so large a\\nsum of money. Does her new hat become her as well as the one I\\nliked so much, when I saw her for the first time I cannot tell, for I\\nthink that no hat is really becoming to her she is by far handsomest\\nwhen she has nothing on her head. What dress had she on when\\nyou saw her first I do not remember that, but it must have been a\\nvery simple one, for she had been very sick, and she was not very\\nwell then. How is your patient this morning I am sorry to say he\\nis not quite as well as he was yesterday still, I hope very certainly\\nthat he will escape with his life.\\nCHAPTER VI.\\nADVERBS.\\nAdverbs, which originally had their names from the fact\\nthat they principally served to qualify verbs, as adjectives\\nquality nouns, may nevertheless qualify adjectives or another\\nadverb as well. They express a manner or a circumstance, and\\nvary, therefore, in kind as much as the latter vary.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0506.jp2"}, "507": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n225\\nEx. Ce roi \u00c3\u00a9tait vraiment digne d \u00c3\u00aatre assis sur un tr\u00c3\u00b4ne, this\\nking was truly worthy of being seated on a throne.\\nIl \u00c3\u00a9tait continuellement occup\u00c3\u00a9 des soins du gouvernement,\\nhe was unceasingly engaged in the cares of govern-\\nment.\\nSon nom vivra \u00c3\u00a9ternellement, his name will live forever.\\nThis power to qualify various words is, however, not the\\nsame with all adverbs. Thus, tr\u00c3\u00a8s, si, aussi, and tout can\\nmodify only adjectives, participles and adverbs, and not verbs,\\nwhile du moins, au moins, au plus, and davantage modify ouiy\\nverbs, and tout fait only participles,\\nEx. Je Vax connu plus longtemps que vous, I have known him\\nlonger than you.\\nn aurait pu d\u00c3\u00a9sirer davantage, he could not have wished\\nfor more.\\nEst-ce que vraiment il est tout a fait g\u00c3\u00a2t\u00c3\u00a9? Is it really\\naltogether spoiled\\nAdverbs have generally a meaning complete in themselves\\nstill, there are a few which, to complete their signification,\\nrequire the addition of a regimen preceded by a preposition.\\nEx. Il sait toujours parler convenablement au sujet, he knows\\nalways how to speak appropriately.\\nIl faut aimer Dieu pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9ra blement tout, we ought to\\nlove God before all things.\\nIl ne peut pas vivre conform\u00c3\u00a9ment son \u00c3\u00a9tat, he cannot\\nlive in accordance with his rank.\\nAdverbs of quantity, being considered like nouns, require\\nthe preposition de except bien, which is followed by the partitive\\narticle.\\nEx. Elle avait infiniment d esprit, she was extremely witty.\\nEst-ce qu il y aura, bien du monde cette f\u00c3\u00aate? Will there\\nbe a great many people at that party\\nAdverbs ending in ment the rules on their formation have", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0507.jp2"}, "508": {"fulltext": "226 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nbeen given in the First Part of this Grammar have this pe-\\nculiarity that they always express the mood or manner, and\\nconsequently may form comparatives and superlatives, precisely\\nas the adjectives from which they are derived.\\nEx. 77 a parl\u00c3\u00a9 plus vivement que jamais auparavant, he spoke\\nin a more lively manner than ever before.\\nLa, robe fat faite le [dus \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gamment du monde, the dress\\nwas made in the most elegant manner.\\nBien, well, mal, badly, and peu, little, are the only adverbs\\nwhich form the comparative degrees anomalously, making\\nmieux, better, and le mieux, best.\\npis, worse, and le pis, worst.\\nmoins, less, and le moins, least,\\nEx. Elle est le mieux mise quand elle est le moins par\u00c3\u00a9e, she\\nis best dressed when she is least adorned.\\nCe qui me pla\u00c3\u00aet le mieux en eux, c est leur modestie, what\\nI like best in them is their modesty.\\nTot makes a double comparative,^^ t\u00c3\u00b4t for sooner, and\\nplut\u00c3\u00b4t for rather.\\nEx. Vous auriez d\u00c3\u00bb venir plus t\u00c3\u00b4t que le reste, you ought to\\nhave come sooner than the others.\\nJe mourrais plut\u00c3\u00b4t que d abandonner mes plans, I would\\nrather die than give up my plans.\\nT\u00c3\u00b4t alone, is hardly ever used now, though t\u00c3\u00b4t ou tard answers\\nfor the English sooner or later.\\nBien is frequently used as a mere expletive, to give strength\\nand emphasis to the verb, as in the use made of veuillez bien, as\\nhas been explained.\\nEx. Je vois bien que vous ne le voulez pas, I see (indeed) that\\nyou do not wish it.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0508.jp2"}, "509": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n227\\nPLACE OF ADVERBS.\\nThe adverb is placed immediately after the verb it qualifies,\\nif the latter is used in a simple tense but, in compound tenses,\\nit may be placed between the auxiliary and the participle\\npast.\\nEx. Il dit franchement tout ce qu il pense, he tells all he thinks\\nopenly.\\nSavez-vous s il a parfaitement r\u00c3\u00a9ussi Do you know if\\nhe has succeeded entirely\\nHier, yesterday, may be placed before the verb or after it, but\\ncan never stand between the auxiliary and the participle.\\nEx. Hier nous y all\u00c3\u00a2mes or, Nous y all\u00c3\u00a2mes Mer, we went there\\nyesterday.\\nCompound adveibs, however, consisting of adverbs with a\\nregimen or nouns preceded by prepositions, cannot be placed\\nbefore the auxiliary and participle.\\nEx. Celui qui juge la h\u00c3\u00a2te juge au hasard, those who judge\\nrashly judge at haphazard.\\nThe adverbs bien, mal, mieux, pis, and a few others of like\\ncharacter, are always placed between the auxiliary and the\\nparticiple, and may aho stand before as well as after the\\ninfinitive which they qualify.\\nEx. Vous avez mal fait en le lui disant, you have done wrong\\nby telling him.\\nPartout f ai \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 mieux re\u00c3\u00a7u que je n avais esp\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9, every-\\nwhere I have been better received than I expected.\\nLe plus grand bonheur est de bien faire son devoir, the\\ngreatest happiness is to do one s duty well.\\nAdverbs generally are not repeated before every word they\\nquali y, with the exception of si, aussi, plus and autant, which\\nrequire to be thus repeated.\\nEx. Il a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 si bon, si sage, qiCil rHa pas son pareil, he was so\\nwise and good, that the like of him did not exist.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0509.jp2"}, "510": {"fulltext": "228 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nL \u00c3\u00a2ne est aussi humble, aussi patient, que lr chenil est fier\\net imp\u00c3\u00a9tueux, the ass is as bumble and patient as tbc\\nhorse is proud and impetuous.\\nA few adverbs can, in negative constructions, be plated\\nbefore pas or point and done, therefore, must be so placed.\\nEx. Vous ne m avez donc pas ob\u00c3\u00a9i? Then you have not\\nobeyed me\\nSi, aussi, tant and autant.\\nSi and aussi mean both so or as, and tant and autant mean\\nboth so or as much and as many but the forms aussi and autant\\ncan only be used in comparisons, while si and tant serve mainiy\\nin exclamations and negative sentences.\\nEx. Ces plaisirs sont aussi purs que tranquilles these pleas-\\nures are as pure as they are quiet.\\nJ aime Horace autant que je l admire, I love Horace as\\nmuch as I admire him.\\nLes gens riches sont-ils si heureux Are the rich so very\\nhappy\\nQuand elle fut partie il s \u00c3\u00a9cria Je Pat tant aim\u00c3\u00a9e When\\nshe was gone, he exclaimed I loved her so dearly\\nAutant may be substituted for aussi, by being placed after the\\nadjective it qualifies.\\nEx. Cette qualit\u00c3\u00a9 est estimable autant que rare, this quality is as\\nvaluable as it is rare.\\nSo, before participles past, cannot be translated by si, but its\\nplace is supplied by tellement.\\nEx. H est toujours tellement occup\u00c3\u00a9, qu il ne voit personne, he is\\nalways so busy that he sees nobody.\\nSi excludes all expressions of the superlative after it, with\\nthe exception of bien, which may be used between si and a\\nparticiple past.\\nEx. She is so very kind that everybody loves her, elle est si\\naimable que tout le monde l aime.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0510.jp2"}, "511": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\nThis work is so well done that it praises its master, cet\\nouvrage est si bien fait qu il loue le ma\u00c3\u00aetre.\\nIn n\u00c3\u00a9gative comparisons aussi cannot very well be used, when\\nit has the meaning- of Not any more, arid its place is then\\nsupplied by non plus.\\nEx. Il na pas montr\u00c3\u00a9 non plus un grand courage, he also has\\nnot shown much courage.\\nVous n avez p as r\u00c3\u00a9ussi, ni moi non plus, you have not\\nsucceeded, nor I either.\\nExercise.\\nHe had lent me about a thousand dollars, and I have not returned\\nmore than half of it but it has not been in my power, or I would have\\nrepaid more. She is as lovely as she is beautiful and that is a very\\nrare combination, for the body is not always as much gifted as the\\nmind. He is so simple a man that he never suspects anybody, and he\\ngives to the bad as much credit for what they say as to the good. He\\nwas so very busy yesterday that I would have done wrong to inter-\\nrupt him then, but I hope I shall be able to see him to-day. When he\\nhad well dined he felt in such good-humor, that he would grant\\nfavors to as many as came to ask. You spoil your children, for I have\\nobserved that the worse they are the more you indulge them, merely\\nfor the purpose of avoiding the trouble it would give you to correct\\nthem. Even when she is most happy she has a sad look in her eyes,\\nand she appears troubled when she is least thoughtful. Friendship is\\nso precious a thing that it ought not to be lavished it ought to be\\ncherished as much as the most precious good w r e possess. He was so\\nvery benevolent, that he gave away the little money he owned, and\\neven distributed his clothes among the poor.\\nBeaucoup and bien.\\nBeaucoup, from the Latin bella copia, and bien, from the Latin\\nbene, differ but little in meaning, bien being only a strengthened\\nbeaucoup. They both represent the English plural as well as", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0511.jp2"}, "512": {"fulltext": "230\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nsingular, meaning Much and many, a great deal and a great\\nmany. They differ, however, essentially in their regimen,\\nbeaucoup being always followed by de, bien by the partitive\\narticle.\\nEx. Beaucoup de gens Vont vu et entendu, many people have\\nseen and heard it.\\nJe Vai entendu dire a bien des gens, I have heard a great\\nmany people say so.\\nThe English phrase Many a, is translated without the indefinite\\narticle.\\nEx. Beaucoup de femmes s y sont tromp\u00c3\u00a9es, many a woman has\\nbeen deceived by that.\\nBeaucoup, when used with a comparative, may be placed\\neither before it, or, connected by the preposition de, after it,\\nwhen it corresponds to the English By far.\\nEx. Vous \u00c3\u00aates beaucoup plus savant que lui or, Vous \u00c3\u00aates\\nplus savant que lui de beaucoup, you are far more\\nlearned than he is.\\nIt may also be placed between the auxiliary and the past\\nparticiple, when it is used emphatically.\\nEx. Je Vaurais beaucoup aim\u00c3\u00a9, I would have liked it very\\nmuch.\\nVery well, is translated simply by beaucoup.\\nEx. I like him very well, je Vaime beaucoup.\\nIl s en faut beaucoup, or de beaucoup, expresses the English\\nFar from it.\\nEx. Vous croyez m avoir pay\u00c3\u00a9 il s en faut de beaucoup, you\\nthink you bave paid me far from it.\\nIl s en faut beaucoup qu il soit heureux, he is very far from\\nbeing happy.\\nIts comparative plus is used, like moins and mieux, by repe-\\ntition to express a compark on, corresponding to the English", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0512.jp2"}, "513": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n231\\nThe* more the more, etc. in which case it must be followed\\nby the verb directly, and not, as in English, by the adjective.\\nEx. Plus on en voit plus on V admire, the more one sees of it\\nthe more one admires it.\\nPlus il grandit plus il devient laid, the more he grows\\nthe uglier he becomes.\\nINTERROGATIVE ADVERBS.\\nThe English adverb How is translated into French by a great\\nvariety of forms, according to the meaning it may happen to\\nhave or the words with which it is connected.\\nHow, inquiring the manner, etc., is translated by comment.\\nEx. Comment vous \u00c3\u00a8tes-vous port\u00c3\u00a9 depuis? How have you\\nbeen since\\nVoulez-vous savoir comment on doit faire? Do you wish\\nto know how to do it\\nComme, on the contrary, does not refer to the manner so\\nmuch, but simply serves to connect two verbs.\\nEx. Voyez comme il travaille See how (much) he works\\nHow, in exclamations, is translated by que, which, followed\\nby de, means also How much and How many\\nEx. Que cette parole me doit \u00c3\u00aatre douce! How sweet that\\nword ought to be to me\\nQu*elle est jolie en d\u00c3\u00a9pit de son \u00c3\u00a2ge How pretty she is,\\nin spite of her age\\nQue de batailles gagn\u00c3\u00a9es et que de villes prises! Hovv\\nmany battles won, and how many cities taken\\nIt will be seen, from these examples, that in French the\\ninterrogative adverb comment or que cannot, as in English, be\\nfollowed immediately by an adjective or adverb, but requires\\nthat the verb should come immediately after it.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0513.jp2"}, "514": {"fulltext": "232 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nEx. I cannot tell you how old she is, je ne saurais vlus dire\\nquel est son age,\\nHow few men are really happy Qu il y a peu d hommes\\nqui sont vraiment heureux\\nHow so is translated by comment cela?\\nQuand, which can be used relatively as a conjunction, as\\nwell as interrogatively as an adverb, means not only When\\nbut, with the conditional, also Even if; in which case it is often\\naccompanied by m\u00c3\u00aame.\\nEx. Quand viendrez-vous me voir a la campagne When will\\nyou come and see me in the country\\nQuand vous me ha\u00c3\u00afriez, je ne me plaindrais pas, even if\\nyou should hate me, I would not complain.\\nJe le ferai quand m\u00c3\u00aame il me co\u00c3\u00bbterait la vie, I will do it\\neven though it should cost me my life.\\nPourquoi represents the English Why, wherefore, and what,\\nwith for at the end of the sentence.\\nEx. Pourquoi ne me Pavez-vous pas dit hier Why did you\\nnot tell me so yesterday\\nPourriez-vous me dire pourquoi il Va fait Could you\\ntell me what he did it for\\nIn negative questions, Why is frequently rendered by que ne.\\nEx. Que ne me le dites-vous pas Why did you not tell me?\\nExercise.\\nI have seen many soldiers who had much more genius, but I have\\nnever seen one who had more true courage than your friend. That\\nis why I esteemed him so much and I may add that I like him also\\nmuch, although I have seen him but little. She is very far from\\nhaving given up all hope of seeing him again she intends going to\\nEurope next year,, although it will cost her a great deal of money,\\nand she thinks she may see him there before he dies. When was\\nthis battle fought, in which your younger brother fell It was my", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0514.jp2"}, "515": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n233\\nelder brother who died there and I do not see why you ask me such\\na question at all. How long will be your stay in this city, or have\\nyou not yet decided how many days you will spend here How full\\nof wisdom these verses are They surprise me every time I read\\nthem and even if they were not the work of so famous an author,\\nthey would not fail to be admired wherever they are read. Why did\\nyou not tell her so She would have understood it perfectly, and you\\nwould not feel the remorse that now troubles your conscience. The\\nmore I see of them the less I like them they are not like those\\npeople who gain your esteem the better you learn to know them.\\nNEGATIVE ADVERBS.\\nThe simple negation in French is non, which corresponds to\\nthe English No, and can never be used with a verb. It may,\\nhowever, be piaced before seulement, only, when followed by\\nque, and it may follow certain verbs, like oui, when connected\\nwith them by que.\\nEx. Non, Madame, je rfy consentirai jamais, no, Madam, I will\\nnever consent to it.\\nElle est non seulement vieille, mais laide, she is not only\\nold, but ugly.\\nJEd-ee que vraiment il a dit que non? Did he really\\nsay no\\nAll other negative adverbs require the addition of ne in its\\nproper place before the verb, because they are all taken from\\nLatin nouns, which in themselves have no negative signification.\\nThus, pas comes from the Latin passus, and point from punctum\\nrien from rem, and jamais from jam magis.\\nIt has already been mentioned that the particle ne is re-\\nquired whether the negative adverb precede or follow the verb.\\nEx, Jamais la fortune n a fait autant pour un homme, never\\nhas fortune done as much for a man.\\nMien ne me plairait mieux que de .vous y voir, nothing\\nwould please me better than to see you there.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0515.jp2"}, "516": {"fulltext": "234 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nAucune de ces dames ne vous a reconnu, not one of these\\nladies has recognized you.\\nPas and point both represent the English Not, but the latter\\nis the stronger, approaching the meaning of the English Not at\\nall, or when there is a distinction made between the quantity and\\nthe whole material, in which case point applies to the former\\nand pas to the latter.\\nEx. Vous vous trompez, il r\u00c3\u00afa point r\u00c3\u00a9ussi, you are mistaken,\\nhe has not at all succeeded.\\nJe ne prendrai point de th\u00c3\u00a9, je rien prends pas, I will take\\nno tea, I do not drink tea.\\nPas may be used without ne for the English Not, before\\nadjectives or adverbs and point is used without ne, but fol-\\nlowed by de, like an adverb of quality, for the English No, be-\\nfore nouns.\\nEx. How is the coffee Not very good. Comment est le caf\u00c3\u00a9?\\nPas trop bon.\\nNo taxes and no veto Point de taxes et point de veto\\nOn the other hand, j)as and point are omitted and ne alone\\nis used to express the negative, when the extent given to the\\nnegative is already sufficiently clearly expressed by another\\nword.\\nEx. Il ne sortira de huit jours, he will not go out for a week.\\nPendant tout ce temps il rla dit mot, during all this time\\nhe has not said a word.\\nJe vous assure, je n y vois c/outte, I assure you, T cannot\\nsee any thing in it (I do not understand it at all).\\nThey are also omitted after the verbs oser, to dare, cesser, to\\ncease, pouvoir and savoir, when there is no emphasis on the\\nnegation.\\nEx. Il n osera de sa vie vous le reprocher, he will never in his\\nlife dare to reproach you with it.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0516.jp2"}, "517": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n235\\nElle n a cess\u00c3\u00a9 de me tourmenter, she bas plagued me in-\\ncessantly.\\nJe ne saurais vous dire combien je vous plains, I cannot\\ntell you how much I pity you.\\nThey are, finally, omitted after qui in exclamations.\\nEx. Qui ne serait touch\u00c3\u00a9 par un tel spectacle Who would\\nnot be moved by such a sight\\nPoint, with the infinitive, may be placed before or after it.\\nEx. Pour ne point souffrir or, Pour ne souffrir point, in\\norder not to suffer at all.\\nQue, with the negative ne, has the meaning of the English\\nOnly, when it qualifies a verb, and que must precede the word\\nto be limited.\\nEx. Vous n avez qu a dire et vous l aurez, you have only to\\nsay so, and you shall have it.\\nJe ne veux sortir que pour une demi-heure, I only want to\\ngo out for half an hour.\\nIl n aime que moi, he loves me only.\\nWhen Only expresses a sufficiency, it is rendered by seulement.\\nEx. Si f\u00c3\u00aatais seulement major, je serais content, \u00c3\u00aef I were only a\\nmajor, I would be content.\\nGu\u00c3\u00a8re, with the negative ne, represents the English Scarcely\\nor Hardly, in connection with a verb.\\nEx. Je ne V aurais gu\u00c3\u00a8re reconnu, s il ne m avait parl\u00c3\u00a9, I would\\nhave scarcely recognized him, if he had not spoken to\\nme.\\n77 n y a gu\u00c3\u00a8re d autres gens dans ce pays, there are hardly\\nany other people in this country.\\nThe numerous cases in which ne alone is used, without\\ngiving a negative meaning to the verb, have already been men-\\ntioned in connection with the different classes of words which\\nrequire it, as comparatives, verbs of doubt and fear, etc.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0517.jp2"}, "518": {"fulltext": "236\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nPlas, with the negative ne, has the meaning of No more\\nand No longer, when the latter does not literally mean Not a\\nlonger time, in which case it would have to be translated plus\\nIon (/temps.\\nEx. Dites-moi adieu, vous ne me reverrez plus, tell me good-\\nbye, you will never see me again.\\nJe ne peux plus, mes forces sont \u00c3\u00a9puis\u00c3\u00a9es, I can do it no\\nlonger, my strength is exhausted.\\nVous n auriez pas d\u00c3\u00bb marcher ])lus longtemps, you ought\\nnot to have walked any longer.\\nNot again, can never be represented in French by pas encore,\\nas foreigners are apt to do the simple plus expressing the words.\\nPas encore means Not yet.\\nEx. Je ne Vai pas encore vue et elle ne repara\u00c3\u00aetra plus, I bave\\nnot seen it, and it will not appear again.\\nEncore, alone, may be used as an adverb of quantity, and means\\nSome more.\\nEx. Vous voulez encore de l argent? You want some more\\nmoney\\nExercise.\\nI can never believe those who have once told me a falsehood, and\\nnothing will persuade me that a man who has done so once, may not do\\nit again, when it suits him. My patient is not so well to-day he was\\nworse this morning than he has yet been, and I doubt that he can\\nrecover. I could hardly believe that he would commit so base an\\naction nobody has ever suspected him of being a mean man, and it\\nwould surprise me very much if it should be discovered, after all, that,\\nhe has deceived everybody so long. I believe you will find at the\\ntrial, wdiich has only commenced yet, that the facts are not only\\nproved, but supported by the strongest evidence. Several witnesses\\nhave been examined already, and they have proved every thing,\\nwhile his own attorney has said nothing to establish his innocence.\\nI know that at first you would not even listen to the suspicions, nor\\nI either, and I have seen only the reports in the newspapers. Since\\nhe has returned from Europe he is more conceited than he ever was,\\nand it will require much time to make him come back to his good sense.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0518.jp2"}, "519": {"fulltext": "PEEPOSITIONS.\\n237\\nNo Pope was the cry of the early reformers but afterwards that\\nwas not enough, and numerous other demands of a similar kind were\\nmade, until it began to be feared that nothing of the Holy Church\\nwould survive. Do not send for any wine I do not drink any, and\\nyour water is so pure and fresh, that I shall be perfectly content.\\nCHAPTER VII.\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\nPrepositions have their name from the fact that they are\\ninvariably placed before the noun, pronoun, or verb to which\\nthey belong. Their general purpose is to represent the relations\\nexisting between two words in the same sentence. Hence\\nthey can neither be used by themselves nor placed at the end\\nof the sentence, as is done in English.\\nEx. I cannot tell you, I was not near, je ne saurais vous le\\ndire, je n \u00c3\u00a9tais pas pr\u00c3\u00a8s de l\u00c3\u00a0,\\nWhat was it he spoke of? Qu est-ce que c \u00c3\u00a9tait de quoi\\nil parla\\nA number of so-called prepositions, however, are, in French\\nas in English, adverbs also, and in that capacity they may be\\nused -without a regimen.\\nEx. D abord on a pris le th\u00c3\u00a9, et apr\u00c3\u00a8s, on a dans\u00c3\u00a9, first they\\nthey took tea, and then they danced.\\nIt must be borne in mind that simple prepositions are placed\\nimmediately before the noun, while compound prepositions\\nrequire another preposition\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDe, when they consist already of a preposition and a noun;\\nwhen they express a tendency or an aim.\\nEx On ne le voit jamais sans manteau, he is never seen with-\\nout a cloak.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0519.jp2"}, "520": {"fulltext": "238 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nOn Va fait Pr\u00c3\u00a9sident au lieu de son p\u00c3\u00a8re, he has been\\nmade President instead of his father.\\nIl s est hasard\u00c3\u00a9 jusqu aux injures, he has ventured even\\nupon insults.\\nOther prepositions can have a second preposition for their\\nregimen thus de may be used before apr\u00c3\u00a8s, entre, avec, chez\\n2 r\u00c3\u00a8s and aupr\u00c3\u00a8s.\\nEx. Ces personnes sont trac\u00c3\u00a9es d apr\u00c3\u00a8s nature, these characters\\nare drawn from nature.\\nIl y en a peu d entre eux qui V aiment, there are few among\\nthem who love him.\\nLes hommes pr\u00c3\u00a8s de mourir se montrent tels qu ils sont,\\nmen about to die show themselves as they are.\\nHors, outside, may be used familiarly without the additional\\npreposition de, which it generally requires.\\nEx. Ils demeuraient longtemps hors de la ville, they lived a\\nlong time outside of the town.\\nCet homme est log\u00c3\u00a9 hors la barri\u00c3\u00a8re, this man has lodg-\\nings outside the city-walls.\\nThe prepositions de, and en must be repeated before every\\nnoun, pronoun or verb which is their regimen.\\nEx. Ce g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral fut combl\u00c3\u00a9 d honneur et de gloire, this general\\nwas overwhelmed with honor and glory.\\nIl doit la vie a Dieu et aux m\u00c3\u00a9decins, he owes his life to\\nGod and the doctors.\\nIl trafique en gros et en d\u00c3\u00a9tail, he deals wholesale and\\nretail.\\nAll other prepositions are repeated only when the two regi-\\nmens which they govern have an opposite or widely different\\nmeaning.\\nEx. Sous les yeux et sous les mains de la, Providence, under\\nthe eye and in the hands of Providence.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0520.jp2"}, "521": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS.\\n239\\nJVos devoirs envers Dieu et envers la patrie, our duty to\\nGod and our country.\\nII passe sa vie dans la mollesse et l oisivet\u00c3\u00a9, he spends Lis\\nlife in effeminacy and idleness.\\nSPECIAL REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS.\\nAvant and devant mean both Before, but the former relates\\nonly to time and rank, the latter only to place.\\nEx. Nous irons avant vous, si vous le voulez, we will go first,\\nif you wish it.\\nPrenez place devant moi, s il vous pla\u00c3\u00aet, take a seat before\\nme, if you please.\\nBefore a verb in the infinitive, avant ought to be followed by\\nque de, although modern authors frequently employ avant que\\nonly.\\nEx. Avant que d? \u00c3\u00a9crire il faut apprendre penser, before writing\\nwe must learn to think.\\nChez, from the Latin casa, retains from its origin the idiom-\\natic meaning of the English, At the house of, or At, followed\\nby a person s name in the possessive case.\\nEx. Je ne vous ai jamais vu chez moi, I have never seen you\\nat my house.\\nMais je vous ai rencontr\u00c3\u00a9 bien des fois chez le docteur,\\nbut I have met you very often at the doctor s.\\nHence chez, with personal pronouns especially, expresses the\\nEnglish word Home, for which there is no other equivalent in\\nFrench.\\nEx. Est-ce que vous serez chez vous ce soir? Will you be at\\nhome to-night\\nMadame la Comtesse est-elle chez elle? Is the Countess\\nat home\\nApr\u00c3\u00a8s avoir \u00c3\u00a9crit les lettres vous prouvez aller chez vous f\\nafter having written the letters you can go home.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0521.jp2"}, "522": {"fulltext": "240\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nDans and en have both the same signification, in but en\\nexpresses it in a vague and general sense, and hence is not\\naccompanied by the article, except in a few technical terms,\\nwhilst dans has always the meaning of Into or Within, and is\\ninvariably accompanied by the article.\\nEx. En tous temps, en tous lieux, la vertu est sublime, at all\\ntimes, in all places, virtue is sublime.\\na v\u00c3\u00a9cu dix ans en Italie sans apprendre l Italien, he has\\nlived ten years in Italy without learning Italian.\\nMa s\u00c5\u0093ur \u00c3\u00a9tait dans sa chambre, my sister was in her\\nroom.\\nU ennemi a march\u00c3\u00a9 ses troupes dans Paris, the enemy\\nhas marched his troops into Paris.\\nCela est arriv\u00c3\u00a9 ou en Juin ou en Juillet, that happened\\neither in June or in July.\\nDemain, nous entrerons dans le mois de Juin, to-morrow\\nwe shall enter into the month of June.\\nFrom this peculiarity of en arises the fact that it serves, in\\nconnection with a number of nouns, to form adverbial expres-\\nsions, signifying a manner of doing or being.\\nEx. Je ne crois pas qu elle soit en bonne sant\u00c3\u00a9, I do not think\\nshe is in good health.\\nQui est-ce qui a mis cette chanson en musique Who has\\nset this song to music\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rez vous le vin en bouteilles? Do you prefer bottled\\nwine\\nThe few cases in which en is followed by the article are the\\nfollowing\\nEn Van or en Vann\u00c3\u00a9e, in the year\\nEn V absence or en la pr\u00c3\u00a9sence de, in the absence and in the\\npresence of\\nEn Vair, in the air\\nEn ces termes, in these terms\\nEn ces mots, in these words", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0522.jp2"}, "523": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS.\\n24:1\\nand in the titles Ma\u00c3\u00aetre \u00c3\u00a8s (instead of en les) Arts, Master of\\nArts, and Docteur \u00c3\u00a8s Sciences, Doctor of Sciences.\\nWhen dans and en are employed in definitions of time, they\\nhave an entirely different signification dans expresses the\\ntime between now and the beginning of an action, en means the\\ntime between the beginning and the end of the action.\\nEx. arrivera ici dans trois jours, he will reach here three\\ndays hence.\\nIl arrivera l\u00c3\u00a0 en trois jours, it will take him three days\\nto get there.\\nEn has also the peculiar meaning of like, in the manner of, in\\nthe character of.\\nEx. Il me traite en fr\u00c3\u00a8re plut\u00c3\u00b4t qu en ma\u00c3\u00aetre, he treats me\\nrather like a brother than like a master.\\nDans toute cette affaire il a agi en honn\u00c3\u00aate homme, in this\\nwhole affair he has acted like an honest man.\\nElle \u00c3\u00a9tait d\u00c3\u00a9guis\u00c3\u00a9e en dame du Moyen- Age, she was dressed\\nin the character of a lady of the Middle Ages.\\nThe English, in, before the word Manner, and whenever with\\ncan be substituted for it, is not translated by en, but by de.\\nEx. In this manner we shall never come to an end of it, de cette\\nmani\u00c3\u00a8re nous n en viendrons jamais bout.\\nShe said to him in a tender voice, elle lui dit d une voix\\ntendre.\\nNever in my life, and Nothing in the world, are in like manner\\ntranslated by jamais de ma vie, and rien au monde.\\nDessus, dessous (pronounced as if the first e was mute), above\\nand below, dedans and dehors, within and without, belong to\\nthat class of prepositions which may also be used as adverbs.\\nn he difference can be easily ascertained, as they will have a\\nregimen when they are used as prepositions, and stand alone as\\nadverbs.\\nEx. Je Vai cherche dessus et dessous la table, I have looked for\\nit on the table and under it.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0523.jp2"}, "524": {"fulltext": "242 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\n77 est moiti\u00c3\u00a9 dedans, moiti\u00c3\u00a9 dehors, he is half inside and\\nhalf outside.\\nElle est all\u00c3\u00a9e dehors voir s il y a quelqu un, she has gone\\nout to see if there is anybody there.\\nThey may be preceded by one of the following prepositions\\nde, and par in which case they are followed by de.\\nEx. Il veut toujours s \u00c3\u00a9lever au-dessus de ses \u00c3\u00a9gaux, he always\\nwants to rise above his equals.\\nIl est riche, il est jeune, et par dessus de cela il est beau,\\nhe is youug, he is rich, and besides that he is hand-\\nsome.\\nExercise.\\nWho was that woman who was seated before you at the theatre\\nlast night She had come there half an hour before you, and seemed\\nto be impatient to see you come. I will let you know before writing\\nto her, so that you can tell me what you wish me to communicate to\\nher, in case you should not write to her yourself before that time.\\nShe is still, I think, at her uncle s, but after a month or two she told\\nme she would go back to her aunt s, where she is perfectly at home.\\nThey are not at home at this hour, the servant says, but they will\\nreturn a few minutes before dinner. Had she gone into the house\\nwhen you saw her this morning, or was she still walking in the\\ngarden, and gathering flowers for a bouquet They were born either\\nin Germany or in Holland, but they spent nearly their whole life in\\nthe United States. In vain did he try to gain his ear he would not\\nlisten to him for a moment, and after a little while he went back, and\\nlocked himself in his study. If you cannot get these dresses into\\nthe basket, put some of them upon it, and the others will find room\\ninside.\\nJusque, till, is almost invariably used with another preposi-\\ntion after it, which, with a few exceptions, is We may say,\\nEx. Il la poursuivra jusque dans V enfer, he will pursue her\\nas far as hell.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0524.jp2"}, "525": {"fulltext": "PKEPOSITIONS.\\n2\u00c2\u00b13\\nL eau lui monta jusque par dessus la t\u00c3\u00aate, the watei rose\\nas high as above her head.\\nJ aime ses talents, ses vertus et jusqu ses d\u00c3\u00a9fauts, I love\\nhis talents, his virtues and even his faults.\\nPoets take the liberty of adding an s to jusque whenever it\\nsuits tbeir metre to make two syllables of the word.\\nEx. Vous la louez, Madame, jusques au ciel, you praise lier,\\nMartam, to the skies.\\nIt has already been stated that jusque, used as a conjunction\\nbefore verbs, requires the additional ce que.\\nEx. Attendez jusqw ce que j aurai fini ma, lettre, wait until I\\nhave finished my letter.\\nSans, without, has two peculiarities it is used without an\\narticle, unless there is special emphasis on the article, and it\\nmay be followed either by ni or by et, in spite of its negative\\nsignification but with et, it must be repeated before each noun.\\nEx. Sans crainte ni pudeur, sans forte ni vertu, without fear\\nor shame, without power or virtue.\\nElle y est all\u00c3\u00a9e sans p\u00c3\u00a8re et sans mari, she went there\\nwithout father and husband.\\nSans la crainte de V offenser, je l aurais fait, without the\\nfear of offending him, I would have done it.\\nWhen followed by a verb, sans requires an additional que,\\nunless it be in the infinitive, which being a noun requires no\\nconjunction.\\nEx. Sans que la France m\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a2t de reproches, without France s\\ndeserving any reproach.\\nIl boit du vin sans y mettre de Veau, he drinks wine\\nwithout putting any water into it.\\nAvec, also, omits the article, but only when it stands before\\nnouns expressive of moral qualities, with which it forms an\\nadverb.\\nEx. Il ne pourra s en tirer avec honneur, he will not be able to\\nget out of it honorably.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0525.jp2"}, "526": {"fulltext": "244 ON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nOn peut tout faire avec de V argent, one can do every thing\\nwith money.\\nPar, also, can be used without an article in adverbial expres-\\nsions, and when it is followed by a noun taken in a partitive\\nsense.\\nEx. On fait plus par la douceur que par la force, one can do\\nmore by gentleness than by violence.\\nIl voulut me le prendre par force, he wanted to take it\\nforcibly from me.\\nCes pauvres gens mouraient de faim par milliers, these\\npoor people starved to death by the thousand.\\nDe, and pour are the three principal prepositions in use\\nwith the infinitive of verbs, and present some difficulty in their\\nuse, as they do not always correspond to like expressions in\\nEnglish. It has already been explained, that the English word\\nto is by no means always a preposition, but most frequently\\nnothing more than a mere sign of the verbal character of the\\nverb- word, when it remains, of course, untranslated. Never-\\ntheless, it has also the meanings of In order to, For the purpose\\nof, etc., and in such cases it has to be translated by the proper\\npreposition in French.\\nPour represents to in the sense of In order to, and is also\\nused after all expressions, nouns, adjectives or adverbs, which\\nconvey the idea of sufficiency.\\nEx. Elle ne Va fait que pour vous faire plaisir, she has done\\nit only to give you pleasure.\\nEst-ce que cela suffit pour le payer? Is that enough to\\npay him\\nIl est assez simple pour avoir fait cette b\u00c3\u00a9vue, he is simple\\nenough to have made that blunder.\\nA expresses always more or less distinctly the end or purpose,\\nand frequently, as has been stated elsewhere, gives a passive\\nsignification to the verb it precedes.\\nEx. Est-ce que c est bon manger ou a quoi sert-il Is this\\ngood to eat, or what is it good for", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0526.jp2"}, "527": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS.\\n245\\nC est une chose qui est beaucoup craindre, that is a thing\\nmuch to be feared.\\nIt is also used after words with a superlative meaning.\\nEx. Je crois que f\u00c3\u00aatais le premier vous le dire, I believe I\\nwas the first to tell you.\\nDe is used in all other cases not thus provided for, except\\nafter verbs which are used without any preposition, like verbs\\nof motion, etc.\\nEx. Elle est impatiente de revoir sa patrie, she is impatient to\\nsee her country again.\\nIl est notre devoir de venir a son secours, it is our duty\\nto come to his aid.\\nWhen an infinitive is the object of another verb, de is placed\\nbefore it as direct object, and when it is the indirect object.\\nEx. Une m a pas \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 permis de la revoir, 1 have not been per-\\nmitted to see her again.\\nJe l ai invite a venir nous voir, I have invited him to come\\nand see us.\\nAs a matter of reference, lists of those verbs are given here,\\nwhich require either no pmiyvsitfon at ail before an infinitive\\nor such as differ from those used in English.\\nVERBS USED WITHOUT PREPOSITION.\\nAffirmer\\nto affirm\\ndaigner\\nto deign\\naimer mieux\\nto prefer\\ndeclarer\\nto declare\\naller\\nto go\\nd\u00c3\u00a9poser\\nto bear witness\\napercevoir\\nto perceive\\nd\u00c3\u00a9sirer\\nto wish\\nassurer\\nto assure\\ndevoir\\nto owe\\navouer\\nto confess\\n\u00c3\u00a9couter\\nto listen to\\ncompter\\nto intend\\nentendre\\nto hear\\nconfesser\\nto confess\\nenvoyer\\nto send\\nconsid\u00c3\u00a9rer\\nto behold\\n\u00c3\u00a9pier\\nto spy\\ncourir\\nto run\\nesp\u00c3\u00a9rer\\nto hope\\ncroire\\nto believe\\nfaire\\nto make", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0527.jp2"}, "528": {"fulltext": "2iQ\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nfalloir\\nto be necessary\\nrapporter\\nto report\\ns imaginer\\nto imagine\\nreconna\u00c3\u00aetre\\nto acknowledge\\nlaisser\\nto allow, to suffer\\nregarder\\nto look at\\nmener\\nto lead\\nretourner\\nto return\\nnier\\nto deny\\nrevenir\\nto ccme back\\nobserver\\nto observe\\nsavoir\\nto know\\noser\\nto dare\\nsembler\\nto seem\\nouir\\nto bear\\nsentir\\nto feel\\npara\u00c3\u00aetre\\nto appear\\nsouhaiter\\nto wish\\npenser\\nto imagine\\nsoutenir\\nto maintain\\npouvoir\\nto be able\\nt\u00c3\u00a9moigner\\nto testify\\npr\u00c3\u00a9tendre\\nto pretend\\nse trouver\\nto happen to be\\npr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rer\\nto prefer\\nvaloir mieux\\nto be better\\nprotester\\nto protest\\nvenir\\nto come\\npublier\\nto publish\\nvoir\\nto see\\nse rappeler\\nto remember\\nvouloir\\nto be willing\\nVERBS WHICH REQUIRE de BEFORE AN INFINITIVE.\\nAccuser de\\ns affliger de\\ns attrister de\\navertir de\\ns aviser de\\navoir honte de\\nbl\u00c3\u00a2mer de\\ncensurer de\\ncesser de\\nse chagriner de\\ncharger de\\nconjurer de\\nconvaincre de\\nconvenir de\\nd\u00c3\u00a9courager de\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9fendre de\\nd\u00c3\u00a9fier de\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9cher de\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9saccoutu-\\nmer de\\nto accuse of\\nto grieve at\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9shabituer\\nde\\nto leave off\\nto be grieved at\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9sesp\u00c3\u00a9rer de\\nto despair\\nto warn\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9soler de\\nto rave at\\nto take into one s d\u00c3\u00a9tourner de\\nto dissuade\\nhead\\ndiscontinuer de\\nto discontinue\\nto be ashamed at\\ndisconvenir de\\nto deny\\nto blame\\nse dispenser de\\nto forbear\\nto censure for\\ndissuader de\\nto dissuade\\nto cease\\ndouter de\\nto doubt\\nto fret for\\ns efforcer de\\nto endeavor\\nto charge with\\ns empresser de\\nto hasten\\nto entreat\\nenrager de\\nto be vexed at\\nto convince\\ns effrayer de\\nto be frightened\\nto agree\\ns \u00c3\u00a9pouvanter de\\nf at\\nto discourage\\nto decline\\ns \u00c3\u00a9tonner de\\nj to be astonished\\nat\\nto challenge\\ns excuser de\\nto excuse\\nto make haste\\nf\u00c3\u00a9liciter de\\nto congratulate\\nto leave off\\nse flatter de\\nj to flatter one s\\nself", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0528.jp2"}, "529": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS.\\n247\\nfr\u00c3\u00a9mir de to shudder at\\ng\u00c3\u00a9mir de to lament\\ng\u00c3\u00aaner de to constrain\\ngronder de to scold for\\nhair de to hate for\\nse hasarder de to venture\\nse h\u00c3\u00a2ter de to hasten\\nto be exasperat-\\n6* indigner de\\ned at\\njouir de to enjoy\\nlouer de to praise for\\nmanquer de to fail\\nmenacer de to threaten\\nse passer de to do without\\nse piquer de to pride in\\nplaindre de to pity for\\nprendre garde de to take care not\\nprescrire de\\npresser de\\nse presser de\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sumer de\\nprier de\\nprotester de\\nto prescribe\\nto urge\\nto hasten\\nto conjecture\\nto desire\\nto protest\\npunir de\\nse r\u00c3\u00a9buter de\\nse r\u00c3\u00a9jouir de\\nremercier de\\nrendre gr\u00c3\u00a2ce de\\nse repentir de\\nreprendre de\\nr\u00c3\u00a9primander de S\\nse ressouvenir de\\nrire de\\nrougir de\\nse scandaliser de\\nsommer de\\nse soucier de\\nsouffrir de\\nsoup\u00c3\u00a7onner de\\nse souvenir de\\nsuffire de (im-\\npersonal) j\\nsupplier de\\ntrembler de\\nto punish\\nto be discouraged\\nat\\nto rejoice at\\nto thank for\\nto repent\\nto chide for\\nto remember\\nto laugh at\\nto blush at\\nto be offended at\\nto summon\\nto care for\\nto suffer\\nto suspect\\nto remember\\nto suffice\\nto entreat\\nto tremble\\nAnd all other verbs corresponding to English verbs which are\\nfollowed by the prepositions of, from, with or about.\\nVERBS\\nAboutir\\naider\\naimer d\\napprendre\\navoir\\navoir peine\\nbalancer\\nchercher d\\nconcourir\\ncondescendre\\nWHICH REQUIRE\\nto end in\\nto help in\\nto like\\nto learn\\nto have\\nto be hardly able\\nto hesitate\\nto try\\nto co-operate in\\nto condescend to\\na BEFORE AN INFINITIVE.\\nconsister\\nconspirer\\ncontribuer\\nco\u00c3\u00bbter\\ndemander\\ndemeurer\\ndisposer\\ndonner\\nengager\\nto consist of\\nto agree together\\nto contribute to\\nto cost\\nto ask\\nj to put too much\\ntime in\\nto prepare\\nto give\\nto prevail upon", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0529.jp2"}, "530": {"fulltext": "243\\nOJST THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nenhardir d\\nto encourage\\nporter d\\nto lead\\nm\\nns ig ter a.\\nj to teach (a pres-\\nr\u00c3\u00a9ussir d\\nto succeed in\\nent participle)\\nservir d\\nto serve\\net re a\\nj to be (as explain-\\nsonger d\\nto think of\\nl ed page 114.)\\ntarder d\\nto long for\\nexceller\\nto excel in\\ntendre d\\nto tend\\nexciter d\\nto excite\\npousser d\\nto urge\\nexhorter d\\nto exhort\\nprendre garde d\\nto take care\\nh\u00c3\u00a9siter d\\nto hesitate\\nprier d\\nto invite\\nse mettre d\\nto begin to\\nrenoncer d\\nto renounce\\nmontrer d\\nto show\\nr\u00c3\u00a9pugner d\\nto be repugnant\\nparvenir d\\nto succeed in\\ntenir d\\nto insist\\npense? d\\nto think of\\ntravailler d\\nto work at\\npers\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9rer d\\nto persevere in\\nviser d\\nto aim at\\npersister d\\nto persist in\\nse plaire\\npie aolre plai-\\nto take pleasure in\\nsir d\\nVERBS WHICH REQUIRE PREPOSITIONS DIFFERENT FROM THOSE\\nUSED IN ENGLISH\\nabuser de to abuse\\ns affliger de to grieve for\\napprocher de to come near to\\ns attrister de to grieve at\\navoir honte de to be ashamed at\\nne chagriner de to fret at\\nconvenir de to agree on\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9fier de to mistrust\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9mettre de to lav down\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9sister de to give up\\ndouter de to doubt\\nenrager de to be vexed at\\nfuir iter de to congratulate on\\nfr\u00c3\u00a9mir de to shudder at\\ng\u00c3\u00a9mir de to lament\\ns indigner de to be exasperated at\\ns informer de to inquire after\\njouir de to enjoy\\nlouer de\\nm\u00c3\u00a9dire de\\nse m\u00c3\u00a9fier de\\nse passer de\\npersuader de\\nse piquer de\\nprofiter de\\nse rebuter de\\nremercier de\\nse r\u00c3\u00a9tracter de\\nse ressouvenir de\\nrire de\\nrougir de\\nse saisir de\\nse scandaliser de\\nservir de\\nse servir de\\nto praise for\\nto slander\\nto mistrust\\nto go without\\nto persuade\\nto pride in\\nto profit by\\ni to be discouraged\\nI at\\nto thank for\\nto recant\\nto remember\\nto laugh at\\nto blush at\\nto seize upon\\nto be offended at\\nto serve as\\nto use", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0530.jp2"}, "531": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS.\\n249\\nse soucier de\\nto care for\\ntraiter de\\nf to call, to give the\\nkf)ll tF) fJ p\\ntu \u00c2\u00a9uii^r uy\\ntitle of\\nQP 0/) if yO y* fin\\nSO (J LOI V/l 1 (jbo\\nto remember\\nuser de\\nto use\\nMlT)v \\\\tp r ri\\nO U.l/0 VOW 1 KAj\\nLU 11 Y u upuii\\nAboutir cl\\nto pnd \u00c3\u00aen\\npu till CO 01 to\\nto provide for\\npom tin fii* n\\nLU IIipdLlllZt/ Willi\\npr\u00c3\u00a9luder d\\nto prelude\\ncontvpvpwiv d\\nK/is I VV 1 OvO/l/Of \\\\Aj\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2f r\\\\ n fr\u00c3\u00ae n fro\\nLU ILILI lUilKS\\nprendre garde\\nto take care of\\nconvenir\\nto suit\\nproc\u00c3\u00a9der a\\nto set about\\nd\u00c3\u00a9plaire d\\nto d\u00c3\u00aesnlpasp\\nWPSiY\u00c3\u008f Pfl-\u00c3\u008e Pf* /Y\\ne uvtVoWI Ou\\nto remedy\\nd\u00c3\u00a9roger d\\nto dprooffitp from\\n1 COOOOO/ (Jb\\nto resist\\nd\u00c3\u00aasob\u00c3\u00aaiv d\\nto di^ohpv\\nItohOlHUbbl Cl/\\nto look like\\n\u00c3\u00a9chapper d\\nto PSP\u00c3\u00aeinp from\\nQrtoi no?)\\noUloyt/i cx\\nto think of\\nexceller\\nto excel in\\noUULt ivOl C-U\\nto relieve\\nmanquer cl\\nto fail in\\nLU buLLeeu.\\nnuire d\\nto nvpinrlipp\\n01/ fftn^p /t\\noUijjol o Cm\\nto be sufficient for\\nob\u00c3\u00a9i ci\\nto ol pv\\no Loi Lot a\\nto survive\\nob i r a\\nto obviate\\nfp H f fi\\nnot to give up\\npardonner a\\nto pardon\\ntirer d\\nto shoot, to fire at\\nparvenir d\\nto attain\\ntravailler d\\nto work about\\npenser d\\nto think of\\nviser d\\nto aim at\\npiaille d\\nto please\\nThe following verbs may be used with or without the pre-\\nposition a before nouns and pronouns.\\napplaudir to applaud persuader to persuade\\ninsulter to insult satisfaire to satisfy\\nA few others are used with de or with according; to the\\nmeaning which is given to them.\\nExercise.\\nWe would have prevented them from doing that, but we came too\\nlate, and when we tried to persuade them to desist, they replied, that\\nit was no longer in their power to undo their work. Why do you not\\nteach your children to speak French it is useful to know at least one\\nother language besides our own, and it helps much in learning to", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0531.jp2"}, "532": {"fulltext": "250\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nunderstand the, latter. She lias been trying to imitate the voice of\\nthat celebrated singer, ever since she heard her sing in London but\\nin vain, for her voice is not strong enough to do what the other did\\nwithout making an effort. Would it not be better for you and your\\nchildren to lay up some money, so that, when you begin to grow old,\\nyou may feel secure, against want? I would advise you earnestly to\\nfollow his counsel, and to do what you want to do at once, for delay\\nis seldom useful in bringing better knowledge. His wife was a\\ncharming woman she was beloved and esteemed by all who knew her,\\nwhilst he was detested, and finally killed, by one whom he had insulted\\ngrievously, in a duel. You say you are in want of money enough to\\ngo on with your enterprise I will think of it whilst going to town,\\nand when I return I will let you know what I have determined to do\\nfor you. If you can do without your new dresses, it would be better\\nfor you, as you will want all the money you h\u00c3\u00a2ve to pay the doctor s\\nbill, and to provide for the winter. She has survived all her relations\\nand even her grandchildren it is sad to see one so entirely alone, but\\nshe bears it very well, and does not complain of her lot. If it suits\\nyou, I wish you would come and dine with us to-morrow we have\\nsome guests whose company you will enjoy, I am sure, and you will\\nthank us for having invited you to meet them.\\nCHAPTER VIII.\\nCONJUNCTIONS.\\nConjunctions have their name from the fact that they serve\\nto join together sentences and parts of sentences. Although\\nthey do not designate the objects of our thoughts, nor the\\nthoughts themselves, they are not less important on that\\naccount. Their principal purpose is to show the manner in\\nwhich our thoughts are connected with each other, and thus, in\\nlanguage, to build up the whole of a sentence from its different\\nparts.\\nConjunctions, according to their form, are simple, when they\\nconsist but of a single word, which serves no other purpose, aa", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0532.jp2"}, "533": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS.\\n251\\net, ou, ni, mais, si, car, etc. Some of these are riore precisely\\nused in French than in English. Thus in English for serves as\\na preposition as well as a conjunction, while in French each\\nhas a separate form.\\nEx. He has done it for your satisfaction and mine, il Va fait\\nr pour votre satisfaction et la mienne.\\nHe has done it, for you wished it, il Va fait car vous le\\nd\u00c3\u00a9siriez.\\nThe English then sometimes refers to time, meaning at that\\ntime, and sometimes to a conclusion, meaning therefore the\\nFrench has again one form for the adverb and another for the\\nconjunction.\\nEx. It was then that he lost his right arm, Jetait alors qiCil\\nperdit le bras droit.\\nIt was then your sister whom you took for me C \u00c3\u00a9tait\\ndonc votre s\u00c5\u0093ur que vous pr\u00c3\u00aetes pour moi\\nCompound conjunctions consist of several words taken from\\nother parts of speech, and have only this in common that, with\\nvery few exceptions, \\\\ks par cons\u00c3\u00a9quent, etc., they are invariably\\nconnected with que. Such are puisque, parceque, moins que,\\npourvu que, etc.\\nConjunctions, according to their signification, differ as much\\nas the manner of thinking may differ in the human mind,\\nlimited only by the permanent and fixed laws of Logic.\\nIt wili be borne in mind, here, that in French a conjunction\\nat least que is absolutely necessary, whenever two verbs are\\nplaced in connection with each other. This is not the case in\\nEnglish, where the two verbs, and consequently two distinct\\nideas, may be simply placed side by side, without a conjunction,\\nand it is left to the mind to supply the nature of the connec-\\ntion.\\nEx. I know you tell me the truth and nothing more,^ sais\\nque vous me dites la v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9 et rien de plus.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0533.jp2"}, "534": {"fulltext": "252 ON THE PAKTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nHe said he would come to take leave, il dit qiCil vien-\\ndrait prey id re cong\u00c3\u00a9.\\nWhen she heard he had gone she burst into tears, quand\\nelle apprit qu il fut parti elle \u00c3\u00a9clata, en larmes.\\nIt has also been stated that certain conjunctions require the\\nfollowing verb to be in the subjunctive mood, from the peculiar\\nmeaning which attaches to them.\\nEx. A moins que vous ne soyez bien riche, unless you should\\nbe extremely rich,\\ne/ y consens pourvu qu il le fasse lui-m\u00c3\u00aame, I agree to it\\nprovided he does it himself.\\nThe conjunctions et, ou, ni and soit, are frequently repeated\\nbefore two parts of a sentence which are represented as closely\\nunited or as alternate to each other.\\nEx. Et le p\u00c3\u00a8re et le fils ont \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 r\u00c3\u00a9compens\u00c3\u00a9s, both father and\\nson have been rewarded.\\nSoit m\u00c3\u00a9pris, soit haine, il Va ignor\u00c3\u00a9, be it from contempt\\nor from hatred, he ignored him.\\nOther conjunctions, also, must be repeated, but only in the\\nform of que, which thus represents even si.\\nEx. Lorsque je vous ai vu et que je vous ai parl\u00c3\u00a9, when I saw\\nyou and spoke to you.\\nComme il le soutenait et que je ne le croyais pas, as hc\\nmaintained it and I did not believe it.\\nSHI vient et qu il me demande je rfy suis pas, if he\\ncomes and asks for me I am not in.\\nCest vous que je parle et point elle, it is to you I\\nspeak, and not to her.\\nnumber of prepositions may also be used as conju notions\\nby means of que, which is added. Such are pour, sans, avant,\\napr\u00c3\u00a8s, j usque, etc.\\nEx. Je Vavertirai pour qu il ne tombe dans ce pi\u00c3\u00a8ge, I will\\nwarn him, so that he may not fall into that snare.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0534.jp2"}, "535": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS.\\n253\\nIl est parti sans que personne fait vu, he is gone without\\nbeing seen by any one.\\n\u00c3\u00a9tait embarrass\u00c3\u00a9 avant qu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt commenc\u00c3\u00a9, he was\\nembarrassed before he had commenced.\\nThey may also be used with the infinitive, except jusque.\\nEx. On Va puni pour avoir parl\u00c3\u00a9 trop franchement, he has\\nbeen punished for having spoken too freely.\\nPensez avant de parler et vous parlerez mieux, think before\\nyou speak, and you will speak better.\\nThe different tenses which are required after certain conjunc-\\ntions, as the present and imperfect after si, if, have been\\nmentioned in their appropriate places and need not be repeated\\nhere.\\nQue frequently stands for parceque, because, after c est and\\nthe other tenses of \u00c3\u00aatre with ce.\\nEx. C est que vous m avez trop taquin\u00c3\u00a9, it is because you have\\nteased me too much.\\nPourquoi s en va-t-il C est qu il va se coucher, why\\ndoes he go away Because he is going to bed.\\nPuisque is in rare cases, and lorsque more frequently, sepa-\\nrated so that que follows m\u00c3\u00aame or another adverb, which may\\nbe placed between.\\nEx. Lors m\u00c3\u00aame que cela en serait ainsi, even if that should\\nbe so.\\nQue, as a conjunction, produces numerous idiomatic expres-\\nsions, of which the following are the most important.\\nQue is placed before a noun, which is compared to another\\nword at the beginning of the sentence, preceded by c est, for the\\nsake of greater emphasis.\\nEx. C est un fl\u00c3\u00a9au terrible que la guerre, war is a terrible\\nscourge.\\nCe sont des dr\u00c3\u00b4les de personnes que vos amis, your friends\\nare very queer people.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0535.jp2"}, "536": {"fulltext": "254\\nON THE PAKTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nThe same construction is constantly used in questions.\\nEx. Qu est-ce que ce billet What note is this\\nQu est-ce que c est que les id\u00c3\u00a9es inn\u00c3\u00a9es What are innate\\nideas\\nQu est-ce que cela veut dire What does that mean\\nIn this case, c est is frequently repeated.\\nEx. Qu est-ce que c est que cette \u00c3\u00a9toile What is that star\\nQu est-ce que c est que cela What is that?\\nQue is used for the relative after definitions of time.\\nEx. Le jour qu il naquit, sa m\u00c3\u00a8re mourut, on the day on\\nwhich he was born, his mother died.\\nIl y a deux ans que je ne l ai vue, it is two years since I\\nsaw her (during which I have not seen her).\\nQue, after the imperative, stands instead of pour que or jusque.\\nEx. Approchez, mon ami, que je vous parle, come nearer,\\nfriend, so that I can speak to you.\\nAttendez qu il vienne. Wait until he comes..\\nQue, after interrogations, stands instead o\u00c3\u00ae puisque.\\nEx. Qu avez-vous donc que vous ne mangez point What\\nis the matter with you that you do not eat\\nQue, in exclamations, is used as a substitute for the verb \u00c3\u00aatre,\\nfollowed by que.\\nEx. Quelle beaut\u00c3\u00a9 supreme que cette femme What a splendid\\nbeauty that lady is 1\\nQuelle b\u00c3\u00aate que cet homme What a fool that man is\\nQue is used instead of moins que, avant que, and sans que,\\nin phrases like the following\\nCela ne finira pas qu il ne vienne, this will not end unless\\nhe comes.\\nElle sera partie que lui il ne soit venu, she will be gone\\nbefore he has come.\\nIl ne peut sortir qu il ne s enrhume, he cannot go out with-\\nout catching cold.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0536.jp2"}, "537": {"fulltext": "INTERJECTIONS.\\n255\\nCHAPTER IX.\\nINTERJECTIONS.\\nInterjections have their name from the fact that they are\\nthrown in, as it were, between other words for the purpose of\\ngiving expression, not to our thoughts, like other words, but to\\nour feelings. They are naturally mere particles of words or\\nappeals to higher beings, indeclinable because they have no\\nrelation whatever to other words, and most liable, of all parts of\\nspeech, to be mutilated and corrupted by the effect of strong-\\nfeelings, under which alone they are used.\\nGrief is expressed by ah aie ouf ahi! h\u00c3\u00a9! h\u00c3\u00a9las!\\nEx. Ah que cela me fait mal Oh, how that hurts\\nOuf je n y puis plus J \u00c3\u00a9touffe! Oh! I cannot stand\\nit any longer. I am stifled\\nH\u00c3\u00a9las Il est mort, et nous sommes orphelins Alas\\nhe is dead, and we are orphans.\\nJoy is expressed by ah bon\\nEx. Ah que je suis heureux de vous revoir Ah how happy\\nI am to see you again\\nFear is expressed by ah hi\\nEx. Hi Qu ai-je fait Je Vai cass\u00c3\u00a9 Alas what have\\nI done I have broken it\\nDisgust is expressed hjfi!Ji done\\nEx. Fi donc Vous ne devriez pas faire cela Fie You\\nought not to do that.\\nEncouragement is expressed by ho \u00c3\u00a7a \u00c3\u00a7a allons\\nEx. Ho A V attaque Vous allez vaincre Up! Attack\\nthem You will be victorious", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0537.jp2"}, "538": {"fulltext": "256\\nON THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE.\\nWarning is expressed by hol\u00c3\u00a0 hein oh\\nEx. Hol\u00c3\u00a0 Prenez garde Vous allez tomber Look out\\nTake care You will fall\\nSilencing is expressed by chut st\\nEx. Chut Ne parlez pas si haut Hush Don t speak so\\nloud\\nAmong the compound interjections are those appeals to\\nGod, etc., which have been mentioned, like Grand Dieu!\\nDieu de dieu Sainte Vierge and those words which, in\\ncertain combinations, are used as interjections, as tout beau/\\ngently allons ferme be firm doucement, not so fast, etc.\\nTHE EKB.", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0538.jp2"}, "539": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0539.jp2"}, "540": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0540.jp2"}, "541": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0541.jp2"}, "542": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0542.jp2"}, "543": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4370", "width": "2778", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0543.jp2"}, "544": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4927", "width": "3131", "jp2-path": "grammaroffrenchl00sche_0_0544.jp2"}}